GENERAL CABLE CORP /DE/
S-1/A, 1997-05-15
DRAWING & INSULATING OF NONFERROUS WIRE
Previous: CROSSCOMM CORP, SC 13D, 1997-05-15
Next: FIRST INVESTORS SERIES FUND II INC, 485BPOS, 1997-05-15






<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 15, 1997
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-22961
________________________________________________________________________________
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                           GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                                     <C>
               DELAWARE                                  3357                                 06-1398235
   (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF           (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                  (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)           CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                 IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                               4 TESSENEER DRIVE
                        HIGHLAND HEIGHTS, KENTUCKY 41076
                                 (606) 572-8000
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               STEPHEN RABINOWITZ
                CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                           GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
                               4 TESSENEER DRIVE
                        HIGHLAND HEIGHTS, KENTUCKY 41076
                                 (606) 572-8000
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
                 ELLEN J. ODONER, ESQ.                                   GEOFFREY E. LIEBMANN, ESQ.
               WEIL, GOTSHAL & MANGES LLP                                 CAHILL GORDON & REINDEL
                    767 FIFTH AVENUE                                           80 PINE STREET
                NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10153                                  NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
                     (212) 310-8000                                            (212) 701-3000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. [ ]
 
     If this form  is filed to  register additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If this form is  a post-effective amendment filed  pursuant to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and  list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
 
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
     This  Registration Statement  contains two forms  of prospectus:  one to be
used in connection with an underwritten public offering in the United States and
Canada of 13,520,000 shares  (the 'U.S. Prospectus'),  and one to  be used in  a
concurrent  underwritten public offering outside the United States and Canada of
3,380,000 shares  (the 'International  Prospectus').  The two  prospectuses  are
identical except for the front and back cover pages. The form of U.S. Prospectus
is  included herein  and is followed  by the alternate  pages to be  used in the
International Prospectus.  Each of  the alternate  pages for  the  International
Prospectus  included herein  is labeled  'International Prospectus  -- Alternate
Page.' Final forms  of each  Prospectus will be  filed with  the Securities  and
Exchange Commission under Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933.



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 15, 1997
    
 
                               16,900,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     All of the 16,900,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
'Common Stock'), of General Cable Corporation ('General Cable' or the 'Company')
offered  hereby are being sold by  Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., a Netherlands
corporation (the 'Selling Stockholder'), in  concurrent offerings in the  United
States  and Canada and  outside the United States  and Canada (collectively, the
'Offerings'). Of  such shares,  13,520,000 are  initially being  offered in  the
United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters (the 'United States Offering')
and  3,380,000 are initially being offered  outside the United States and Canada
by the International Underwriters (the 'International Offering'). The per  share
price to the public and per share underwriting discounts and commissions for the
Offerings  will be identical.  See 'Underwriting.' The  Company will not receive
any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares offered hereby.
 
     Prior to the Offerings, the Company  has been a wholly-owned subsidiary  of
the  Selling Stockholder. Following  consummation of the  Offerings, the Selling
Stockholder will own approximately 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(or approximately 20%  of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock  if the  U.S.
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
 
     Prior  to the  Offerings there  has been  no public  market for  the Common
Stock. It is currently estimated that  the initial public offering price of  the
Common Stock will be between $21.00 and $24.00 per share. See 'Underwriting' for
the  factors to be considered in  determining the initial public offering price.
The Common Stock has been  approved for listing on  the New York Stock  Exchange
(the 'NYSE'), subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol 'GCN'.
 
     FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, SEE 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGES 7 - 11.
                            ------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE  SECURITIES
  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
       PASSED   UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.
        ANY REPRESENTATION  TO  THE  CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Underwriting              Proceeds to
                                                          Price to               Discounts and                Selling
                                                           Public                 Commissions*             Stockholder`D'
<S>                                               <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Share.......................................             $                         $                         $
Total`DD'.......................................  $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
* The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholder  have  agreed  to  indemnify  the
  Underwriters against  certain  liabilities, including  liabilities  under  the
  Securities Act of 1933. See 'Underwriting.'
 
   
`D' Before  deducting expenses of the Offerings  estimated to be $2,000,000, all
    of which are payable by the Selling Stockholder.
    
 
`DD' The Selling Stockholder has granted  the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day  option
     to  purchase up to 2,535,000 additional shares  of Common Stock on the same
     terms per share solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option  is
     exercised in full, the total price to public will be $          , the total
     underwriting  discounts and commissions will  be $            and the total
     proceeds to  the  Selling  Stockholder  will  be $                   .  See
     'Underwriting.'
                            ------------------------
     The  Common Stock is being  offered by the Underwriters  as set forth under
'Underwriting' herein. It is expected that delivery of the Common Stock  offered
hereby  will be made  at the offices of  Dillon, Read & Co.  Inc., New York, New
York, or through  the facilities  of The Depository  Trust Company  on or  about
               , 1997, against payment therefor. The U.S. Underwriters include:
 
DILLON, READ & CO. INC.                                      MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
            The date of this Prospectus is                   , 1997.
 
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   [ART WORK]
 
                            ------------------------
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE  OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN  TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE, MAINTAIN  OR OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE  PRICE OF  THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZATION,  SYNDICATE COVERING  TRANSACTIONS  AND
IMPOSITION  OF  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THESE  ACTIVITIES,  SEE
'UNDERWRITING.'
 
                                       2



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
     The  following summary is qualified in its  entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements (and
the notes related  thereto) included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus. Unless  the
context  otherwise requires or as otherwise specified herein, (i) all references
in this Prospectus  to 'General  Cable' or the  'Company' are  to General  Cable
Corporation  and  its consolidated  subsidiaries and  the Related  Companies (as
defined herein); (ii) all information in  this Prospectus assumes that the  U.S.
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is  not exercised; and  (iii) the number of
shares of Common  Stock outstanding  after the Offerings  assumes the  issuance,
pursuant  to  the  Company's 1997  Stock  Incentive Plan  (the  'Stock Incentive
Plan'), of  $5.6 million  of restricted  stock (or  250,000 shares  assuming  an
initial  public offering price of $22.50) expected to be issued to the Company's
executive officers and other  key employees upon  consummation of the  Offerings
(the 'Restricted Stock Issuance').
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     General  Cable  is  a  leader  in  the  development,  design,  manufacture,
marketing  and  distribution  of  copper   wire  and  cable  products  for   the
communications  and electrical markets. Copper wire and cable is the most widely
used medium for the transmission of  voice, data, video and control signals  and
electrical  current.  The  Company  believes  that  several  factors,  including
technological innovations and the  size of the installed  base of copper  cable,
will  preserve copper's position as the medium of choice for these applications.
Based on publicly available  data and internal  estimates, the Company  believes
that  it has the most  diversified product line and  channels of distribution in
the  U.S.  wire   and  cable   industry.  General  Cable's   products  for   the
communications  markets include plastic insulated cable ('PIC'), outside service
wire,  high-bandwidth  twisted   pair  data  cable,   multi-conductor/multi-pair
shielded  and unshielded  cable, coaxial  cable and  fiber optic  cable. General
Cable's products for the electrical markets include building wire, portable cord
and  cordsets  for  construction,  industrial  and  consumer  applications,  and
automotive  wire  and cable.  The Company  sells to  more than  8,500 customers,
including electrical, data communications and electronic distribution companies,
automotive, hardware  and  home  center retail  chains,  and  telecommunications
companies and other end users.
 
     Since  its acquisition by  a subsidiary of Wassall  PLC ('Wassall') in June
1994 (the  'Acquisition'),  General  Cable has  benefitted  from  a  significant
reorganization  and capital investment program. Net sales have grown from $794.2
million in 1993 to  $1,043.6 million in 1996,  while operating profit has  grown
from  $2.3 million to $78.5 million over the same period. General Cable believes
that this  program  has  improved  the Company's  market  position  and  further
enhanced the following competitive strengths of the Company:
 
     Breadth of product line. General Cable sells over 11,000 products, which it
believes represents the most diversified product line of any U.S. wire and cable
manufacturer. As a result, General Cable is able to offer its customers a single
source  for most of their wire and  cable requirements. In addition, the Company
believes that  it  benefits  from  certain economies  of  scale  in  purchasing,
manufacturing, sales, distribution, and engineering and development.
 
     Brand  recognition. General  Cable has  many well-established  brand names,
including Carol'r', Romex'r'  and Vutron'r'.  According to  the 1995-1996  brand
preference  survey by Electrical  Construction & Maintenance,  an industry trade
publication, General Cable has the highest-ranked brands of building wire in the
U.S. among electrical contractors and operators of plants and facilities and the
highest ranked brands of  heavy-duty portable cable and  cord in the U.S.  among
electrical  contractors,  operators  of plants  and  facilities  and engineering
firms.
 
     Distribution strength.  General Cable's  network of  17 U.S.  manufacturing
facilities  and five regional  distribution centers allows  the Company to serve
customers efficiently throughout the U.S.  General Cable's products are sold  by
its  direct  sales  force  and commissioned  agents  through  multiple channels,
including electrical, data communications and electronic distribution companies,
and automotive, hardware  and home  center retail  chains, and  directly to  end
users  in the industrial, entertainment  and communications markets. The Company
believes that its combination of retail and wholesale channels has enabled it to
develop broad-based  technical and  marketing  expertise, which  contributes  to
additional sales volume and market penetration.
 
     Customer  selection, sales and service.  General Cable has developed supply
relationships with  preferred  customers who  have  a favorable  combination  of
volume,  product mix, business strategy and  industry position. For example, the
Company believes it is  a leading supplier  of wire and  cable to AutoZone,  the
largest  retailer of automotive aftermarket parts  in the United States; Graybar
Electric, one of the largest  electrical and communications distributors in  the
United States; W.W. Grainger, a
 
                                       3
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
leading  distributor  of maintenance,  repair and  operating (MRO)  supplies and
related information; U  S WEST,  Inc. ('U S  WEST'), a  Regional Bell  Operating
Company ('RBOC'); ACE Hardware, a leading retail cooperative; Milwaukee Electric
Tool  Corporation, a  leading manufacturer  of power  tools; and  AMP, a leading
supplier of  data  networking  systems.  The  Company  serves  these  and  other
customers  with a number  of service and  support programs, including Electronic
Data Interchange ('EDI')  with over 60  of the Company's  largest customers  and
innovative point-of-sale merchandising display systems.
 
     Improved  operating efficiency.  Since the  Acquisition, General  Cable has
taken a  number  of  initiatives  designed  to  improve  its  profitability  and
productivity,  including investment in new  production equipment and information
systems;  rationalization  of  manufacturing   facilities  and  product   lines;
consolidation  of distribution  locations; product  redesign; improved materials
procurement and  usage;  and  the  establishment of  business  teams  and  other
organizational  changes.  The  Company  believes  that  these  initiatives  have
generated significant productivity improvements  since the Acquisition and  that
further productivity improvements can be achieved.
 
                                THE REFINANCING
 
     Concurrently  with consummation of the  Offerings, General Cable intends to
make an initial  borrowing of approximately  $271.8 million under  a new  $350.0
million  credit facility to be entered into  with a syndicate of banks (the 'New
Credit Facility'). The Company intends to use the proceeds of such borrowing  to
(i)  repay  all  of  its  revolving  bank  debt  (which  is  anticipated  to  be
approximately $26.1 million on the date  of the consummation of the  Offerings);
(ii)  repay  all  intercompany  debt  and  advances  owed  to  Wassall  and  its
subsidiaries (which, together with accrued  interest, are anticipated to  amount
to  approximately  $200.7  million  on  the  date  of  the  consummation  of the
Offerings); (iii) pay  $42.6 million as  a dividend to  the Selling  Stockholder
(the  'Selling Stockholder Dividend'); (iv) pay $2.0 million for the purchase of
two related  companies,  Carol Cable  Europe  Ltd.  and Carol  Cable  Ltd.  (the
'Related  Companies'),  from  Wassall; and  (v)  pay estimated  expenses  of the
Refinancing of $0.4 million. The refinancing of bank debt and intercompany  debt
and advances, Selling Stockholder Dividend and purchase of the Related Companies
are  referred  to herein  collectively as  the 'Refinancing.'  See 'Management's
Discussion   and   Analysis    of   Financial   Condition    and   Results    of
Operations  -- Liquidity and  Capital Resources' and  'Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions.'
 
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder:
     United States Offering.....................   13,520,000 shares
     International Offering.....................    3,380,000 shares
                                                   -----------------
          Total.................................   16,900,000 shares
                                                   -----------------
                                                   -----------------
Common  Stock  to   be  outstanding  after   the
  Offerings.....................................  24,500,000 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds.................................  The  Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the
                                                    shares of Common Stock offered hereby.
NYSE symbol.....................................  GCN
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Reflects the Restricted Stock Issuance.  Excludes an aggregate of  1,103,750
    shares  of Common  Stock to  be reserved for  issuance upon  the exercise of
    options expected to be granted at  the initial public offering price to  the
    Company's  executive  officers and  key employees  upon consummation  of the
    Offerings  pursuant   to   the   Stock  Incentive   Plan.   See   'Executive
    Compensation -- Stock Incentive Plan.'
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective  purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby should carefully
consider all information set forth in this Prospectus, including the information
set forth  in  'Risk Factors'  on  pages 7-11,  prior  to making  an  investment
decision.
 
                                       4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
             (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND CERTAIN OTHER DATA)
 
     The  summary  financial data  set forth  in the  following table  have been
derived  from  the  combined  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and   the
consolidated  financial statements of the Predecessor  (as defined herein). As a
result of the Acquisition, which was accounted for as a purchase, the  Company's
results  of operations, cash flows and financial position for periods after June
8, 1994 are not comparable to prior periods. Certain reclassifications have been
made to the financial data of the Predecessor to conform to the presentation  of
such data by the Company.
 
     The  pro forma statement  of operations data  give pro forma  effect to the
Refinancing as if  it had occurred  on January  1, 1996. The  pro forma  balance
sheet  data give pro  forma effect to  the Refinancing and  the Restricted Stock
Issuance as if  they had occurred  on March  31, 1997. The  pro forma  financial
adjustments  are based upon  available information and  certain assumptions that
the Company believes are reasonable. Such  pro forma data are for  informational
purposes  only  and  may not  be  indicative  of the  results  of  operations or
financial position of the Company had  the Refinancing and the Restricted  Stock
Issuance actually occurred on such dates.
     The  following summary  financial data should  be read  in conjunction with
'Selected Financial Data,' 'Unaudited  Pro Forma Financial Data,'  'Management's
Discussion  and Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results of Operations,' the
combined financial statements of the Company  and related notes thereto and  the
consolidated  financial statements of the  Predecessor and related notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
                                                                                  THE COMPANY
                                            PREDECESSOR    ---------------------------------------------------------
                                            ------------                      YEAR ENDED         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            JANUARY 1 TO    JUNE 9 TO        DECEMBER 31,            MARCH 31,
                                              JUNE 8,      DECEMBER 31,   -------------------   --------------------
                                                1994           1994         1995       1996      1996         1997
                                            ------------   ------------   --------   --------   ------      --------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net sales.............................     $355.0         $543.3      $1,061.3   $1,043.6   $258.0       $251.0
    Gross profit..........................       44.2           73.4         138.7      188.3     36.0         48.8
    Operating income......................        1.1           20.3          44.5       78.5      8.9         19.2
    Interest expense, net.................      (12.1)         (11.0)        (20.7)     (19.6)    (5.2)        (4.9)
    Earnings (loss) before income taxes...      (11.0)           9.3          23.8       58.9      3.7         14.3
    Income tax benefit (provision)........         .1           (6.5)          1.5(1)    (19.7)   (1.2)        (5.7)
    Net income (loss).....................      (10.9)           2.8          25.3       39.2      2.5          8.6
    Earnings per share(2).................                    $  .12      $   1.04   $   1.62   $  .10       $  .35
    Weighted average number of shares
      outstanding(2)......................                      24.3          24.3       24.3     24.3         24.3
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Operating income......................                                           $   78.5                $ 19.2
    Interest expense, net(3)..............                                              (14.1)                 (3.4)
    Net income............................                                               42.5                   9.5
    Earnings per share(2).................                                           $   1.75                $  .39
OTHER DATA:
    Average daily New York Commodity
      Exchange ('COMEX') price per pound
      of copper cathode...................     $ 0.91         $ 1.20(4)   $   1.35   $   1.06   $ 1.18       $ 1.11
    Capital expenditures..................     $  6.2         $  9.1      $   26.2   $   30.0   $  5.6       $  4.0
    Depreciation and amortization of fixed
      assets..............................        7.5            6.7          11.7       12.1      3.0          3.3
    Number of employees (end of period)...                     4,200         4,100      3,900    4,100        3,800
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,                         MARCH 31,
                                                           ----------------------------------   --------------------
                                                               1994         1995       1996                   1997
                                                           ------------   --------   --------               --------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Working capital.......................                    $224.8      $  234.4   $  205.6               $214.9
    Total assets..........................                     518.7         535.6      513.6                540.3
    Long-term debt........................                     206.5         205.9      205.1                204.9
    Shareholders' equity..................                      97.6         122.9      107.4(5)             115.8
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Working capital.......................                                                                  $214.9
    Total assets(6).......................                                                                   540.7
    Long-term debt(7).....................                                                                   251.6
    Shareholders' equity(8)...............                                                                   78.8
</TABLE>
 
                                                   (footnotes on following page)

 
                                       5
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)
 
(1) At December  31, 1995,  the Company  recognized the  full value  of its  net
    deferred  tax assets; accordingly, goodwill  recorded in the Acquisition was
    eliminated and the  Company recognized a  tax benefit of  $1.7 million.  See
    Note 11 to combined financial statements.
 
(2) Earnings  per share was computed based on the weighted average common shares
    outstanding for each period, adjusted for a 121,250-for-1 stock split.
 
(3) Adjusted to  reflect  a net  decrease  in interest  expense  resulting  from
    consummation of the Refinancing. The adjustments include: (i) elimination of
    interest  expense  to related  parties of  $19.6 million  for 1996  and $4.8
    million for  the  three months  ended  March  31, 1997  resulting  from  the
    expected  repayment of $195.8 million of  intercompany long-term debt with a
    weighted average interest rate of 9.9%  per annum; (ii) interest expense  on
    the  New Credit Facility of $13.7 million  for 1996 and $3.3 million for the
    three months ended March 31, 1997  reflecting an interest rate of 5.75%  per
    annum  (representing a  37.5 basis  point spread  over the  one month London
    interbank offered rate ('LIBOR')) and  $242.1 million of average  borrowings
    assumed  to  be  outstanding  during  1996  and  $245.1  million  of average
    borrowings assumed to be outstanding during the three months ended March 31,
    1997 (based upon  the estimated initial  borrowing of $242.4  million as  of
    January  1,  1996)  and  General  Cable's  actual  borrowing  and  repayment
    experience in 1996  and the  three months ended  March 31,  1997; and  (iii)
    amortization of deferred financing costs. Historical interest income in 1996
    included $0.4 million of earnings on excess cash, which were assumed to have
    been eliminated as a result of the Refinancing.
 
(4) The average daily COMEX price per pound for the full year 1994 was $1.07.
 
(5) After the payment of dividends totaling $55.1 million.
 
(6) Adjusted  to reflect  capitalization of  estimated deferred  financing costs
    related to the Refinancing.
 
(7) Adjusted to reflect an  initial borrowing under the  New Credit Facility  of
    $267.7 million at March 31, 1997 and the use of the proceeds as follows: (i)
    repayment  of intercompany indebtedness of $195.8 million; (ii) repayment of
    $25.2 million of outstanding  bank debt; (iii) payment  of $42.6 million  as
    the  Selling  Stockholder Dividend;  (iv) payment  of  $2.0 million  for the
    purchase of  the  Related  Companies;  (v)  repayment  of  $1.7  million  of
    intercompany  advances owed  by the Related  Companies to  Wassall; and (vi)
    payment of $0.4 million of estimated expenses of the Refinancing.
 
(8) Adjusted to reflect (i)  the Selling Stockholder  Dividend of $42.6  million
    and (ii) the Restricted Stock Issuance.
 
                                       6



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In  addition  to  the  other  information  set  forth  in  this Prospectus,
prospective purchasers  of  the Common  Stock  offered hereby  should  carefully
consider the following factors before making an investment in the Common Stock.
 
PRICE AND OTHER COMPETITIVE FACTORS
 
     Price   competition  for  many  of   the  Company's  products  is  intense,
particularly in certain segments of the  building wire and cordset markets,  and
many of the Company's products are essentially functionally interchangeable with
those of competitors. A substantial portion of General Cable's sales of building
wire, including its thermoplastic-insulated temperature-resistant nylon ('THHN')
and  Romex'r' products, which collectively accounted for approximately one-third
of the  Company's 1996  net sales,  are  made to  customers who  purchase  their
requirements  on an as-needed  basis. These customers  typically contact several
potential suppliers and make their purchases  based, at least in part, upon  the
lowest quoted price. Although a favorable pricing environment for these products
existed  in the second half of 1996 and  the first quarter of 1997, there can be
no assurance that this pricing environment will continue.
 
     The markets  for  all of  General  Cable's product  categories  are  highly
competitive. Certain of the Company's competitors may have greater financial and
other  resources than the Company and, among  other things, may be less affected
by reductions in margins resulting from price competition. These competitors can
also be expected  to continue  to improve the  design and  performance of  their
products  and to introduce  new products with  competitive price and performance
characteristics. The Company  expects that it  will be required  to continue  to
invest  in product  development, productivity improvements  and customer service
and support in  order to  compete in  its markets. See  ' --  Dependence on  New
Products and Product Improvements; Vulnerability to Technological Change' below.
 
ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS
 
     Many  of General Cable's customers use the Company's products as components
in  their  own  products  or   in  projects  undertaken  for  their   customers.
Accordingly,  a downturn  in the  business of  a particular  group of customers,
particularly those  engaged  in non-residential  construction,  could  adversely
affect  the Company's results of operations,  cash flows and financial position.
Furthermore, an overall  softening in  the U.S. economy  could adversely  affect
generally all the markets General Cable serves.
 
CUSTOMER CONCENTRATION AND RELIANCE ON INDEPENDENT NON-EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEM
 
     Although  General  Cable  sold products  to  approximately  8,500 customers
during 1996, approximately 60% of its net sales were generated by its 50 largest
customers, approximately 38% of its net sales were generated by its ten  largest
customers  and approximately 10% of its net  sales were generated by its largest
customer, U S WEST, one of the RBOCs. The loss of one or more of these customers
could have a  material adverse effect  on the Company's  results of  operations,
cash  flows  and  financial  position. The  Company  expects  that  its customer
concentration will continue to increase as  the Company pursues its strategy  of
developing supply relationships with preferred customers.
 
   
     Sales  to U S WEST  were made pursuant to  a ten-year supply agreement that
took effect on  November 1, 1994.  This agreement does  not guarantee a  minimum
level  of sales, and is terminable by U S WEST prior to its scheduled expiration
date if the  Company does  not meet  certain performance  criteria. The  Company
experienced a decline in the volume of sales to U S WEST in the first quarter of
1997  compared to the  first quarter of 1996  due to an expected  decline in U S
WEST's requirements for the year 1997 compared to 1996 and a delay in the timing
of expected orders.
    
 
     In 1996, approximately 55% of General  Cable's net sales were generated  by
independent  distributors and six of its  ten largest customers were independent
distributors. These distributors  are not contractually  obligated to carry  the
Company's  product  lines exclusively  or for  any  significant period  of time.
Therefore, these  distributors  may  purchase products  that  compete  with  the
Company's  products or cease purchasing the  Company's products at any time. The
loss of one or more large distributors  could have a material adverse effect  on
the Company's results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
 
                                       7
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
IMPACT OF COPPER PRICES
 
     The  principal raw material  used by General Cable  to manufacture wire and
cable products is copper. Copper accounted  for approximately 43%, 50%, 44%  and
45%  of the  Company's cost  of goods  sold in  1994, 1995,  1996 and  the first
quarter of 1997, respectively, and the Company expects that copper will continue
to account for a significant portion of  these costs in the future. The cost  of
copper  has been subject to considerable volatility over the past several years,
ranging between $0.78 and $1.40 per pound  in 1994, between $1.21 and $1.46  per
pound  in 1995, between $0.87 and $1.30 per  pound in 1996 and between $1.02 and
$1.20 per pound in the first quarter of 1997. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able  to maintain a  satisfactory differential between  finished
product  prices and copper  costs or achieve acceptable  gross profit margins in
the future  and, if  it  is unable  to  do so,  its  operating results  will  be
adversely  affected.  In addition,  certain  of the  Company's  variable selling
expenses are based on a percentage of gross sales and, therefore, increase  with
increases  in the price of copper. Sharp  increases in the price of copper could
temporarily reduce  demand for  the Company's  products if  customers decide  to
defer  their purchases of  wire and cable products  until copper prices decline.
Increases in copper  prices may  also have an  adverse effect  on the  Company's
working capital position. See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations' and 'Business -- Raw Materials.'
 
DEPENDENCE ON NEW PRODUCTS AND PRODUCT IMPROVEMENTS; VULNERABILITY TO
TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
     Many  of the communications markets that  General Cable serves are affected
by advances  in information  processing  and communications  capabilities  which
require  increased data transmission speeds  and greater bandwidth. These trends
require ongoing improvements in the capabilities of wire and cable products. The
Company believes that its future success will depend in part upon its ability to
enhance existing products and to develop and manufacture new products that  meet
or  anticipate  such  changes.  The failure  to  introduce  successfully  new or
enhanced products on a timely and  cost-competitive basis could have an  adverse
impact  on  the  Company's  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and financial
position.
 
     The communications industry is  undergoing rapid and intense  technological
change  and participants  in this  industry, including  telephone companies, are
evaluating alternative technologies, such as  coaxial and fiber optic cable  and
wireless  technologies, for certain applications. Cable television companies are
exploring opportunities to enter the  telephone market through existing  coaxial
cable  networks. Fiber  optic technology  represents a  potential substitute for
certain  of   the   copper-based  communications   products   that   contributed
approximately 17% of General Cable's 1996 net sales. Although fiber optic cables
have  not, to date,  significantly penetrated the primary  markets served by the
Company due to the high relative cost required to interface electronic and light
signals and the  high cost of  fiber termination and  connection, a  significant
decrease  in the cost of fiber optic systems could make such systems superior on
a price/performance basis to copper systems. Such a significant decrease in  the
cost  of fiber optic systems would likely have an adverse effect on the Company.
In addition, wireless communications technology could reduce the demand for both
copper and fiber  optic-based systems  by reducing the  need for  communications
wiring.
 
MANUFACTURING CAPACITY
 
     General  Cable is currently operating  its manufacturing facilities at high
utilization rates. In order  to meet growing customer  demand, the Company  will
need  to  invest  in additional  manufacturing  equipment. Failure  to  have new
equipment operational in a timely manner or shut-downs of existing capacity  due
to  breakdowns or other reasons could  adversely affect the Company's results of
operations, cash flows and financial position.
 
CHANGES IN INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
 
     General Cable,  as  a  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  wire  and  cable
products,  is subject to a number of industry standard-setting authorities, such
as Underwriters Laboratories ('UL'), the Telecommunications Industry Association
and the Electronics  Industries Association.  In addition, many  of the  markets
 
                                       8
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
served  by General Cable's products  are subject to standard-setting authorities
as well as the requirements of federal, state and local regulatory  authorities.
Changes in the standards and requirements imposed by such authorities could have
an  adverse  affect on  the  Company. In  addition,  changes in  the legislative
environment, such as the recently enacted Telecommunications Reform Act of 1996,
could affect the  growth and other  aspects of important  markets served by  the
Company.  It  is not  possible  at this  time to  predict  the impact  that this
legislation, or other changes in laws or industry standards that may be  adopted
in  the future, could have on the Company's results of operations, cash flows or
financial position.
 
   
ENVIRONMENTAL, LEGAL AND OTHER MATTERS
 
     General Cable is subject to federal, state, local and foreign environmental
protection laws and regulations governing its operations and the use,  handling,
disposal  and remediation of hazardous substances  currently or formerly used by
the Company or its predecessors. Under certain environmental laws, including but
not  limited  to  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response  &  Liability  Act
('CERCLA'),  the Company or its subsidiaries could be held jointly and severally
responsible for the remediation of any hazardous substance contamination at  its
or  its  predecessors'  past or  present  facilities  and at  third  party waste
disposal sites and could also be held liable for any consequences arising out of
human exposure to such substances or other environmental damage. Subsidiaries of
the Company  have been  named  as potentially  responsible parties  ('PRPs')  in
certain   proceedings  that  involve  environmental  remediation.  In  addition,
subsidiaries of the Company have been  named as defendants in lawsuits  alleging
exposure   to  asbestos  in   certain  of  their   products.  On  May  13, 1997,
the Company notified the Consumer Products Safety Commission (the  'CPSC')  that
it  had  initiated a  product  recall  of  certain  outdoor  power  center units
manufactured at one of its facilities during a one-month period. See 'Business--
Environmental Matters' and 'Business -- Legal and Other Matters.'  There can  be
no  assurance  that the  costs  of  complying  with environmental and health and
safety  laws in current operations or the liabilities arising from past releases
of, or exposure to, hazardous  substances  or from product  liability,  will not
result in future expenditures by the Company  that  could  materially  adversely
affect the Company's  results  of operations, cash flows and financial position.
    
 
BENEFITS ACCRUING TO AND CONTINUING RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER
AND ITS AFFILIATES
 
     The entire net proceeds  of the Offerings will  be received by the  Selling
Stockholder,  which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Wassall. The Company intends
to use a portion of the proceeds  of the initial borrowing under the New  Credit
Facility to (i) repay all intercompany debt and advances owed to Wassall and its
subsidiaries  (which, together with accrued  interest, are anticipated to amount
to approximately  $200.7  million  on  the  date  of  the  consummation  of  the
Offerings);  (ii) pay  $42.6 million  as the  Selling Stockholder  Dividend; and
(iii) pay $2.0 million for the purchase of the Related Companies from Wassall.
 
     Since  the  Acquisition,  the  Company  has  been  controlled  by  Wassall.
Following  the consummation of the Offerings, the Company will no longer be able
to rely on Wassall for financial, management or other support.
 
   
     Following consummation of the Offerings,  the Selling Stockholder will  own
approximately  30% of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock (or approximately
20% of  the  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock  if  the  U.S.  Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). At least one director designated by
the  Selling Stockholder initially will serve as a director of General Cable. In
addition, the  Selling  Stockholder will  have  the  right to  (i)  approve  the
directors to be appointed to the Company's Board of Directors prior to the first
annual  meeting of stockholders following consummation of the Offerings and (ii)
designate one individual  (or, if the  Board of Directors  of the Company  shall
consist  of  more than  eight members,  two individuals)  for nomination  to the
Company's Board of  Directors for  so long as  the Selling  Stockholder and  its
affiliates  continue to own at least 10%  of the outstanding Common Stock of the
Company (excluding  any shares  of Common  Stock issued  pursuant to  the  Stock
Incentive  Plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company). As a result,
the Selling Stockholder may be in a position to exercise influence over  General
Cable after the consummation of the Offerings.
    
 
     In  connection with the Offerings, the Company, the Selling Stockholder and
certain of its affiliates are entering into agreements providing certain  rights
in favor of the Selling Stockholder and such
 
                                       9
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
affiliates including (i) the right to require the Company to register for public
offering  all or a portion  of the Common Stock  held by the Selling Stockholder
following consummation  of the  Offerings, (ii)  certain indemnification  rights
with  respect to the business  and assets of the  Company, its subsidiaries, the
Related Companies  and their  respective predecessors  and with  respect to  the
offering  or sale of  securities of the  Company (including, without limitation,
liabilities under the federal securities laws in connection with the Offerings),
(iii) the  Selling  Stockholder's rights,  referred  to above,  to  approve  the
Company's additional directors appointed following consummation of the Offerings
and  to designate one individual (or,  in the circumstances described above, two
individuals) for nomination  to the Company's  Board of Directors  and (iv)  the
right  to receive  certain information.  See 'Certain  Relationships and Related
Transactions.'
    
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     Prior to the  Offerings, there  has been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock.  Although the  Common Stock  has been approved  for listing  on the NYSE,
subject to official notice of issuance, there can be no assurance that an active
public market for  the Common Stock  will develop or,  if such market  develops,
that  it will continue.  The initial public  offering price of  the Common Stock
will be determined through negotiations between the Selling Stockholder and  the
U.S.  Managing Underwriters and the International Managing Underwriters, and may
not be indicative of the market price for the Common Stock after consummation of
the Offerings.  The  market  price of  the  Common  Stock could  be  subject  to
significant  fluctuations  in  response  to  variations  in  quarterly operating
results and  various  other factors  such  as announcements  of  new  contracts,
technological  innovations or  new products by  the Company  or its competitors,
changes in government regulations, developments  in patent or other  proprietary
rights  and developments in  the Company's relationships  with its customers. In
addition, the stock markets have  in recent years experienced significant  price
fluctuations.  Those  fluctuations often  have been  unrelated to  the operating
performance  of  the   specific  companies   whose  stock   is  traded.   Market
fluctuations,  as well as  economic conditions, may  adversely affect the market
price of the Common Stock.
 
DILUTION
 
     The initial public offering price per share of Common Stock will exceed the
net tangible book  value per share  of the  Common Stock. In  addition, the  net
tangible  book value per share of the Common  Stock will decrease as a result of
the Refinancing and  the Restricted Stock  Issuance. Accordingly, purchasers  of
the  Common  Stock  offered  hereby  will  incur  an  immediate  and substantial
dilution. See 'Dilution.'
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
 
     The Company's Certificate  of Incorporation  and By-Laws  and the  Delaware
General  Corporation Law (the 'DGCL') contain several provisions that could have
the effect of delaying  or preventing a  change of control of  the Company in  a
transaction  not  approved by  the  Company's Board  of  Directors. Accordingly,
stockholders of the Company could be prevented from realizing a premium on their
shares in a transaction  not approved by the  Company's Board of Directors.  See
'Description  of Capital Stock --  Certain Anti-Takeover Matters.' The Company's
agreements with certain of its executive officers may have the effect of  making
such  a  change  of control  more  expensive. See  'Executive  Compensation.' In
addition, a change of control will constitute an event of default under the  New
Credit Facility.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon   consummation  of   the  Offerings,  the   Selling  Stockholder  will
beneficially own 7,350,000  shares or  approximately 30%  (4,815,000 shares,  or
approximately 20%, if the U.S. Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option
in full) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. No prediction
can  be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of Common Stock, or the
availability of Common Stock for future sale,  will have on the market price  of
the  Common Stock prevailing from time to  time. Sales of substantial amounts of
Common Stock or the perception that sales could occur
 
                                       10
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
could adversely  affect  prevailing market  prices  for the  Common  Stock.  The
Company  and the  Selling Stockholder  have agreed,  subject to  certain limited
exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to  purchase,
transfer  or otherwise dispose of, directly  or indirectly, any shares of Common
Stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for  Common
Stock or any warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock) for a
period  of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written
consent of Dillon, Read  & Co. Inc.  Following such time  period, the shares  of
Common Stock owned by the Selling Stockholder may be sold (i) in accordance with
Rule  144  promulgated  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended (the
'Securities Act'), (ii) in  private offerings or  (iii) upon registration  under
the  Securities Act  without regard  to the volume  limitations of  Rule 144. In
connection with  the Offerings,  the Company  and the  Selling Stockholder  will
enter  into  an agreement  that provides  the  Selling Stockholder  with certain
rights to  have the  shares of  Common Stock  owned by  it after  the  Offerings
registered by the Company under the Securities Act in order to permit the public
sale  of such shares.  See 'Certain Relationships  and Related Transactions' and
'Shares Eligible For Future Sale.'
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     General  Cable  is  a  leader  in  the  development,  design,  manufacture,
marketing   and  distribution  of  copper  wire   and  cable  products  for  the
communications and electrical markets. Copper wire and cable is the most  widely
used  medium for the transmission of voice,  data, video and control signals and
electrical  current.  The  Company  believes  that  several  factors,  including
technological  innovations and the  size of the installed  base of copper cable,
will preserve copper's position as the medium of choice for these  applications.
Based  on publicly available  data and internal  estimates, the Company believes
that it has the  most diversified product line  and channels of distribution  in
the   U.S.  wire   and  cable  industry.   General  Cable's   products  for  the
communications markets include PIC, outside service wire, high-bandwidth twisted
pair data  cable,  multi-conductor/multi-pair  shielded  and  unshielded  cable,
coaxial cable and fiber optic cable. General Cable's products for the electrical
markets  include  building wire,  portable cord  and cordsets  for construction,
industrial and consumer applications, and automotive wire and cable. The Company
sells to more  than 8,500 customers,  including electrical, data  communications
and  electronic  distribution companies,  automotive,  hardware and  home center
retail chains, and telecommunications companies and other end users.
 
     General Cable  and  its predecessors  have  served the  communications  and
electrical markets for over 150 years. Predecessors of the Company supplied wire
and  cable for such notable projects as Samuel Morse's telegraph link-up between
Washington and Baltimore, the Hoover Dam and the Statue of Liberty.
 
     The Company's immediate  predecessor (the 'Predecessor'),  a subsidiary  of
the  Company now known as  GCC Corporation ('GCC'), was  formed in April 1992 to
hold the  wire and  cable and  heavy equipment  businesses of  American  Premier
Underwriters,  Inc.  ('American  Premier'),  then  known  as  The  Penn  Central
Corporation ('PCC'). American  Premier entered  the wire and  cable business  in
1981,  when it acquired the successor to the original General Cable Corporation,
and significantly expanded the business between 1988 and 1991 by acquiring Carol
Cable Company and other wire and cable businesses and facilities. In July  1992,
American  Premier  distributed 88%  of the  outstanding common  stock of  GCC to
American Premier's stockholders, retaining the balance of GCC's common stock. As
a result, GCC became a public company with its common stock traded on the Nasdaq
National Market. In June  1994, the Company and  its affiliates acquired GCC  by
means  of a  tender offer  for the  publicly-held GCC  common stock  and private
purchases of  a $169.8  million GCC  subordinated promissory  note and  the  GCC
common stock held by American Premier and its affiliate.
 
     Since  the  Acquisition, General  Cable has  benefitted from  a significant
reorganization and capital investment program. Net sales have grown from  $794.2
million  in  1993  to  $1,043.6  million in  1996,  while  operating  profit has
increased from  $2.3 million  to $78.5  million over  the same  period.  Factors
contributing  to this improved performance  include investment in new production
equipment and information systems;  rationalization of manufacturing  facilities
and  product lines;  consolidation of distribution  locations; product redesign;
improved materials  procurement and  usage; and  the establishment  of  business
teams  and  other  organizational  changes.  The  Company  believes  that  these
 
                                       11
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
initiatives have  generated  significant  productivity  improvements  since  the
Acquisition and that further productivity improvements can be achieved.
 
     The  Company, a Delaware corporation, was organized in April 1994 to effect
the Acquisition.  Its principal  executive offices  are located  at 4  Tesseneer
Drive,  Highland  Heights,  Kentucky 41076  and  its telephone  number  is (606)
572-8000.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of
Common Stock  offered hereby,  all of  which  will be  received by  the  Selling
Stockholder.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The Company currently intends to pay quarterly cash dividends on its Common
Stock, beginning with an initial quarterly dividend of $.05 per share payable in
the fourth calendar quarter of 1997, subject to the declaration by the Company's
Board of Directors. The payment of dividends (including the initial dividend) is
subject  to the  discretion of  the Board of  Directors and  the requirements of
Delaware law and  will depend  upon general business  conditions, the  financial
performance  of the Company  and other factors  the Board of  Directors may deem
relevant. The  New Credit  Facility will  contain certain  provisions that  will
restrict  the ability of  the Company to  pay dividends on  or to repurchase its
Common Stock. In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company paid dividends totaling
$55.1 million and, concurrently with  consummation of the Offerings, it  intends
to  pay  the  Selling  Stockholder Dividend.  See  'Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of  Financial Condition  and  Results of  Operations --  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources.'
 
                                    DILUTION
 
     The  Company's net  tangible book  value as  of March  31, 1997  was $115.8
million, or $4.78  per share of  Common Stock.  After giving effect  to (i)  the
Refinancing (including the payment of the Selling Stockholder Dividend) and (ii)
the  Restricted Stock Issuance, the Company's  pro forma net tangible book value
at March 31, 1997 would  have been $78.8 million, or  $3.22 per share of  Common
Stock.  Based upon an assumed initial public  offering price of $22.50 per share
(the mid-point  of  the  price  range  set forth  on  the  cover  page  of  this
Prospectus),  new  investors  purchasing  Common Stock  in  the  Offerings ('New
Investors') will experience  immediate dilution  of $19.28 per  share, which  is
equal  to the  difference between the  assumed initial public  offering price of
$22.50 and such pro forma net tangible  book value per share of Common Stock  of
$3.22.
 
     The  following table illustrates the calculation  of the per share dilution
described above.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.......................................            $22.50
                                                                                                  ------
     Actual net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1997.......................   $4.78
                                                                                         -----
     Decrease in net tangible book value per share attributable to the Refinancing
      (including the payment of the Selling Stockholder Dividend) and the Restricted
      Stock Issuance..................................................................    1.56
                                                                                         -----
Pro forma net tangible book value per share...........................................              3.22
                                                                                                  ------
Dilution per share to New Investors...................................................            $19.28
                                                                                                  ------
                                                                                                  ------
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The following table  sets forth  the capitalization  of the  Company as  of
March  31,  1997 and  as  adjusted to  give effect  to  the Refinancing  and the
Offerings. This table should  be read in conjunction  with 'Unaudited Pro  Forma
Financial  Data,' 'Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations' and the combined financial statements of the  Company
and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1997
                                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                                 ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                                 ------    --------------
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
 
<S>                                                                              <C>       <C>
Short-term debt...............................................................   $ 25.2        $ 25.2
                                                                                 ------       -------
                                                                                 ------       -------
Long-term debt:
     Notes payable to related parties.........................................   $195.8        $   --
     Other....................................................................      9.1           9.1
     New Credit Facility......................................................     --           242.5
                                                                                 ------       -------
          Total long-term debt................................................    204.9         251.6
                                                                                 ------       -------
Shareholders' equity:
     Common Stock, par value $.01, 75,000,000 shares authorized, 24,250,000
       shares issued and outstanding, actual, 24,500,000 shares issued and
       outstanding, as adjusted...............................................       .2            .2
     Additional paid-in capital...............................................     94.7          78.6
     Retained earnings........................................................     20.9        --
                                                                                 ------       -------
          Total shareholders' equity..........................................    115.8          78.8
                                                                                 ------       -------
                    Total capitalization......................................   $320.7        $330.4
                                                                                 ------       -------
                                                                                 ------       -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Reflects the Selling Stockholder Dividend and the Restricted Stock Issuance.
    Excludes an aggregate of 1,103,750 shares of Common Stock to be reserved for
    issuance  upon the exercise of options expected to be granted at the initial
    public offering price to the Company's executive officers and key  employees
    upon consummation of the Offerings pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan. See
    'Executive Compensation -- Stock Incentive Plan.'
 
                                       13



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
             (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND CERTAIN OTHER DATA)
 
     The  selected financial data set forth in the following table for the years
ended December 31, 1992 and  1993, the periods January 1,  1994 to June 8,  1994
and June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994, and the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996  and at December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 have been derived from
the audited  combined  financial  statements  of the  Company  and  the  audited
consolidated financial statements of the Predecessor. The data presented for the
three  months ended March  31, 1996 and 1997  and at March  31, 1997 are derived
from the unaudited combined financial statements of the Company and include,  in
the  opinion  of management,  all  adjustments (consisting  of  normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for  a fair presentation  of the data  for such  periods.
Results  of operations for the  period ended March 31,  1997 are not necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected for the full year. As a result of the
Acquisition, which was  accounted for as  a purchase, the  Company's results  of
operations, cash flows and financial position for the periods after June 8, 1994
are not comparable to prior periods.
 
     The  pro forma statement  of operations data  give pro forma  effect to the
Refinancing as if  it had occurred  on January  1, 1996. The  pro forma  balance
sheet  data give pro  forma effect to  the Refinancing and  the Restricted Stock
Issuance as if  they had occurred  on March  31, 1997. The  pro forma  financial
adjustments  are based upon  available information and  certain assumptions that
the Company believes are reasonable. Such  pro forma data are for  informational
purposes  only  and  may not  be  indicative  of the  results  of  operations or
financial position of the Company had  the Refinancing and the Restricted  Stock
Issuance actually occurred on such dates.

     The  following selected financial  data should be  read in conjunction with
'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data,'  'Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of   Operations,'  the  combined  financial
statements of the Company and related notes thereto and the audited consolidated
financial statements  of  the Predecessor  and  related notes  thereto  included
elsewhere  in this Prospectus.  Certain reclassifications have  been made to the
financial data of the Predecessor to conform to the presentation of such data by
the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PREDECESSOR                              THE COMPANY
                                        --------------------------------   --------------------------------------------------------
                                           YEAR ENDED                                        YEAR ENDED         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                          DECEMBER 31,    JANUARY 1 TO     JUNE 9 TO        DECEMBER 31,            MARCH 31,
                                        ----------------    JUNE 8,       DECEMBER 31,  ---------------------   ------------------
                                         1992      1993       1994            1994        1995        1996       1996       1997
                                        ------    ------  ------------    ------------  --------    ---------   ------     -------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>     <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net sales.......................... $834.4    $794.2     $355.0          $543.3     $1,061.3    $ 1,043.6   $258.0     $ 251.0
    Gross profit.......................   81.7      97.7       44.2            73.4        138.7        188.3     36.0        48.8
    Operating income (loss)............  (44.4)(1)    2.3       1.1            20.3         44.5         78.5      8.9        19.2
    Interest expense, net(6)...........  (14.4)    (29.0)     (12.1)          (11.0)       (20.7)       (19.6)    (5.2)       (4.9)
    Earnings (loss) before income
      taxes............................  (69.2)    (26.3)     (11.0)            9.3         23.8         58.9      3.7        14.3
    Loss from discontinued
      operations(2)....................   (2.7)    (31.3)    --              --            --          --         --         --
    Cumulative effect of accounting
      change(3)........................    7.5      --       --              --            --          --         --         --
    Income tax benefit (provision).....   --        --           .1            (6.5)         1.5(4)     (19.7)    (1.2)       (5.7)
    Net income (loss)..................  (64.4)    (57.6)     (10.9)            2.8         25.3         39.2      2.5         8.6
    Earnings per share(5)..............                                      $  .12     $   1.04    $    1.62   $  .10     $   .35
    Weighted average number of shares
      outstanding(5)...................                                        24.3         24.3         24.3     24.3        24.3
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Operating income...................                                                             $    78.5              $  19.2
    Interest expense, net(6)...........                                                                 (14.1)                (3.4)
    Net income.........................                                                                  42.5                  9.5
    Earnings per share(5)..............                                                             $    1.75              $   .39
OTHER DATA:
    Average daily COMEX price per pound
      of copper cathode................ $ 1.03    $ 0.85     $ 0.91          $ 1.20(7)  $   1.35    $    1.06   $ 1.18     $  1.11
    Capital expenditures............... $ 15.5    $ 11.7     $  6.2          $  9.1     $   26.2    $    30.0   $  5.6     $   4.0
    Depreciation and amortization of
      fixed assets.....................   19.8      17.4        7.5             6.7         11.7         12.1      3.0         3.3
    Number of employees (at end of
      period)..........................  4,400     4,500                      4,200        4,100        3,900    4,100       3,800
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                      DECEMBER 31                    DECEMBER 31,   
                                                  --------------------    -----------------------------------       MARCH 31,
                                                   1992       1993            1994        1995        1996             1997
                                                  ------  ------------    ------------  --------    ---------   ------------------
<S>                                             <C>       <C>             <C>           <C>         <C>           <C> 
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Working capital....................           $206.8     $227.7          $224.8     $  234.4    $   205.6         $214.9
    Net assets of discontinued
      operations(2)....................             82.8       48.4          --            --          --               --
    Total assets.......................            710.7      620.4           518.7        535.6        513.6         540.3
    Long-term debt.....................            262.2      293.4           206.5        205.9        205.1         204.9
    Other long-term liabilities........             70.8       76.7            94.1         71.9         71.0          72.1
    Shareholders' equity...............            218.7      139.9            97.6        122.9        107.4(8)       115.8
PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Working capital....................                                                                               $214.9
    Total assets(9)....................                                                                               540.7
    Long-term debt(10).................                                                                               251.6
    Shareholders' equity(11)...........                                                                                78.8
 
                                                                                                     (footnotes on following page)
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)
 
 (1) Includes (i) an $11.5 million restructuring provision for the consolidation
     of general and administrative functions and the reconfiguration of  certain
     manufacturing  plants and  (ii) a  $10.0 million  loss on  the sale  of the
     Predecessor's Indiana Steel & Wire Company subsidiary.
 
 (2) Represents the Predecessor's loss from operations  and loss on the sale  of
     the assets of its Marathon LeTourneau Company heavy equipment manufacturing
     subsidiary. The net assets sold are reflected as net assets of discontinued
     operations.
 
 (3) Reflects  the benefit of the cumulative effect of implementing Statement of
     Financial Accounting  Standards ('SFAS')  No. 109,  'Accounting for  Income
     Taxes'.
 
 (4) At  December 31,  1995, the  Company recognized the  full value  of its net
     deferred tax assets; accordingly, goodwill recorded in the Acquisition  was
     eliminated  and the Company  recognized a tax benefit  of $1.7 million. See
     Note 11 to combined financial statements.
 
 (5) Earnings per share was computed based on the weighted average common shares
     outstanding for each period, adjusted for a 121,250-for-1 stock split.
 
 (6) See footnote (2) to 'Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
 (7) The average daily COMEX price per pound for the full year 1994 was $1.07.
 
 (8) After the payment of dividends totaling $55.1 million.
 
 (9) Adjusted to reflect  capitalization of estimated  deferred financing  costs
     related to the Refinancing.
 
(10) Adjusted  to reflect an initial borrowing  under the New Credit Facility of
     $267.7 million at March 31,  1997 and the use  of the proceeds as  follows:
     (i)   repayment  of  intercompany  indebtedness  of  $195.8  million;  (ii)
     repayment of $25.2 million of outstanding bank debt; (iii) payment of $42.6
     million as the Selling Stockholder  Dividend; (iv) payment of $2.0  million
     for the purchase of the Related Companies; (v) repayment of $1.7 million of
     intercompany  advances owed by  the Related Companies  to Wassall; and (vi)
     payment of $0.4 million of estimated expenses of the Refinancing.
 
(11) Adjusted to reflect (i) the  Selling Stockholder Dividend of $42.6  million
     and (ii) the Restricted Stock Issuance.
 
                                       15
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
                      (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
     The  unaudited pro forma statement of  operations data set forth below give
effect to  the  Refinancing as  if  it had  occurred  on January  1,  1996.  The
unaudited  pro forma balance sheet data give pro forma effect to the Refinancing
and the Restricted Stock Issuance as if they had occurred on March 31, 1997. The
pro forma financial adjustments are based upon available information and certain
assumptions that the Company  believes are reasonable.  The pro forma  financial
data  are for informational purposes only  and may not necessarily be indicative
of the  results of  operations or  financial  position of  the Company  had  the
Refinancing  and the Restricted Stock Issuance  actually occurred on such dates.
The following  pro forma  financial  data should  be  read in  conjunction  with
'Capitalization,'  'Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations' and the audited combined financial statements of  the
Company and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996                     MARCH 31, 1997
                            --------------------------------------    --------------------------------------
                            HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA    HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                            ----------    -----------    ---------    ----------    -----------    ---------
<S>                         <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA:
    Net sales............    $1,043.6                    $1,043.6       $251.0                      $ 251.0
    Cost of sales........       855.3                       855.3        202.2                        202.2
                            ----------                   ---------    ----------                   ---------
    Gross profit.........       188.3                       188.3         48.8                         48.8
    Selling, general and
      administrative
      expenses...........       109.8        --    (1)      109.8         29.6         --    (1)       29.6
                            ----------    -----------    ---------    ----------    -----------    ---------
    Operating income.....        78.5        --              78.5         19.2         --              19.2
    Interest expense to
      related parties....       (19.6)      $  19.6(2)      --            (4.8)       $   4.8(2)      --
    Other interest
      expense............        (1.1)        (13.7)(2)     (14.8 )        (.3)          (3.3)(2)      (3.6)
    Interest income......         1.1           (.4)(2)        .7           .2                           .2
                            ----------    -----------    ---------    ----------    -----------    ---------
    Earnings before
      income taxes.......        58.9           5.5          64.4         14.3            1.5          15.8
    Income tax
      provision..........       (19.7)         (2.2)(3)     (21.9 )       (5.7)           (.6)(3)      (6.3)
                            ----------    -----------    ---------    ----------    -----------    ---------
    Net income...........    $   39.2       $   3.3      $   42.5       $  8.6        $    .9       $   9.5
                            ----------    -----------    ---------    ----------    -----------    ---------
                            ----------    -----------    ---------    ----------    -----------    ---------
    Earnings per
      share(4)...........    $   1.62       $   .13      $   1.75       $  .35        $   .04       $   .39
    Weighted average
      number of shares
      outstanding(4).....        24.3          24.3          24.3         24.3           24.3          24.3
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT
  MARCH 31):
    Working capital......                                               $214.9                      $ 214.9
    Total assets.........                                                540.3        $    .4(5)      540.7
    Long-term debt.......                                                204.9           46.7(6)      251.6
    Shareholders'
      equity.............                                                115.8          (37.0)(7)      78.8
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Prior  to  the  Offerings,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses
    included fees of $1.6 million for 1996 and $0.6 million for the three months
    ended March 31, 1997 for  financial, management and other services  provided
    by  a U.S.  affiliate of the  Selling Stockholder.  Following the Offerings,
    these fees  will  be  eliminated and  selling,  general  and  administrative
    expenses will include certain legal, insurance and other corporate expenses,
    which the Company believes will approximate these fees.
 
(2) Adjustments  to reflect  a net decrease  in interest  expense resulting from
    consummation of the Refinancing. The adjustments include: (i) elimination of
    interest expense  to related  parties of  $19.6 million  for 1996  and  $4.8
    million  for  the  three months  ended  March  31, 1997  resulting  from the
    expected repayment of $195.8 million  of intercompany long-term debt with  a
    weighted  average interest rate of 9.9%  per annum; (ii) interest expense on
    the New Credit Facility of $13.7 million  for 1996 and $3.3 million for  the
    three  months ended March 31, 1997 reflecting  an interest rate of 5.75% per
    annum (representing a  37.5 basis  point spread  over the  one month  London
    interbank  offered rate ('LIBOR')) and  $242.1 million of average borrowings
    assumed to  be  outstanding  during  1996  and  $245.1  million  of  average
    borrowings assumed to be outstanding during the three months ended March 31,
    1997  (based upon an  initial borrowing of  $242.4 million as  of January 1,
    1996) and General Cable's actual borrowing and repayment experience in  1996
    and  the  three  months ended  March  31,  1997; and  (iii)  amortization of
    deferred financing costs. Historical interest  income in 1996 included  $0.4
    million  of  earnings  on  excess  cash, which  were  assumed  to  have been
    eliminated as a result of the Refinancing.
 
(3) Represents the income tax effect of the adjustments described in (1) and (2)
    above at a 40% effective tax rate.
 
(4) Earnings per share was computed based on the weighted average common  shares
    outstanding for each period, adjusted for a 121,250-for-1 stock split.
 
(5) Represents  capitalization of estimated deferred  financing costs related to
    the Refinancing.
 
(6) Represents adjustments to reflect an initial borrowing under the New  Credit
    Facility  of $267.7 million at March 31, 1997 and the use of the proceeds as
    follows: (i) repayment of intercompany indebtedness of $195.8 million;  (ii)
    repayment  of $25.2 million of outstanding bank debt; (iii) payment of $42.6
    million as the Selling  Stockholder Dividend; (iv)  payment of $2.0  million
    for  the purchase of the Related Companies; (v) repayment of $1.7 million of
    intercompany advances to  the Related  Companies; and (vi)  payment of  $0.4
    million of estimated expenses of the Refinancing.
 
(7) Represents  adjustments to reflect  (i) the Selling  Stockholder Dividend of
    $42.6 million and (ii) the Restricted Stock Issuance.
 
                                       16



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
     The   following  discussion  of  General   Cable's  historical  results  of
operations and  financial  condition should  be  read in  conjunction  with  the
combined  financial  statements  of General  Cable,  the  consolidated financial
statements  of  the  Predecessor  and  the  respective  notes  thereto  included
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus. General  Cable  acquired the  Predecessor  in a
transaction accounted  for as  a purchase  effective June  9, 1994.  Solely  for
purposes  of comparing results of operations in 1995 and 1994, the Predecessor's
operating results for the  1994 pre-Acquisition period  have been combined  with
the  Company's  operating  results  for the  1994  post-Acquisition  period. The
combined results of  operations for 1994  may not be  indicative of the  results
that would have been achieved if the Acquisition had not occurred, primarily due
to the difference in accounting basis resulting from the Acquisition.
 
     The  combined financial  statements include  the results  of operations and
assets and liabilities of the Related Companies, which were transferred from the
Company to Wassall subsequent to the Acquisition. Wassall will sell the  Related
Companies  to  General  Cable following  completion  of the  Offerings  for $2.0
million. See 'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.'
 
     Since the  Acquisition, General  Cable has  taken a  number of  initiatives
designed  to improve its profitability and productivity, including investment in
new  production   equipment   and  information   systems;   rationalization   of
manufacturing  facilities  and  product  lines;  consolidation  of  distribution
locations; product redesign; improved materials  procurement and usage; and  the
establishment of business teams and other organizational changes.
 
     General  Cable's reported net sales are directly influenced by the price of
copper. The cost of copper has been subject to considerable volatility over  the
past  several years, with  the daily copper  cathode selling price  on the COMEX
averaging $1.07 per pound in 1994, $1.35  per pound in 1995, $1.06 per pound  in
1996 and $1.11 per pound in the first quarter of 1997. However, as a result of a
number of practices intended to match copper purchases with sales, the Company's
profitability has generally not been significantly affected by changes in copper
prices.  For  certain of  the Company's  products  (primarily building  wire and
portable cord), which are priced on a daily basis, the Company purchases  copper
at  prices based on the average of the daily closing selling prices of copper on
the COMEX for the month in which the purchase occurs, plus a negotiated  premium
(principally  representing transportation  costs and processing  charges). For a
portion of  its other  sales,  the Company  purchases  copper cathode  from  its
existing vendor base at a firm price for future delivery against orders or, with
respect  to a contract  that is fixed  as to price  but not as  to volume, for a
portion of  the  estimated  volume. Finally,  the  Company's  arrangements  with
certain  customers  provide  for the  pass-through  of changes  in  copper costs
through price revisions. As a result  of these practices, the Company  generally
passes  changes  in copper  prices along  to its  customers, although  there are
timing delays of varying lengths depending upon the type of product, competitive
conditions and particular customer arrangements. Generally, the Company does not
engage in speculative metals trading  or other speculative activities, nor  does
it  engage in activities to hedge the  underlying value of its copper inventory.
In addition,  the  New Credit  Facility  will contain  a  provision  restricting
General  Cable from  engaging in hedging  activities other than  in the ordinary
course  of  business.  See  'Risk  Factors  --  Impact  of  Copper  Prices'  and
'Business -- Raw Materials.'
 
     General  Cable generally experiences  certain seasonal trends  in sales and
cash flow. Relatively significant amounts of cash are generally required  during
the  first and second quarters of the  year to build inventories in anticipation
of higher demand during the spring and summer months, when construction activity
increases. In general, receivables related  to higher sales activity during  the
spring  and summer months are collected during  the third and fourth quarters of
the year.
 
                                       17
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table  sets forth,  for the periods  indicated, statement  of
operations data in millions of dollars and as a percentage of net sales.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                            ---------------------------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                1994(1)             1995(2)              1996(2)             1996(2)            1997(2)
                            ---------------    -----------------    -----------------    ---------------    ---------------
                              $         %         $          %         $          %        $         %        $         %
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
 
<S>                         <C>       <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
Net sales................   $898.3    100.0%   $1,061.3    100.0%   $1,043.6    100.0%   $258.0    100.0%   $251.0    100.0%
Cost of sales............    780.7     86.9       922.6     86.9       855.3     82.0     222.0     86.0     202.2     80.6
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Gross profit.............    127.6     13.1       138.7     13.1       188.3     18.0      36.0     14.0      48.8     19.4
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses...............     96.2     10.7        94.2      8.9       109.8     10.5      27.1     10.5      29.6     11.8
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Operating income.........     21.4      2.4        44.5      4.2        78.5      7.5       8.9      3.4      19.2      7.6
Interest expense, net....    (23.1)    (2.6)      (20.7)    (2.0)      (19.6)    (1.9)     (5.2)    (2.0)     (4.9)    (2.0)
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Earnings (loss) before
  taxes..................     (1.7)     (.2)       23.8      2.2        58.9      5.6       3.7      1.4      14.3      5.7
Income tax (expense)
  benefit................     (6.4)     (.7)        1.5       .1       (19.7)    (1.9)     (1.2)     (.5)     (5.7)    (2.3)
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
Net income (loss)........   $ (8.1)     (.9)%  $   25.3      2.4%   $   39.2      3.8%   $  2.5      1.0%   $  8.6      3.4%
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
                            ------    -----    --------    -----    --------    -----    ------    -----    ------    -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) As  discussed under 'General' above, the  dollar amounts and percentages for
    1994  combine   the   operating  results   of   the  Predecessor   for   the
    pre-Acquisition  period with those  of the Company  for the post-Acquisition
    period.
 
(2) Percentages do not add due to rounding.
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED WITH THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1996
 
     Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 1997 decreased $7.0 million,
or 2.7%, to $251.0 million from net sales of $258.0 million for the same  period
in  1996. The decrease reflects a decrease of  $8.4 million, or 9.7%, in the net
sales of the Communications Group and an  increase of $1.4 million, or 0.9%,  in
the  net sales of the Electrical Group. Such amounts reflect a $0.07 decrease in
the weighted average monthly COMEX price per pound of copper in the first  three
months of 1997 and other factors as discussed in the following paragraph.
 
   
     After adjusting the net sales for the first three months of 1996 to reflect
the $0.07 lower weighted average monthly COMEX price per pound of copper sold by
the  Company in the first three months of  1997, net sales were $0.9 million, or
0.4%, lower than the first three months of 1996. The decrease in copper-adjusted
net sales reflected  an 8.2% decrease  in the copper-adjusted  net sales of  the
Communications Group and a 3.7% increase in the copper-adjusted net sales of the
Electrical  Group.  The decrease  in  Communications Group  net  sales primarily
reflected a decline in the volume of sales of PIC to U S WEST due to an expected
decline in U S WEST's requirements for the  year 1997 and a delay in the  timing
of  expected orders. This decline, along with  a decrease in pricing for certain
datacom products,  was partially  offset  by increased  sales  of PIC  to  other
customers  and increased datacom unit volume. The growth in Electrical Group net
sales was primarily due  to more favorable building  wire pricing and  increased
copper-adjusted  net  sales  of  OEM assemblies,  portable  cord  and automotive
products in the first three months of 1997 compared to the same period in 1996.
    
 
     Gross profit increased  $12.8 million,  or 35.6%  to $48.8  million in  the
first three months of 1997 from $36.0 million in the first three months of 1996.
General  Cable's gross margin  increased to 19.4%  in the first  three months of
1997 from 14.0% in the first three  months of 1996. The improvement in the  1997
period  was primarily attributable to manufacturing cost reductions and improved
building wire pricing,  partially offset by  a decrease in  pricing for  certain
datacom  products.  On a  copper-adjusted basis  (to the  first three  months of
1997), the Company's gross margin was 14.3% in the first three months of 1996.
 
     The reduction in  manufacturing costs  in the  first three  months of  1997
compared  to the  same period  in 1996  reflected (i)  the effects  of continued
rationalization  of  production   facilities;  (ii)   improvement  of   capacity
utilization,  including the  conversion of certain  facilities from  five day to
seven day per week continuous
 
                                       18
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
production schedules; (iii) product redesigns to lower material costs; and  (iv)
capital  investment and other improvements in manufacturing processes to improve
materials usage and reduce waste.
 
     Selling, general  and administrative  expenses increased  $2.5 million,  or
9.2%,  to $29.6 million in the first three  months of 1997 from $27.1 million in
the first three months of 1996. Selling, general and administrative expenses  as
a  percentage of sales were 11.8% in the first three months of 1997, compared to
10.8% of copper-adjusted (to 1997) sales in the first three months of 1996.  The
increase primarily reflected higher transportation costs, higher advertising and
marketing expenses and increased incentive compensation expense.
 
     The  Company incurred  net interest  expense of  $4.9 million  in the first
three months of 1997 compared to $5.2 million in the first three months of 1996.
The reduction in 1997  reflects the repayment of  an $8.0 million related  party
note during 1996.
 
     The effective income tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 1997 was
39.9% compared to approximately 32.4% for the three months ended March 31, 1996.
The  lower 1996 effective  tax rate reflected  the impact of  certain tax return
reconciliation adjustments.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED WITH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
     Net sales for 1996 decreased $17.7 million, or 1.7%, to $1,043.6 million in
1996 from 1995 net sales of  $1,061.3 million. The decrease reflects a  decrease
of  $36.1 million, or 5.1%, in the  net sales of the Electrical Group, partially
offset by  an increase  of $18.4  million,  or 5.2%,  in the  net sales  of  the
Communications  Group. Such  amounts reflect  a $0.29  decrease in  the weighted
average monthly COMEX  price per pound  of copper in  1996, partially offset  by
increased volume and other factors as discussed in the following paragraph.
 
     After  adjusting 1995 net sales to reflect the $0.29 lower weighted average
monthly COMEX price per pound of copper  sold by the Company in 1996, net  sales
for 1996 represented an $80.6 million, or 8.4%, increase over 1995. The increase
in  copper-adjusted net sales reflected a  13.1% increase in copper-adjusted net
sales of the  Communications Group and  a 5.8% increase  in copper-adjusted  net
sales  of  the Electrical  Group. The  growth in  Communication Group  sales was
primarily due to increased volume of sales of PIC to RBOCs and increased  demand
for  high-bandwidth twisted  pair data  cables. The  growth in  Electrical Group
sales reflected a 5.0%  increase in copper-adjusted net  sales of building  wire
primarily  due to  more favorable pricing  as market conditions  improved in the
second half  of  1996, and  a  9.7% increase  in  copper-adjusted net  sales  of
portable cord principally due to increased volume.
 
     Gross  profit increased $49.6 million, or  35.8%, to $188.3 million in 1996
from $138.7 million in 1995. General Cable's gross margin increased to 18.0%  in
1996  from 13.1% in  1995. On a  copper-adjusted basis (to  1996), the Company's
gross  margin  was  14.4%  in  1995.  The  improvement  in  1996  was  primarily
attributable  to  manufacturing cost  reductions  and the  increases  in selling
prices and sales volumes discussed above.
 
     The reduction  in  manufacturing  costs in  1996  reflected  (i)  continued
rationalization of production facilities through the closing of two plants; (ii)
improvement  of  capacity  utilization at  remaining  facilities,  including the
conversion of four  facilities from five  day to seven  day per week  continuous
production  schedules;  (iii)  improved production  efficiencies  resulting from
higher production levels; (iv) raw material cost reductions reflecting decreased
prices for resins and  other non-copper raw materials  and product redesigns  to
lower  material  costs; and  (v) capital  investment  and other  improvements in
manufacturing processes to improve materials usage and reduce waste.
 
     Selling, general and  administrative expenses increased  $15.6 million,  or
16.6%,  to $109.8 million in  1996 from $94.2 million  in 1995. Selling, general
and administrative  expenses  as a  percentage  of  sales were  10.5%  in  1996,
compared  to  9.8% of  copper-adjusted  (to 1996)  sales  in 1995.  The increase
primarily reflected higher sales volume-related expenses such as  transportation
and  higher salary  and related expenses  attributable to increases  in staff to
support expansion of the  Company's direct sales  force and marketing  function,
the  restructuring  of its  distribution processes  and new  product development
efforts.  In  addition,  expenses  in  1996  included  increases  in   incentive
compensation and advertising expenses.
 
     The Company incurred net interest expense of $19.6 million in 1996 compared
to  $20.7 million in 1995. The reduction  in 1996 expense reflects the repayment
of an $8.0 million related party note.
 
                                       19
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The provision for  income taxes  was $19.7 million  in 1996  compared to  a
benefit  of $1.5 million in  1995. Prior to 1995,  General Cable recorded a full
valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset because of  uncertainties
as  to the amount of taxable income that  would be generated in future years. In
1995, the  Company determined  that it  was  more likely  than not  that  future
taxable income would be sufficient to enable General Cable to realize all of its
deferred  tax  assets.  In  accordance  with the  provisions  of  SFAS  No. 109,
'Accounting for Income Taxes', the reversal of the valuation allowance  resulted
in  a $63.0  million reduction of  goodwill and  a deferred tax  benefit of $1.7
million in 1995.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED WITH YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
     Net sales for 1995 increased $163.0 million, or 18.1%, to $1,061.3  million
in  1995 from $898.3 million in 1994. The increase reflects an increase of $88.8
million, or 33.1%, in the net sales of the Communications Group and an  increase
of  $74.2 million,  or 11.8%,  in the  net sales  of the  Electrical Group. Such
amounts reflect a $0.28 increase in the weighted average monthly COMEX price per
pound of copper  in 1995, increased  volume and other  factors discussed in  the
following paragraph.
 
     After adjusting 1994 net sales to reflect the $0.28 higher weighted average
monthly  COMEX price per pound of copper sold  by the Company in 1995, net sales
for 1995 represented a $74.4 million, or 7.5%, increase over 1994. The  increase
in   copper-adjusted  net  sales   primarily  reflected  a   24.1%  increase  in
copper-adjusted net sales of the Communications Group, primarily due to the full
year impact  of a  long-term  supply contract  with U  S  WEST entered  into  in
November 1994.
 
     Gross  profit increased  $21.1 million,  or 17.9%,  to $138.7  million from
$117.6 million in 1994.  The increase reflected reductions  in product cost  and
increased  sales  volume.  Results  for 1994  benefitted  from  a  $10.3 million
reduction (compared  to a  $0.2 million  reduction  in 1995)  in cost  of  sales
resulting  from  the  liquidation of  inventory  quantities accounted  for  on a
last-in-first-out basis. The Company's gross margin  was 13.1% in both 1995  and
1994. On a copper-adjusted basis (to 1995), the Company's gross margin was 11.9%
in 1994.
 
     Reductions in manufacturing costs in 1995 resulted from (i) rationalization
of  production facilities through the closing  of three plants; (ii) improvement
of  capacity  utilization  at   other  facilities;  (iii)  improved   production
efficiencies   resulting  from  higher  production   levels;  and  (iv)  capital
investment  and  other  improvements  in  manufacturing  processes  to   improve
materials  usage and reduce  waste. These improvements  were partially offset by
higher raw material prices and the additional cost of purchasing finished  goods
from  outside vendors to meet  an increase in customer  demand for PIC while the
Company was adding capacity.
 
     Selling, general  and administrative  expenses decreased  $2.0 million,  or
2.1%,  to $94.2 million in 1995 from $96.2  million in 1994 primarily due to the
restructuring of  the Company's  sales, marketing  and administrative  functions
following  the Acquisition.  Selling, general  and administrative  expenses as a
percentage of sales were  8.9% in 1995 compared  to 9.7% of copper-adjusted  (to
1995) sales in 1994.
 
     The Company incurred net interest expense of $20.7 million in 1995 compared
to  $23.1  million  in  1994,  principally  due  to  lower  average  outstanding
borrowings.
 
     Income taxes in  1995 reflected  a benefit of  $1.5 million  compared to  a
provision  of $6.4 million in  1994. The Company's income  tax provision in 1994
principally reflected alternative minimum tax for which no deferred tax  benefit
was realized for the related tax credit due to a full valuation allowance on the
Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 1994.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     In  general,  the  Company  requires  cash  for  working  capital,  capital
expenditures, debt repayment, interest and taxes. The Company's working  capital
requirements increase when it experiences strong incremental demand for products
and/or  significant copper price  increases. Since the  Acquisition, the Company
has satisfied its  cash requirements  through a combination  of funds  generated
from  operations, related party borrowings and external borrowings. At March 31,
1997, the  Company had  outstanding  long-term borrowings  due Wassall  and  its
subsidiaries  of  $195.8  million,  intercompany advances  due  Wassall  and its
subsidiaries of $1.7 million and borrowings of $25.2 million under existing bank
lines of  credit,  all  of  which  will be  repaid  in  the  Refinancing.  After
completion  of the Offerings, the Company will  be required to meet all its cash
requirements through funds  generated from operations  and external  borrowings,
without  any  support from  Wassall. Based  upon  historical experience  and the
expected availability  of  funds under  the  New Credit  Facility,  the  Company
expects that its sources of liquidity will
 
                                       20
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
be  sufficient to enable it  to meet its cash  requirements for working capital,
capital expenditures, debt repayment, interest and taxes through 1998.
 
     Cash flow used by  operating activities in the  first three months of  1997
was $18.2 million. This principally reflected net income before depreciation and
deferred  taxes of $12.6 million, offset by a $20.7 million increase in accounts
receivable, a $4.6 million increase in inventories and a $4.2 million  reduction
in  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities  and  other  long-term liabilities.
Accounts receivable increased  due to  an increase in  selling prices  resulting
from  a $0.12 per pound  increase in copper prices in  the first quarter of 1997
and higher sales  volume in the  first quarter  of 1997 compared  to the  fourth
quarter  of  1996. Inventories  increased during  the first  quarter of  1997 to
support  anticipated  seasonal  product  demand  during  the  second  and  third
quarters.  The  reduction  in  accounts  payable,  accrued  and  other long-term
liabilities principally reflected a decrease in accounts payable.
 
     Cash flow provided by operating activities in 1996 was $80.8 million.  This
principally reflected net income before depreciation and deferred taxes of $60.6
million,  a  $17.6 million  reduction in  inventory levels  and a  $12.1 million
reduction in accounts receivable partially offset by an $11.6 million  reduction
in  accounts  payable,  accrued  liabilities  and  other  long-term liabilities.
Inventory was reduced as General  Cable consolidated several inventory  stocking
locations  into regional distribution  centers and instituted  new processes for
forecasting, scheduling and inventory management. Accounts receivable  decreased
due  to a decline in selling prices resulting from a $0.33 per pound decrease in
copper prices in the  fourth quarter of 1996,  partially offset by higher  sales
volume  in that quarter. The reduction  in accounts payable, accrued liabilities
and other long-term liabilities primarily reflected expenditures related to  the
closure of two manufacturing facilities.
 
     Cash  flow used in investing activities was  $35.5 million in 1996 and $3.8
million in  the first  three months  of 1997,  principally reflecting,  in  both
periods,  capital expenditures.  The 1996 amount  also reflected  a $6.4 million
investment in  the  Company's fiber  optic  cable joint  venture  with  SpecTran
Corporation ('SpecTran').
 
     General  Cable expended $15.3 million, $26.2  million and $30.0 million for
capital projects during 1994, 1995 and  1996, respectively, and $4.0 million  in
the  first  three months  of  1997. Capital  expenditures  in 1996  consisted of
projects to reduce product costs, increase capacity and modernize machinery  and
equipment.  Although it has no material  commitments for capital expenditures in
1997, General Cable  expects to  spend approximately $38.0  million for  capital
projects  in 1997 in order to further increase manufacturing productivity and to
selectively add production capacity.
 
     Cash flow provided  by financing activities  in the first  three months  of
1997  was  $23.0  million,  reflecting  the  proceeds  of  borrowings  under the
Company's revolving credit line. Cash flow used in financing activities in  1996
was $57.1 million, consisting primarily of dividends totaling $55.1 million.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL AND ASBESTOS-RELATED LITIGATION MATTERS
 
     General  Cable's expenditures for  environmental compliance and remediation
amounted to approximately $0.3 million, $2.0  million and $1.0 million in  1994,
1995  and 1996,  respectively, and  $0.1 million for  the first  three months of
1997, and the Company expects to spend approximately an additional $0.9  million
for  these purposes in the  remainder of 1997. In  addition, subsidiaries of the
Company  have  been  named   as  PRPs  in   certain  proceedings  that   involve
environmental  remediation. General Cable had accrued  $7.2 million at March 31,
1997 for  all environmental  liabilities. In  connection with  the  Acquisition,
American   Premier  has  agreed  to  indemnify  General  Cable  against  certain
environmental liabilities arising  out of General  Cable's or its  predecessor's
ownership  or  operation of  properties  and assets.  While  it is  difficult to
estimate future  environmental liabilities,  General  Cable does  not  currently
anticipate  any material adverse effect on its results of operations, cash flows
or financial position as  a result of compliance  with federal, state, local  or
foreign   environmental   laws  or   regulations   or  remediation   costs.  See
'Business -- Environmental Matters.'
 
     General  Cable's   expenditures  for   asbestos  litigation   amounted   to
approximately  $0.5 million,  $0.5 million  and $0.6  million in  1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively, and $0.1 million for the first three months of 1997  (before
reimbursement  of a substantial  portion thereof under  the settlement agreement
described below), all of which were for defense costs. General Cable had accrued
approximately $2.2 million for this litigation at March 31, 1997. General  Cable
has  entered into a settlement agreement with certain principal primary insurers
concerning liability for  the costs  of defense, judgments  and settlements,  if
any,  in the  asbestos litigation.  Subject to the  terms and  conditions of the
settlement
 
                                       21
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
agreement, the insurers are responsible for  a substantial portion of the  costs
and  expenses  incurred in  the defense  or resolution  of such  litigation. The
Company does not believe that the outcome of the litigation will have a material
adverse effect on its results of  operations, cash flows or financial  position.
See 'Business -- Legal and Other Matters.'
    
 
THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
 
   
     Prior to consummation of the Offerings, General Cable intends to enter into
the  New Credit Facility with The  Chase Manhattan Bank, as administrative agent
(the 'Agent'), and a syndicate of banks. The following summary of the  principal
terms  of the New Credit Facility does not purport to be complete and is subject
to the detailed provisions of the agreement governing the New Credit Facility, a
copy of the  form of  which has  been filed as  an exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement  (as defined herein) of  which this Prospectus is  a part. The Company
and the Agent have entered into a commitment letter pursuant to which the  Agent
has committed to provide the full amount of the facility.
    
 
     The  New  Credit  Facility will  consist  of a  five-year  senior unsecured
revolving credit  and competitive  advance facility  in an  aggregate  principal
amount  of  $350.0 million.  Borrowings will  be  guaranteed by  General Cable's
principal operating  subsidiaries.  General Cable  intends  to make  an  initial
borrowing  of  approximately  $271.8  million  under  the  New  Credit  Facility
concurrently with consummation of the Offerings and to use the proceeds  thereof
to (i) repay all of its outstanding revolving bank debt (which is anticipated to
be  approximately  $26.1  million  on  the  date  of  the  consummation  of  the
Offerings), (ii) repay all  intercompany debt and advances  owed to Wassall  and
its  subsidiaries  (which, together  with accrued  interest, are  anticipated to
amount to approximately $200.7  million on the date  of the consummation of  the
Offerings),  (iii) pay $42.6  million as the  Selling Stockholder Dividend; (iv)
pay $2.0 million for the purchase of the Related Companies from Wassall and  (v)
pay  estimated expenses  of the Refinancing  of $0.4  million. Future borrowings
will be available for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions.
 
     Revolving Credit loans will  bear interest, at  General Cable's option,  at
(i) a spread over LIBOR or (ii) the 'Alternate Base Rate', which will be defined
as  the higher of (a) the Agent's Prime  Rate, (b) the secondary market rate for
certificates of deposit (adjusted for reserve requirements) plus 1% and (c)  the
Federal  Funds Effective Rate  (i.e., for any  day, the weighted  average of the
rates on  overnight  Federal funds  transactions  with members  of  the  Federal
Reserve  System arranged by  Federal funds brokers). The  spread over LIBOR will
range between 17.0 and 42.5 basis points per annum, depending upon the Company's
Leverage Ratio (as defined below), and  will initially be 25.0 basis points  per
annum  until the  date by  which the  Company is  required to  furnish financial
statements with respect to the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997.
 
     A facility fee will accrue on the  full amount of the New Credit  Facility,
regardless  of usage.  The facility  fee will range  between 8.0  and 20.0 basis
points per  annum,  depending  upon  the  Company's  Leverage  Ratio,  and  will
initially  be 12.5 basis points per annum until the date by which the Company is
required to furnish financial statements with respect to the fiscal year  ending
December 31, 1997.
 
   
     The  New Credit Facility will require General Cable to maintain an Interest
Coverage Ratio  (defined  as  the  ratio of  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,
depreciation and amortization ('EBITDA') to Cash Interest Expense (as defined in
the  New Credit Facility)) for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of
not less than 2.50 to  1.00 through June 30, 1998,  3.00 to 1.00 for any  period
ending  on or prior to June 30, 1999, and 3.50 to 1.00 thereafter and a Leverage
Ratio (defined  as  the ratio  of  Total Debt  (as  defined in  the  New  Credit
Facility)  to EBITDA) at any  date and for the period  of the four most recently
ended consecutive fiscal quarters of not more than 3.75 to 1.00. The New  Credit
Facility  will  also  contain  limitations on  (i)  mergers,  consolidations and
certain  asset  sales  and   dispositions;  (ii)  subsidiary  indebtedness   and
guarantees;  (iii) liens and sale-leaseback transactions; (iv) transactions with
affiliates; (v) dividends on, and redemptions and repurchases of, capital stock;
(vi) covenants restricting dividends and  advances by subsidiaries; (vii)  loans
and  investments; (viii) issuance of capital stock by subsidiaries; (ix) hedging
activities other than  in the ordinary  course of business;  and (x) changes  in
business.
    
 
                                       22



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
     General  Cable  is  a  leader  in  the  development,  design,  manufacture,
marketing  and  distribution  of  copper   wire  and  cable  products  for   the
communications  and electrical markets. Communications  wire and cable transmits
low voltage signals for voice, data, video and control applications.  Electrical
wire  and cable conducts electrical current  for power and control applications.
General Cable  believes that  its principal  competitive strengths  include  its
breadth  of  product line;  brand  recognition; distribution  strength; customer
selection, sales and service; and improved operating efficiency.
 
     The principal  markets, products,  distribution channels  and end-users  of
each of General Cable's seven principal product categories are summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PRINCIPAL
                              PRINCIPAL                                      DISTRIBUTION          PRINCIPAL
  PRODUCT CATEGORY             MARKETS             PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS          CHANNELS            END-USERS
<S>                     <C>                      <C>                        <C>               <C>
 
COMMUNICATIONS GROUP:
Outside Voice and       Telecom Local Loop       PIC; Outside Service       Direct;           Telecommunications
Data                                             Wire                       Distributors      System Operators
Datacom                 Computer Networking      Multi-                     Distributors;     Contractors;
                        and Multimedia           Conductor/Multi-pair;      Direct            Original Equipment
                        Applications             Fiber Optic Cable                            Manufacturers
                                                                                              ('OEMs');
                                                                                              Systems Integrators
Industrial              Building Management;     Multi-Conductor;           Distributors;     Contractors;
Instrumentation and     Entertainment;           Coaxial Cable              Retailers;        Consumers;
Control                 Equipment Control                                   Direct            Industrial
 
ELECTRICAL GROUP:
Building Wire           Non-Residential and      THHN; Romex'r' Products    Distributors;     Contractors;
                        Residential                                         Retailers         Consumers
                        Construction
Portable Cord           Industrial Power and     Rubber and Plastic-        Distributors;     Industrial;
                        Control                  Jacketed Wire and Cable    Retailers;        Consumers;
                                                                            Direct            Contractors;
                                                                                              OEMs
Cordsets & OEM          Consumer;                Consumer Cordsets;         Retailers;        Consumers;
Assemblies              Industrial Power         OEM Cordsets;              Direct;           Contractors;
                                                 Assemblies                 Distributors      OEMs
Automotive              Parts Aftermarket        Ignition Wire Sets;        Retailers;        Consumers
                                                 Booster Cables             Distributors
</TABLE>
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     Total shipments of insulated wire and cable (which excludes magnet wire and
fiber  optic products) in the U.S. during 1995 (the last year for which data are
presently available) were  estimated by the  U.S. Department of  Commerce to  be
approximately $11 billion. The Company estimates that shipments of such products
outside  of  the  U.S. during  1995  exceeded  $40 billion.  U.S.  Department of
Commerce statistics indicate that during the period from 1992 through 1995,  the
value   of  insulated  wire   and  cable  shipments   increased  an  average  of
approximately 9% per annum.  The Company believes  that factors contributing  to
this  growth  include  the  development  of  an  increasingly  complex  data and
communication infrastructure,  industrial expansion  and increased  construction
outlays.
 
     General Cable believes that there are approximately 350 participants in the
U.S.  insulated  wire  and  cable  market.  In  recent  years,  there  has  been
significant consolidation of  U.S. wire and  cable manufacturers. General  Cable
believes  that the ten largest manufacturers currently account for approximately
50% of  the U.S.  insulated wire  and  cable market.  The industry  is  serviced
primarily by U.S. production facilities due to high transportation costs.
 
     Insulated wire and cable is used in a wide array of products. Its principal
applications can be divided among four general end-user markets: communications,
construction,  durable  goods  and electrical  power  transmission.  The largest
product   category   within    the   insulated   wire    and   cable    industry
 
                                       23
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
is  building wire, which accounted for approximately  26% of the total U.S. wire
and cable market  in 1995 according  to the U.S.  Department of Commerce.  Other
principal  product categories and their  share of the total  U.S. wire and cable
market include power cable (15%), electronic and data wire (13%), telephone  and
telegraph  wire (17%),  coaxial and  antennae cable  (12%) and  other, including
cord, cordsets and appliance wire (17%).  General Cable competes in segments  of
each of these product categories, except for power cable, and estimates that its
served market in the U.S. exceeds $7.0 billion.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
     The  following  are  the  principal  elements  of  General  Cable's  growth
strategy:
 
     'One Company' approach. General Cable seeks to enhance its market share and
operating performance by offering its diversified product line to customers  who
previously  purchased wire  and cable from  multiple vendors but  prefer to deal
with a smaller  number of  broader-based suppliers.  The Company  also seeks  to
develop  supply  relationships with  preferred  customers who  have  a favorable
combination of volume, product mix, business strategy and industry position. The
Company believes its 'One Company'  strategy will become increasingly  important
as  the electrical, data communications,  industrial and electronic distribution
industries continue to consolidate into a smaller number of larger regional  and
national  participants with broader product lines. The Company also expects that
successful execution of its 'One  Company Strategy' will provide more  efficient
purchasing,  manufacturing, marketing and distribution for its products. As part
of this strategy,  the Company has  established cross-functional business  teams
with  profit and  loss responsibility  for its  seven product  categories. These
teams seek opportunities  to increase  sales to  existing customers  and to  new
customers inside and outside of traditional market channels.
 
     Participation  in  growth markets.  General Cable  expects the  markets for
certain wire and cable  products to increase significantly,  and believes it  is
well  positioned to participate  in such growth.  According to industry studies,
demand for high-performance datacom and electronic wire is expected to increase.
The Company believes  that this increase  will be driven  by the development  of
computer  networks,  more  powerful  workstations,  and  imaging  and multimedia
applications. To  increase its  penetration of  these markets,  the Company  has
recently  established a joint venture to design, develop, manufacture and market
fiber optic premise cable for computer networking and multimedia applications in
commercial and industrial markets. The  Company believes that demand for  copper
wire   and  cable   for  outside   voice  and   data  applications   in  certain
telecommunications markets  will increase  as a  result of  greater demand  from
residential  customers for multiple  access lines for  fax machines and computer
modems, and from business customers for greater bandwidth for data  distribution
and  networking  applications.  Finally,  the Company  expects  that  demand for
portable cord, cordsets and assemblies will grow as a result of increased demand
for home  office  and communications  equipment,  expansion and  maintenance  of
industrial  equipment and the  development of higher  specification products for
more environmentally demanding industrial applications.
 
     Further improvements in productivity. Since the Acquisition, General  Cable
has invested over $65 million in capital projects primarily to increase capacity
and productivity; closed five manufacturing facilities representing 20% of total
manufacturing  floor space; consolidated its distribution operations through the
closing of  60  inventory stocking  locations  and the  establishment  of  three
regional  distribution centers; reduced salaried headcount by approximately 20%;
and upgraded its information  systems. The Company  believes that these  actions
have generated significant productivity improvements. For example, on a constant
copper-adjusted  basis, sales per employee (based on average monthly employment)
increased approximately 34%  from 1994 to  1996. The Company  plans to  continue
similar  programs in  the future,  including the  planned capital  investment of
$38.0 million  in 1997  and the  consolidation of  several additional  inventory
stocking locations into the Company's regional distribution centers.
 
     The  Company will also seek to achieve additional efficiencies in materials
procurement and usage by working with  suppliers to jointly develop programs  to
improve  productivity. Currently, suppliers accounting  for approximately 80% of
the  Company's   purchased  raw   materials  participate   in  such   continuous
productivity programs.
 
                                       24
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     New  products. General Cable continues to develop new and enhanced products
to meet changing customer  needs and to improve  operating results. Examples  of
newly  introduced products include DreamLan'tm', an enhanced Category 5 data and
video cable for office use; multimedia aerial service wire which provides voice,
data and video in a  single wire that can  be easily installed through  existing
hardware;  FrogHide'tm',  a  'contractor-duty' extension  cord;  the Plug-It'tm'
family of  portable  lighting  and  accessories;  VuTron'r'  III  super-flexible
premium  portable  cord;  and  the MinuteMan'tm'  family  of  armored  cable. In
addition, the Company has  introduced new packaging  and merchandising for  both
the retail and wholesale markets.
 
     Joint ventures, strategic alliances and acquisitions. General Cable intends
to  seek joint  venture partners and  strategic alliances  both domestically and
internationally  to   enhance   its  manufacturing,   distribution   and   sales
capabilities.  Current arrangements include:  (i) a joint  venture with SpecTran
for the design, development,  manufacture and marketing of  communications-grade
fiber  optic cable for the customer premises market in the United States, Canada
and  Mexico;  (ii)  a  strategic  sourcing  agreement  with  ALFLEX,  a  leading
manufacturer  of armored  cable; and  (iii) a  strategic sourcing  agreement for
large rubber cord with Elektrim, a leading Polish power and electrical equipment
manufacturer. In addition, the  Company believes that complementary  acquisition
opportunities  exist that  would allow the  Company to capitalize  on its strong
brand names, broad customer base, cost-efficient manufacturing capabilities  and
superior distribution processes.
 
     International  expansion. General Cable  currently derives less  than 5% of
its net sales outside of the U.S. The Company believes that opportunities  exist
for  increased  export  and  international sales,  especially  as  its customers
establish international  operations  and  seek global  capabilities  from  their
suppliers.  The Predecessor  had manufacturing  facilities in  South America and
Europe, most of which were divested in the 1980s. However, the Company  believes
that  its brands have retained name-recognition  that will assist the Company if
it determines to re-enter  these markets. Currently, the  Company has sales  and
distribution  activities in  Canada and  Europe and  manufacturing facilities in
Mexico and the United Kingdom.
 
PRODUCTS AND MARKETS
 
COMMUNICATIONS GROUP
 
   
     The Communications Group manufactures and sells wire and cable products for
voice, data  and  video  transmission  applications  ('Outside  Voice  and  Data
Products'),  multi-conductor/multi-pair cables  used for  computer and telephone
interconnections in  telephone company  central  offices and  customer  premises
('Datacom  Products') and specialty products for use in machinery and instrument
interconnection, audio, computer, security  and other applications  ('Industrial
Instrumentation   and  Control   Products').  In   1994,  1995   and  1996,  the
Communications Group contributed approximately  30%, 34% and 35%,  respectively,
of  the Company's net sales and approximately  7%, 62% and 65%, respectively, of
its operating  income;  in  the  first three  months  of  1997,  it  contributed
approximately  30%  of the  Company's  net sales  and  approximately 50%  of the
Company's operating income.
    
 
Outside Voice and Data Products
 
     General Cable's  principal Outside  Voice  and Data  Products are  PIC  and
outside service wire. PIC is short haul trunk, feeder or distribution cable from
a  telephone company central  office to the subscriber  premises. It consists of
multiple paired conductors (ranging from six  pairs to 4,200 pairs) and  various
types  of  sheathing, water-proofing,  foil wraps  and metal  jacketing. Outside
service wire  is  used to  connect  telephone subscriber  premises  to  curbside
distribution cable.
 
     Copper  wire and cable is  the most widely used  medium for transmission in
the local loop portion of the telecommunications infrastructure. The local  loop
is  the segment of  the telecommunications network  that connects the customer's
premises to the nearest telephone  company central office. The Company  believes
that  copper will continue to be the  transmission medium of choice in the local
loop due to factors  such as the  investment of over $200  billion in the  local
exchange  copper telecommunications infrastructure that  must be maintained; the
lower installation costs of  copper compared to optical  fiber and other  media;
and technological advancements that expand the bandwidth
 
                                       25
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
of  the installed local  loop copper network,  which allow the  continued use of
copper as the transmission medium for the new voice, data, video and multi-media
uses demanded by  customers. In addition,  the Company expects  that demand  for
Outside Voice and Data Products will increase as a result of greater demand from
residential  customers for multiple  access lines for  fax machines and computer
modems, and the demand for new services that can be supported by a  copper-based
local loop.
 
     Technological  advances supporting continued copper  dominance in the local
loop include  the  Integrated  Services Digital  Network  ('ISDN')  and  digital
subscriber  line ('xDSL')  variations. ISDN  is a  digital service  that enables
voice, data and video to be carried over a single connection. ISDN  applications
include  remote office connectivity, internet  connections, high speed computing
and videoconferencing.  xDSL technologies,  including HDSL  (High-speed  Digital
Subscriber  Line), ADSL  (Asymmetric Digital  Subscriber Line),  SDSL (Symmetric
Digital Subscriber Line) and VDSL (Very-high Data Rate Digital Subscriber Line),
employ  advanced  digital  signal  processing  and  advanced  data   compression
techniques  to  allow  ordinary  copper  wires  to  transmit  large  amounts  of
high-speed digital information with greatly enhanced performance. A  significant
feature  of  xDSL technology  is  that both  'plain  old telephone  service' and
digital data can be carried  on existing wires. This  allows xDSL systems to  be
compatible  with  current analog  phones  and upgradeable  for  digital systems.
Individual  customers  can  also  be  added  without  a  significant  technology
investment to upgrade an entire network.
 
   
     General  Cable  sells  its Outside  Voice  and Data  Products  primarily to
telecommunications system operators through its direct sales force under  supply
contracts  of varying lengths,  and also to  telecommunications distributors. In
1995 and 1996, approximately 8.9% and 10.4%, respectively, of the Company's  net
sales were generated by sales of Outside Voice and Data and (to a lesser extent)
Datacom  products to  its largest  customer, U  S WEST,  pursuant to  a ten-year
supply agreement that took  effect on November 1,  1994. The agreement does  not
guarantee  a  minimum level  of sales.  Product prices  are subject  to periodic
adjustment based  upon changes  in the  cost of  copper and  other factors.  The
agreement  is terminable by U  S WEST prior to  its scheduled expiration date if
the Company does not meet certain performance criteria.
    
 
   
     Outside  Voice  and   Data  Products  face   competition  from  other   PIC
manufacturers  and  potentially from  alternative products  such as  fiber optic
cable. Based on U.S. Department of  Commerce reports, the Company believes  that
its share of the U.S. outside voice and data market increased from approximately
13%  in 1994  to approximately  21% in 1995.  In 1994,  1995 and  1996, sales of
Outside Voice and Data  Products accounted for approximately  16%, 21% and  24%,
respectively, of the Company's net sales.
    
 
Datacom Products
 
     The  Company's Datacom Products are  high-bandwidth twisted pair copper and
fiber  optic  cable  for   the  customer  premises,   central  office  and   OEM
telecommunications  equipment markets.  Customer premises products  are used for
wiring at subscriber premises, and include  computer, riser and plenum wire  and
cable.  Riser cable  runs between  floors and plenum  cable runs  in air spaces,
primarily above ceilings in non-residential structures. Central office  products
interconnect  components  within  central office  switching  systems  and public
branch exchanges.
 
     Rapid technological  advances  in  computers and  software,  including  the
increased  use of more powerful computers  and distributed data processing, have
created the need  for sophisticated  local area  network ('LAN')  and wide  area
network   ('WAN')   technologies.   Such  technologies   demand   advanced  data
transmission cable that enables increased volumes  of data to be transmitted  at
faster   speeds  without  diminishing  data  integrity.  Because  of  continuing
technological advances and  new network applications,  the Company expects  that
demand  for  such high-performance  data cable  will  continue to  increase. The
Company is  a leading  supplier of  a broad  family of  cables for  LAN and  WAN
applications,  which are often  specified for large,  complex installations with
demanding data processing  applications such  as a  new Motorola  Inc. plant  in
Boynton  Beach, Florida and  the Mirage Resorts, Inc.  Bellagio Hotel and Casino
currently under construction in Las Vegas, Nevada.
 
     The Company's strategy  has been  to focus its  marketing, engineering  and
development  efforts  on introducing  new products  in  response to  the growing
demand for higher-performance data transmission
 
                                       26
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
cable. For example,  in 1996  the Company introduced  DreamLan'tm', an  enhanced
performance  Category 5  video and data  cable for  office use, as  well as high
pair-count Category 3 and  Category 5 plenum  products and indoor/outdoor  rated
Category  3  products.  The Company  will  continue to  invest  in manufacturing
technology and to focus on new  product development and product improvements  to
serve this market.
 
     The  growth and evolution of LAN and WAN networks have also resulted in new
and distinct processes  for specifying, selecting,  installing and  guaranteeing
the  performance of data  transmission cable required  to support such networks.
General Cable engineers coordinate  with end users  and installers to  determine
the specifications of the cable required for a particular network. The Company's
product   development,  manufacturing  and   product  testing  and  verification
capabilities, as well  as its  established relationships and  reputation in  the
industry, have enabled it to become an integral participant in this process. For
example,  the Company works with a  number of connector manufacturers to further
sales in  this market  by  offering joint  warranty  programs to  assure  system
performance.
 
     In  December 1996, subsidiaries of the  Company and SpecTran formed General
Photonics LLC ('General  Photonics'), an  equally-owned joint  venture, for  the
design,  development,  manufacture and  marketing of  communications-grade fiber
optic cable for the  customer premises market in  the United States, Canada  and
Mexico.  SpecTran is  a developer,  manufacturer and  marketer of  glass optical
fiber and specialty value-added fiber optic components and assemblies. Based  on
the most recent U.S. Department of Commerce data, the premise fiber optic market
grew  at an annual rate of approximately  23% over the five-year period ended in
1995. Under the joint venture arrangement, fiber optic cable and other  products
manufactured  by General  Photonics will  be marketed  primarily through General
Cable's sales force  with some  direct sales  and customer  support provided  by
General Photonics personnel. General Cable believes that the addition of premise
fiber  optic cable to the Company's product  line will enable it to better serve
its major communications customers, nearly all of whom currently purchase  fiber
optic  cables. In connection  with the joint  venture, General Photonics entered
into a  contract  with  SpecTran's fiber  optic  manufacturing  subsidiary.  The
contract,  which  is co-terminous  with the  joint  venture, provides  the joint
venture with an available  supply of optical fiber.  GCC and SpecTran also  have
entered into a non-compete arrangement as part of the joint venture.
 
   
     General  Cable sells  Datacom Products  primarily through  distributors and
agents under the  General Cable'r' brand  name. The Company  believes, based  on
U.S.  Department of Commerce reports,  that it has approximately  a 12% share of
the U.S. market for copper datacom products  based on 1995 sales. In 1994,  1995
and  1996,  sales  of  Datacom  Products accounted for approximately 10%, 9% and
10%, respectively, of the Company's net sales.
    
 
Industrial Instrumentation and Control Products
 
     The Company's  Industrial  Instrumentation  and  Control  Products  include
multi-conductor,  multi-pair,  coaxial,  hook-up, audio  and  microphone cables,
speaker and television lead wire, high temperature and shielded electronic wire,
and harness assemblies. Primary uses for these products are various applications
within the commercial, industrial  instrumentation and control, and  residential
markets.
 
     These  markets  require  a  broad  range  of  multi-conductor  products for
applications involving programmable controllers,  robotics, process control  and
computer  integrated manufacturing, sensors and test equipment, as well as cable
for fire alarm, smoke detection,  sprinkler control, entertainment and  security
systems.  Many  industrial  and  commercial  environments  require  cables  with
exterior armor and/or jacketing materials that can endure exposure to chemicals,
extreme temperatures and outside elements. The Company offers products that  are
specially designed for these applications.
 
     Harness  assemblies  are  used  in  communications  switching  systems  and
industrial control applications. These assemblies  are used in such products  as
data  processing equipment, telecommunications network switches, office machines
and industrial machinery.
 
     The Company's  Industrial Instrumentation  and  Control Products  are  sold
primarily  through distributors  and agents under  the Carol'r'  brand name. The
Company believes, based  on U.S.  Department of  Commerce reports,  that it  has
approximately a 7% share of the U.S. market for
 
                                       27
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
industrial  instrumentation and  control products  (excluding harness assemblies
and coaxial products for cable television and other applications) based on  1995
sales.
 
ELECTRICAL GROUP
 
   
     The  Electrical  Group  manufactures  and  sells  wire  and  cable products
(typically for applications at 600 volts or less) for use in non-residential and
residential structures and in a wide variety of capital goods and consumer uses.
General Cable has four principal  Electrical product categories: building  wire,
portable  cord, cordsets and  OEM assemblies, and  automotive products. In 1994,
1995 and 1996, the Electrical Group contributed approximately 70%, 66% and  65%,
respectively,  of the  Company's net sales  and approximately 93%,  38% and 35%,
respectively, of its  operating income; in  the first three  months of 1997,  it
contributed  approximately 70% of the Company's  net sales and approximately 50%
of the  Company's  operating  income.  The Company  intends  to  seek  continued
improvements   in   productivity,   new   product   developments   and  customer
relationships to increase the profits derived from these product lines.
    
 
Building Wire
 
     General Cable  manufactures  and  sells  a  broad  line  of  thermosetting,
thermoplastic  and  elastomeric  insulated  wire  and  cable  products  for  the
distribution of electrical power to  and within non-residential and  residential
structures.  The Company's principal  building wire products  are THHN, a copper
conductor used  in  non-residential construction  and  industrial  applications,
Romex'r'  brand residential circuit,  intermediate and feeder  sized cables, and
value-added specialty cables for industrial applications. According to the  most
recent brand preference survey by Electrical Construction & Maintenance, General
Cable has the highest-ranked brand of building wire in the U.S. among electrical
contractors and operators of plants and facilities.
 
     Based  on data  compiled by the  Copper Development  Association, from 1980
through 1995 new non-residential and residential construction square footage has
been generally flat, while  copper cable usage has  almost doubled. The  Company
believes  that demand  for building  wire has increased  as a  result of greater
wiring density required in new  construction and renovation projects to  provide
for  the  electrical needs  of such  appliances  as trash  compactors, microwave
ovens, air conditioners, entertainment  centers, lighting and climate  controls,
specialty and task lighting, electric garages and outdoor lighting systems.
 
     An  increasing portion  of the  Company's building  wire sales  consists of
sales of  high  value-added niche  products  that meet  more  demanding  service
requirements  or reduce installation  costs. These products  include tray cable,
armored cable, aluminum  utility service  cable and  control cable  used in  the
operation and interconnection of protective and signalling devices in electrical
distribution systems.
 
     General  Cable has entered into a strategic sourcing agreement with ALFLEX,
a subsidiary of Commonwealth Industries, to expand the Company's position in the
armored cable  market. Armored  cable is  armor sheathed  electrical cable  that
features  excellent  mechanical  protection  and  has  become  a  cost effective
alternative to traditional conduit and wire installations.
 
   
     General Cable  sells its  building wire  products primarily  to  electrical
distributors  for  resale to  electrical  contractors, industrial  customers and
OEMs. Sales are  also made through  hardware and home  center retail chains  and
other  retail stores. The Company believes, based on U.S. Department of Commerce
reports, that it has  approximately a 17%  share of the  U.S. building wire  and
cable  market  based on  1995 sales.  In addition,  based on  published industry
information,  the  Company  believes  that  it  is  one  of  the  three  largest
competitors  in the U.S. building wire market.  In 1994, 1995 and 1996, sales of
Building Wire accounted for approximately 42%, 43% and 40%, respectively, of the
Company's net sales.
    
 
Portable Cord
 
     The Company manufactures  and sells a  wide variety of  rubber and  plastic
insulated  portable  cord products  for power  and control  applications serving
industrial, mining, entertainment, OEM, farming
 
                                       28
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and other  markets.  Portable  cord  products  have  electrical  characteristics
similar  to building wire, but  are designed and constructed  to be used in more
dynamic and severe environmental conditions  where a flexible but durable  power
supply is required. Portable cord products include both standard commercial cord
and  cord products designed to customer specifications. Portable rubber-jacketed
power cord,  the  Company's largest  selling  cord product  line,  is  typically
manufactured  without a connection device at either  end and is sold in standard
and customer-specified lengths. Portable  cord is also sold  to OEMs for use  as
power  cords on their products and in other applications, in which case the cord
is made to the OEMs' specifications. The Company also manufactures portable cord
for use  with moveable  heavy equipment  and machinery.  According to  the  most
recent brand preference survey by Electrical Construction & Maintenance, General
Cable has the highest-ranked brand of portable cord in the U.S. among electrical
contractors, operators of plants and facilities and engineering firms.
 
     General  Cable's  portable  cords  are  used  in  the  installation  of new
industrial equipment and the  maintenance of existing  equipment, and to  supply
electrical  power  at  temporary  venues  such  as  festivals,  sporting events,
concerts and construction  sites. For example,  General Cable supplied  portable
cord  for the 1996 Summer Olympics. The Company expects demand for portable cord
to grow in response to general  economic activity and the development of  higher
specification   products   for   more   environmentally   demanding   industrial
applications.
 
     General Cable's portable cord  products are sold  under the Carol'r'  brand
name,  primarily  through electrical  distributors  and electrical  retailers to
industrial customers,  OEMs, contractors  and consumers.  The Company  believes,
based  on U.S. Department of  Commerce reports, that it  has approximately a 16%
share of the U.S. portable cord market based on 1995 sales.
 
Cordsets and OEM Assemblies
 
     General Cable focuses primarily on high-performance, value-added  cordsets,
including extension cords and multiple outlet power centers, appliance cords for
ranges  and  dryers, portable  lights, and  cordsets  with surge  protection and
ground fault interruption devices  for use by  consumers, contractors and  OEMs.
Cordsets  are manufactured  with connection  devices at  one or  both ends, with
standard indoor and outdoor, single or multiple outlet extension cords being the
most common example. Jackets for  cordset products are typically  thermoplastic.
The  Company  has developed  many  high-performance plastic  and  premium rubber
cordsets for use in  a wide variety of  demanding applications, such as  outdoor
locations or rugged job sites.
 
     OEM  assemblies are  used in  a variety  of demanding  applications such as
power delivery to  office modules  and for such  products as  power hand  tools,
floor  care products  and other  appliances. The  Company targets  customers who
require premium cordsets or assemblies  that require innovative engineering  and
for  whom the Company's vertical integration  in high-performance wire and cable
provides a competitive cost advantage.
 
     The Company sells its  cordsets and cable  harness assemblies primarily  to
OEMs  and to hardware  and home center retail  chains, hardware distributors and
mass merchants  for  resale  to  consumers  and  contractors.  In  addition,  an
increasing portion of the Company's cordset sales are to electrical distributors
for  resale to retail outlets,  electrical contractors, industrial companies and
OEMs.
 
     The Company faces competition for these products from both U.S. and foreign
(particularly, Mexican  and  Asian)  cordset manufacturers  and  suppliers.  The
Company believes that it is a leading domestic supplier of cordsets.
 
Automotive Products
 
     General  Cable's principal automotive  products are ignition  wire sets and
booster cables for sale to the automotive aftermarket. The Company believes that
it offers  one  of the  broadest  ranges of  ignition  wire sets  for  the  U.S.
automotive  aftermarket. Many of the Company's  automotive products are built to
OEM specifications, and the Company utilizes the expertise of its automotive and
materials engineers in the design and manufacture of these products.
 
                                       29
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Booster cable sales are affected by the severity of weather conditions  and
related  promotional activity by  retailers. As a result,  a majority of booster
cable sales occur between September and December.
 
     General Cable sells its automotive  wire and cable primarily to  automotive
parts  retailers  and distributors,  mass  merchants, hardware  and  home center
retail chains and hardware distributors.  The Company's automotive products  are
also  sold on  a private  label basis  to retailers  and other  automotive parts
manufacturers. The Company believes that it  is one of the leading suppliers  of
ignition wire to the U.S. automotive aftermarket.
 
Other Operations
 
     Genca,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  designs,  manufactures  and sells
extruders, extrusion  tooling  and  equipment and  synthetic  and  carbide  wire
drawing  dies for sale  to third parties  and for use  by General Cable. Genca's
product line of extrusion tooling  and equipment includes generic and  specialty
crossheads,  extrusion  and mixing  screws, small  tools and  complete extrusion
equipment systems, including  components and related  technical services.  These
products  are used principally for the  manufacture of insulated wire and cable,
and the fabrication of plastic tubing and various hoses and pipes. General Cable
has been focusing on  expanding the applications for  these products outside  of
the traditional wire and cable markets. Among the growing technologies utilizing
the  Company's  extrusion  equipment  and tooling  are  the  medical  tubing and
automotive fuel line  industries. Genca's  products are  primarily sold  through
Genca's  agents and  direct sales  force to  end users.  Although these products
represent a  relatively  small  portion  of the  Company's  sales,  the  Company
believes  that its  other operations benefit  from the  technology and equipment
provided by this business.
 
MARKETING, DISTRIBUTION AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
     General  Cable  sells  its  products  primarily  through  electrical,  data
communications  and electronic distribution  companies, and automotive, hardware
and home center  retail chains,  and directly to  end users  in the  industrial,
entertainment  and communications  markets. General  Cable has  developed supply
relationships with  preferred  customers who  have  a favorable  combination  of
volume,   product  mix,  business  strategy   and  industry  position,  and  has
implemented a number  of initiatives designed  to enable the  Company to  better
serve these customers.
 
     Since  the Acquisition, General Cable has been implementing a comprehensive
restructuring of its marketing and distribution processes, which has contributed
to the Company's  improved profitability  and customer service.  As a  principal
part  of this initiative, the Company  has focused on creating an organizational
structure and putting in place the facilities and processes necessary to  enable
the  Company to execute its 'One Company'  strategy. In this regard, the Company
has restructured both its direct sales force and its commissioned agents and has
redesigned its sales force, agent and customer incentives.
 
     The Company  is  currently  implementing several  operational  and  service
enhancements,  including electronic  locator systems for  materials and finished
products, bar coding,  Advance Shipping  Notifications, EDI  and Vendor  Managed
Inventory  ('VMI'). Company-wide electronic product  locator systems for raw and
in-process materials and finished products  and comprehensive bar coding at  the
point  of manufacture are being put in place  in all of the Company's plants and
regional distribution centers to  allow the Company  to better monitor,  control
and  make effective use  of its inventories.  Advance Shipping Notifications are
being introduced company-wide so that in-transit product is identifiable and can
be allocated against orders while  moving toward a regional distribution  center
or  to a customer. EDI  has enabled the Company  to reduce transaction costs and
improve communications with its customers. VMI allows the Company to monitor and
replenish customer inventory, thereby reducing customer purchasing and inventory
costs and improving the Company's production and inventory planning and customer
service. The  Company  believes that  these  services enable  its  customers  to
improve service to their own customers.
 
     General  Cable has  also implemented  a number  of initiatives  designed to
reduce  operating  costs   and  improve  the   Company's  inventory   management
capabilities to support increased sales and improved
 
                                       30
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
order  fill rates. Since 1994, the Company has closed approximately 60 inventory
stocking locations and established three new regional distribution centers.  The
Company's  distribution centers enable General Cable to ship all of its products
to a customer on one order with one set of shipping documents and to bill on one
invoice. As a result of these increased efficiencies, the Company has been  able
to  achieve  significant  inventory reductions,  decreased  operating  costs and
improved delivery times  and fill  rates. The Company  intends to  open two  new
regional  distribution centers  in 1997,  and to  consolidate several additional
inventory stocking locations into its regional distribution centers.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The markets for all of General Cable's products are highly competitive, and
the Company experiences competition  from at least  one major competitor  within
each  market. Due to  the diversity of  its product lines,  however, the Company
believes that no single competitor competes  with the Company across the  entire
spectrum  of the  Company's product  lines. General  Cable believes  that it has
developed strong  customer  relations as  a  result  of its  ability  to  supply
customer  needs  across a  broad range  of products,  its commitment  to quality
control and  continuous improvement,  its continuing  investment in  information
technology, its emphasis on customer service, and its substantial production and
distribution resources.
 
     Although  the primary competitive factors for General Cable's products vary
somewhat  across  the  different  product  categories,  the  principal   factors
influencing  competition  are  generally  breadth  of  product  line,  inventory
availability and delivery time, price, quality and customer service. Price is  a
highly  significant  factor for  certain lines  within the  Company's Electrical
product categories.  Many  of  the  Company's  products  are  made  to  industry
specifications,  and are therefore essentially functionally interchangeable with
those of competitors. See 'Risk Factors -- Price and Other Competitive Factors.'
However,  the  Company   believes  that  significant   opportunities  exist   to
differentiate   all  of  its  products  on  the  basis  of  quality,  consistent
availability, conformance  to  customer  specifications  and  customer  service.
Within  the communications market,  conformance to manufacturer's specifications
and technological  superiority are  also  important competitive  factors.  Brand
recognition is also a primary differentiating factor in the portable cord market
and, to a lesser extent, in the Company's other product groups.
 
MANUFACTURING AND TECHNOLOGY
 
     General  Cable's  manufacturing strategy  is  primarily focused  on product
quality and  production  efficiency. The  Company  seeks to  optimize  its  cost
structure   through  vertical  integration,  where  appropriate,  to  lower  its
production costs  while  maintaining  high quality  standards  in  the  finished
products.  For example, General Cable  internally produces a substantial portion
of its copper rod requirements. General Cable also develops and produces certain
proprietary thermoplastic, thermosetting  and elastomeric  compounds, which  are
used as insulation and jacketing for many of its products.
 
     General  Cable  has  invested and  expects  to  continue to  invest  in new
equipment and  production  processes,  process  controls,  automation,  material
handling  and packaging to further improve  its production efficiency. Since the
Acquisition, General Cable has spent an  aggregate of $65.3 million for  capital
projects,  and expects to  spend $38.0 million  in 1997. In  addition, since the
Acquisition, General Cable  has closed five  manufacturing facilities,  reducing
overall manufacturing floor space by 20% without reducing production output.
 
     General  Cable's  manufacturing  operations  involve  a  broad  variety  of
manufacturing processes  which  reflect the  breadth  of the  Company's  product
lines.  All of the Company's copper wire  and cable products require that copper
rod be drawn and insulated. The Company  draws most of its wire requirements  at
its  manufacturing facilities,  and purchases the  rest of its  needs from third
parties. Wire  drawing is  the process  of reducing  the conductor  diameter  by
pulling  it through a converging set of dies until the specified product size is
attained. For certain of the Company's products, the drawn wire is then bundled.
Most  wire   products,  including   the  bundled   wire,  are   insulated   with
thermoplastic,  thermosetting, elastomeric or fluoropolymer compounds through an
extrusion process.  Extrusion involves  the melting,  feeding and  pumping of  a
polymeric  compound through a die  to shape it into its  final form on the wire.
The Company  has  the  capability to  manufacture  thermoplastic,  thermosetting
 
                                       31
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and  elastomeric compounds  in a  wide variety  of proprietary  formulations and
colors which  are then  extruded  onto wire.  General  Cable also  supplies  its
competitors with certain of these proprietary compounds. The insulated wires are
then  combined, or cabled, in a number  of configurations to achieve the desired
performance characteristics.  A  final  extrusion  process  applies  an  overall
covering, or 'jacket,' to the cable.
 
     General  Cable  maintains  advanced  manufacturing,  quality  assurance and
testing equipment geared  to the  specific products which  it manufactures,  and
which  enable  the Company  to achieve  the  critical tolerances  in insulating,
cabling, jacketing,  pairing  and  other  processes required  for  many  of  the
Company's  high-performance products. The Company believes that meeting industry
standards and codes is critical to its success, and its products are designed to
satisfy the safety and  performance standards set  by various industrial  groups
and  testing laboratories. UL, a nonprofit, independent organization, operates a
listing service  for  electrical  and electronic  materials  and  equipment.  UL
listing  is required by national  and most local electrical  codes in the United
States. UL conformity assessment includes testing, evaluation, certification and
periodic inspections by UL of the Company's manufacturing facilities.
 
     In addition to standards  organizations, the Company's electrical  products
are  designed  to comply  with  electrical code  requirements,  particularly the
National Electric Code, federal specifications  and various local and  municipal
codes.  As  part  of  the  Company's focus  on  meeting  and  exceeding customer
expectations and industry standards, 11  of the Company's 17 U.S.  manufacturing
facilities  are ISO 9002 certified, and the Company is working to certify all of
its manufacturing and  distribution facilities. ISO  9002 is an  internationally
recognized verification system for quality management. The Company believes that
such  registration is an important factor in  its ability to maintain and expand
its participation in international markets.
 
RAW MATERIALS
 
     The principal raw material used by General Cable in the manufacture of  its
wire  and cable  products is  copper. General  Cable purchases  copper in either
cathode, rod or wire form from a number of major domestic and foreign producers,
generally through  annual  supply  contracts.  In  1996,  the  Company  produced
approximately  37% of the copper rod used in its manufacturing operations at its
cast copper rod  mill, which uses  both cathode and  recycled copper. Copper  is
available from many sources, and General Cable believes that it is not dependent
on  any single supplier  of copper. In  1996, the Company's  largest supplier of
copper accounted for approximately 30% of the Company's copper purchases.
 
     General Cable  has  centralized  its copper  purchasing  to  capitalize  on
economies of scale and to facilitate the negotiation of favorable purchase terms
from  suppliers. The cost of copper  has been subject to considerable volatility
over the past  several years.  However, as  a result  of a  number of  practices
intended  to match copper purchases with  sales, the Company's profitability has
generally not  been significantly  affected  by changes  in copper  prices.  For
certain  of the Company's products (primarily  building wire and portable cord),
which are priced on a daily basis, the Company purchases copper at prices  based
on  the average of the  daily closing selling prices of  copper on the COMEX for
the month in which the purchase  occurs, plus a negotiated premium  (principally
representing  transportation costs and processing charges). For a portion of its
other sales, the Company purchases copper cathode from its existing vendor  base
at  a  firm price  for  future delivery  against orders  or,  with respect  to a
contract that is fixed as to  price but not as to  volume, for a portion of  the
estimated  volume. Finally,  the Company's  arrangements with  certain customers
provide for the pass-through of changes in copper costs through price revisions.
As a result of these practices,  the Company generally passes changes in  copper
prices  along  to its  customers, although  there are  timing delays  of varying
lengths  depending  upon  the  type  of  product,  competitive  conditions   and
particular  customer  arrangements. Generally,  the Company  does not  engage in
speculative metals trading or other  speculative activities, nor does it  engage
in  activities  to  hedge  the  underlying value  of  its  copper  inventory. In
addition, the New Credit Facility is expected to contain a provision restricting
General Cable from  engaging in hedging  activities other than  in the  ordinary
course  of  business.  See  'Risk  Factors  --  Impact  of  Copper  Prices'  and
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations.'
 
                                       32
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Other  raw materials utilized  by the Company include  nylon, PVC resin and
compounds, polyethylene and plasticizers, fluoropolymer compounds, a variety  of
filling,  binding  and  sheathing  materials,  and  aluminum  wire.  The Company
believes that  all of  these materials  are available  in sufficient  quantities
through purchases in the open market.
 
     In  connection  with the  Company's  joint venture  with  SpecTran, General
Photonics has entered into a contract with a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpecTran
for  the  purchase  of  optical  fiber.   See   ' --  Products  and  Markets  --
Communications Group -- Datacom Products.'
 
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
 
     General Cable believes that the success of its business depends more on the
technical competence, creativity and marketing  abilities of its employees  than
on  any individual patent,  trademark or copyright.  Nevertheless, General Cable
has a policy of  seeking patents when appropriate  on inventions concerning  new
products  and product improvements as part  of its ongoing research, development
and manufacturing activities. The Company owns 35 U.S. patents, which expire  in
1999  through 2017,  and has  four patent  applications pending  in the  U.S. In
addition, the Company  owns 25  foreign patents,  which expire  in 1998  through
2015. The Company also owns 73 registered trademarks and 29 trademarks for which
application for registration is pending.
 
     Although  in the aggregate these patents and trademarks are of considerable
importance to the manufacturing and marketing of many of the Company's products,
the Company does not consider any single patent or trademark or group of patents
or trademarks to be  material to its  business as a  whole. While General  Cable
occasionally  obtains patent licenses from third  parties, none are deemed to be
significant. Trademarks which are deemed to be important are Carol'r', Genca'r',
General Cable'r', Romex'r',  Vutron'r' and DreamLan'tm',  and the General  Cable
triangle  symbol.  General Cable  believes that  the Company's  products bearing
these  trademarks  have  achieved  significant  brand  recognition  within   the
industry.
 
     General  Cable also relies on trade  secret protection for its confidential
and proprietary information. The  Company routinely enters into  confidentiality
agreements  with its employees. There can  be no assurance, however, that others
will not independently  obtain similar information  and techniques or  otherwise
gain  access to the Company's trade secrets or  that the Company will be able to
effectively protect its trade secrets.
 
ENGINEERING AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     General Cable actively engages in a continuing engineering and  development
program  and employs over 75 engineers  and technicians. The Company maintains a
central  research,  development  and  product  testing  laboratory  in  Highland
Heights,  Kentucky. In addition,  each of the  Company's manufacturing locations
has process  and manufacturing  engineering facilities  and, in  certain  cases,
product  engineering  facilities.  The  engineering  and  development activities
conducted by the Company  at these facilities  include new product  development,
testing  and  analysis,  process  and  equipment  development  and  testing, and
compound materials development and testing.
 
     The Company's products are designed  to satisfy the safety and  performance
standards set by various industrial groups and testing laboratories, and care is
exercised  throughout  the manufacturing  process  to ensure  that  the products
conform to industry, government and customer specifications. The characteristics
of insulating  compounds are  designed  to satisfy  safety and  other  technical
requirements.
 
     General  Cable's  personnel take  an active  role  in the  establishment of
industry standards, codes and specifications. The Company has representatives on
committees of the National  Electrical Manufacturers Association, the  Institute
of Electrical & Electronics Engineers, the Electronic Industries Association and
other organizations.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At  March 31,  1997, approximately 3,800  persons were  employed by General
Cable,  and  collective  bargaining   agreements  covered  approximately   2,200
employees  at  14 locations.  A union representation election is scheduled to be
held by  the  National  Labor  Relations  Board on May 23, 1997 at the Company's
Dallas  regional  distribution  center  with respect to 20 employees. During the
last five
 
                                       33
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
years,  the  Company has  experienced  two strikes  affecting  a total  of three
facilities; both  preceded  the Acquisition  and  were settled  on  satisfactory
terms.  Union contracts will expire at  three facilities in 1997, six facilities
in 1998 and two facilities in 1999. The Company believes that its  relationships
with employees are good.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     General  Cable operates 17  manufacturing facilities in  the U.S., of which
14, totaling approximately  3.5 million  square feet, are  owned. The  remaining
three  facilities, totaling approximately 216,000  square feet, are leased under
agreements with expiration dates ranging from 1997 to 2000. In addition, General
Cable  operates  two  manufacturing   facilities  outside  the  U.S.,   totaling
approximately  27,500  square  feet.  The  Company  also  leases  three regional
distribution centers,  totaling approximately  717,240 square  feet, located  in
Anaheim,  Dallas and Atlanta, and a 64,000 square foot warehouse in Des Plaines,
Illinois. These  leases expire  in  2001 and  2002.  Company agents  manage  two
additional regional distribution centers in Chicago and Bridgeton, New Jersey.
 
     The  Company's principal properties are  listed below. The Company believes
that its  properties are  generally well  maintained and  are adequate  for  the
Company's current level of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 SQUARE                   USE/PRODUCT                   OWNED
LOCATION                          FEET                      LINE(S)                   OR LEASED
- ------------------------------   -------    ---------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                              <C>        <C>                                       <C>
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES:
Manchester, NH................   533,000    Electronic and Datacom Products             Owned
Plano, TX.....................   404,000    Electrical Products and Rod Mill            Owned
Lincoln, RI...................   398,000    Electrical Products and Automotive          Owned
Bonham, TX....................   330,000    Outside Voice and Data Products             Owned
Mountoursville, PA............   318,000    Cordsets and Electrical Products            Owned
Monticello, IL................   250,000    Outside Voice and Data Products             Owned
Kingman, AZ...................   243,000    Electrical Products                         Owned
Watkinsville, GA..............   224,000    Electrical Products                         Owned
Altoona, PA...................   195,000    Automotive Products                         Owned
Lawrenceburg, KY..............   190,000    Outside Voice and Data Products and         Owned
                                              Datacom Products
Williamstown, MA..............   167,000    Electrical Products and Cordsets            Owned
Taunton, MA...................   138,000    Wire Fabricating                           Leased
Sanger, CA....................   105,000    Datacom Products                            Owned
Cass City, MI.................   100,000    Datacom Products                            Owned
Clearwater, FL................    72,300    Extrusion Systems and Tooling               Owned
Kenly, NC.....................    50,000    Electrical OEM Products                    Leased
Ft. Wayne, IN.................    28,000    Wire Drawing Dies                          Leased
Piedras Negras, Mexico........    16,540    Communications Assemblies                  Leased
Wellingborough, UK............    11,000    Automotive and Electrical OEM Products     Leased
 
DISTRIBUTION AND OTHER FACILITIES:
Atlanta, GA...................   328,260    Distribution Center                        Leased
Dallas, TX....................   200,000    Distribution Center                        Leased
Anaheim, CA...................   188,980    Distribution Center                        Leased
Highland Heights, KY..........   166,000    Corporate Headquarters and Laboratory       Owned
Des Plaines, IL...............    64,000    Warehouse                                  Leased
Toronto, Ontario Canada.......    24,000    Sales Office and Warehouse                 Leased
</TABLE>
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     The  Company is subject to numerous  federal, state, local and foreign laws
and regulations relating  to the  storage, handling, emission  and discharge  of
materials into the environment, including CERCLA, the Clean Water Act, the Clean
Air  Act  (including  the 1990  amendments)  and the  Resource  Conservation and
Recovery Act.
 
                                       34
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Subsidiaries of the Company  have been identified as  PRPs with respect  to
several  sites designated for cleanup under  CERCLA or similar state laws, which
impose liability for  cleanup of  certain waste  sites and  for related  natural
resource  damages without regard to fault or the legality of waste generation or
disposal. Persons liable for such costs  and damages generally include the  site
owner  or operator  and persons  that disposed or  arranged for  the disposal of
hazardous substances found  at those  sites. Although CERCLA  imposes joint  and
several  liability on all PRPs, in  application, the PRPs typically allocate the
investigation and cleanup costs  based, among other things,  upon the volume  of
waste  contributed  by  each  PRP. Settlements  can  often  be  achieved through
negotiations with the appropriate environmental  agency or the other PRPs.  PRPs
that  contributed small amounts of  waste (typically less than  1% of the waste)
are often given  the opportunity to  settle as 'de  minimis' parties,  resolving
their  liability for a particular site. The  Company does not own or operate any
of the waste  sites with respect  to which  it has been  named as a  PRP by  the
government.  Based on  its review and  other factors, the  Company believes that
costs to the Company relating to environmental clean-up at these sites will  not
have  a material  adverse effect  on its  results of  operations, cash  flows or
financial position.
 
     American Premier, in connection with  the Acquisition, agreed to  indemnify
General  Cable  against  liabilities (including  all  environmental liabilities)
arising out of General  Cable's or its predecessors'  ownership or operation  of
the  Indiana  Steel &  Wire Company  and  Marathon Manufacturing  Holdings, Inc.
businesses (which were divested  by the Predecessor  prior to the  Acquisition),
without  limitation  as  to time  or  amount.  American Premier  also  agreed to
indemnify General Cable against 66  2/3% of all other environmental  liabilities
arising  out of General  Cable's or its predecessors'  ownership or operation of
other properties and assets in  excess of $10 million but  not in excess of  $33
million  which are  identified during  the seven  year period  ending June 2001.
General Cable also  has claims  against third parties  with respect  to some  of
these  liabilities.  While  it  is difficult  to  estimate  future environmental
liabilities accurately, the Company does  not currently anticipate any  material
adverse  effect on its results of  operations, financial condition or cash flows
as a result of  compliance with federal, state,  local or foreign  environmental
laws or regulations or cleanup costs of the sites discussed above.
 
   
     At  March  31, 1997,  the Company  had  accrued approximately  $7.2 million
(exclusive of  an  additional accrual  of  approximately $2.2  million  for  the
asbestos-related litigation described below under ' -- Legal and Other Matters')
for  various environmental related  liabilities of  which the Company  is aware.
The Company cannot predict whether future developments in  laws  and regulations
concerning environmental protection or unanticipated enforcement or other  legal
actions,  particularly  with respect  to  environmental standards,  will require
material capital  expenditures  or  otherwise affect  its  financial  condition,
results  of operation or cash flow in  a materially adverse manner or whether it
will be successful in meeting future demands of regulatory agencies in a  manner
which  will  not have  a material  adverse  effect on  the Company's  results of
operations,   cash   flows   or   financial   position.   See  'Risk  Factors --
Environmental, Legal and Other Matters.'
 
LEGAL AND OTHER MATTERS
    
 
     There are approximately 4,900 pending non-maritime asbestos cases involving
subsidiaries of the Company.  The overwhelming majority  of these cases  involve
employees  in  shipyards  alleging exposure  to  asbestos-contaminated shipboard
cable manufactured by General Cable's predecessors. In addition to the Company's
subsidiaries, numerous other  wire and  cable manufacturers have  been named  as
defendants.  Most cases previously filed have  been dismissed with prejudice and
without  imposition  of  liability  against  the  Company.  In  some  instances,
individual  cases  have  been  settled  on  a  de  minimis  basis.  In addition,
subsidiaries of the Company have been  named, together with numerous other  wire
and  cable manufacturers, as defendants in approximately 14,000 suits brought by
plaintiffs alleging asbestos-related injury from the maritime industry ('MARDOC'
cases), under the  supervision of the  U.S. District Court  for the District  of
Eastern  Pennsylvania (the 'District Court'). On  May 1, 1996 the District Court
ordered that  9,373 of  such MARDOC  cases be  dismissed without  prejudice  for
failure  to  plead  sufficient  facts.  Pursuant  to  that  order  of dismissal,
plaintiffs' attorney was  permitted to  bring future  MARDOC cases  only if  the
cases  were brought in admiralty under the Merchant Marine Act of 1920 (commonly
known as the Jones Act) and if counsel paid a filing fee for each new  complaint
and
 
                                       35
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
pleaded  sufficient facts showing an asbestos-related  injury as well as product
identification specific as to each defendant. Subsequently, plaintiffs'  counsel
filed  additional cases, and defendants filed  a motion seeking dismissal of all
MARDOC cases and  an injunction against  any new suits  on essentially the  same
grounds as the prior motion that was granted in May 1996. On March 17, 1997, the
District Court ordered that all MARDOC cases, including any cases not covered by
the May 1, 1996 order, all actions filed after May 1, 1996 and all future cases,
be administratively dismissed and placed on an inactive docket. These cases were
dismissed without prejudice, but can be refiled only if the cases are brought in
admiralty under the Jones Act and plaintiff's counsel pays a filing fee for each
such  complaint  and pleads  sufficient facts  showing both  an asbestos-related
injury and product identification specific as to each defendant. Based upon  its
experience to date, the Company does not believe that the outcome of the pending
non-maritime  and MARDOC asbestos  cases will have a  material adverse effect on
its results of operations, cash flows or financial position.
 
   
     In January 1994,  General Cable  entered into a  settlement agreement  with
certain  principal  primary  insurers  concerning  liability  for  the  costs of
defense, judgments and settlements,  if any, in all  of the asbestos  litigation
described  above.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  settlement
agreement, the insurers are responsible for  a substantial portion of the  costs
and  expenses  incurred  in  the  defense  or  resolution  of  such  litigation.
Accordingly, based on (i) the terms of the insurance settlement agreement;  (ii)
the  relative costs  and expenses incurred  in the disposition  of past asbestos
cases; (iii) reserves established on the books of the Company which are believed
to be reasonable; and (iv) defenses available to the Company in the  litigation,
the Company believes that the resolution of the present asbestos litigation will
not  have a material adverse effect on  its results of operations, cash flows or
financial position. Liabilities incurred in connection with asbestos  litigation
are  not  covered  by the  American  Premier indemnification  referred  to under
' -- Environmental Matters' above.

     On May 13, 1997, the Company notified the CPSC  pursuant  to  Section 15(b)
of the  Consumer  Product  Safety  Act that it had initiated a product recall of
certain outdoor power center units manufactured at one of its facilities between
April 7, 1997 and May 5, 1997 because of potential problems with the  electrical
insulation for such units. As of the date hereof, the Company has  recovered  or
located the substantial majority of the  units  and is not aware of any claim or
incident of personal injury  or  property  damage involving the units.  However,
there can be no assurance that there will be no such claims or incidents.

     General  Cable is  involved in various legal proceedings and administrative
actions  in addition to the matters discussed above and under ' -- Environmental
Matters.'  In  the  opinion  of  the Company's management, such  proceedings and
actions should  not, individually  or in the aggregate, have a  material adverse
effect  on its results  of operations, cash flows or financial position.
    
 
                                       36



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     Upon consummation of the Offerings, the executive officers of General Cable
will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                 AGE                    POSITION(S) WITH THE COMPANY
- --------------------------------   ---   ---------------------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                <C>   <C>
Stephen Rabinowitz..............   54    Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer
                                           and Director

Gregory B. Kenny................   44    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
                                           and Director

Christopher F. Virgulak.........   42    Executive Vice President, Chief
                                           Financial Officer and Treasurer

Robert J. Siverd................   48    Executive Vice President,
                                           General Counsel and Secretary

</TABLE>
 
     Mr.  Rabinowitz has served as President  and Chief Executive Officer of GCC
since joining it  in September  1994 and  became Chairman,  President and  Chief
Executive  Officer of the  Company in March  1997. From March  1992 until August
1994, Mr. Rabinowitz served  as President and  Group Executive for  AlliedSignal
Friction  Materials and as  President of AlliedSignal  Braking Systems Business.
For the ten years prior thereto, he held various executive positions at  General
Electric  Company,  including  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  GE
Electrical Distribution and Control and Vice President and General Manager of GE
Lighting Technology Division. Mr.  Rabinowitz is a  director of JLG  Industries,
Inc.
 
     Mr. Kenny has served as Executive Vice President of GCC since June 1994. He
also  became Chief Operating Officer of GCC  in February 1997 and Executive Vice
President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of the Company in March  1997.
Mr.  Kenny was Senior Vice President of GCC  from April 1992 until June 1994. He
joined PCC in 1982 and  served in various executive  positions with PCC and  GCC
thereafter.
 
     Mr.  Virgulak  has  served  as Executive  Vice  President,  Chief Financial
Officer and  Treasurer of  GCC  since October  1994  and became  Executive  Vice
President,  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer  of the Company in March 1997.
From January 1993 to October 1994,  Mr. Virgulak was Chief Financial Officer  of
Wassall  USA, Inc.,  an affiliate  of Wassall.  From November  1990 to September
1992, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Carol Cable Company, Inc., then  a
subsidiary of PCC.
 
     Mr.  Siverd has  served as  Executive Vice  President, General  Counsel and
Secretary of GCC since August 1994 and became Executive Vice President,  General
Counsel  and  Secretary  of  the  Company in  March  1997.  He  was  Senior Vice
President, General Counsel and Secretary of GCC from April 1992 until July  1994
and  Vice President  and Associate  General Counsel  of PCC  from September 1987
through June 1992.
 
OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     General Cable's other key management employees are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                YEARS OF
              NAME                  AGE                      POSITION(S)                        SERVICE
- ---------------------------------   ---   -------------------------------------------------   ------------
 
<S>                                 <C>   <C>                                                 <C>
Harold C. Bevis..................   37    Senior Vice President and General Manager for             2
                                            Building Wire Products

Richard D. Foster................   57    Senior Vice President, Human Resources                    1
                                 
Joseph Ewing-Chow................   51    Vice President, Information Systems                      16
                                
R. David Corey...................   48    Vice President and General Manager for Outside           26
                                            Voice and Data Products

Kenneth A. McAllister............   52    Vice President and General Manager for                   11
                                            Datacom/Electronic Products
                                 
Elizabeth W. Taliaferro..........   41    Vice President, Sales Systems                            15

Bryan Kelln......................   31    Vice President, Supply Chain Management                   2

Larry L. Davis...................   55    Vice President, Operations                               34
</TABLE>
 
                                       37
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
General
 
     The Board of Directors of the  Company currently consists of the  Company's
Chief  Executive and Chief Operating Officers, Stephen Rabinowitz and Gregory B.
Kenny, who were elected as directors in March 1997 and two designees of Wassall,
Kevin J.  Doyle and  David A.  Roper, who  have served  as directors  since  the
Acquisition.  Mr. Doyle,  41, has been  Chief Executive Officer  of Wassall USA,
Inc., an affiliate of  Wassall, since 1991  and has been  a director of  Wassall
since  January 1993. He served  as President of the  Company and Chairman of GCC
from the Acquisition  until March  1997. Mr. Roper,  46, has  been an  executive
director  of Wassall since September 1988  and Deputy Chief Executive of Wassall
since March 1994.
 
     The directors are divided into three classes of directors serving staggered
three-year terms. The  initial term of  office of the  first class of  directors
(the   'Class  I  Directors')  will  expire   at  the  1998  annual  meeting  of
stockholders, the initial term of office  of the second class of directors  (the
'Class  II Directors') will  expire at the 1999  annual meeting of stockholders,
and the initial term of office of  the third class of directors (the 'Class  III
Directors')  will expire at the 2000 annual meeting of stockholders. The Class I
Directors will  initially consist  of Mr.  Roper, the  Class II  Directors  will
initially  consist  of Mr.  Kenny, and  the Class  III Directors  will initially
consist of Messrs. Doyle and Rabinowitz. Commencing with the 1998 annual meeting
of stockholders, directors elected to  succeed those directors whose terms  have
thereupon  expired will be  elected to a term  of office to  expire at the third
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. See 'Description
of Capital Stock -- Certain Anti-Takeover Effects -- Certain Charter and  By-Law
Provisions.'
 
     The Company anticipates that the Board of Directors will be expanded to add
four  directors (to be divided among the three classes) who are not employees of
either the Company or Wassall as  soon as practicable after consummation of  the
Offerings,  and that at least  one non-employee director will  be added no later
than 90 days after completion of the Offerings. It is anticipated that Mr. Roper
will resign from the Board of Directors  upon the appointment of one or more  of
such additional directors.
 
Committees
 
     Upon  appointment  of  the  additional directors,  the  Company's  Board of
Directors will establish an Audit  Committee and a Compensation Committee,  each
consisting  entirely  of directors  who are  not employees  of the  Company. The
functions of these standing committees will be as follows:
 
     Audit Committee.  The  Audit  Committee will  be  responsible  for  matters
relating to accounting policies and practices, financial reporting, and internal
controls.  It will recommend to the Board of Directors the appointment of a firm
of independent  accountants  to audit  the  Company's financial  statements  and
review  with representatives  of the  independent accountants  the scope  of the
audit of the Company's financial statements, results of audits, audit costs  and
recommendations with respect to internal controls and financial matters. It will
also review non-audit services rendered by the Company's independent accountants
and  periodically  meet with  or receive  reports  from the  Company's principal
financial and accounting officers.
 
   
     Compensation  Committee.   The   Compensation  Committee   will   set   the
compensation  of all executive officers and  administer the Stock Incentive Plan
and Company's other executive compensation plans and programs (including setting
performance targets and making awards under such plans). It will also review the
competitiveness of  the  Company's  management  and  director  compensation  and
benefit   programs  and   review  principal  employee   relations  policies  and
procedures. It is intended that all  members of the Compensation Committee  will
be  'Non-Employee  Directors'  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3  under  the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as  amended (the 'Exchange Act'), and  'outside
directors'  within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as  amended (the 'Code') and, in any event, will  not  include any Wassall
designee.
    
 
                                       38
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Compensation of Directors
 
     It is  anticipated  that,  following consummation  of  the  Offerings,  the
Company  will  establish  a  compensation  program  for  directors  who  are not
employees of the  Company, including  annual retainer  and meeting  fees. It  is
anticipated that a portion of such fees may be payable in awards under the Stock
Incentive Plan and the balance will be paid in cash.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
     During  1996,  neither the  Company's nor  GCC's Board  of Directors  had a
compensation committee  or other  committee  performing similar  functions.  The
directors  of the  Company (Messrs.  Doyle and Roper)  and the  directors of GCC
(Messrs. Doyle, Roper and  Rabinowitz) participated in deliberations  concerning
executive compensation.
 
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation
awarded  or paid to or earned by the  chief executive officer and the four other
most highly compensated executive officers of the Company for services  rendered
in all capacities to the Company (including its subsidiaries) for 1996.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   NAME AND                                                     OTHER ANNUAL          ALL OTHER
              PRINCIPAL POSITION               YEAR    SALARY      BONUS      COMPENSATION(1)      COMPENSATION(2)
- ---------------------------------------------- ----   ---------   --------   ------------------   ------------------
 
<S>                                            <C>    <C>         <C>        <C>                  <C>
Stephen Rabinowitz ........................... 1996   $ 354,423   $830,921        $ 12,387             $ 42,433
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive
  Officer
Gregory B. Kenny ............................. 1996     235,000    250,000           9,293               27,557
  Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
  Officer
Robert J. Siverd ............................. 1996     215,045    207,000           3,461               21,732
  Executive Vice President, General Counsel
  and Secretary
Christopher F. Virgulak ...................... 1996     191,539    200,000           5,463               20,701
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
  Officer and Treasurer
Harold C. Bevis .............................. 1996     155,481    180,000           4,167               10,153
  Senior Vice President
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Represents  the  amount reimbursed  during the  fiscal  year for  payment of
    insurance premiums and related taxes thereon.
 
(2) Includes (a) imputed income from life insurance in the amounts of $3,168 for
    Mr. Rabinowitz, $857  for Mr.  Kenny, $1,329 for  Mr. Siverd,  $683 for  Mr.
    Virgulak  and $345  for Mr. Bevis  and (b) employer  matching and additional
    contributions pursuant to the Company's retirement and excess benefit  plans
    in the amounts of $39,265 for Mr. Rabinowitz, $26,700 for Mr. Kenny, $20,403
    for Mr. Siverd, $20,018 for Mr. Virgulak and $9,808 for Mr. Bevis.
 
   
1997 ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN
    
 
   
     The  following is a  description of the  1997 Annual Incentive  Plan of the
Company (the '1997  Plan'), which  will be  adopted by  the Selling  Stockholder
prior  to consummation of the Offerings. This  description is intended only as a
summary and is qualified in  its entirety by reference  to the 1997 Plan,  which
has  been  filed as  an  exhibit to  the  Registration Statement  of  which this
Prospectus forms a part.
    
 
     The 1997 Plan is designed to attract, retain and motivate key employees  of
the  Company and the Company's subsidiaries  by providing a cash incentive award
for 1997  to  approximately 110  employees  of  the Company  and  the  Company's
subsidiaries   who  have   been  selected  to   participate  by   the  Board  of
 
                                       39
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
Directors  (or  the compensation committee, once it is established), subject  to
consummation  of the  Offerings.  Upon  attainment by  the Company  of specified
performance goals  (the 'Performance  Goal'), the Company shall pay participants
their  respective  bonus  payout   based  on  the  participants' base   salaries
multiplied by  the  applicable  multiplier  factor  under  the Performance Goal.
The  maximum  bonus  payout  attainable  under the 1997 Plan by any  participant
(other than the  Company's chief executive officer and chief operating  officer)
shall  not  exceed  90%  of  such participant's annual base salary.  The maximum
bonus payout attainable under the 1997 Plan  by each of the individuals named in
the  Summary  Compensation  Table  (as a  percentage  of  their respective  base
salaries) is 120% for Mr. Rabinowitz, 120% for Mr. Kenny, 90% for Mr. Siverd and
90% for Mr. Virgulak.
    
 
     It  is expected that compensation paid  under the 1997 Plan to participants
who are 'covered employees'  as defined in  Section 162(m) of  the Code and  the
applicable  regulations thereunder will be deductible by the Company for federal
income tax  purposes based  upon  a special  transition  rule contained  in  the
Treasury  regulations for private  corporations that complete  an initial public
offering.
 
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
   
     The following is a description of  the Stock Incentive Plan, which will  be
adopted  by the Selling Stockholder prior to consummation of the Offerings. This
description is intended only as  a summary and is  qualified in its entirety  by
reference to the Stock Incentive Plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
    
 
   
     The  Stock Incentive Plan  is designed to attract,  retain and motivate key
employees  and  non-employee  directors  of   the  Company  and  the   Company's
subsidiaries  and  to align  the interests  of the  Company's key  employees and
non-employee directors with those of its stockholders by providing opportunities
to receive Common Stock or monetary  payments. Awards under the Stock  Incentive
Plan  may be granted in any one or a combination of (a) stock options, which may
be 'incentive stock options,' within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code,  or
stock  options  which  do  not constitute  incentive  stock  options,  (b) stock
appreciation rights ('SARs'), (c) stock  awards, (d) performance awards and  (e)
stock units. A maximum of 2,450,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued or used
for  reference purposes pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan. The maximum number
of shares  of Common  Stock  with respect  to which  Awards  may be  granted  or
measured to any individual participant under the Stock Incentive Plan during the
term  of  the Stock  Incentive Plan  will  not exceed  1,000,000 shares  and the
maximum number of shares  with respect to  which stock options  and SARs may  be
granted  to any individual participant under the Stock Incentive Plan during the
term of the  Stock Incentive  Plan shall not  exceed 750,000  shares. The  Stock
Incentive  Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of adoption
(unless sooner terminated by the Board).
    
 
   
     The Stock Incentive  Plan will be  administered by the  Company's Board  of
Directors,  and  by  the  Compensation Committee  once  it  is  established. The
composition of the Compensation Committee is intended to satisfy the requirement
contained in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act that the Stock Incentive Plan  be
administered  by 'Non-Employee  Directors' (as  defined in  Rule 16b-3)  so that
awards granted under the Stock Incentive  Plan are exempt from Section 16(b)  of
the Exchange Act and 'outside directors' within the meaning of Section 162(m) of
the  Code. The  Compensation Committee will  have the authority,  subject to the
terms of the Stock Incentive Plan, to determine when and to whom to make  grants
or  awards under the plan, the  number of shares to be  covered by the grants or
awards, the types and  terms of performance awards,  stock options, SARs,  stock
grants and stock units, and the exercise price of stock options and SARs, and to
prescribe,  amend  and  rescind  rules and  regulations  relating  to  the Stock
Incentive Plan.  The Compensation  Committee's  determinations under  the  Stock
Incentive  Plan need  not be  uniform and  may be  made by  it selectively among
persons who receive,  or are eligible  to receive, grants  and awards under  the
Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
   
     Participants  will consist of such key employees and non-employee directors
of the Company and the Company's  subsidiaries as the Compensation Committee  in
its  sole discretion determines to be  significantly responsible for the success
and future growth  and profitability of  the Company and  whom the  Compensation
Committee  may designate  from time  to time to  receive awards  under the Stock
Incentive Plan. The terms of any grants  under the Stock Incentive Plan will  be
governed  by the  award agreements  issued in  connection with  awards under the
Stock Incentive  Plan. Approximately  110 employees  currently are  eligible  to
participate in the Stock Incentive Plan.
    
 
                                       40
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The  Company's Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Stock
Incentive Plan at any time except  that, unless approved by stockholders of  the
Company, no such amendment may (i) increase the total number of shares which may
be  issued under the Stock  Incentive Plan or the  maximum number of shares with
respect to which Awards may be  granted to any individual participant under  the
Stock Incentive Plan, except for adjustments to reflect stock dividends or other
recapitalizations  affecting the number  or kind of  outstanding shares, or (ii)
modify the requirements as to eligibility  for awards under the Stock  Incentive
Plan.  In addition, no amendment to the Plan may be made without approval of the
stockholders if  the  amendment would  disqualify  any incentive  stock  options
granted  under the Stock Incentive Plan. By mutual agreement between the Company
and a  participant,  awards  may be  made  under  the Stock  Incentive  Plan  in
substitution  and cancellation of  awards previously granted  to the participant
under the Stock Incentive Plan  or under any other  plan of the Company.  Awards
granted under the Stock Incentive Plan are subject to adjustment in the event of
certain changes affecting the Common Stock.
 
     The  Compensation Committee may grant  'incentive stock options' within the
meaning of Section  422 of the  Code, 'non-qualified stock  options' or SARs  in
respect  of shares of Common Stock to participating employees alone or in tandem
with other awards under the Stock Incentive Plan. The exercise price of a  stock
option or base price of an SAR may not be less than the fair market value of the
underlying  shares of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise period
for stock options and SARs will be determined by the Compensation Committee  and
may  not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Stock options and SARs will be
exercisable at such times,  in such amounts, in  accordance with such terms  and
conditions,  and subject to such restrictions, as are set forth in the agreement
evidencing the  grant of  such options  or SARs.  In the  event of  a change  of
control  (as defined  in the Stock  Incentive Plan) of  the Company, outstanding
stock options and SARs may become exercisable immediately and, in the discretion
of the Compensation Committee, the excess of the fair market value of the Common
Stock subject to  such stock options  or SARs  over the exercise  price or  base
price thereof will be paid out in cash.
 
     Stock options and SARs may be transferred by an optionee only by will or by
the  laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised only by the optionee
or grantee during his lifetime. If  a participant dies and the applicable  award
agreement  so provides, all outstanding options and SARs will become immediately
vested and may be exercised by the  person or persons to whom the optionee's  or
grantee's  rights pass within one year  after the optionee's or grantee's death.
In no case (other than in the  event of the participant's death) may options  or
SARs  be exercised later than  the expiration date of  the stock options or SARs
specified in the grant.
 
     Upon exercise of an SAR, a holder generally is entitled, without payment to
the Company, to receive cash, shares of Common Stock or any combination thereof,
as determined by the Compensation Committee, in an amount equal to the excess of
the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the
base price, multiplied by the  number of shares in respect  of which the SAR  is
exercised.
 
     The  Compensation Committee  may grant performance  awards, in  the form of
shares or units, to participating employees alone or in tandem with other awards
under the Stock  Incentive Plan. In  the event that  the Compensation  Committee
grants  such awards, it will establish performance goals which, depending on the
extent to  which  they  are met,  will  determine  the number  and/or  value  of
performance  awards that will  be paid out.  Payouts may be  in shares of Common
Stock (with or without restrictions) and/or cash. Performance goals may be based
upon Company-wide, divisional and/or individual performance.
 
     The Compensation  Committee may  grant stock  awards, in  such amounts  and
subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Compensation  Committee will
determine. The vesting of a stock  award granted under the Stock Incentive  Plan
may  be conditioned upon the  completion of a specified  period of service, upon
the attainment of specified performance  goals and/or upon such other  criteria,
if  any, as the Compensation Committee may  determine. In addition, the right to
vote and receive dividends on  the shares of Common  Stock subject to the  stock
award will be determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
                                       41
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The  Compensation Committee also may grant stock  units, each of which is a
notional account representing  one share  of Common Stock.  Stock units  granted
under  the Stock Incentive  Plan are payable  in shares of  Common Stock at such
time as  is  set  forth in  an  award  agreement and  are  accompanied  by  such
restrictions  on  vesting, if  any,  as may  be  determined by  the Compensation
Committee. While stock units do not confer voting rights on the participant, the
Compensation Committee may provide that a stock unit be accompanied by  dividend
equivalent rights payable in cash or in the form of additional stock units.
 
     All  stock options and  SARs, and certain  stock awards, performance awards
and stock units, granted  under the Stock Incentive  Plan, and the  compensation
attributable  to such awards, are intended  to (i) qualify as 'performance-based
compensation' (as such term is used in  Section 162(m) of the Code) and thus  be
exempt  from the deduction limitation  imposed by Section 162(m)  of the Code or
(ii) be otherwise exempt from the deduction limitation imposed by Section 162(m)
of the  Code. Certain  awards granted  under  the Stock  Incentive Plan  may  be
granted  in  a  manner  such  that  the  awards  qualify  as  'performance-based
compensation' if either the granting or vesting of such award is subject to  the
achievement  of a  performance target  or targets  based on  one or  more of the
following performance measures:  net sales; pretax  income before allocation  of
corporate  overhead and bonus; budget; earnings per share; net income; division,
group or corporate financial  goals; return on  stockholders' equity; return  on
assets;  attainment of  strategic and  operational initiatives;  appreciation in
and/or maintenance of the price of the Common Stock or any other publicly-traded
securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings before interest
and taxes;  earnings  before  interest, taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization;
economic  value-added  models; comparisons  with  various stock  market indices;
and/or reductions in costs.
 
     Following consummation of the Offerings, the Board of Directors is expected
to award Restricted Stock having a potential maximum undiscounted aggregate fair
market value on the date of grant (based upon the initial public offering price)
of approximately $5,600,000  to approximately 100  executive officers and  other
key  employees.  The individuals  named in  the  Summary Compensation  Table are
expected to receive awards  of restricted stock  having the following  potential
maximum  undiscounted  fair market  values:  Mr. Rabinowitz  --  $2,000,000; Mr.
Kenny -- $500,000;  Mr. Siverd --  $140,000; Mr. Virgulak  -- $125,000; and  Mr.
Bevis  -- $100,000.  The restrictions  on the  initial grants  of the restricted
stock shall  lapse  (subject to  acceleration  under certain  circumstances)  36
months after consummation of the Offerings in the case of Messrs. Rabinowitz and
Kenny  and December 31, 1998 in the case  of all other recipients. The awards of
Restricted Stock will be  made in settlement of  all obligations of the  Company
under  existing long-term incentive  arrangements with employees  of the Company
other than with respect to Mr. Rabinowitz, who will be paid, in addition to  the
restricted stock to be granted to him under the Stock Incentive Plan, a separate
cash payment of $1,788,000 in settlement of all obligations of the Company under
Mr.  Rabinowitz's existing long-term incentive arrangements. These arrangements,
which provide  for  cash payments  upon  the Company's  achievement  of  certain
performance targets, will be terminated upon consummation of the Offerings.
 
     Upon consummation of the Offerings, the Board of Directors is also expected
to grant options to purchase a total of approximately 1,103,750 shares of Common
Stock  to  approximately 110  employees. The  individuals  named in  the Summary
Compensation Table are  expected to  receive options to  purchase the  following
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock: Mr.  Rabinowitz  --  286,000  shares; Mr.
Kenny -- 86,000  shares; Mr.  Siverd -- 33,000  shares; Mr.  Virgulak --  33,000
shares;  and Mr. Bevis  -- 28,000 shares.  The exercise price  of these options,
which are not  intended to be  incentive stock  options, shall be  equal to  the
initial  public offering price  and the options shall  become exercisable on the
third anniversary of the  date of grant (subject  to acceleration under  certain
circumstances) for a period of seven years thereafter.
 
     It  is expected that awards granted from  1997 through 2000 under the Stock
Incentive Plan  to  participants who  are  'covered employees'  (as  defined  in
Section  162(m) of the  Code and the applicable  regulations thereunder) will be
deductible by the Company for federal  income tax purposes based upon a  special
transition  rule contained in the  Treasury regulations for private corporations
that complete an initial public offering.
 
                                       42
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
   
     The following descriptions of the employment agreements between the Company
and each of Messrs. Rabinowitz, Kenny, Virgulak and Siverd (each an  'Employment
Agreement')  are intended only as a summary  and are qualified in their entirety
by reference to the respective Employment  Agreements, which have been filed  as
exhibits  to the Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus forms a part.
Each of the Employment Agreements will become effective upon the consummation of
the Offerings.
    
 
     Mr. Rabinowitz will serve as Chief  Executive Officer and President of  the
Company  pursuant  to a  three-year employment  agreement (subject  to automatic
one-year extensions  unless the  Company  or Mr.  Rabinowitz  elects not  to  so
extend).  Under his Employment Agreement, Mr.  Rabinowitz will receive an annual
base salary of  $600,000, retroactive to  January 1, 1997.  Mr. Rabinowitz  will
also  have an opportunity to earn  a bonus under the 1997  Plan of up to 120% of
his base salary upon the attainment of specified performance goals and will  not
be  precluded from being  awarded an additional  bonus outside the  1997 Plan in
respect of 1997 in the discretion of the Compensation Committee. In addition, he
will have an opportunity (not less favorable  than that under the 1997 Plan)  to
earn  a  bonus  under  a  performance-based  annual  bonus  program  for  senior
executives to be established by the Compensation Committee for years after  1997
(the  'Future Bonus Plan'). Mr.  Rabinowitz's Employment Agreement also provides
that  the  Company  will  recommend  to  the  Board  of  Directors  that,   upon
consummation  of the Offerings, Mr. Rabinowitz  receive the awards of restricted
stock and  options  described above  under  '  -- Stock  Incentive  Plan'.  Upon
termination  of his  employment, Mr. Rabinowitz's  Employment Agreement provides
for the  payment of  accrued and  unpaid  base salary  and benefits  under  then
existing  plans (other than severance benefits). In  addition, in the event of a
termination due to death or Disability, by  the Company other than for Cause  or
by  Mr. Rabinowitz for Good Reason (all as defined in his Employment Agreement),
his Employment  Agreement  provides for  immediate  vesting of  and  lapsing  of
restrictions   on  all  unvested  restricted  stock  and  options  held  by  Mr.
Rabinowitz. In the event of a termination by the Company other than for Cause or
by Mr. Rabinowitz for Good Reason, his Employment Agreement also provides for  a
payment equal to a multiple (the 'Multiplier') of the sum of his base salary and
the  target bonus under the 1997 Plan or Future Bonus Plan for the year in which
termination occurs,  as  well  as  his continuation  as  a  participant  in  the
Company's  executive health  and welfare benefit  plans for the  number of years
represented by the Multiplier. The Multiplier for Mr. Rabinowitz will be two.
 
   
     The terms and conditions of  the Employment Agreements between the  Company
and  each of Messrs.  Kenny, Virgulak and  Siverd are substantially  the same as
those contained  in  Mr.  Rabinowitz's Employment  Agreement,  except  that  the
Employment  Agreements  of  each  of  the foregoing  will  not  provide  for the
opportunity to be  awarded an  additional bonus outside  of the  1997 Plan,  and
except  as follows: Mr. Kenny  will serve as Executive  Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of  the Company, receive  an annual base  salary of  $300,000,
have  an opportunity to earn a bonus of up  to 120% of his base salary under the
1997 Plan and the Future  Bonus Plan, and have a  Multiplier of 1.5. Mr.  Siverd
will  serve as Executive Vice President,  General Counsel and Secretary pursuant
to a two-year  employment agreement  (subject to  automatic one-year  extensions
unless  the Company or  Mr. Siverd elects  not to so  extend), receive an annual
base salary of $225,000, and have a  Multiplier of one. Mr. Virgulak will  serve
as Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to a
two-year  employment agreement (subject to  automatic one-year extensions unless
the Company or Mr.  Virgulak elects not  to so extend),  receive an annual  base
salary  of $204,000, and have a Multiplier of one. In addition, Mr. Virgulak and
Mr. Siverd's agreements will provide that  they will be entitled to  participate
in the 1997 Plan and the Future Bonus Plan on such terms as may be determined by
the  Compensation Committee.  In addition,  each of  their Employment Agreements
will provide that  the Company will  recommend to the  Board of Directors  that,
upon  consummation  of  the Offerings,  they  receive the  respective  awards of
options (and,  with respect  to  Mr. Kenny,  restricted stock)  described  under
' -- Stock Incentive Plan' above.
    
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENTS
 
     Prior  to  consummation  of  the Offerings,  the  Company  will  enter into
agreements with  each of  Messrs. Rabinowitz,  Kenny, Siverd  and Virgulak  (the
'Change-in-Control Agreements') providing for
 
                                       43
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
certain  benefits if the executive's employment  is terminated by the Company or
the Company's  subsidiaries or  by  the Company's  successor without  Cause  (as
defined  in the Change-in-Control  Agreements), or the  executive terminates his
employment with the Company or the Company's subsidiaries or with the  Company's
successor  for Good Reason (as defined below) and such termination occurs within
six months preceding,  or within  two years following,  a Change-in-Control  (as
defined  below). In such event, the executive shall receive a payment equal to a
specified multiple of the sum of (x)  the executive's annual base salary at  the
time  of the  termination of the  executive's employment  (or, in the  case of a
termination of employment  for Good Reason  based on a  reduction of his  annual
base  salary,  the  annual  base  salary in  effect  immediately  prior  to such
reduction) plus (y) the executive's target annual incentive bonus in effect  for
the  year  in  which his  employment  is terminated  or  the year  in  which the
Change-in-Control occurs, whichever is greater. In addition, the Company or  its
successor  shall continue the executive's participation in the Company-sponsored
executive health  and  welfare benefit  plans  until  the earlier  of  the  same
specified   multiple  of  12  months  following  the  date  of  the  executive's
termination of employment or the date the executive receives equivalent coverage
and benefits under the plans of a subsequent employer. The multiples shall be as
follows: Mr. Rabinowitz -- three times; Mr.  Kenny -- two and a half times;  Mr.
Siverd -- one and a half times; and Mr. Virgulak -- one and a half times. Upon a
Change-in-Control,  the restrictions on any restricted  stock will lapse and any
unexercisable stock  options  held  will become  fully  vested  and  immediately
exercisable  in accordance with  the terms of  the Stock Incentive  Plan and the
award agreements issued thereunder.
 
     Provided that  Mr.  Rabinowitz  has  not  deferred  compensation  otherwise
includible in income for any year commencing with 1997, if the payments received
by  Mr. Rabinowitz  (pursuant to  the Change-in-Control  Agreement or otherwise)
exceed a certain  threshold amount and  result from a  'change in ownership'  as
defined  in Section  280G of the  Code, the  Company will pay  him an additional
amount (a 'Gross-Up Payment') to reimburse  him for the federal excise tax  (and
any  interest,  penalties  or  additions  to  tax)  with  respect  thereto  on a
'grossed-up' basis. However,  if Mr.  Rabinowitz has  deferred compensation,  he
will  not be entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, and further, if the net payments he
would retain in  connection with a  'change in ownership'  (after deducting  any
excise  tax and applicable  income tax) would  be less than  the amount he would
have netted,  after applicable  income  taxes, had  the  present value  of  such
payments  equalled $1 less  than three times his  threshold amount (the 'Maximum
Payments'), then his total  payments will not exceed  the Maximum Payments.  Any
payments to Messrs. Kenny, Siverd and Virgulak pursuant to the Change-in-Control
Agreements  shall be  subject to  the limitations  of Section  280G(b)(2) of the
Code.
 
     For purposes of the Change-in-Control Agreements, 'Change-in-Control' means
that any of the following  has occurred: (a) any  person or other entity  (other
than any of the Company's subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan sponsored by
the  Company or  any of  its subsidiaries)  including any  person as  defined in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act,  becomes the beneficial owner, as  defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of more than fifty
percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock
of  the Company normally entitled  to vote for the  election of directors of the
Company (the 'Voting Stock');  (b) the stockholders of  the Company approve  the
sale  of all or substantially  all of the property or  assets of the Company and
such sale occurs; (c) the stockholders of the Company approve a consolidation or
merger of  the Company  with another  corporation (other  than with  any of  the
Company's   subsidiaries),  the  consummation  of  which  would  result  in  the
shareholders  of  the   Company  immediately  before   the  occurrence  of   the
consolidation  or merger owning, in  the aggregate, less than  60% of the Voting
Stock of the surviving entity, and such consolidation or merger occurs; or (d) a
change in  the Company's  Board of  Directors occurs  with the  result that  the
members  of the  Board on  the effective date  of the  Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part (the 'Incumbent Directors') no longer constitute
a majority  of such  Board of  Directors, provided  that any  person becoming  a
director  (other  than  a director  whose  initial  assumption of  office  is in
connection with  an actual  or  threatened election  contest or  the  settlement
thereof,  including but not  limited to a consent  solicitation, relating to the
election of directors of the Company) whose election or nomination for  election
was  supported  by two-thirds  (2/3) of  the then  Incumbent Directors  shall be
considered an Incumbent Director for  these purposes. A Change-in-Control  shall
not include the Offerings.
 
                                       44
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     For  purposes of the Change-in-Control  Agreements, 'Good Reason' means the
occurrence of any  of the  following without the  prior written  consent of  the
Executive:  (i) removal  from any  of the positions  held by  the executive with
respect to the  Company or any  of its significant  subsidiaries (as defined  in
Regulation  S-X  under  the  Exchange  Act)  on  the  181st  day  prior  to  the
Change-in-Control  or  any  senior  position  that  the  executive  subsequently
achieves;   (ii)  the  assignment  of   duties  or  responsibilities  materially
inconsistent with those  customarily associated  with the position  held by  the
executive on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control or any senior position
that  the executive subsequently achieves, or any other action by the Company or
a successor that results in a diminution of the executive's position, authority,
duties or responsibilities other  than an isolated action  that is not taken  in
bad  faith and is remedied by the  Company or a successor promptly after receipt
of written  notice  thereof  from  the  executive;  (iii)  a  reduction  in  the
executive's annual base salary or executive's annual bonus opportunity set forth
in  the Employment Agreement from  that in effect on the  181st day prior to the
Change-in-Control (or  any  greater  salary  or  bonus  that  the  executive  is
subsequently  entitled to) or a material reduction in any other material benefit
provided the executive by the Company; (iv) notice by the Company not to  extend
the  Employment Agreement; (v) the relocation of the executive's principal place
of employment to  a location  more than fifty  (50) miles  from the  executive's
principal  place of  employment (unless  such relocation  does not  increase the
executive's commute by more than  twenty (20) miles) on  the 181st day prior  to
the  Change-in-Control, except for required travel  on the Company's business to
an  extent  substantially  consistent  with  the  executive's  business   travel
obligations  as of  such day; or  (vi) the failure  by the Company  to obtain an
agreement  from   any   successor  to   assume   and  agree   to   perform   the
Change-in-Control Agreement.
 
                              SELLING STOCKHOLDER
 
     As  of the date hereof, the Selling Stockholder owns all of the outstanding
shares of the Company's  Common Stock. Upon consummation  of the Offerings,  the
Selling  Stockholder will own 7,350,000 shares of Common Stock, or approximately
30% of the outstanding  Common Stock. If  the U.S. Underwriters'  over-allotment
option  is  exercised  in  full, after  consummation  of  Offerings  the Selling
Stockholder will own 4,815,000 shares of  Common Stock, or approximately 20%  of
the outstanding Common Stock.
 
     The  address  of  the  Selling  Stockholder  is  P.O.  Box  21153,  3001 AD
Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
 
     In connection with the Offerings,  the Selling Stockholder and Wassall  are
entering  into agreements with the Company  providing certain rights in favor of
the Selling Stockholder and Wassall and certain obligations and restrictions  on
the  Company after consummation of the Offerings. See 'Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions.'
 
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     Pursuant to an  agreement (the  'Management Agreement'),  the Company  paid
management   fees  to  an  affiliate  of  the  Selling  Stockholder  aggregating
approximately $1.1 million, $1.4 million and $1.6 million for the period June 9,
1994 to  December 31,  1994 and  the years  ended December  31, 1995  and  1996,
respectively.  From January 1,  1997 through the  consummation of the Offerings,
the  Company  will  pay  management  fees  to  such  affiliate  of  the  Selling
Stockholder  aggregating approximately  $1.0 million.  Upon consummation  of the
Offerings, the Management Agreement will be terminated.
 
     Wassall has from time to time arranged  for letters of credit on behalf  of
General  Cable under its credit facility. At December 31, 1995 and 1996, letters
of credit aggregating $12.6 million and $11.9 million, respectively, were issued
under Wassall's credit facility on behalf of the Company. At December 31,  1994,
no  such letters of  credit were issued. Pursuant  to the Intercompany Agreement
(as defined below), the  Company will agree  to use its  best efforts to  obtain
letters  of credit to replace all outstanding  Wassall letters of credit, and to
indemnify Wassall  against all  expenses incurred  by it  with respect  to  such
Wassall letters of credit.
 
     Concurrently  with consummation of the  Offerings, General Cable intends to
make an initial borrowing of approximately  $271.8 million under the New  Credit
Facility and use a portion of the proceeds thereof to (i) repay all intercompany
debt and advances owed to Wassall and its subsidiaries
 
                                       45
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(which,   together  with  accrued   interest,  are  anticipated   to  amount  to
approximately $200.7 on the date of the consummation of the Offerings), (ii) pay
$42.6 million as the Selling Stockholder Dividend and (iii) pay $2.0 million for
the purchase of the Related Companies from Wassall.
 
   
     Following consummation of the Offerings,  the Selling Stockholder will  own
approximately  30% of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock (or approximately
20% of  the  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock  if  the  U.S.  Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full). At least one director designated by
the  Selling Stockholder initially will serve as a director of General Cable. In
addition, the  Selling  Stockholder will  have  the  right to  (i)  approve  the
directors to be appointed to the Company's Board of Directors prior to the first
annual  meeting of stockholders following consummation of the Offerings and (ii)
designate one individual  (or, if the  Board of Directors  of the Company  shall
consist  of  more than  eight members,  two individuals)  for nomination  to the
Company's Board of  Directors for  so long as  the Selling  Stockholder and  its
affiliates  continue to own at least 10%  of the outstanding Common Stock of the
Company (excluding  any shares  of Common  Stock issued  pursuant to  the  Stock
Incentive  Plan or any other employee benefit plan of the Company). As a result,
the Selling Stockholder may be in a position to exercise influence over  General
Cable after the consummation of the Offerings.
    
 
     Concurrently  with  consummation  of  the Offerings,  the  Company  and the
Selling Stockholder intend to enter into an agreement (the 'Registration  Rights
Agreement')  pursuant to which the Selling Stockholder will be granted the right
to require the Company, subject to  certain limitations, to register for  public
offering  and sale  all or  a portion of  the Common  Stock held  by the Selling
Stockholder  following   consummation  of   the  Offerings   (each,  a   'demand
registration').  The  Selling  Stockholder  will  be  entitled  to  three demand
registrations, one of which may, at the request of the Selling Stockholder, be a
shelf registration which the Company shall maintain effective for a period of up
to three years. In addition, the Selling Stockholder will have the right to have
its shares of  Common Stock included  in future registration  statements of  the
Company.  The Selling  Stockholder has  agreed not  to offer,  sell, contract to
sell, pledge, grant any  option to purchase, transfer  or otherwise dispose  of,
directly  or indirectly,  any shares of  Common Stock  or securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or other rights
to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days following
the date of this Prospectus, without prior written consent of Dillon, Read & Co.
Inc. See 'Underwriting.' The Company will  be obligated to pay all  registration
expenses  (other  than  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions)  incurred  in
connection with such registrations, and  will indemnify the Selling  Stockholder
and   its  officers   and  directors  against   certain  liabilities,  including
liabilities under the federal securities laws, in connection therewith. All such
registration rights are subject to customary terms and conditions.
 
   
     In addition, concurrently with consummation of the Offerings, the  Company,
Wassall   and  the  Selling  Stockholder  intend  to  enter  an  agreement  (the
'Intercompany Agreement')  pursuant  to  which,  among  other  things,  (i)  the
Company,  on the  one hand,  and Wassall  and its  subsidiaries (other  than the
Company and its subsidiaries), on the other hand, will (A) agree not to  solicit
employees of the other for a period of two years following the Offerings and (B)
indemnify  each  other  with respect  to  certain insurance  expenses;  (ii) the
Company  will,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  indemnify  Wassall  and   its
subsidiaries  against (A) liabilities relating to the business and assets of the
Company, its  subsidiaries  and  the  Related  Companies  and  their  respective
predecessors  and (B) liabilities relating to the offering or sale of securities
of the Company,  including, without  limitation, liabilities  under the  federal
securities  laws in connection with the Offerings; (iii) the Selling Stockholder
will be  granted  the  rights,  referred to  above,  to  approve  the  Company's
additional  directors appointed following  consummation of the  Offerings and to
designate  one  individual  (or,  in  the  circumstances  described  above,  two
individuals)  for nomination to  the Company's Board of  Directors; and (iv) the
Company and Wassall will provide each other with certain information.
    
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The authorized capital stock of  the Company consists of 75,000,000  shares
of  Common Stock, par value $0.01 per  share, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $0.01 per share (the 'Preferred Stock').
 
                                       46
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following statements relating to the  capital stock of the Company  are
summaries  and do  not purport  to be  complete. Reference  is made  to the more
detailed provisions of, and such statements  are qualified in their entirety  by
reference  to,  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation (the
'Certificate of  Incorporation')  and  the Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  (the
'By-Laws')  of the Company, copies  of which have been  filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     Holders of Common  Stock are entitled  to one  vote for each  share on  all
matters voted on by stockholders. Holders of Common Stock do not have cumulative
voting  rights  in  the  election  of directors.  The  first  annual  meeting of
shareholders is expected to be held during the second quarter of 1998.
 
     Holders of Common Stock do not have subscription, redemption or  conversion
privileges.  Subject to the  preferences or other rights  of any Preferred Stock
that may be issued from  time to time, holders of  Common Stock are entitled  to
participate  ratably  in  dividends  on  the Common  Stock  as  declared  by the
Company's Board of  Directors. Holders  of Common  Stock are  entitled to  share
ratably in all assets available for distribution to stockholders in the event of
the  liquidation or dissolution  of the Company, subject  to distribution of the
preferential amount, if any, to be distributed to holders of Preferred Stock.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes  the  Company's  Board   of
Directors,  without any vote or action by  the holders of Common Stock, to issue
up to 25,000,000  shares of Preferred  Stock from time  to time in  one or  more
series.  The Company's Board of Directors  is authorized to determine the number
of shares and  designation of  any series of  Preferred Stock  and the  dividend
rights,  dividend  rate, conversion  rights and  terms,  voting rights  (full or
limited, if  any),  redemption rights  and  terms, liquidation  preferences  and
sinking  fund terms  of any  series of  Preferred Stock.  Issuances of Preferred
Stock  would  be  subject  to  the  applicable  rules  of  the  NYSE  or   other
organizations  whose systems  the stock  of the  Company may  then be  quoted or
listed. Depending upon the terms of Preferred Stock established by the Company's
Board of Directors, any or all series of Preferred Stock could have  preferences
over the Common Stock with respect to dividends and other distributions and upon
liquidation  of the Company. Issuance of any  such shares with voting powers, or
issuance of additional shares of Common Stock, would dilute the voting power  of
the  outstanding Common  Stock. The  Company has no  present plans  to issue any
Preferred Stock.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     ChaseMellon Shareholder  Services L.L.C.  will be  the transfer  agent  and
registrar for the Common Stock.
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER MATTERS
 
CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
 
     The  provisions  of  the  Certificate of  Incorporation  and  the Company's
By-Laws described in this section may delay or make more difficult  acquisitions
or  changes of  control of the  Company not  approved by the  Company's Board of
Directors. Such provisions could have  the effect of discouraging third  parties
from  making  proposals involving  an acquisition  or change  of control  of the
Company, although such proposals,  if made, might be  considered desirable by  a
majority of the Company's stockholders. Such provisions may also have the effect
of  making it more difficult  for third parties to  cause the replacement of the
current management of the Company without the concurrence of the Company's Board
of Directors.
 
     Copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws have been  filed
with  the Commission  as exhibits to  the Registration  Statement. The following
description of certain provisions of the Certificate
 
                                       47
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
of Incorporation and the By-Laws does not purport to be complete and is  subject
to,  and  is qualified  in  its entirety  by  reference to,  the  Certificate of
Incorporation and the By-Laws.
 
Classified Board of Directors
 
     The Certificate of Incorporation divides  the Company's Board of  Directors
into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. As a result,
approximately one-third of the Company's Board of Directors will be elected each
year. See 'Management -- Board of Directors.'
 
     The  Company  believes that  a  classified board  will  help to  assure the
continuity and stability of the Company's  Board of Directors, and its  business
strategies  and  policies as  determined by  the  Company's Board  of Directors,
because a majority of the directors at any given time will have prior experience
as directors of the Company. This provision should also help to ensure that  the
Company's  Board of Directors, if confronted with an unsolicited proposal from a
third party that has acquired a block  of the Company's Common Stock, will  have
sufficient time to review the proposal, to consider appropriate alternatives and
to seek the best available result for all stockholders.
 
     This  provision could prevent a party who acquires control of a majority of
the outstanding Common Stock  from obtaining control of  the Company's Board  of
Directors  until the second annual stockholders'  meeting following the date the
acquiror obtains  the  controlling stock  interest,  could have  the  effect  of
discouraging  a  potential  acquiror from  making  a tender  offer  or otherwise
attempting to  obtain  control  of  the Company  and  could  thus  increase  the
likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions.
 
Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies
 
     The Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws provide that the number of
directors  shall  not  be  less than  three  nor  more than  nine  and  shall be
determined from  time  to time  exclusively  by a  vote  of a  majority  of  the
Company's  Board of Directors  then in office.  The Certificate of Incorporation
also provides that  the Company's Board  of Directors shall  have the  exclusive
right  to  fill  vacancies,  including vacancies  created  by  expansion  of the
Company's Board  of Directors.  Furthermore,  except as  may  be provided  in  a
resolution  or resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors providing for any
class or series of Preferred Stock with respect to any directors elected by  the
holders  of such class or series, directors  may be removed by shareholders only
for cause and only  by the affirmative vote  of at least 66  2/3% of the  voting
power  of all of the shares of the Company's capital stock then entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. These
provisions,  in  conjunction   with  the   provision  of   the  Certificate   of
Incorporation  authorizing  the  Company's  Board of  Directors  to  fill vacant
directorships, could  prevent  stockholders from  removing  incumbent  directors
without cause and filling the resulting vacancies with their own nominees.
 
No Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings
 
     The  Certificate of Incorporation provides that,  except as may be provided
in a resolution or resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors providing for
any class or series of Preferred Stock, stockholder action can be taken only  at
an  annual or  special meeting  of stockholders and  cannot be  taken by written
consent in lieu  of a meeting.  The Certificate of  Incorporation also  provides
that  special meetings  of the  stockholders can  only be  called pursuant  to a
resolution approved by a  majority of the Company's  Board of Directors then  in
office.   Stockholders  are  not   permitted  to  call   a  special  meeting  of
stockholders.
 
Advance Notice for Raising Business or Making Nominations at Meetings
 
     The By-Laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals
to be  brought  before  a  meeting  of  stockholders  of  the  Company  and  for
nominations by stockholders of candidates for election as directors at an annual
meeting  or a special meeting  at which directors are  to be elected. Subject to
any other  applicable requirements,  including, without  limitation, Rule  14a-8
under  the Exchange  Act, only such  business may  be conducted at  a meeting of
stockholders as has been brought
 
                                       48
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
before the meeting by, or at the direction of, the Company's Board of Directors,
or by a stockholder who has given to the Secretary of the Company timely written
notice, in proper form,  of the stockholder's intention  to bring that  business
before  the meeting. The presiding officer at  such meeting has the authority to
make such determinations. Only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction
of, the Company's Board of Directors, or who are nominated by a stockholder  who
has  given timely written  notice, in proper  form, to the  Secretary prior to a
meeting at which directors are  to be elected will  be eligible for election  as
directors of the Company.
 
     To  be timely, notice of nominations or other business to be brought before
an annual  meeting must  be received  by the  Secretary of  the Company  at  the
principal  executive office of  the Company no  later than 60  days prior to the
date of such annual meeting. Similarly, notice of nominations or other  business
to be brought before a special meeting must be delivered to the Secretary at the
principal executive office of the Company no later than the close of business on
the  15th day following the day on which notice of the date of a special meeting
of stockholders was given.
 
     The notice of any nomination for election as a director must set forth  the
name,  date of birth, business and residence address of the person or persons to
be nominated; the business experience during the past five years of such  person
or  persons; whether such  person or persons are  or have ever  been at any time
directors, officers or  owners of  5% or  more of  any class  of capital  stock,
partnership interest or other equity interest of any corporation, partnership or
other  entity; any directorships held  by such person or  persons in any company
with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act
or subject to  the requirements  of Section  15(d) of  such Act  or any  company
registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended; and whether, in the last five years, such person or persons are or have
been  convicted in  a criminal  proceeding or have  been subject  to a judgment,
order, finding or  decree of any  federal, state or  other governmental  entity,
concerning  any violation of federal,  state or other law,  or any proceeding in
bankruptcy, which  conviction,  order,  finding, decree  or  proceeding  may  be
material  to an evaluation of the ability  or integrity of the nominee; and, the
consent of  each such  person to  serve as  a director  if elected.  The  person
submitting  the notice of nomination, and any person acting in concert with such
person, must provide their  names and business addresses,  the name and  address
under  which they  appear on the  Company's books  (if they so  appear), and the
class and number of shares of the Company's capital stock that are  beneficially
owned by them.
 
Amendments to By-Laws
 
     The  Certificate  of Incorporation  provides  that the  Company's  Board of
Directors or the holders of at least 66  2/3% of the voting power of all  shares
of  the Company's capital stock then entitled  to vote generally in the election
of directors, voting  together as a  single class,  have the power  to amend  or
repeal the Company's By-Laws.
 
Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation
 
     Any  proposal  to  amend, alter,  change  or  repeal any  provision  of the
Certificate of  Incorporation, except  as may  be provided  in a  resolution  or
resolutions  of  the Company's  Board of  Directors providing  for any  class or
series of Preferred Stock and which relate to such class or series of  Preferred
Stock,  requires approval  by the  affirmative vote  of both  a majority  of the
members of the Company's Board of Directors  then in office and a majority  vote
of the voting power of all of the shares of the Company's capital stock entitled
to  vote generally  in the  election of directors,  voting together  as a single
class. Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any proposal to  amend, alter, change  or
repeal  the provisions of  the Certificate of Incorporation  relating to (i) the
classification of the Company's Board  of Directors, (ii) removal of  Directors,
(iii)  the prohibition of  stockholder action by  written consent or stockholder
calls for special meetings, (iv) amendment  of By-Laws, or (v) amendment of  the
Certificate  of  Incorporation  requires  approval by  the  affirmative  vote of
66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the shares of the Company's capital  stock
entitled  to vote generally in  the election of directors,  voting together as a
single class.
 
                                       49
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Preferred Stock and Additional Common Stock
 
     Under the Certificate  of Incorporation, the  Company's Board of  Directors
will  have the  authority to  provide by  Board resolution  for the  issuance of
shares of  one  or  more series  of  Preferred  Stock. The  Company's  Board  of
Directors  is authorized to fix  by resolution the terms  and conditions of each
such other series. See 'Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred Stock.'
 
     The Company  believes  that the  availability  of the  Company's  Preferred
Stock,  in each case issuable  in series, and additional  shares of Common Stock
could facilitate certain  financings and  acquisitions and provide  a means  for
meeting  other corporate needs  which might arise. The  authorized shares of the
Company's Preferred Stock, as well as  authorized but unissued shares of  Common
Stock  will be  available for issuance  without further action  by the Company's
stockholders, unless stockholder  action is  required by applicable  law or  the
rules  of any stock exchange on which  any series of the Company's capital stock
may then be listed.
 
     These provisions give the Company's Board of Directors the power to approve
the issuance of a series of Preferred  Stock, or an additional series of  Common
Stock,  of the  Company that  could, depending  on its  terms, either  impede or
facilitate the completion of a merger,  tender offer or other takeover  attempt.
For  example,  the issuance  of new  shares  of Preferred  Stock might  impede a
business combination if the  terms of those shares  include voting rights  which
would enable a holder to block business combinations; the issuance of new shares
might  facilitate a  business combination  if those  shares have  general voting
rights sufficient  to cause  an  applicable percentage  vote requirement  to  be
satisfied.
 
DELAWARE BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE
 
     Section  203 of the DGCL ('Section  203') provides that, subject to certain
exceptions  specified  therein,  an  'interested  stockholder'  of  a   Delaware
corporation  shall not engage  in any business  combination with the corporation
for a three-year  period following  the date  that such  stockholder becomes  an
'interested  stockholder' unless (i) prior to  such date, the board of directors
of the corporation approved either  the business combination or the  transaction
which  resulted in  the stockholder  becoming an  'interested stockholder,' (ii)
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder  becoming
an  'interested stockholder,' the  interested stockholder owned  at least 85% of
the voting stock  of the  corporation outstanding  at the  time the  transaction
commenced (excluding certain shares) or (iii) on or subsequent to such date, the
business  combination is approved  by the board of  directors of the corporation
and  authorized  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting  of  stockholders  by  the
affirmative  vote of at least  66 2/3% of the  outstanding voting stock which is
not owned  by the  'interested stockholder.'  Except as  otherwise specified  in
Section  203, an 'interested  stockholder' is defined to  include (x) any person
that is  the owner  of  15% or  more  of the  outstanding  voting stock  of  the
corporation,  or is  an affiliate  or associate of  the corporation  and was the
owner of 15% or more of the  outstanding voting stock of the corporation at  any
time  within three  years immediately  prior to  the relevant  date and  (y) the
affiliates and associates of any such person.
 
     Under certain  circumstances, Section  203 makes  it more  difficult for  a
person  who  would be  an 'interested  stockholder'  to effect  various business
combinations  with  a  corporation  for   a  three-year  period,  although   the
stockholders  may elect to  exclude a corporation  from the restrictions imposed
thereunder. The Certificate of Incorporation  does not exclude the Company  from
the  restrictions imposed under  Section 203. The provisions  of Section 203 may
encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in  advance
with   the  Company's  Board  of   Directors,  since  the  stockholder  approval
requirement would  be avoided  if a  majority of  the directors  then in  office
approve  either the business combination or the transaction which results in the
stockholder becoming an 'interested stockholder.' Such provisions also may  have
the  effect  of preventing  changes  in the  management  of the  Company.  It is
possible that  such  provisions  could  make it  more  difficult  to  accomplish
transactions  which  stockholders  may  otherwise  deem  to  be  in  their  best
interests.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     The Company will have  24,500,000 shares of  Common Stock outstanding  upon
consummation  of the Offerings. Of those shares, the 16,900,000 shares of Common
Stock offered hereby will be available
 
                                       50
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
for immediate  sale as  of the  date of  this Prospectus  in the  public  market
without  restriction by persons other than  'affiliates' of the Company, as that
term is defined in the regulations promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
     Upon  consummation  of   the  Offerings,  the   Selling  Stockholder   will
beneficially own approximately 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (or
approximately  20%  if  the over-allotment  option  is exercised  in  full). The
Company and  the Selling  Stockholder have  agreed, subject  to certain  limited
exceptions,  not to offer, sell,  contract to sell, pledge,  grant any option to
purchase, transfer or otherwise dispose  of, directly or indirectly, any  shares
of  Common Stock or  warrants or other  rights to purchase  or acquire shares of
Common Stock or any securities  convertible into or exchangeable or  exercisable
for  shares of Common Stock for a period  of 180 days following the date of this
Prospectus without the prior  written consent of Dillon,  Read & Co. Inc.  After
expiration  of such 180-day  period, such shares  may be sold  (i) in accordance
with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, (ii) in private offerings or
(iii) upon registration under  the Securities Act without  regard to the  volume
limitations of Rule 144.
 
     In  general, under Rule  144 as currently  in effect, a  person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned 'restricted  securities'
(defined  generally  in  Rule  144  as  securities  issued  in  transactions not
involving a public offering) for at least one year, including persons who may be
deemed to  be  affiliates  of  the  Company, is  entitled  to  sell  within  any
three-month  period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (which number, immediately following
the Offerings, will be 245,000 shares) and the average weekly trading volume  in
the  Common Stock during the four calendar  weeks preceding the filing of a Form
144 with respect to such sale, provided that the Company has been subject to and
complied with certain  reporting requirements  under the Exchange  Act, and  the
sale  is made in  a 'broker's transaction'  or in a  transaction directly with a
'market-maker,' as those terms are used in Rule 144, without the solicitation of
buy orders by  the broker  or such  person and  without such  person making  any
payment  to any person other than the broker  who executes the order to sell the
shares of Common Stock. A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is
not deemed to have been  an affiliate of the Company  at any time during the  90
days  preceding a  sale of  restricted securities  by such  person, and  who has
beneficially owned the restricted securities  for at least two years  (including
the  holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate), is entitled to sell
such shares under Rule 144 without  regard to the volume limitations and  public
information   and  manner  of  sale  requirements  described  above.  Restricted
securities properly  sold  in  reliance  upon Rule  144  are  thereafter  freely
tradeable  without restrictions or registration under the Securities Act, unless
thereafter held by an affiliate of the Company.
 
     Shares held by  the Selling Stockholder  may be freely  sold if  registered
under  the Securities Act. The Company has  agreed to use its best efforts, upon
request by the Selling Stockholder, to register under the Securities Act any  or
all  shares of Common Stock  held by the Selling  Stockholder and, under certain
conditions, when  shares of  Common Stock  are registered  by the  Company.  See
'Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.'
 
     The  Company  may  file a  registration  statement  on Form  S-8  under the
Securities Act to register all of the shares of Common Stock issued or  reserved
for  future issuance under the Stock Incentive Plan. After the effective date of
that registration statement, shares purchased  upon exercise of options  granted
pursuant  to the  plan generally  would be  available for  resale in  the public
market.
 
     Prior to the  Offerings, there  has been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock of the Company. No predictions can be made of the effect, if any, that the
sale  or availability for sale of shares of additional Common Stock will have on
the market  price of  the Common  Stock. Nevertheless,  sales of  a  substantial
amount  of such shares by the  Selling Stockholder or by stockholders purchasing
in the Offerings or the perception that sales could occur could adversely affect
prevailing market prices for the Common Stock.
 
                                       51



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
                       NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMMON STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
     The  following general discussion  summarizes certain of  the material U.S.
federal income and estate tax consequences  of the ownership and disposition  of
Common  Stock by a Non-U.S. Holder (as  defined below). This discussion does not
address all aspects  of U.S.  federal income  tax that  may be  relevant to  the
ownership  or disposition of the Common Stock by a prospective investor in light
of such investor's personal circumstances and does not address any state,  local
or  foreign tax  consequences. This  discussion also  does not  address the U.S.
federal income  tax consequences  of ownership  of Common  Stock not  held as  a
capital  asset  within the  meaning of  Section 1221  of the  Code, or  the U.S.
federal income tax consequences to investors subject to special treatment  under
the  U.S. federal  income tax  laws, such  as dealers  in securities  or foreign
currency, tax-exempt  entities, banks,  thrifts,  insurance companies  or  other
financial  institutions,  persons  that  hold  the Common  Stock  as  part  of a
'straddle', a  'hedge'  against currency  risk  or a  'conversion  transaction',
persons  that  have a  'functional  currency' other  than  the U.S.  dollar, and
investors in pass-through entities.
 
     This discussion is based upon  the Code, existing and proposed  regulations
thereunder,  and current administrative rulings and  court decisions. All of the
foregoing is subject to  change, possibly on a  retroactive basis, and any  such
change could affect the continuing validity of this discussion.
 
     For purposes of the following discussion, a Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock
is  a holder who is  not (i) an individual  who is a citizen  or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation organized under the laws of the United  States
or  any political subdivision thereof or therein or (iii) an estate or trust the
income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its  source.
For  taxable years after  December 31, 1996,  a trust holding  Common Stock is a
U.S. Holder if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary  jurisdiction
over  the trust and one  or more U.S. fiduciaries  have the authority to control
all substantial  decisions of  the trust.  For purposes  of withholding  tax  on
dividends  discussed below, a non-resident alien or non-resident fiduciary of an
estate or trust will be considered a Non-U.S. Holder.
 
     Dividends and gain  on the sale,  exchange or other  disposition of  Common
Stock will be considered to be 'U.S. trade or business income' if such income or
gain  is (i) effectively connected with the  conduct of a U.S. trade or business
or (ii) in the case  of a treaty country  resident, attributable to a  permanent
establishment  (or, in the  case of an  individual, a fixed  base) in the United
States.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     In general, dividends  paid to a  Non-U.S. Holder of  Common Stock will  be
subject  to withholding of  U.S. federal income  tax at a  30% rate, unless such
rate is reduced by  an applicable income tax  treaty. Dividends which  represent
U.S.  trade or business income are generally  subject to U.S. federal income tax
at regular rates, but are  not generally subject to  the 30% withholding tax  if
the Non-U.S. Holder files the appropriate form with the payor. Any U.S. trade or
business  income received by a  Non-U.S. Holder that is  a corporation may also,
under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional 'branch profits tax' at
a 30% rate or such lower rate as  may be applicable under an income tax  treaty.
Dividends paid to an address in a foreign country generally are presumed (absent
actual  knowledge to the contrary) to be paid  to a resident of such country for
purposes of the withholding tax discussed above and for purposes of  determining
the   applicability  of  a  tax  treaty   rate.  Under  proposed  U.S.  Treasury
regulations, not currently in effect, however, a Non-U.S. Holder of Common Stock
who wishes to claim the benefit of  an applicable treaty rate would be  required
to  satisfy applicable certification and other requirements, which would include
the requirement that the Non-U.S. Holder file a form which contains the holder's
name and  address or  provides certain  documentary evidence  issued by  foreign
governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country.
 
     A  Non-U.S. Holder of Common  Stock that is eligible  for a reduced rate of
U.S. withholding tax pursuant  to an income  treaty may obtain  a refund of  any
excess  amounts currently withheld  by filing an appropriate  claim for a refund
with the Service.
 
                                       52
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
SALE, EXCHANGE OR REDEMPTION OF COMMON STOCK
 
     Except as described below and  subject to the discussion concerning  backup
withholding,  any gain realized  by a Non-U.S.  Holder on the  sale, exchange or
redemption of Common Stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal  income
tax,  unless (i)  such gain is  U.S. trade  or business income,  (ii) subject to
certain exceptions, the Non-U.S.  Holder is an individual  who holds the  Common
Stock  as a capital  asset and is present  in the United States  for 183 days or
more in  the taxable  year of  the  disposition, (iii)  the Non-U.S.  Holder  is
subject  to tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S. tax law applicable to certain
U.S. expatriates (including certain former  citizens or residents of the  United
States)  or (iv) the Company is a  U.S. real property holding company (which the
Company is not, has not been and does not believe it is likely to become).
 
FEDERAL ESTATE TAX
 
     Common Stock  owned or  treated as  owned by  an individual  who is  not  a
citizen  or resident of the United States (for federal estate tax purposes) will
be included in  such individual's estate  for U.S. federal  income tax  purposes
unless an applicable estate tax treaty otherwise applies.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
     The Company must report annually to the Service and to each Non-U.S. Holder
any dividend that is subject to withholding. Copies of these information returns
may  also  be  made available  under  the  provisions of  a  specific  treaty or
agreement to the  tax authorities of  the country in  which the Non-U.S.  Holder
resides.
 
     The  payment of  the proceeds  from the disposition  of Common  Stock to or
through the United States office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject
to information  reporting  and  possible backup  withholding  unless  the  owner
certifies  as  to its  non-U.S.  status under  penalty  of perjury  or otherwise
establishes an  exemption,  provided  that  the  broker  does  not  have  actual
knowledge  that the Holder is a U.S. person  or that the conditions of any other
exemption are not,  in fact,  satisfied. The payment  of the  proceeds from  the
disposition of Common Stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker
that  is not a U.S. related person  will not be subject to information reporting
or backup  withholding. For  this purpose,  a  'U.S. related  person' is  (i)  a
'controlled  foreign corporation' for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) a
foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from all sources for the three-
year period ending with the close of its taxable year preceding the payment  (or
for  such part of the  period that the broker has  been in existence) is derived
from activities that  are effectively  connected with  the conduct  of a  United
States trade or business.
 
     In the case of the payment of proceeds from the disposition of Common Stock
to  or through a non-U.S. office  of a broker that is  either a U.S. person or a
U.S. related  person,  the  regulations require  information  reporting  on  the
payment  unless the broker has documentary evidence  in its files that the owner
is a Non-U.S. Holder  and the broker  has no knowledge  to the contrary.  Backup
withholding  will not apply to payments made through foreign offices of a broker
that is not a U.S. person or a U.S. related person (absent actual knowledge that
the payee is a U.S. person).
 
     Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a
Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed  as a refund or  a credit against such  Non-U.S.
Holder's  U.S.  federal  income  tax  liability,  provided  that  the  requisite
procedures are followed.
 
     THE PRECEDING  DISCUSSION  OF  CERTAIN UNITED  STATES  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX
CONSEQUENCES IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. ACCORDINGLY,
EACH  INVESTOR  SHOULD  CONSULT  ITS  OWN  TAX  ADVISER  AS  TO  PARTICULAR  TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF PURCHASING, HOLDING  AND DISPOSING OF THE COMMON STOCK  OF
THE  COMPANY,  INCLUDING THE  APPLICABILITY AND  EFFECT OF  ANY STATE,  LOCAL OR
FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGES IN APPLICABLE LAWS.
 
                                       53
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The names of the U.S. Underwriters  for the United States Offering and  the
aggregate  number of shares  of Common Stock  that each has  severally agreed to
purchase from  the Selling  Stockholder,  subject to  the terms  and  conditions
specified in the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF
         U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                                                     SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc....................................................................
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
              Incorporated................................................................
 
                                                                                             ----------
     Total................................................................................   13,520,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
 
     The  U.S. Managing  Underwriters are  Dillon, Read  & Co.  Inc. and Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
 
     The names of the International Underwriters for the International  Offering
and  the aggregate  number of  shares of Common  Stock which  each has severally
agreed to  purchase from  the  Selling Stockholder,  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  specified  in  the  International  Underwriting  Agreement,  are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NUMBER OF
         INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS                                                            SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
 
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.....................................................................
Merrill Lynch International................................................................
Swiss Bank Corporation, acting through its division, SBC Warburg...........................
 
                                                                                              ---------
     Total.................................................................................   3,380,000
                                                                                              ---------
                                                                                              ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The International  Managing  Underwriters  are Dillon,  Read  &  Co.  Inc.,
Merrill  Lynch  International and  Swiss  Bank Corporation,  acting  through its
division, SBC Warburg.
 
     The U.S. Underwriters and  the International Underwriters are  collectively
referred  to as the 'Underwriters,' and  the U.S. Underwriting Agreement and the
International  Underwriting  Agreement  are  collectively  referred  to  as  the
'Underwriting  Agreements.' The per share price to  the public and the per share
underwriting discounts and commissions for the Offerings will be identical.  The
closing  of the  United States  Offering is  a condition  to the  closing of the
International Offering, and vice versa.
 
     If any shares of  Common Stock offered are  purchased by the  Underwriters,
all  such  shares  will be  so  purchased. The  Underwriting  Agreements contain
certain provisions whereby if any U.S. Underwriter or International  Underwriter
defaults  in its obligation to purchase the shares  to be purchased by it and if
the aggregate obligations of the U.S. Underwriters or International Underwriters
so defaulting do  not exceed  10% of  the shares  offered in  the United  States
Offering  or  the  International  Offering,  respectively,  the  remaining  U.S.
Underwriters, or some of them,  or the remaining International Underwriters,  or
some of them, as the case may be, must assume such obligations.
 
                                       54
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The  shares  of Common  Stock offered  hereby  are being  initially offered
severally by the Underwriters for sale at the price set forth on the cover  page
hereof,  or at such  price less a concession  not to exceed  $      per share on
sales to  certain dealers.  The Underwriters  may allow,  and such  dealers  may
reallow,  a concession not to  exceed $      per share  to other Underwriters or
certain other dealers. The offering  of the shares of  Common Stock is made  for
delivery  when, as and if accepted by the Underwriters and subject to prior sale
and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the offer without notice. The
Underwriters reserve  the right  to reject  any order  for the  purchase of  the
shares  of Common Stock offered hereby. After the initial public offering of the
Common Stock, the price to the public, the concession and the reallowance may be
changed  by  the  U.S.  Managing  Underwriters  or  the  International  Managing
Underwriters.
 
     Pursuant  to the Agreement Between  the U.S. Underwriters and International
Underwriters (the 'Agreement Between  Underwriters'), each U.S. Underwriter  has
represented  and agreed that, with certain  exceptions, (i) it is not purchasing
any U.S. Shares (as defined below) for the account of anyone other than a United
States or Canadian  Person (as defined  below) and  (ii) it has  not offered  or
sold,  and will  not offer  or sell,  direct or  indirectly, any  U.S. Shares or
distribute any prospectus relating to the U.S. Shares outside the United  States
or  Canada or to anyone other than  a United States or Canadian Person. Pursuant
to the  Agreement  Between  Underwriters,  each  International  Underwriter  has
represented  and agreed that, with certain  exceptions, (i) it is not purchasing
any International Shares (as defined below) for the account of any United States
or Canadian Person and (ii)  it has not offered or  sold, and will not offer  or
sell,  directly  or  indirectly,  any  International  Shares  or  distribute any
prospectus relating  to the  International Shares  within the  United States  or
Canada  or to any United States or Canadian Person. The foregoing limitations do
not apply  to  stabilization  transactions  or  to  certain  other  transactions
specified  in the Agreement Between Underwriters.  As used herein 'United States
or Canadian  Person' means  any national  or resident  of the  United States  or
Canada,  or any  corporation, pension,  profit-sharing or  other trust  or other
entity organized  under the  laws  of the  United States  or  Canada or  of  any
political  subdivision thereof (other  than a branch  located outside the United
States and Canada  of any  United States or  Canadian Person)  and includes  any
United  States or  Canadian branch  of a  person who  is otherwise  not a United
States or Canadian Person.  All shares of  Common Stock to  be purchased by  the
U.S.  Underwriters and the International Underwriters  are referred to herein as
the 'U.S. Shares' and the 'International Shares,' respectively.
 
     Pursuant to the Agreement Between  Underwriters, sales may be made  between
the  U.S.  Underwriters and  the International  Underwriters  of such  number of
shares of Common Stock as may be mutually agreed. As a result, shares of  Common
Stock  originally purchased pursuant  to the U.S.  Underwriting Agreement may be
sold outside the United States and Canada, and shares of Common Stock originally
purchased pursuant to the  International Underwriting Agreement  may be sold  in
the  United  States or  Canada. The  price of  any shares  so sold  will, unless
otherwise agreed, be the price  to the public, less  an amount not greater  than
the selling concession.
 
     Pursuant  to the Agreement Between  Underwriters, each U.S. Underwriter has
represented that it  has not offered  or sold, and  has agreed not  to offer  or
sell,  any  shares  of  Common  Stock,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  Canada in
contravention of the  securities laws  of Canada  or any  province or  territory
thereof  and has represented  that any offer  of Common Stock  in Canada will be
made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus  in
the  province or  territory of  Canada in  which such  offer is  made. Each U.S.
Underwriter has further agreed to send to  any dealer who purchases from it  any
shares  of Common Stock a  notice stating in substance  that, by purchasing such
Common Stock, such dealer represents and agrees that it has not offered or sold,
and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such Common Stock  in
Canada  or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Canada in contravention of
the securities laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof and that  any
offer  of Common Stock in Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from
the requirement to file  a prospectus in  the province of  Canada in which  such
offer  is made, and that such dealer will deliver to any other dealer to whom it
sells any of such Common Stock a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
     Pursuant  to  the  Agreement   Between  Underwriters,  each   International
Underwriter  has represented and agreed that: (i) it has not offered or sold and
during the period of six months from the date hereof will not offer or sell  any
shares   of  Common   Stock  to  persons   in  the  United   Kingdom  except  to
 
                                       55
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
persons whose ordinary activities involve  them in acquiring, holding,  managing
or  disposing of investments (as  principal or agent) for  the purposes of their
businesses or otherwise in  circumstances which have not  resulted and will  not
result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the
Public Offers of Securities Regulations of 1995 (the 'Regulations'); (ii) it has
complied  and  will  comply  with all  applicable  provisions  of  the Financial
Services Act 1986 and  the Regulations with  respect to anything  done by it  in
relation to the Common Stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom;
and  (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on to any
person in the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with  the
offer of the Common Stock if that person is of a kind described in Article 11(3)
of  the  Financial Services  Act  1986 (Investment  Advertisements) (Exemptions)
Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued
or passed on.
 
     Pursuant  to  the  Agreement   Between  Underwriters,  each   International
Underwriter  has represented and agreed that it has not, directly or indirectly,
offered, sold or transferred and will  not, directly or indirectly, offer,  sell
or  transfer any of the shares of Common  Stock in The Netherlands to any person
other than to individuals or legal entities who trade or invest in securities in
the conduct  of  a  business  or profession  (which  include  banks,  investment
institutions,  securities brokers,  pension funds,  insurance companies, central
governments,  large  international  and  supranational  organizations,   finance
companies and large enterprises with a separate treasury department).
 
     In  any jurisdiction this Prospectus is for distribution only to persons to
whom it  may  lawfully be  issued  and only  in  accordance with  the  laws  and
regulations  of such jurisdiction.  The distribution of  this Prospectus and the
offer and the sale of the Common  Stock offered hereby may be restricted by  law
in  certain  jurisdictions.  Persons  who receive  this  Prospectus  must inform
themselves about and observe such restrictions.
 
     In Belgium, this Prospectus is being distributed only to banks, subscribers
and other persons, distribution to whom will not contravene any relevant laws or
restrictions regarding the public offering of securities.
 
     Neither this Prospectus, which has not been approved by, nor registered nor
filed with  the Commission  des Operations  de Bourse,  nor any  other  offering
material  relating to the Common Stock may  be used in connection with any offer
for subscription or  sale of  the Common  Stock to the  public in  France or  be
distributed  to  the  public  in  France  other  than  to  a  limited  number of
institutional investors (excluding investment trusts or funds) acting for  their
own  account.  Persons into  whose possession  this  material comes  must inform
themselves about  and observe  any  such restrictions.  This material  does  not
constitute  and may not be used for or in connection with either an offer to any
person to whom it is unlawful to make such an offer or a solicitation by  anyone
not authorized so to act.
 
     The  Selling Stockholder has granted to  the U.S. Underwriters an option to
purchase an aggregate of  up to an aggregate  of 2,535,000 additional shares  of
Common Stock on the same terms per share. If the U.S. Underwriters exercise this
option,  each of the U.S.  Underwriters will have a  firm commitment, subject to
certain conditions,  to  purchase  approximately  the  same  proportion  of  the
aggregate  shares so  purchased as the  number of  shares to be  purchased by it
shown in  the  above tables  bears  to  13,520,000. The  U.S.  Underwriters  may
exercise  such option on or  before the thirtieth day from  the date of the U.S.
Underwriting Agreement and only to cover over-allotments, if any, in  connection
with the United States Offering.
 
     The  Company and  the Selling Stockholder  have agreed,  subject to certain
limited exceptions, not  to offer,  sell, contract  to sell,  pledge, grant  any
option  to purchase, transfer, or otherwise  dispose of, directly or indirectly,
any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable  or
exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire
shares  of Common Stock or permit the registration of shares of Common Stock for
a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.
 
   
     The Company and  the Selling  Stockholder have agreed  in the  Underwriting
Agreements  to  indemnify the  Underwriters  against certain  civil liabilities,
including liabilities under  the Securities  Act, or to  contribute to  payments
that  the Underwriters may be  required to make in  respect thereof. Wassall has
guaranteed the obligations  of the  Selling Stockholder  under the  Underwriting
Agreements.
    
 
                                       56
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     Dillon,  Read  &  Co.  Inc. has  rendered  certain  financial  advisory and
investment banking  services to  Wassall and  its affiliates  for which  it  has
received customary fees. SBC Warburg is stockbroker to Wassall and has from time
to  time performed certain investment banking services for Wassall, for which it
has received customary fees.
    
 
     The U.S. Managing Underwriters and the International Managing  Underwriters
have  advised the Company  and the Selling  Stockholder that they  do not expect
sales to discretionary accounts  by the Underwriters to  exceed 5% of the  total
number of shares in the Offerings.
 
   
     At  the  request  of the  Company,  the  Underwriters have  reserved  up to
        of the shares of Common Stock  offered hereby for sale to employees  and
officers of the Company at the public offering price set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus.
    
 
     In   connection  with  the  Offerings,   the  Underwriters  may  engage  in
transactions that  stabilize, maintain  or  otherwise affect  the price  of  the
Common   Stock,  including  over-allotment,  stabilization,  syndicate  covering
transactions  and  imposition  of  penalty  bids.  In  an  over-allotment,   the
Underwriters  would allot more shares of Common  Stock to their customers in the
aggregate than  are  available  for  purchase  by  the  Underwriters  under  the
Underwriting  Agreements.  Stabilizing  means the  placing  of any  bid,  or the
effecting of any purchase, for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the
price of a security. In a syndicate covering transaction, the Underwriters would
place a  bid  or  effect a  purchase  to  reduce a  short  position  created  in
connection  with the Offerings.  Pursuant to a  penalty bid, Dillon,  Read & Co.
Inc., on  behalf  of  the Underwriters,  would  be  able to  reclaim  a  selling
concession from an Underwriter if shares of Common Stock originally sold by such
Underwriter are purchased in syndicate covering transactions. These transactions
may  result in the  price of the Common  Stock being higher  than the price that
might otherwise prevail in the open  market. These transactions may be  effected
on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, and, if commenced, may
be discontinued at any time.
 
     Prior  to the  Offerings, there  will be  no public  market for  the Common
Stock. Consequently, the offering price will be determined by negotiations among
the Selling Stockholder,  the U.S. Managing  Underwriters and the  International
Managing  Underwriters. Among  the principal  factors to  be considered  in such
negotiations are  the prevailing  market and  general economic  conditions,  the
price-to-earnings  ratios of other  publicly traded companies,  the revenues and
earnings of the Company in recent periods, the current financial position of the
Company, estimates of  the business  potential of  the Company  and the  present
state of the Company's development. Additionally, consideration will be given to
the general state of the securities market, the market conditions for new issues
of  securities and the demand for securities of comparable companies at the time
the Offerings are made.
 
     The Common Stock  has been  approved for listing  on the  NYSE, subject  to
official notice of issuance.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The  validity of the shares  of Common Stock offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York.  Certain
legal  matters will be passed on for the Underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel
(a partnership including a professional corporation), New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The combined financial statements of General Cable and related companies as
of December 31, 1995 and  1996 and for the period  June 9, 1994 to December  31,
1994  and  the years  ended  December 31,  1995  and 1996  and  the consolidated
financial statements  of  General Cable  Corporation  and subsidiaries  for  the
period  January 1,  1994 to  June 8,  1994 included  in this  Prospectus and the
related financial  statement schedule  included  elsewhere in  the  Registration
Statement  have been audited by Deloitte  & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as
stated in  their reports  appearing  herein and  elsewhere in  the  Registration
Statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       57
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The  Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (together with all amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements  thereto,
the  'Registration Statement')  under the  Securities Act,  with respect  to the
Common Stock  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus, which  forms  a  part  of  the
Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Registration  Statement, certain parts  of which are  omitted in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the  Commission. For further information about  the
Company  and  the Common  Stock, reference  is hereby  made to  the Registration
Statement  and  to  the  schedules  and  exhibits  filed  therewith.  Statements
contained  in this Prospectus concerning the provisions of any document filed as
an exhibit to the  Registration Statement are not  necessarily complete, and  in
each  instance, reference is  made to the  copy of such  document so filed. Each
such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference. The  Registration
Statement  can  be  inspected  and copied  at  the  public  reference facilities
maintained by the Commission  at Room 1024, Judiciary  Plaza, 450 Fifth  Street,
N.W.,  Washington, D.C.  20549, and  also will  be available  for inspection and
copying at the following regional offices  of the Commission: New York  Regional
Office,  7 World Trade  Center, New York,  New York 10048,  and Chicago Regional
Office, Suite 1400, Northwest Atrium  Center, 500 West Madison Street,  Chicago,
Illinois    60661-2511   and    at   the    Commission   website    located   at
(http://www.sec.gov). Copies  of such  material also  can be  obtained from  the
Commission at prescribed rates through its Public Reference Section at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
     The  Company is not currently subject  to the informational requirements of
the Exchange  Act. Upon  consummation  of the  Offerings,  the Company  will  be
subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance
therewith, will file periodic reports and other information with the Commission.
Such  reports and other information will be available for inspection and copying
at the  public  reference  section  and  regional  Commission  offices,  at  the
addresses set forth above.
 
                                       58



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES:
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................    F-2
Combined Statements of Income for the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and the years ended December
  31, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited).........................    F-3
Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and at March 31, 1997 (unaudited)....................    F-4
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and the years ended
  December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1997 (unaudited)................    F-5
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.....................................................................    F-6
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES ('PREDECESSOR'):
Independent Auditors' Report...............................................................................   F-16
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994........................   F-17
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994........................   F-18
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994..............   F-19
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................   F-20
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION:
 
     We  have audited the accompanying combined  balance sheets of General Cable
Corporation and related  companies as  of December 31,  1996 and  1995, and  the
related  combined  statements  of income  and  cash  flows for  the  years ended
December 31, 1996 and  1995 and the  period June 9,  1994 (acquisition date)  to
December  31, 1994.  The combined financial  statements include  the accounts of
General Cable Corporation and two related companies, Carol Cable Europe Ltd  and
Carol  Cable,  Ltd.  These  companies  are  under  common  ownership  and common
management. These combined  financial statements are  the responsibility of  the
Companies'  management. Our  responsibility is  to express  an opinion  on these
combined financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such combined  financial statements present fairly, in  all
material  respects, the combined financial position of General Cable Corporation
and related companies as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the combined results
of their operations and their cash flows  for the years ended December 31,  1996
and  1995 and the  period from June  9, 1994 (acquisition  date) to December 31,
1994 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
 
February 7, 1997, except for
note 19, for which the
date is April 18, 1997.
 
                                      F-2
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                      (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                                                               ------------------
                                             JUNE 9, 1994                                             1996
                                          (ACQUISITION DATE)      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      ------------------
                                           TO DECEMBER 31,      ---------------------------
                                                 1994               1995           1996           (UNAUDITED)
                                          ------------------    ------------    -----------
 
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>             <C>            <C>
Net sales..............................         $543.3            $1,061.3       $ 1,043.6           $258.0
Cost of sales..........................          469.9               922.6           855.3            222.0
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
          Gross profit.................           73.4               138.7           188.3             36.0
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses.............................           53.1                94.2           109.8             27.1
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
          Operating income.............           20.3                44.5            78.5              8.9
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
Interest income (expense):
     Interest expense to related
       parties.........................          (10.9)              (20.1)          (19.6)            (5.0)
     Other interest expense............            (.5)               (1.3)           (1.1)             (.4)
     Interest income...................             .4                  .7             1.1               .2
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
                                                 (11.0)              (20.7)          (19.6)            (5.2)
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
          Earnings before income
            taxes......................            9.3                23.8            58.9              3.7
Income tax benefit (provision).........           (6.5)                1.5           (19.7)            (1.2)
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
          Net income...................         $  2.8            $   25.3       $    39.2           $  2.5
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
 
Earnings per common share..............         $  .12            $   1.04       $    1.62           $  .10
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
Weighted average common shares.........           24.3                24.3            24.3             24.3
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
                                               -------          ------------    -----------         -------
 
<CAPTION>
                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                               1997
                                     ---------------------------
                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>
Net sales..............................        $251.0
Cost of sales..........................         202.2
                                              -------
          Gross profit.................          48.8
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses.............................          29.6
                                              -------
          Operating income.............          19.2
                                              -------
Interest income (expense):
     Interest expense to related
       parties.........................          (4.8)
     Other interest expense............           (.3)
     Interest income...................            .2
                                              -------
                                                 (4.9)
                                              -------
          Earnings before income
            taxes......................          14.3
Income tax benefit (provision).........          (5.7)
                                              -------
          Net income...................        $  8.6
                                              -------
                                              -------
Earnings per common share..............        $  .35
                                              -------
                                              -------
Weighted average common shares.........          24.3
                                              -------
                                              -------
</TABLE>
 
            See accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-3
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ------------------       MARCH 31,
                                                                               1995        1996          1997
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
                                  ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash..................................................................   $ 13.7      $  1.9        $   2.9
     Receivables, net......................................................    147.6       135.5          156.2
     Inventories...........................................................    178.6       161.0          165.6
     Deferred income taxes.................................................     23.0        23.7           23.4
     Prepaid expenses and other............................................      6.4        13.6           14.3
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total current assets.............................................    369.3       335.7          362.4
Property, plant and equipment, net.........................................    116.4       128.8          128.5
Deferred income taxes......................................................     41.7        31.8           31.3
Other non-current assets...................................................      8.2        17.3           18.1
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total assets.....................................................   $535.6      $513.6        $ 540.3
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
 
                   LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
Current Liabilities:
     Accounts payable......................................................   $ 66.5      $ 69.3        $  60.8
     Accrued liabilities...................................................     60.4        58.8           61.5
     Short-term debt.......................................................     --           2.0           25.2
     Note payable to related party.........................................      8.0        --           --
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total current liabilities........................................    134.9       130.1          147.5
 
Long-term Debt:
     Notes payable to related parties......................................    195.8       195.8          195.8
     Other.................................................................     10.1         9.3            9.1
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total long-term debt.............................................    205.9       205.1          204.9
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
Other long-term liabilities................................................     71.9        71.0           72.1
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total liabilities................................................    412.7       406.2          424.5
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
Shareholder's Equity:
     Common stock, $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized,
       24,250,000 shares issued and outstanding............................       .2          .2             .2
     Additional paid-in capital............................................     94.7        94.7           94.7
     Retained earnings.....................................................     28.0        12.5           20.9
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total shareholder's equity.......................................    122.9       107.4          115.8
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
          Total liabilities and shareholder's equity.......................   $535.6      $513.6        $ 540.3
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
                                                                              ------      ------      -----------
 
     Pro Forma (unaudited):
          Historical shareholder's equity..................................                             $ 115.8
          Dividend to shareholder..........................................                                42.6
                                                                                                      -----------
          Shareholder's equity.............................................                             $  73.2
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                      -----------
</TABLE>
 
            See accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-4
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     JUNE 9, 1994
                                                  (ACQUISITION DATE)                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   TO DECEMBER 31,                ----------------------------
                                                         1994                    1995                      1996
                                                  ------------------    ----------------------    ----------------------
 
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>                       <C>
Cash flows of operating activities:
    Net income.................................         $  2.8                  $ 25.3                    $ 39.2
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
      cash provided by (used in) operating
      activities:
         Depreciation and amortization.........            7.7                    12.9                      12.1
         Deferred income taxes.................        --                         (1.7)                      9.3
         Changes in operating assets and
           liabilities:
             (Increase) decrease in
               receivables.....................          (10.1)                   (4.9)                     12.1
             (Increase) decrease in
               inventories.....................           32.7                     9.1                      17.6
             (Increase) decrease in other
               assets..........................            1.3                    (3.4)                      2.1
             Decrease in accounts payable,
               accrued and other long-term
               liabilities.....................          (14.0)                  (16.1)                    (11.6)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                  Net cash flows of operating
                    activities.................           20.4                    21.2                      80.8
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
Cash flows of investing activities:
    Capital expenditures.......................           (9.1)                  (26.2)                    (30.0)
    Investment in joint venture................        --                     --                            (6.4)
    Other, net.................................            1.6                     (.5)                       .9
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                  Net cash flows of investing
                    activities.................           (7.5)                  (26.7)                    (35.5)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
Cash flows of financing activities:
    Dividends paid.............................        --                     --                           (55.1)
    Proceeds from related party advance........           26.0                     8.0                       4.8
    Proceeds from issuance of other debt.......            4.5                --                             2.0
    Repayment of related party advance.........        --                     --                            (8.0)
    Repayment of other long-term debt..........          (35.9)                    (.7)                      (.8)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                  Net cash flows of financing
                    activities.................           (5.4)                    7.3                     (57.1)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
Increase (decrease) in cash....................            7.5                     1.8                     (11.8)
Cash -- beginning of period....................            4.4                    11.9                      13.7
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
Cash -- end of period..........................         $ 11.9                  $ 13.7                    $  1.9
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
    Income taxes paid (refunded)...............         $  4.5                  $  4.2                    $ (1.1)
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
    Interest paid..............................         $ 11.3                  $ 21.3                    $ 20.1
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
                                                       -------                 -------                   -------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------------
                                                        1996                  1997
                                                 ------------------    ------------------
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>
Cash flows of operating activities:
    Net income.................................        $  2.5                $  8.6
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
      cash provided by (used in) operating
      activities:
         Depreciation and amortization.........           3.0                   3.3
         Deferred income taxes.................            .6                    .7
         Changes in operating assets and
           liabilities:
             (Increase) decrease in
               receivables.....................         (14.0)                (20.7)
             (Increase) decrease in
               inventories.....................          (4.2)                 (4.6)
             (Increase) decrease in other
               assets..........................       --                       (1.3)
             Decrease in accounts payable,
               accrued and other long-term
               liabilities.....................         (10.6)                 (4.2)
                                                       ------                ------
                  Net cash flows of operating
                    activities.................         (22.7)                (18.2)
                                                       ------                ------
Cash flows of investing activities:
    Capital expenditures.......................          (5.6)                 (4.0)
    Investment in joint venture................       --                    --
    Other, net.................................           (.2)                   .2
                                                       ------                ------
                  Net cash flows of investing
                    activities.................          (5.8)                 (3.8)
                                                       ------                ------
Cash flows of financing activities:
    Dividends paid.............................       --                    --
    Proceeds from related party advance........       --                    --
    Proceeds from issuance of other debt.......          22.0                  23.2
    Repayment of related party advance.........       --                    --
    Repayment of other long-term debt..........           (.1)                  (.2)
                                                       ------                ------
                  Net cash flows of financing
                    activities.................          21.9                  23.0
                                                       ------                ------
Increase (decrease) in cash....................          (6.6)                  1.0
Cash -- beginning of period....................          13.7                   1.9
                                                       ------                ------
Cash -- end of period..........................        $  7.1                $  2.9
                                                       ------                ------
                                                       ------                ------
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
    Income taxes paid (refunded)...............        $ --                  $  1.9
                                                       ------                ------
                                                       ------                ------
    Interest paid..............................        $  4.3                $   .1
                                                       ------                ------
                                                       ------                ------
</TABLE>
 
            See accompanying Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. GENERAL AND ACQUISITION
 
     General.  General  Cable  Corporation (formerly  General  Cable Acquisition
Holdings Corporation, see note 19)  and related companies ('General Cable')  are
engaged  in the development, design,  manufacture, marketing and distribution of
copper wire and cable products for the communications and electrical markets. As
of December 31, 1996, General Cable operated seventeen manufacturing  facilities
within  the United States in addition  to the corporate headquarters in Highland
Heights, Kentucky.
 
     Acquisition. In June 1994, a subsidiary of Wassall PLC acquired all of  the
outstanding   common  stock  of  General   Cable  for  $94.9  million  including
acquisition  related  expenses.  Wassall  PLC  also  purchased  a   subordinated
promissory  note  payable  to  American  Premier  Underwriters,  Inc. ('American
Premier')  for  $169.8  million.  This   transaction  is  referred  to  as   the
'Acquisition'.  The Acquisition was accounted for  as a purchase and accordingly
the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities  assumed
based upon their fair market values.
 
     The  fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were as follows
(in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Cash................................................................................   $   4.4
Receivables.........................................................................     132.6
Inventories.........................................................................     220.3
Property, plant and equipment.......................................................     101.3
Goodwill............................................................................      64.4
Other assets........................................................................      12.7
                                                                                       -------
     Total..........................................................................     535.7
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities............................................    (141.8)
Long-term debt......................................................................    (211.8)
Other liabilities...................................................................     (87.2)
                                                                                       -------
     Total, net.....................................................................   $  94.9
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
</TABLE>
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles of Combination.  The combined financial  statements include  the
accounts  of General  Cable and  its wholly  owned subsidiaries  and two related
companies, Carol  Cable Ltd.  and Carol  Cable Europe  Ltd. The  companies,  the
ownership of which was transferred to Wassall PLC subsequent to the Acquisition,
are  under common ownership and common management. See Note 19. All transactions
and  balances  among  the  combined  companies  have  been  eliminated.  Certain
reclassifications  have been made to  the prior years to  conform to the current
year's presentation.
 
     Basis of  Presentation  of  Unaudited Interim  Financial  Information.  The
interim  financial information included  herein is unaudited.  In the opinion of
management,  the  interim  financial   information  reflects  all   adjustments,
consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of
such  unaudited  interim financial  information. Results  of operations  for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of results that
may be expected for the full year.
 
     Revenue Recognition.  Revenue  is recognized  when  shipments are  made  to
customers.
 
     Earnings  Per Share. Earnings per share  was computed based on the weighted
average shares outstanding for  each period adjusted  for a 121,250-for-1  stock
split  effected  April 18,  1997.  See Note  19.  General Cable  is  required to
implement SFAS No. 128, 'Earnings Per Share' ('SFAS No. 128'), which was  issued
in February 1997, in the fourth quarter of 1997. The effect of implementing SFAS
No. 128 is not expected to be material.
 
     Inventories.  Inventories are stated at the  lower of cost or market value.
General  Cable  values  the  copper  component  of  its  inventories  using  the
last-in/first-out ('LIFO') method and values all remaining inventories using the
first-in/first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
                                      F-6
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Goodwill.  Goodwill  recorded in  the Acquisition  was amortized  using the
straight line method over 40 years. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, 'Accounting
for Income Taxes' ('SFAS No. 109'), the recognition in 1995 of the tax  benefits
of  acquired deductible temporary differences and carryforwards served to reduce
goodwill to zero.
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated  at
cost.   Costs  assigned  to  property,  plant  and  equipment  relating  to  the
Acquisition were based on  estimated fair values at  that date. Depreciation  is
provided  using the straight-line method over  the estimated useful lives of the
assets. General Cable implemented SFAS  No. 121, 'Accounting for the  Impairment
of  Long-Lived Assets and  Long-Lived Assets to  Be Disposed Of,'  on January 1,
1996. SFAS No. 121  requires that long-lived assets  be reviewed for  impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of
the  asset in question may not  be recoverable. Management believes that amounts
recorded as assets are recoverable through normal operations. The implementation
of SFAS  No. 121  did  not have  a material  effect  on the  combined  financial
statements.
 
     Fair  Value of Financial Instruments.  Financial instruments are defined as
cash or contracts  relating to the  receipt, delivery or  exchange of  financial
instruments.  Except as  otherwise noted,  fair value  approximates the carrying
value of such instruments.
 
     Forward Pricing Agreements For Purchases of Copper. In the normal course of
business, General Cable enters into forward pricing agreements for purchases  of
copper  to  match certain  sales transactions.  At December  31, 1995  and 1996,
General Cable  had $21.3  million  and $16.9  million, respectively,  of  future
copper  purchases that  were under forward  pricing agreements  and such amounts
approximated fair value.
 
     Use of Estimates. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts  of  assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date  of
the  financial  statements and  the reported  amounts  of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Concentration of Credit Risk. General Cable sells a broad range of products
throughout the United States, Canada  and Europe. Concentrations of credit  risk
with  respect  to trade  receivables  are limited  due  to the  large  number of
customers, including  members  of  buying  groups,  comprising  General  Cable's
customer  base. Ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial condition are
performed and, generally,  no collateral  is required.  General Cable  maintains
reserves for potential credit losses and such losses, in the aggregate, have not
exceeded  management's estimates. General Cable  has one customer that accounted
for 10.4% of its net  sales in 1996. Sales to  a single customer did not  exceed
10% in 1995 or the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994.
 
3. RECEIVABLES
 
     Receivables  were net  of allowances  of $8.1  million and  $8.4 million at
December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-7
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
4. INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consisted of the following (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                ----------------
                                                                 1995      1996
                                                                ------    ------     MARCH 31,
                                                                                       1997
                                                                                    -----------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                             <C>       <C>       <C>
Raw materials................................................   $ 32.9    $ 20.8      $  20.7
Work-in-progress.............................................     35.7      28.6         24.4
Finished goods...............................................    110.0     111.6        120.5
                                                                ------    ------    -----------
     Total...................................................   $178.6    $161.0      $ 165.6
                                                                ------    ------    -----------
                                                                ------    ------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
     At  December  31,  1995  and   1996,  $80.2  million  and  $67.8   million,
respectively,  of  inventories were  valued using  the LIFO  method. Approximate
replacement cost  of inventories  valued using  the LIFO  method totaled  $114.5
million at December 31, 1995 and $76.2 million at December 31, 1996. A reduction
in  inventory quantities during 1994, 1995 and 1996 resulted in a liquidation of
LIFO inventory quantities carried at a lower  cost as compared with the cost  of
current  purchases. The effect of this liquidation was to decrease cost of goods
sold by $10.3 million, $.2 million and $1.6 million for the period June 9,  1994
to  December  31,  1994  and  the  years  ended  December  31,  1995  and  1996,
respectively.
 
5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ----------------
                                                                               1995      1996
                                                                              ------    ------
 
<S>                                                                           <C>       <C>
Land.......................................................................   $  9.7    $  6.9
Buildings and leasehold improvements.......................................     35.2      38.5
Machinery, equipment and office furnishings................................     76.4      94.1
Construction in progress...................................................     12.3      18.1
                                                                              ------    ------
                                                                               133.6     157.6
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization..........................    (17.2)    (28.8)
                                                                              ------    ------
     Total.................................................................   $116.4    $128.8
                                                                              ------    ------
                                                                              ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation expense totaled $6.7 million, $11.7 million and $12.1  million
for  the period June 9,  1994 to December 31, 1994  and the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
6. INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE
 
     In December 1996,  General Cable  and SpecTran  Corporation formed  General
Photonics  LLC, a  joint venture  fiber optic  cable company.  General Cable and
SpecTran each  own 50%  of General  Photonics. General  Cable accounts  for  its
investment  in  General  Photonics under  the  equity method  of  accounting. At
December 31, 1996, the investment balance  of $6.4 million is included in  other
assets in the accompanying combined balance sheet.
 
                                      F-8
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
7. ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
     Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      --------------
                                                                      1995     1996
                                                                      -----    -----
 
<S>                                                                   <C>      <C>
Insurance claims and related expenses..............................   $10.3    $10.1
Payroll related accruals...........................................     8.0      9.4
Customer rebates...................................................     9.2      7.1
Accrued restructuring costs........................................    15.0      6.4
Payable to related party...........................................    --        4.8
Other accrued liabilities..........................................    17.9     21.0
                                                                      -----    -----
          Total....................................................   $60.4    $58.8
                                                                      -----    -----
                                                                      -----    -----
</TABLE>
 
8. SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
     General  Cable has an  unsecured Demand Revolving  Credit Note ('Revolver')
for $30.0 million, of which no amounts were outstanding at December 31, 1995 and
$2.0 million was outstanding at December 31, 1996. The Revolver is due  December
31,  1997. Interest on borrowings under the Revolver  is paid on the last day of
the selected interest period and is based on either (i) the prime rate, (ii) the
LIBOR rate plus 30 basis points or (iii) a quoted rate, as such rate is selected
by General Cable. The approximate weighted average interest rate paid was  6.1%,
6.6%  and 5.9% for  the period June 9,  1994 to December 31,  1994 and the years
ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
     In March 1995, a  subsidiary of General Cable  issued an $8.0 million  note
payable  on demand to a Wassall PLC subsidiary. The note bore annual interest at
the one year  LIBOR rate plus  1% and  was payable semi-annually.  The note  was
repaid in July 1996.
 
9. RESTRUCTURING PLAN
 
     In connection with the Acquisition, accruals of approximately $46.5 million
were established for restructuring activities related to the reduction of excess
manufacturing  and warehouse capacity and the reduction of excess administrative
overhead costs. These  costs principally represented  employee separation  costs
and  costs related  to facility  closings, including  lease payments  for closed
facilities and other premise costs. Facilities closed include two  manufacturing
plants during 1996 and three manufacturing plants and one warehouse in 1995. The
restructuring  plan is expected to  be completed during 1998.  The total cost of
these actions is expected to approximate the original estimate.
 
     Changes in accrued restructuring costs were as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FACILITY
                                                                   SEPARATION    CLOSING
                                                                     COSTS        COSTS      TOTAL
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
 
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>         <C>
Original balance................................................     $ 18.4       $ 28.1     $46.5
     Utilization................................................       (2.8)       --         (2.8)
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1994......................................       15.6         28.1      43.7
     Utilization................................................       (7.9)        (8.7)    (16.6)
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1995......................................        7.7         19.4      27.1
     Utilization................................................       (4.7)        (9.1)    (13.8)
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
Balance, December 31, 1996......................................     $  3.0       $ 10.3     $13.3
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
                                                                   ----------    --------    -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
10. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Notes payable to related parties consisted of the following (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------
                                                           1995      1996
                                                          ------    ------
 
<S>                                                       <C>       <C>
Subordinated Note, 9.98%...............................   $169.8    $169.8
Note payable, prime rate plus 3/4%.....................     26.0      26.0
                                                          ------    ------
          Total........................................   $195.8    $195.8
                                                          ------    ------
                                                          ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     On June 9, 1994, Wassall PLC purchased a $169.8 million 9.98%  Subordinated
Note  due 2005 from American Premier (the 'Subordinated Note'). The principal of
the Subordinated Note is  scheduled to be repaid  as follows: $12.75 million  in
each  of 1998  and 1999;  $25.5 million in  each of  2000 through  2004; and the
remaining unpaid  balance in  2005. The  terms of  the Subordinated  Note  limit
General  Cable's other indebtedness to $100  million in borrowings from banks or
other financial institutions.
 
     In July 1994,  a subsidiary of  General Cable issued  a $26.0 million  note
payable  on demand to a Wassall PLC  subsidiary. Interest on the note is payable
semi-annually. The holder  of the  note has agreed  that repayment  will not  be
demanded during 1997 unless other funding is obtained to refinance the note on a
long-term basis.
 
     At  December 31, 1996, the  fair value of General  Cable's notes to related
parties was $220.3 million compared to the carrying value of $195.8 million. The
fair value was estimated by discounting the future cash flows using an  interest
rate currently available to General Cable.
 
     At  December  31, 1996,  other long-term  debt  of $9.3  million, primarily
Industrial Development Revenue  Bonds, had  a weighted  average annual  interest
rate  of 5.7%. Maturities  of such notes  are as follows:  1997 -- $0.7 million,
1998 -- $0.6 million, 1999 -- $2.8  million, 2000 -- $0.1 million, 2001 --  $0.1
million and thereafter -- $5.0 million.
 
11. INCOME TAXES
 
     The  provision (benefit)  for income taxes  consisted of  the following (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PERIOD
                                                      JUNE 9 TO       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     DECEMBER 31,    --------------------------
                                                         1994           1995           1996
                                                     ------------    ----------    ------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
Current:
     Federal tax expense..........................       $6.3          $--            $  6.8
     State tax expense............................         .2           --               2.9
     Foreign tax expense..........................      --                 .2             .7
Deferred:
     Federal tax expense (benefit)................      --               (1.7)           8.4
     State tax expense............................      --              --                .9
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                         $6.5          $ (1.5)        $ 19.7
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The reconciliation of reported income tax  expense to the amount of  income
tax expense that would result from applying domestic federal statutory tax rates
to pretax income is as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PERIOD
                                                      JUNE 9 TO       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                     DECEMBER 31,    --------------------------
                                                         1994           1995           1996
                                                     ------------    ----------    ------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>           <C>
Statutory federal income tax......................       $3.3          $  8.3         $ 20.6
State income tax-net of federal benefit...........         .1           --               1.7
Valuation allowance change........................        2.0           (10.1)        --
Other (net).......................................        1.1              .3           (2.6)
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                         $6.5          $ (1.5)        $ 19.7
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
                                                        -----        ----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
     The  components of deferred tax assets  and liabilities were as follows (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    --------------------------
                                                                       1995           1996
                                                                    ----------    ------------
 
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforward.............................     $ 28.3         $ 27.4
     Pension and retiree benefits accruals.......................        8.5            7.9
     Asset and rationalization reserves..........................       11.7            7.8
     Inventory reserves..........................................        5.3            5.1
     Alternative minimum tax credit..............................        7.5            4.7
     Other liabilities and reserves..............................       13.5           14.4
                                                                    ----------       ------
     Total deferred tax assets...................................     $ 74.8         $ 67.3
                                                                    ----------       ------
                                                                    ----------       ------
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciation and fixed assets...............................     $ 10.1         $ 11.8
                                                                    ----------       ------
                                                                    ----------       ------
Net deferred tax assets..........................................     $ 64.7         $ 55.5
                                                                    ----------       ------
                                                                    ----------       ------
</TABLE>
 
     SFAS No. 109 requires a valuation allowance to be recorded when it is  more
likely  than  not that  some  or all  of  the deferred  tax  assets will  not be
realized. At December 31, 1994, a valuation allowance for the full amount of the
net deferred tax asset was recorded because of pre-1994 losses and uncertainties
as to the amount of taxable income that would be generated in future years.  Due
in  large part to productivity improvements and cost reduction programs, General
Cable's operating  profits have  increased  substantially. In  1995,  management
determined  that it was more likely than not that future taxable income would be
sufficient to enable General  Cable to realize all  of its deferred tax  assets.
Accordingly,  no valuation allowance has been  recorded at December 31, 1995 and
1996. Goodwill recorded in the Acquisition was amortized using the straight line
method over 40 years. In accordance with  SFAS No. 109, the recognition in  1995
of   the  tax  benefits   of  acquired  deductible   temporary  differences  and
carryforwards served to reduce goodwill to zero.
 
     In accordance with  the provisions  of Internal Revenue  Code Section  382,
utilization  of the Company's net operating loss carryforward is estimated to be
limited  to  approximately  $5.4  million  per  year.  The  net  operating  loss
carryforward  expires in varying amounts from  2007 through 2011. Because of the
Section 382 limitation, the  portion of the Company's  total net operating  loss
carryforward  that  may  be  utilized  through  expiration  is  estimated  to be
approximately $78.2 million. General Cable also has $4.7 million of  alternative
minimum  tax  ('AMT') credit  carryforwards that  have  no expiration  date. The
utilization of  the AMT  credit carryforwards  is also  subject to  Section  382
limitations.
 
12. PENSION PLANS
 
     General   Cable  provides  retirement  benefits  through  contributory  and
noncontributory  pension  plans  for  the  majority  of  its  regular  full-time
employees.
 
                                      F-11
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Pension  expense under the defined  contribution plans sponsored by General
Cable equaled four percent of each eligible employee's covered compensation.  In
addition,  General  Cable sponsors  employee savings  plans under  which General
Cable may match a specified portion of contributions made by eligible employees.
 
     Benefits provided under defined benefit pension plans sponsored by  General
Cable  are generally based  on years of  service multiplied by  a specific fixed
dollar amount.  Contributions to  these  pension plans  are based  on  generally
accepted  actuarial methods which may differ  from the methods used to determine
pension expense. The amounts funded for any plan year are neither less than  the
minimum  required under federal law nor  more than the maximum amount deductible
for federal income tax purposes.
 
     Net pension  expense  for  plans  included  the  following  components  (in
millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PERIOD JUNE        YEAR ENDED
                                                                           9 TO          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,    -----------------
                                                                           1994         1995       1996
                                                                       ------------    ------     ------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>        <C>
Service cost........................................................      $   .6       $  1.1     $  1.4
Interest cost.......................................................         2.9          6.1        6.0
Return on plan assets...............................................        (1.1)       (14.3)     (10.5)
Net amortization and deferral.......................................        (2.3)         7.7        3.2
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
     Net defined benefit pension expense............................          .1           .6         .1
     Net defined contribution pension expense.......................         1.4          2.3        2.1
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
          Total pension expense.....................................      $  1.5       $  2.9     $  2.2
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
                                                                          ------       ------     ------
</TABLE>
 
     The  table below  sets forth the  funded status of  General Cable's defined
benefit plans and  the amounts recognized  in General Cable's  balance sheet  at
December 31, 1995 and 1996 related to those plans (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        ASSETS EXCEED
                                                                         ACCUMULATED
                                                                          BENEFITS
                                                                      -----------------     ACCUMULATED
                                                                                             BENEFITS
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,       EXCEED ASSETS
                                                                      -----------------    -------------
                                                                       1995       1996         1995
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>       <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation:
     Vested benefit obligation.....................................   $ (8.0)    $(75.9)      $ (69.7)
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
     Accumulated benefit obligation................................   $ (9.0)    $(82.7)      $ (74.9)
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
Projected benefit obligation.......................................   $(10.0)    $(84.0)      $ (74.9)
Plan assets at fair value..........................................     12.8       87.8          68.7
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
Excess assets (obligations)........................................      2.8        3.8          (6.2)
Unrecognized net gain..............................................     (1.6)      (9.1)         (2.0)
Unrecognized prior service cost....................................       .4        2.8           1.0
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
     Accrued pension asset (liability).............................   $  1.6     $ (2.5)      $  (7.2)
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
                                                                      ------     ------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     The  weighted  average  discount  rate used  in  determining  the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit  obligation was 8.5% for the period  June
9,  1994 to December 31, 1994 and 7.5% for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996, respectively. The rate of compensation  increase was 4.5% and the  assumed
long-term  rate of  return on  plan assets was  9.5% for  each period presented.
Pension plan  assets  consist of  equity  securities and  various  fixed  income
investments.
 
                                      F-12
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
13. POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS
 
     General  Cable has post-retirement  benefit plans that  provide medical and
life insurance for certain retirees and eligible dependents. General Cable funds
the plans  as claims  or insurance  premiums are  incurred. Net  post-retirement
benefit expense included the following components (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PERIOD JUNE       YEAR ENDED
                                                                              9 TO         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,     -------------
                                                                              1994         1995     1996
                                                                          ------------     ----     ----
 
<S>                                                                       <C>              <C>      <C>
Service cost...........................................................       $ .1         $ .3     $ .4
Interest cost..........................................................         .5          1.1      1.1
                                                                               ---         ----     ----
     Net post-retirement benefit expense...............................       $ .6         $1.4     $1.5
                                                                               ---         ----     ----
                                                                               ---         ----     ----
</TABLE>
 
     The  funded status of  the plans and amounts  recognized in General Cable's
balance sheet was as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                        ----------------
                                                                                         1995      1996
                                                                                        ------    ------
 
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation:
     Retirees........................................................................   $ (5.9)   $ (5.3)
     Fully eligible active plan participants.........................................     (3.0)     (3.0)
     Other active plan participants..................................................     (6.3)     (7.2)
     Unrecognized net loss...........................................................       .4      --
                                                                                        ------    ------
          Accrued post-retirement benefit liability..................................   $(14.8)   $(15.5)
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     The discount  rate  used  in determining  the  accumulated  post-retirement
benefit obligation was 8.5% for the period June 9, 1994 to December 31, 1994 and
7.5%  for the years ended December 31,  1995 and 1996, respectively. The assumed
health care cost trend  rate used in  measuring the accumulated  post-retirement
benefit  obligation  was 11.9%  decreasing gradually  to 5.5%  in year  2005 and
thereafter. Increasing  the assumed  health care  cost trend  rate by  1%  would
result  in an increase of the  accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation of
$1.3  million  for  1996.  The  effect   of  this  change  would  increase   net
post-retirement benefit expense by $.1 million.
 
14. SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
     Changes in shareholder's equity were as follows (in millions):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ADDITIONAL
                                                             COMMON      PAID IN      RETAINED
                                                             STOCK       CAPITAL      EARNINGS     TOTAL
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
 
<S>                                                          <C>       <C>            <C>          <C>
Balance, June 9, 1994.....................................    $ .2        $94.7        $ --        $ 94.9
     Net income...........................................      --        --               2.8        2.8
     Other................................................    --          --               (.1)       (.1)
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
Balance, December 31, 1994................................      .2         94.7            2.7       97.6
     Net income...........................................    --          --              25.3       25.3
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
Balance, December 31, 1995................................      .2         94.7           28.0      122.9
     Net income...........................................    --          --              39.2       39.2
     Dividends............................................    --          --             (55.1)     (55.1)
     Other................................................    --          --                .4         .4
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
Balance, December 31, 1996................................    $ .2        $94.7        $  12.5     $107.4
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
                                                             ------    -----------    ---------    ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Pro  forma  shareholder's  equity  (unaudited)  reflects  a  $42.6  million
dividend anticipated  to  be  paid  to  a Wassall  subsidiary  in  May  1997  in
connection  with the  refinancing and the  initial public  offering described in
Note 19.
 
15. CONTINGENCIES
 
     Certain present and former operating sites, or portions thereof,  currently
or  previously  owned and/or  leased  by current  or  former operating  units of
General Cable are the subject of investigations, monitoring or remediation under
the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
('CERCLA' or 'superfund'), the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act or
comparable state statutes  or agreements with  third parties. These  proceedings
are  in various stages ranging from  initial investigations to active settlement
negotiations to implementation of the clean-up or remediation of sites.
 
     Certain present and former operating units of General Cable have been named
as Potentially Responsible Parties ('PRPs')  at several off-site disposal  sites
under  CERCLA or comparable state statutes in federal court proceedings. In each
of these  matters, the  operating unit  of  General Cable  is working  with  the
governmental agencies involved and other PRPs to address environmental claims in
a responsible and appropriate manner.
 
     At  December 31, 1996, General Cable had accrued approximately $7.3 million
for various environmental related liabilities  of which General Cable is  aware.
In connection with the Acquisition, American Premier agreed to indemnify General
Cable  against all environmental  liabilities arising out  of General Cable's or
its predecessors' ownership or operation of the Indiana Steel & Wire Company and
Marathon Manufacturing Holdings, Inc. businesses (which were divested by General
Cable prior  to the  Acquisition),  without limitation  as  to time  or  amount.
American  Premier also agreed to indemnify General  Cable against 66 2/3% of all
other  environmental  liabilities  arising  out   of  General  Cable's  or   its
predecessors' ownership or operation of other properties and assets in excess of
$10  million but not  in excess of  $33 million which  are identified during the
seven year period  ending June 2001.  While it is  difficult to estimate  future
environmental   liabilities  accurately,   General  Cable   does  not  currently
anticipate any material adverse impact  on its results of operations,  financial
position  or cash flows as a result  of compliance with federal, state, local or
foreign environmental  laws  or  regulations  or  cleanup  costs  of  the  sites
discussed above.
 
     In  addition, subsidiaries of the Company  have been named as defendants in
lawsuits alleging exposure to asbestos in products manufactured by the  Company.
At  December 31, 1996, General Cable  had accrued approximately $2.3 million for
these lawsuits. The Company does not believe that the outcome of the  litigation
will  have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, cash flows or
financial position.
 
16. COMMITMENTS
 
     General Cable has entered into  various operating lease agreements  related
principally to certain administrative, manufacturing and distribution facilities
and  transportation  equipment. Future  minimum  rental payments  required under
noncancelable  lease  agreements   at  December  31,   1996  were  as   follows:
1997  -- $5.8 million, 1998 -- $5.0 million,  1999 -- $4.7 million, 2000 -- $3.0
million, 2001  -- $2.1  million,  and $0.5  million thereafter.  Rental  expense
recorded  under operating leases was $2.1 million, $3.8 million and $4.2 million
for the period June 9, 1994 to  December 31, 1994, and the years ended  December
31, 1995, 1996, respectively.
 
17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     A subsidiary of Wassall charged General Cable a fee for management services
of  $1.1 million for the period June 9,  1994 to December 31, 1994, $1.4 million
for 1995 and $1.6 million for 1996 which are
 
                                      F-14
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
included in selling,  general and  administrative expenses  in the  accompanying
combined statements of income.
 
18. QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The   interim  financial  information  is  unaudited.  In  the  opinion  of
management, the interim financial information reflects all adjustments necessary
for a fair  presentation of quarterly  financial information. Quarterly  results
have been influenced by seasonal factors inherent in General Cable's businesses.
Summarized  historical quarterly financial data for  1995 and 1996 are set forth
below (in millions, except per share data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH      TOTAL
                                                                  QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER      YEAR
                                                                  -------    -------    -------    -------    --------
 
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1995
     Net sales.................................................   $249.3     $270.8     $273.6     $267.6     $1,061.3
     Gross profit..............................................     27.0       38.2       35.9       37.6        138.7
     Net income(loss)..........................................     (3.2 )      8.2        9.1       11.2         25.3
     Earnings (loss) per share.................................     (.13 )      .34        .37        .46         1.04
 
1996
     Net sales.................................................   $258.0     $270.7     $272.2     $242.7     $1,043.6
     Gross profit..............................................     36.0       47.6       55.7       49.0        188.3
     Net income................................................      2.5       10.0       15.2       11.5         39.2
     Earnings per share........................................      .10        .41        .63        .48         1.62
</TABLE>
 
19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     On March 5, 1997 the name of General Cable Acquisition Holdings Corporation
was changed to General Cable Corporation. In addition, on March 7, 1997  General
Cable's Board of Directors approved the filing of a Registration Statement under
the  Securities Act of  1933 for an  initial public offering  of General Cable's
common stock.
 
     In connection with the initial public  offering, the Board of Directors  of
General  Cable approved an increase in the number of authorized shares of common
stock to  75,000,000,  authorized  25,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  and
authorized  a 121,250-for-1  common stock  split effective  April 18,  1997. All
references to  common  stock and  per  share data  have  been restated  to  give
retroactive effect to the stock split.
 
     Prior to consummation of the initial public offering, General Cable intends
to enter into a new credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The facility will
consist  of  a  five-year  unsecured revolving  credit  and  competitive advance
facility in an aggregate principal  amount of $350.0 million. Concurrently  with
the  consummation of the initial public  offering, General Cable intends to make
an initial borrowing under  the new facility,  and to use  the proceeds of  such
borrowing,  to (i)  repay all  outstanding revolving  bank debt,  (ii) repay all
intercompany debt and  advances to  Wassall and  its subsidiaries,  (iii) pay  a
$42.6  million dividend to Wassall and (iv)  purchase Carol Cable Ltd. and Carol
Cable Europe Ltd. from Wassall for $2.0 million, which approximates the net book
value of such companies.
 
                                      F-15



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of operations, cash
flows,   and  shareholders'  equity   of  the  General   Cable  Corporation  and
subsidiaries for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994. These  consolidated
financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audit.
 
     We  conducted  our audit  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and  disclosures in the  statements of operations,  cash flows,  and
shareholders' equity. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used  and significant  estimates made by  management, as well  as evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We  believe that our audit provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, such financial statements  present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of General Cable
Corporation and subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Cincinnati, Ohio
February 3, 1997
 
                                      F-16
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1994 TO JUNE 8, 1994
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Net sales.......................................................................      $ 355.0
Cost of sales...................................................................        310.8
                                                                                   -------------
          Gross profit..........................................................         44.2
Selling, general and administrative expenses....................................         43.1
                                                                                   -------------
          Operating income......................................................          1.1
Interest expense:
     Interest expense related parties...........................................        (11.5)
     Other interest.............................................................          (.6)
                                                                                   -------------
          Loss before income taxes..............................................        (11.0)
Income tax benefit..............................................................           .1
                                                                                   -------------
          Net loss..............................................................      $ (10.9)
                                                                                   -------------
                                                                                   -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-17
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1994 TO JUNE 8, 1994
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Cash flows of operating activities:
     Net loss.............................................................................    $   (10.9)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization...................................................          7.8
          Non-cash interest expense.......................................................         11.5
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               Increase in receivables....................................................        (13.1)
               Increase in inventories....................................................        (22.9)
               Increase in other assets...................................................         (3.0)
               Decrease in accounts payable, accrued and other long-term liabilities......         (7.8)
                                                                                            -------------
                    Net cash flows of operating activities................................        (38.4)
                                                                                            -------------
Cash flows of investing activities:
     Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations........................................         10.4
     Capital expenditures.................................................................         (6.2)
                                                                                            -------------
                    Net cash flows of investing activities................................          4.2
                                                                                            -------------
Cash flows of financing activities:
     Net proceeds from Revolving Credit Facility..........................................         35.9
     Repayment of debt....................................................................        (11.3)
                                                                                            -------------
                    Net cash flows of financing activities................................         24.6
                                                                                            -------------
Decrease in cash..........................................................................         (9.6)
Cash -- beginning of period...............................................................         14.0
                                                                                            -------------
Cash -- end of period.....................................................................    $     4.4
                                                                                            -------------
                                                                                            -------------
</TABLE>
 
Non-cash Items
 
     General Cable issued an Interest Note to American Premier Underwriters Inc.
('American Premier') for $12.0 million on March 31, 1994.
 
     General Cable transferred promissory notes received in connection with  the
sale  of assets  and liabilities of  MLTC Company  (formerly Marathon LeTourneau
Company) to American Premier in payment of $37.7 million of subordinated debt.
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-18
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1994 TO JUNE 8, 1994
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        COMMON    CAPITAL     ACCUMULATED
                                                                        STOCK     SURPLUS       DEFICIT      TOTAL
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
 
<S>                                                                     <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993...........................................   $13.0      $245.1       $(118.2)     $139.9
     Net loss........................................................    --         --            (10.9)      (10.9)
     Common stock retired............................................     (.1 )       (.5)       --             (.6)
     Other...........................................................    --            .2            .3          .5
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
Balance, June 8, 1994................................................   $12.9      $244.8       $(128.8)     $128.9
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
                                                                        ------    --------    -----------    ------
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-19



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     Business. General Cable Corporation ('General Cable') manufacturers a broad
array  of wire and cable products for use in the telecommunications, electronic,
electrical, consumer and automotive markets.  The Common Stock of General  Cable
was  distributed  to  the  shareholders of  American  Premier,  a  subsidiary of
American Financial Corporation, on July 1, 1992. American Financial  Corporation
and  its subsidiaries owned  approximately 45% of General  Cable Common Stock at
December 31, 1993.
 
     General Cable had  $286.8 million  in 9.98% Subordinated  Notes payable  to
American  Premier  at  December  31,  1993.  Interest  expense  relating  to the
Subordinated Notes payable to American Premier was $11.5 million for the  period
January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994.
 
     Basis  of Presentation.  The consolidated financial  statements present the
results of operations and cash flows  of General Cable and its subsidiaries  for
the  period from  January 1, 1994  to June 8,  1994 prior to  the acquisition of
General Cable by Wassall PLC on June 9, 1994 and do not include any  adjustments
resulting from the acquisition.
 
     Principles  of Consolidation.  All significant  majority-owned subsidiaries
are consolidated. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated.
 
     Inventories. Inventories are stated at the  lower of cost or market  value.
General  Cable  values  the  copper  component  of  its  inventories  using  the
last-in/first-out ('LIFO') method and values all remaining inventories using the
first-in/first-out ('FIFO') method.
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated  at
cost.  Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the expected
useful lives of the assets.
 
     Goodwill. The  excess  of the  acquisition  cost  over the  net  assets  of
businesses  acquired is being  amortized using the  straight-line method over 40
years.
 
     Use of Estimates. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts  of  assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date  of
the  financial  statements and  the reported  amounts  of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     Revenue Recognition.  Product sales  are recorded  when such  products  are
shipped to customers.
 
     Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions. General Cable implemented SFAS
No. 106, 'Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions,'
on  January  1,  1993  and elected  prospective  recognition  of  the transition
obligation. The expense related  to health care and  life insurance for  retired
employees was not material for January 1, 1994 through June 8, 1994.
 
2. DIVESTITURES
 
     In  November 1993, General  Cable entered into  a definitive agreement with
Rowan Companies,  Inc.  for  the  sale  of  substantially  all  the  assets  and
assumption  of certain liabilities of MLTC Company  as of September 30, 1993. In
February 1994, General Cable completed the sale and subsequently transferred all
proceeds of the transaction, approximately $48.1 million, consisting of cash and
promissory notes, to American  Premier in partial  payment of subordinated  debt
due to American Premier.
 
3. PENSION PLANS
 
     General   Cable  provides  retirement  benefits  through  contributory  and
noncontributory  pension  plans  for  the  majority  of  its  regular  full-time
employees except those covered by certain labor contracts.
 
     Pension  expense under the defined  contribution plans sponsored by General
Cable equaled four percent of each eligible employee's covered compensation.  In
addition, General Cable sponsors
 
                                      F-20
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                   GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
employee  savings plans under which General  Cable may match a specified portion
of contributions made by eligible employees.
 
     Benefits provided under  defined benefit plans  sponsored by General  Cable
are  generally based on years  of service multiplied by  a specific fixed dollar
amount. Contributions to  these pension  plans are based  on generally  accepted
actuarial  methods which may  differ from the methods  used to determine pension
expense. The amounts funded for any plan year are neither less than the  minimum
required  under  federal law  nor more  than the  maximum amount  deductible for
federal income tax purposes.
 
     Net pension expense for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994 was $1.3
million.
 
4. INCOME TAXES
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, the
benefit of  future deductible  temporary differences  as well  as tax  loss  and
credit  carryforwards  was  offset by  a  full  valuation allowance  due  to the
uncertainties with  respect  to the  amount  of  taxable income  which  will  be
generated  in future  years. No  provision for federal  income taxes  and a $0.1
million benefit for state income taxes  were recorded for the period January  1,
1994 to June 8, 1994 due to an operating loss.
 
5. COMMITMENTS
 
     General  Cable has entered into  various operating lease agreements related
principally  to  certain   administrative  and   manufacturing  facilities   and
transportation equipment. Rental expense charged to operations for all operating
leases amounted to $1.9 million for the period January 1, 1994 to June 8, 1994.
 
6. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     Effective  June 9, 1994,  a subsidiary of  Wassall PLC acquired  96% of the
outstanding common stock of General Cable. The subsidiary subsequently  acquired
the remaining 4% of the common stock of General Cable.
 
                                      F-21
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                           [LOGO GENERAL CABLE]
                         
                                [ART WORK]
 




<PAGE>
<PAGE>
______________________________                    ______________________________
 
     NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF
GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS  MAY NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS
HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY,  THE  SELLING  STOCKHOLDER  OR   ANY
UNDERWRITER.   THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL,  OR
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES  OFFERED
BY THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN  OFFER TO BUY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED,  OR TO ANY PERSON TO  WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE  ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH  OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  IS  NOT QUALIFIED  TO  DO SO.  NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN  THE
AFFAIRS  OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE  DATE HEREOF  OR THAT  INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
                                              PAGE
                                              ----
Prospectus Summary.........................      3
Risk Factors...............................      7
The Company................................     11
Use of Proceeds............................     12
Dividends..................................     12
Dilution...................................     12
Capitalization.............................     13
Selected Financial Data....................     14
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.........     16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...............................     17
Business...................................     23
Management.................................     37
Selling Stockholder........................     45
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions.............................     45
Description of Capital Stock...............     46
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............     50
Certain U.S. Federal Tax Consequences
  to Non-U.S. Holders of Common
  Stock....................................     52
Underwriting...............................     54
Legal Matters..............................     57
Experts....................................     57
Available Information......................     58
Index to Financial Statements..............    F-1
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
     UNTIL                 ,  1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL  DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS   OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
______________________________                    ______________________________
 
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                            ------------------------
                               16,900,000 SHARES
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                                , 1997
                            ------------------------
                            DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
______________________________                    ______________________________



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                  [INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS -- ALTERNATE PAGE]
 
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 15, 1997
    
                               16,900,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
     All of the 16,900,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the
'Common Stock'), of General Cable Corporation ('General Cable' or the 'Company')
offered  hereby are being sold by  Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., a Netherlands
corporation (the 'Selling Stockholder'), in  concurrent offerings in the  United
States and Canada and outside the United States and Canada (the 'Offerings'). Of
such shares, 3,380,000 are initially being offered outside the United States and
Canada  by  the International  Underwriters  (the 'International  Offering') and
13,520,000 are initially being  offered in the United  States and Canada by  the
U.S.  Underwriters (the  'United States Offering').  The per share  price to the
public and per share  underwriting discounts and  commissions for the  Offerings
will  be identical. See 'Underwriting.' The Company  will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of the shares offered hereby.
     Prior to the Offerings, the Company  has been a wholly-owned subsidiary  of
the  Selling Stockholder. Following  consummation of the  Offerings, the Selling
Stockholder will own approximately 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(or approximately 20%  of the  outstanding shares of  Common Stock  if the  U.S.
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
     Prior  to the  Offerings, there  has been no  public market  for the Common
Stock. It is currently estimated that  the initial public offering price of  the
Common  Stock  will be  between $21.00  and $24.00.  See 'Underwriting'  for the
factors to be considered in determining  the initial public offering price.  The
Common  Stock has been approved for listing  on the New York Stock Exchange (the
'NYSE'), subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol 'GCN'.
     FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES OF  COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, SEE 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGES 7 - 11.
                            ------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
     PASSED UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
                 REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                    ----------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  Underwriting              Proceeds to
                                                          Price to               Discounts and                Selling
                                                           Public                 Commissions*             Stockholder`D'
<S>                                               <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Share.......................................             $                         $                         $
Total`DD'.......................................  $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
* The  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholder  have  agreed  to  indemnify  the
  Underwriters against  certain  liabilities, including  liabilities  under  the
  Securities Act of 1933. See 'Underwriting.'
 
   
`D' Before  deducting expenses of the Offerings  estimated to be $2,000,000, all
    of which are payable by the Selling Stockholder.
    
`DD' The Selling Stockholder has granted  the U.S. Underwriters a 30-day  option
     to  purchase up to 2,535,000 additional shares  of Common Stock on the same
     terms per share solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option  is
     exercised in full, the total price to public will be $          , the total
     underwriting  discounts and commissions will  be $            and the total
     proceeds to  the  Selling  Stockholder  will  be $                   .  See
     'Underwriting.'
                            ------------------------
     The  Common Stock is being  offered by the Underwriters  as set forth under
'Underwriting' herein. It is expected that delivery of the Common Stock  offered
hereby  will be made  at the offices of  Dillon, Read & Co.  Inc., New York, New
York or  through the  facilities of  The Depository  Trust Company  on or  about
               ,  1997 against payment  therefor. The International Underwriters
include:
DILLON, READ & CO. INC.

           MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL

                    SBC WARBURG
                    A DIVISION OF SWISS BANK CORPORATION
            The date of this Prospectus is                   , 1997.
 
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS  BEEN FILED  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR  MAY
OFFERS  TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO  THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  THE
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL  PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
______________________________                    ______________________________
 
     NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF
GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS  MAY NOT BE  RELIED UPON AS
HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY,  THE  SELLING  STOCKHOLDER  OR   ANY
UNDERWRITER.   THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL,  OR
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SECURITIES  OFFERED
BY THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN  OFFER TO BUY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED,  OR TO ANY PERSON TO  WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL  TO
MAKE  ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION OR IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH  OFFER  OR SOLICITATION  IS  NOT QUALIFIED  TO  DO SO.  NEITHER  THE
DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE  ANY IMPLICATION  THAT THERE  HAS BEEN  NO CHANGE  IN  THE
AFFAIRS  OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE  DATE HEREOF  OR THAT  INFORMATION CONTAINED
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
                                              PAGE
                                              ----
Prospectus Summary.........................      3
Risk Factors...............................      7
The Company................................     11
Use of Proceeds............................     12
Dividends..................................     12
Dilution...................................     12
Capitalization.............................     13
Selected Financial Data....................     14
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data.........     16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...............................     17
Business...................................     23
Management.................................     37
Selling Stockholder........................     45
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions.............................     45
Description of Capital Stock...............     46
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............     50
Certain U.S. Federal Tax Consequences to
  Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock.........     52
Underwriting...............................     54
Legal Matters..............................     57
Experts....................................     57
Available Information......................     58
Index to Financial Statements..............    F-1
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
     UNTIL                 ,  1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL  DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS  IS IN ADDITION TO  THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS   OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                  [INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS -- ALTERNATE PAGE]
 
______________________________                    ______________________________
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                            ------------------------
                               16,900,000 SHARES
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                                , 1997
                            ------------------------
                            DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
                                  SBC WARBURG
                      A DIVISION OF SWISS BANK CORPORATION
 
______________________________                    ______________________________



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The  following is an itemization of the expenses to be borne by the Selling
Stockholder  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the  securities  being
registered  hereunder. All such expenses (other  than the registration, NASD and
NYSE fees) are estimated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.............................   $  141,346
NASD fee........................................................................       30,500
NYSE listing fee................................................................      151,100
Legal fees and expenses.........................................................      775,000
Accounting fees.................................................................      350,000
Printing costs and expenses.....................................................      350,000
Miscellaneous...................................................................      202,054
                                                                                   ----------
     Total......................................................................   $2,000,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
    
 
     (a) Section  145  of the  Delaware  General Corporation  Law  (the  'DGCL')
provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened  to be made a  party to any threatened,  pending or completed action,
suit or  proceeding, whether  civil, criminal,  administrative or  investigative
(other  than an action by or  in the right of the  corporation) by reason of the
fact that  he  is  or  was  a director,  officer,  employee,  or  agent  of  the
corporation,  or  is or  was  serving at  the request  of  the corporation  as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by him in connection with such action,  suit, or proceeding if he acted in  good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests  of  the corporation,  and,  with respect  to  any criminal  action or
proceeding, had no  reasonable cause to  believe his conduct  was unlawful.  The
termination  of any action,  suit or proceeding  by judgment, order, settlement,
conviction, or upon  plea of nolo  contendere or its  equivalent, shall not,  of
itself,  create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which  he  reasonably believed  to  be in  or  not opposed  to  the  best
interests  of  the  corporation, or,  with  respect  to any  criminal  action or
proceeding, that  he  had reasonable  cause  to  believe that  his  conduct  was
unlawful.
 
     Section  145 of the DGCL also provides that a corporation may indemnify any
person who  was or  is a  party or  is  threatened to  be made  a party  to  any
threatened,  pending, or  completed action  or suit  by or  in the  right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he  is
or  was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was
serving at the request of the  corporation as a director, officer, employee,  or
agent  of  another  corporation or  is  or was  serving  at the  request  of the
corporation as a director,  officer, employee or  agent of another  corporation,
partnership,   joint  venture,  trust  or   other  enterprise  against  expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees)  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  him   in
connection  with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the  corporation and except that  no indemnification shall  be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that
the  Court of  Chancery or the  court in which  such action or  suit was brought
shall determine upon  adjudication that, despite  the adjudication of  liability
but  in view  of all the  circumstances of the  case, such person  is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such  expenses which the Court of  Chancery
or such other court shall deem proper.
 
                                      II-1
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Any  such indemnification (unless ordered by a  court) shall be made by the
corporation only as authorized  in the specific case  upon a determination  that
indemnification  of the  director, officer, employee  or agent is  proper in the
circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set
forth above. Such determination shall be made:
 
          (1) by  the  Board  of  Directors  by a  majority  vote  of  a  quorum
     consisting  of  directors who  were  not parties  to  such action,  suit or
     proceeding; or
 
          (2) if  such a  quorum is  not obtainable,  or, even  if obtainable  a
     quorum  of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel
     in a written opinion; or
 
          (3) by the stockholders.
 
     Section 145 of the DGCL permits a Delaware business corporation to purchase
and maintain  insurance on  behalf  of any  person who  is  or was  a  director,
officer,  employee or  agent of  the corporation,  or is  or was  serving at the
request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of  another
corporation,  partnership, joint venture, trust  or other enterprise against any
liability asserted against such person and incurred by him in any such capacity,
or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would  have
the power to indemnify such person.
 
   
     (b)  Article XIV  of the Company's  By-laws, as amended,  provides that the
Company shall,  to the  fullest extent  permitted under  the DGCL  or any  other
applicable  law, as may from time to time be in effect, indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative, by reason of the fact that  such person is or was a member  of
the  board  of directors  or  an officer  of the  Company  or controller  of the
Company, or is or was serving at the  request of the Company as a member of  the
board  of directors  or an  officer of  another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise,  against all expenses (including  attorneys'
fees),  judgments, fines and amounts paid  in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such  person in  connection with  such action,  suit or  proceeding.
Article  XIV also provides that  expenses incurred by an  officer or director or
controller of  the Company  in defending  a civil  or criminal  action, suit  or
proceeding  shall be paid by the Company  in advance of the final disposition of
such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt  of an undertaking by or on  behalf
of  such director,  officer or controller  to repay  such amount if  it shall be
ultimately determined  that he  or she  is  not entitled  to be  indemnified  as
authorized  by  the  DGCL.  Persons  who  are  not  officers,  directors  or the
controller of  the Company  and  who are  or were  employees  or agents  of  the
Company,  or are or were  serving at the request of  the Company as employees or
agents of  another  corporation,  partnership, joint  venture,  trust  or  other
enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time
to  time by  the board  of directors. The  right to  indemnification provided by
Article XIV of the  Company's By-laws is  not exclusive of  any other rights  to
which  those indemnified may be entitled by law or otherwise, and shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, controller, employee or
agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and  administrators
of such person.
    
 
   
     (c)  The  Underwriting  Agreements  among  the  Underwriters,  the  Selling
Stockholder, Wassall  and  the Company  relating  to the  Common  Stock  contain
provisions  with respect to indemnification of directors and certain officers of
the Company by the Underwriters under certain circumstances.
    
 
   
     (d) The directors  and officers  of the  Company are  covered by  Wassall's
global  directors' and officers' insurance policy, which coverage will terminate
upon consummation of the Offerings. The Company intends to purchase a directors'
and  officers'  insurance  policy  which  will  provide  coverage  for   certain
liabilities  that  directors and  officers  of the  Company  may incur  in their
capacity as such.
    
 
                                      II-2
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
     None.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION
- -------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>       <S>
  **1.1   Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.
  **1.2   Form of International Underwriting Agreement.
   *3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
   *3.2   Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
  **4.1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
  **5.1   Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP as to the legality of the Common Stock.
   10.1   Stock and Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 5, 1994 (filed as Exhibit (c)(2) to the Schedule
          14D-1 of Wassall PLC and the Registrant filed with the Commission on May 11, 1994 and incorporated
          herein by reference).
 **10.2   Form of Credit Agreement between the Registrant, Chase Manhattan Bank, as Administrative Agent, and the
          lenders signatory thereto.
 **10.3   General Cable Corporation 1997 Annual Incentive Plan.
 **10.4   General Cable Corporation 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.
 **10.5   Employment Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Stephen Rabinowitz and the Registrant.
 **10.6   Employment Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Gregory B. Kenny and the Registrant.
 **10.7   Employment Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Christopher F. Virgulak and the Registrant.
 **10.8   Employment Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Robert J. Siverd and the Registrant.
 **10.9   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Stephen Rabinowitz and the Registrant.
**10.10   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Gregory B. Kenny and the Registrant.
**10.11   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Christopher F. Virgulak and the Registrant.
**10.12   Change-in-Control Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Robert J. Siverd and the Registrant.
**10.13   Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V. and the
          Registrant.
**10.14   Form of Intercompany Agreement among Wassall PLC, Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V. and the Registrant.
**10.15   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated May 13, 1997, between Wassall PLC and General Cable Industries, Inc.
          and the Registrant.
  *21.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 **23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 **23.2   Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  *24.1   Powers of Attorney.
  *27.1   Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
   
 * Previously filed.
    
 
   
** Filed herewith.
    
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedule
 
     The  following  financial  statement  schedule  of  the  Company  is  filed
herewith:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SCHEDULE                                                DESCRIPTION
- ---------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
II.        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
     (1) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act  may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and  controlling persons  of the
Registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  Registrant
has  been advised  that in  the opinion  of the  Commission such indemnification
 
                                      II-3
 


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
is against public  policy as expressed  in the Exchange  Act and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.  In  the  event that  a  claim for  indemnification  against such
liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant  of expenses incurred  or
paid  by a  director, officer  or controlling  person of  the Registrant  in the
successful defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by  such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the question whether such indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed in  the Exchange  Act and  will be  governed by  the  final
adjudication of such issue.
 
     (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information  omitted  from the  Prospectus filed  as  part of  this Registration
Statement in reliance upon  Rule 430A and contained  in the Prospectus filed  by
the  Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed  part of the  Registration Statement as of  the time it  was
declared effective.
 
     (3)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement  relating to the securities offered  therein,
and  the offering  of such  securities at that  time shall  be deemed  to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     (4)  The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriters   at  the   closing  specified   in  the   underwriting  agreements
certificates in such denominations and registered  in such names as required  by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
                                      II-4



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly  authorized, in the City of New  York,
State of New York on May 14, 1997.
    
 
                                          GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
                                          By:       /s/ STEPHEN RABINOWITZ
                                             ...................................
                                            STEPHEN RABINOWITZ
                                            CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND
                                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to the Registration Statement has been signed  by or on behalf of the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                               DATE
- -----------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------   -------------------
 
<C>                                        <S>                                              <C>
         /S/ STEPHEN RABINOWITZ            Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer        May 14, 1997
 ........................................    and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
          (STEPHEN RABINOWITZ)
 
                   **                      Executive Vice President, Chief Operating           May 14, 1997
 ........................................    Officer and Director
           (GREGORY B. KENNY)
 
                    *                      Director                                            May 14, 1997
 ........................................
            (KEVIN J. DOYLE)
 
                    *                      Director                                            May 14, 1997
 ........................................
            (DAVID A. ROPER)
 
                   **                      Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial        May 14, 1997
 ........................................    and Accounting Officer)
        (CHRISTOPHER F. VIRGULAK)
 
      *By: /s/ MARSHALL D. GRINGAUZ
 ........................................
          MARSHALL D. GRINGAUZ,
            ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
 
       **By: /s/ ROBERT J. SIVERD
 ........................................
            ROBERT J. SIVERD
            ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                     SCHEDULE II
 
                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION AND RELATED COMPANIES
                       VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                         ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE ALLOWANCES
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PREDECESSOR
                                                ---------------                                          FOR THE YEARS
                                                FOR THE PERIOD        FOR THE PERIOD                   ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                JANUARY 1, 1994       JUNE 9, 1994 TO       ----------------------------------------
                                                TO JUNE 8, 1994      DECEMBER 31, 1994             1995                  1996
                                                ---------------      -----------------      ------------------    ------------------
<S>                                             <C>                  <C>                    <C>                   <C>
Accounts Receivable Allowances:
     Beginning balance.....................          $10.2                 $10.2                  $ 10.7                 $8.1
          Provision........................             .6                    .9                      .7                  1.3
          Write-offs.......................            (.6)                  (.4)                   (3.3)                (1.0)
                                                    ------                ------                  ------                -----
     Ending balance........................          $10.2                 $10.7                  $  8.1                 $8.4
                                                    ------                ------                  ------                -----
                                                    ------                ------                  ------                -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1

                              STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES

The trademark symbol shall be expressed as................................ 'tm'
The registered trademark symbol shall be expressed as..................... 'r'
The dagger symbol shall be expressed as................................... 'D'
The double dagger symbol shall be expressed as............................ 'DD'


<PAGE>





<PAGE>


                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION


                                16,900,000 Shares
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ($.01 Par Value)


                           U.S. UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



        , 1997



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                           U.S. UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                          , 1997

DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER
 & SMITH INCORPORATED
as Managing Underwriters
c/o DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
535 Madison Avenue
New York, New York  10022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

               Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., a Netherlands corporation (the
"Selling Stockholder"), proposes to sell to the U.S. Underwriters named in
Schedule A annexed hereto (the "Underwriters"), for whom Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.
and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as Managing
Underwriters (collectively, the "Managing Underwriters"), an aggregate of
13,520,000 shares (the "U.S. Firm Shares") of Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Common Stock"), of General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation
(the "Company").

               It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company
and the Selling Stockholder are concurrently entering into an agreement (the
"International Underwriting Agreement", and together with this Agreement, the
"Underwriting Agreements") providing for the sale by the Selling Stockholder of
an aggregate of 3,380,000 shares of Common Stock (the "International Firm
Shares"), through arrangements with certain underwriters outside the United
States (the "International Underwriters") for whom Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.,
Merrill Lynch International and Swiss Bank Corporation (through its division
SBC Warburg) are acting as International Managing Underwriters (collectively,
the "International Managing Underwriters"). Anything herein or therein to the
contrary notwithstanding, the respective closings under this Agreement and the
International Underwriting Agreement are hereby expressly made conditional on
one another. The Underwriters and the International Underwriters are
simultaneously entering into an Agreement Between the U.S. Underwriters and
the International Underwriters (the "Agreement Between Underwriters") which
provides, among other things, for the transfer of shares of Common Stock
between the two syndicates and for consultation by the International Managing
Underwriters with the Managing Underwriters. Two forms of prospectus are to be
used in connection with the offering and sale of shares of Common Stock
contemplated by the foregoing, one relating to the U.S. Shares (as defined
below) and the other relating to the International Shares (as defined below).
The latter form of prospectus will be identical to the former except for certain
alternate pages as included in the registration statement and amendments
thereto as mentioned below.

               In addition, solely for purposes of covering over-allotments, the
Selling Stockholder proposes to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase
from the Selling Stockholder up to an ag-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


gregate of 2,535,000 additional shares of Common Stock (the "Additional
Shares"). The U.S. Firm Shares and the International Shares are hereinafter
sometimes collectively referred to as the "Firm Shares"; the U.S. Firm Shares
and the Additional Shares are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as
the "U.S. Shares"; and the U.S. Shares and the International Shares are
hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the "Shares." References
herein to any prospectus, whether in preliminary or final form, and whether
amended or supplemented, shall include both the international and U.S. versions
thereof.

               The Company has filed, in accordance with the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder
(collectively, the "Act"), with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-22961),
including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The Company has furnished to the
Managing Underwriters, for use by the Underwriters and by dealers, copies of one
or more preliminary prospectuses (each thereof being herein called a
"Preliminary Prospectus") relating to the Shares. Except as specified, the
registration statement as in effect at the time of execution of this Agreement
or, if the registration statement is not yet effective, as amended when it
becomes effective, including all financial schedules and exhibits thereto filed
as a part thereof, together with any registration statement filed pursuant to
Rule 462(b) under the Act, and including any information contained in a
prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under
the Act and deemed to be part of such registration statements at the time of
effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act, is herein called the
"Registration Statement," and the prospectus, in the form filed by the Company
with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act (or, if no such filing
is required, the form of final prospectus included in the Registration Statement
at the time it became effective), is herein called the "Prospectus."

               The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree
as follows:

               1. Sale and Purchase. The Selling Stockholder agrees to sell to
the several Underwriters and, upon the basis of the representations and
warranties and the other terms and conditions herein set forth, each of the
Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Selling
Stockholder the respective number of U.S. Firm Shares set forth opposite the
name of such Underwriter in Schedule A hereto, at a purchase price of $[ ] per
Share. The Managing Underwriters may release the U.S. Firm Shares for public
sale promptly after this Agreement becomes effective. The Managing Underwriters
may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price after the
initial public offering to such extent as the Managing Underwriters may
determine.

               In addition, the Selling Stockholder hereby grants to the several
Underwriters the option to purchase, and upon the basis of the representations
and warranties and the other terms and conditions herein set forth, the
Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, from
the Selling Stockholder all or a portion of the Additional Shares as may be
necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the
U.S. Firm Shares, at the same purchase price per share to be paid by the several
Underwriters and the International Underwriters to the Selling Stockholder for
the Firm Shares. This option may be exercised in whole or in part (but not more
than once) on or before the thirtieth day following the date hereof, by written
notice to the Selling Stockholder, with a copy to the Company. Any such notice
shall set forth the aggregate number of

                                      -2-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and
time when the Additional Shares are to be delivered (any such date and time
being herein referred to as the "additional time of purchase"); provided,
however, that the additional time of purchase shall not occur earlier than the
time of purchase (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day
after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the
eighth business day after the date on which the option shall have been
exercised. The number of Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter at the
additional time of purchase shall be the number which bears the same proportion
to the aggregate number of Additional Shares being purchased at the additional
time of purchase as the respective number of U.S. Firm Shares set forth opposite
the name of such Underwriter on Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of
U.S. Firm Shares (subject, in each case, to such adjustment as the Managing
Underwriters may determine to eliminate fractional shares). As used herein,
"business day" shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for
trading.

               2. Payment and Delivery. Payment of the purchase price for the
U.S. Firm Shares shall be made to the Selling Stockholder by wire transfer of
immediately available funds, at the office of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. in New
York City, or at such other place as may be agreed to by the Managing
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder, against delivery of the
certificates for the U.S. Firm Shares to the Managing Underwriters for the
respective accounts of the Underwriters. Such payment and delivery shall be made
at 9:30 A.M., New York City time, on May , 1997 (unless another time shall be
agreed to by the Managing Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder
or unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(e)). The time
at which such payment and delivery are actually made is hereinafter sometimes
called the "time of purchase." Certificates for the U.S. Firm Shares shall be
delivered to the Managing Underwriters in definitive form in such names and in
such denominations as the Managing Underwriters shall specify on the second
business day preceding the time of purchase. For the purpose of expediting the
checking of the certificates for the U.S. Firm Shares by the Managing
Underwriters, the Selling Stockholder and the Company agree to make such
certificates available to the Managing Underwriters for such purpose at least
one full business day preceding the time of purchase.

               Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares to be
purchased by the Underwriters shall be made at the additional time of purchase
in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the U.S. Firm
Shares unless otherwise agreed to by the Managing Underwriters and the Company.
Certificates for the Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Managing
Underwriters in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as the
Managing Underwriters shall specify on the second business day preceding the
additional time of purchase. For the purpose of expediting the checking of the
certificates for such Additional Shares by the Managing Underwriters, the
Selling Stockholder and the Company agree to make such certificates available to
the Managing Underwriters for such purpose at least one full business day
preceding the additional time of purchase.

               3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters that:

               (a) Each Preliminary Prospectus filed as part of the Registration
        Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or
        filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the

                                      -3-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

        Act, complied as to form when so filed in all material respects with the
        Act; when the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement
        thereto was or is declared effective by the Commission (the "Effective
        Time"), at the time of purchase and at the additional time of purchase,
        the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any supplements or
        amendments thereto, complied and will comply as to form in all material
        respects with the provisions of the Act; and neither the Registration
        Statement nor any supplement or amendment thereto, at any such time,
        contained or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or
        omitted or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated
        therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and
        neither the Prospectus nor any supplement or amendment thereto, at any
        such time, contained or will contain an untrue statement of a material
        fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact required to be
        stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light
        of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
        provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty
        with respect to any statement contained in the Registration Statement or
        the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information
        concerning the Underwriters furnished in writing by or on behalf of any
        Underwriter through the Managing Underwriters to the Company expressly
        for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and set forth in
        the seventh and twentieth paragraphs of the section of the Registration
        Statement and the Prospectus entitled "Underwriting."

               (b) As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has an
        authorized capitalization as set forth under the column entitled "March
        31, 1997 Actual" in the section of the Registration Statement and the
        Prospectus entitled "Capitalization" and, as of the time of purchase,
        the capitalization of the Company will be as set forth under the column
        entitled "March 31, 1997 As Adjusted" in the section of the Registration
        Statement and the Prospectus entitled "Capitalization." All of the
        issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including
        the Shares) have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid
        and nonassessable and are free of statutory and contractual preemptive
        rights and are free and clear of any pledge, lien, encumbrance, security
        interest or other claim. As of the date of this Agreement, there are
        24,250,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding, all of which are owned by
        the Selling Stockholder. The capital stock of the Company, including the
        Shares, conforms in all material respects to the description thereof
        contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the
        caption "Description of Capital Stock"; and the certificates for the
        Shares are in due and proper form and the holders of the Shares after
        making payment therefor will not be subject to personal liability by
        reason of being such holders.

               (c) The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing
        as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
        Delaware with all requisite power and authority to (i) own its
        properties and conduct its business as described in the Registration
        Statement and the Prospectus and (ii) execute and deliver this
        Agreement.

               (d) All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
        each of the subsidiaries of the Company (the "Subsidiaries") other than
        General Photonics LLC are owned directly by the Company or another
        subsidiary of the Company; all of such shares have been

                                      -4-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

        duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable
        and, except as described in the Prospectus, are owned free and clear of
        any pledge, lien, encumbrance, security interest or other claim; there
        are no outstanding rights, subscriptions, warrants, calls, preemptive
        rights, options or other agreements of any kind with respect to the
        capital stock of any of the Subsidiaries.

               (e) Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated and is
        validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its
        respective jurisdiction of incorporation, with all requisite power and
        authority to own its respective properties and to conduct its respective
        businesses.

               (f) Each of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries is duly
        qualified or licensed by, and is in good standing in, each jurisdiction
        in which it owns or leases property or conducts its business and in each
        other jurisdiction in which the failure, individually or in the
        aggregate, to be so qualified or licensed could, singly or in the
        aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
        the properties, assets, operations, business, business prospects or
        condition (financial or other) of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken
        as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"). Each of the Company and each
        of the Subsidiaries is in compliance with the laws, orders, rules,
        regulations and directives of any federal, state, local or foreign
        government or regulatory authority, agency or commission, including
        courts of competent jurisdiction (collectively, "Governmental
        Authority"), applicable to the Company, except for such failure to be in
        compliance as could not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be
        expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (g) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in breach
        of, or in default under (nor has any event occurred which with notice,
        lapse of time or both would constitute a breach of, or default under),
        (x) its charter or bylaws, or (y) in the performance or observance of
        any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any
        license, indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit
        agreement, material supply or distribution agreement or other agreement
        or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party
        or by which any of them may be bound or affected, which, in the case of
        clause (y), breach or default could, singly or in the aggregate,
        reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the
        execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or the
        International Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
        contemplated hereby or thereby will conflict with, or result in any
        breach of or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which
        with notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a breach of, or
        default under), (i) the charter or bylaws of the Company or any of the
        Subsidiaries, (ii) any provision of any license, indenture, lease,
        mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit agreement, material supply
        or distribution agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which
        the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of
        them or their properties may be bound or affected, (iii) any federal,
        state, local or foreign law, regulation or rule or (iv) any decree,
        judgment or order applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
        except, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for such
        conflicts, breaches or defaults

                                      -5-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        that could not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
        have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (h) Each of this Agreement and the International Underwriting
        Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
        Company.

               (i) No approval, authorization, consent or order of or filing
        with any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory
        commission, board, body, authority or agency is required in connection
        with the sale of the Shares as contemplated hereby, other than
        registration of the Shares under the Act and the registration of the
        Common Stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
        "Exchange Act"), clearance of the offering of the Shares with the
        National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and any
        necessary qualification under the securities or blue sky laws of the
        various jurisdictions in which the Shares are being offered by the
        Underwriters or by the International Underwriters.

               (j) No person has the right, contractual or otherwise, to cause
        the Company to issue to it, or register pursuant to the Act, any
        securities of the Company by reason of the sale of the Shares to the
        Underwriters hereunder or to the International Underwriters under the
        International Underwriting Agreement.

               (k) Deloitte & Touche LLP, whose reports on the combined and
        consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries
        are included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, are
        independent public accountants with respect to the Company as required
        by the Act and the applicable published rules and regulations
        thereunder.

               (l) All legal or governmental proceedings, contracts or documents
        of a character required to be described in the Registration Statement or
        the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration
        Statement have been so described or filed as required.

               (m) There is no action, suit or proceeding (collectively, the
        "Legal Proceedings") pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened
        against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their
        properties, at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental
        Authority, other than Legal Proceedings disclosed in the Prospectus and
        Legal Proceeding that could not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably
        be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (n) The audited and unaudited financial statements (including the
        notes thereto) included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
        present fairly the combined or consolidated financial position of the
        Company and the Related Companies (as defined therein) as of the dates
        indicated and the combined or consolidated results of operations and
        cash flows of the Company and the Related Companies or the Company's
        predecessor and subsidiaries, as the case may be, and the consolidated
        stockholders' equity of the Company's predecessor and subsidiaries, in
        each case for the periods specified; such financial statements have

                                      -6-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
        principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved,
        except as disclosed therein.

               (o) The pro forma financial statements and other pro forma
        financial information (including the notes thereto) included in the
        Registration Statement and the Prospectus have been prepared in
        accordance with the Commission's rules and guidelines with respect to
        pro forma financial statements and have been properly computed on the
        bases described therein. The assumptions used in the preparation of the
        pro forma financial statements and other pro forma information in the
        Registration Statement and the Prospectus are set forth therein and are
        reasonable, and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give pro
        forma effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to therein.
        The other financial and statistical information and data relating to the
        Company set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus have
        been prepared on a basis consistent with the financial statements and
        books and records of the Company. The other statistical and
        market-related data set forth in the Registration Statement and the
        Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company
        believes to be reliable and accurate.

               (p) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is
        given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and except as
        may be otherwise stated in the Registration Statement and the
        Prospectus, there has not been: (A) any material adverse change in the
        properties, assets, operations, business, business prospects or
        condition (financial or other) of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken
        as a whole; (B) any transaction that is material to the Company and the
        Subsidiaries taken as a whole, entered into by the Company or any of the
        Subsidiaries; or (C) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, directly
        or indirectly incurred by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries that is
        material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

               (q) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has violated
        any foreign, federal, state or local law, regulation, decree, order,
        directive, requirement or judgment applicable to the Company or any of
        the Subsidiaries relating to the protection of human health and safety,
        the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants
        or contaminants ("Environmental Laws"), nor any federal or state law
        relating to discrimination in the hiring, promotion or pay of employees
        nor any applicable federal or state wages and hours laws, nor any
        provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or the rules
        and regulations promulgated thereunder, and neither the Company nor any
        of the Subsidiaries has received any notice which is pending alleging
        any violation thereof or liability thereunder, which in any case could,
        singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a
        Material Adverse Effect.

                 (r) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has such permits,
        licenses, consents, approvals, franchises and authorizations required by
        governmental or regulatory authorities ("Permits"), and has made all
        filings required, including without limitation under any applicable
        Environmental Laws, as are necessary to own, lease and operate its
        respective properties and to conduct its business, except for such
        Permits the failure to so hold could not,

                                      -7-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
        Adverse Effect ("Material Permits"). The Company and each of the
        Subsidiaries is not in material violation of, and has fulfilled and
        performed all of its material obligations with respect to, its Material
        Permits and the Company has not received notice from any Governmental
        Authority of the revocation or termination, or threatened revocation or
        termination, of any Material Permits or any other material impairment of
        the rights of the holder of any Material Permit; and, except as
        described in the Prospectus, the Material Permits contain no
        restrictions that are materially burdensome to the Company or any of the
        Subsidiaries.

               (s) Compliance by the Company and the Subsidiaries with
        Environmental Laws (as currently in effect), including any capital or
        operating expenditure required for clean-up, closure of properties or
        compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval,
        any related constraints on operating activities, singly or in the
        aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
        Effect.

               (t) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries, nor, to the
        Company's knowledge, any employee of the Company or any of the
        Subsidiaries, has made any payment of funds of the Company or any of the
        Subsidiaries prohibited by applicable law, and no funds of the Company
        or any of the Subsidiaries have been set aside to be used for any
        payment prohibited by applicable law.

               (u) The Company and the Subsidiaries have filed all federal or
        state income or franchise tax returns required to be filed and have paid
        all taxes shown thereon as due and required to have been paid except for
        tax assessments, if any, as to which adequate reserves have been
        provided in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
        There is no material tax deficiency which has been asserted against the
        Company or any of the Subsidiaries. All material tax liabilities are
        adequately provided for on the books of the Company and the
        Subsidiaries.

               (v) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries owns or possesses
        sufficient licenses or other rights to use all patents, patent
        applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, service
        mark applications, trade names, copyrights, inventions, trade secrets,
        technology and know-how (collectively, "Intellectual Property Rights")
        required in the conduct of its business as described in the Prospectus.
        To the Company's knowledge, there are no rights of third parties to, or
        any infringement by others of, any such Intellectual Property Rights,
        and there is not pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened any
        action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company or any
        Subsidiary is infringing or otherwise violating Intellectual Property
        Rights of others or challenging the validity or scope of the rights of
        the Company or any Subsidiary in or to any such Intellectual Property
        Rights other than infringements or claims that could not, singly or in
        the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (w) The Company has not incurred, and will not incur, any
        liability for any finder's fees or similar payments in connection with
        the transactions herein contemplated.

                                      -8-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


               (x) The Company and the Subsidiaries have good title to all
        properties and assets owned or leased by them, in each case free and
        clear of all liens, security interests, pledges, charges, encumbrances,
        mortgages and defects, except such as are described or referred to in
        the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or such as could not,
        singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material
        Adverse Effect.

               (y) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is an
        "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
        1940, as amended, or is subject to regulation under such act.

               (z) Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors or
        affiliates (within the meaning of the Act) has taken, directly or
        indirectly, any action designed to stabilize or manipulate the price of
        the Common Stock, or which has constituted or which might in the future
        reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or
        manipulation of the price of the Common Stock, to facilitate the sale or
        resale of the Shares or otherwise.

               (aa) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries carry, or are
        covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as the
        Company reasonably believes is adequate for the conduct of their
        respective businesses and the value of their respective properties.

               (bb) No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any
        of the Subsidiaries exists or, to the Company's knowledge, is threatened
        which could, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have
        a Material Adverse Effect.

               4. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholder. The
Selling Stockholder represents and warrants to each Underwriter that:

               (a) The Selling Stockholder is and at the time of delivery of the
        Shares as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreements will be the lawful
        owner of the Shares and, at the time of delivery thereof, will have good
        and marketable title to the Shares, and upon delivery of and payment for
        the Shares in accordance with the Underwriting Agreements, the
        Underwriters will acquire good and marketable title to the Shares, free
        and clear of any claim, lien, encumbrance, security interest,
        restriction on transfer or other defect in title.

               (b) The Selling Stockholder has and at the time of delivery of
        the Shares will have all requisite power and authority to sell, assign,
        transfer and deliver the Shares in the manner provided in the
        Underwriting Agreements.

               (c) Each of the Underwriting Agreements has been duly authorized,
        executed and delivered by the Selling Stockholder and Wassall PLC
        ("Wassall").

               (d) The sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholder pursuant
        hereto is not prompted by any material and adverse information
        concerning the Company that is not described in the Prospectus; to the
        Selling Stockholder's knowledge, neither the Registration Statement nor
        any supplement or amendment thereto, at

                                      -9-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

        the Effective Time, at the time of purchase or at the additional time of
        purchase, contained or will contain any untrue statement of material
        fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact required to be
        stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
        misleading, and neither the Prospectus nor any supplement or amendment
        thereto, at the Effective Time, at the time of purchase or at the
        additional time of purchase, contained or will contain any untrue
        statement of material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material
        fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
        therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
        not misleading; provided, however, that the Selling Stockholder makes no
        representation or warranty with respect to any statement contained in
        the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in
        conformity with information concerning the Underwriters furnished in
        writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter through the Managing
        Underwriters to the Company expressly for use in the Registration
        Statement or the Prospectus and set forth in the seventh and twentieth
        paragraphs of the section of the Registration Statement and the
        Prospectus entitled "Underwriting."

               (e) The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
        by the International Underwriting Agreement and the fulfillment of the
        terms hereof and thereof will not conflict with, or result in any breach
        of or constitute a default under (nor constitute any event which with
        notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a breach of or default
        under), (i) the Articles of the Selling Stockholder, (ii) any provision
        of any license, indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or
        credit agreement or any other material agreement or instrument to which
        the Selling Stockholder is a party or by which the Selling Stockholder
        or any of its properties may be bound or affected, (iii) any federal,
        state, local or foreign law or regulation or (iv) any decree, judgment
        or order binding on the Selling Stockholder except, with respect to
        clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for such conflicts, breaches or defaults
        that would not materially impair or delay the ability of the Selling
        Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by the
        Underwriting Agreements.

               (f) Neither the Selling Stockholder nor any of its officers,
        directors or affiliates (within the meaning of the Act) has taken,
        directly or indirectly, any action designed to stabilize or manipulate
        the price of the Common Stock, or which has constituted or which might
        in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization
        or manipulation of the price of the Common Stock, to facilitate the sale
        or resale of the Shares or otherwise.

               (g) The Shares do not constitute a "United States real property
        interest" as defined in U.S. Internal Revenue Code section 897(c)(1).

                5. Certain Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby agrees:

               (a) to furnish such information as may be required and otherwise
        to cooperate in qualifying the Shares for offering and sale under the
        securities or blue sky laws of such states as the Managing Underwriters
        may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect as long as
        required for the distribution of the Shares; provided, however, that the
        Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to
        consent to the service of process un-

                                      -10-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

        der the laws of any such state (except service of process with respect
        to the offering and sale of the Shares); promptly to advise the Managing
        Underwriters of the receipt by the Company of any notification with
        respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in
        any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for
        such purpose; and to use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of
        any order of suspension at the earliest practicable time;

               (b) to make available to the Managing Underwriters in New York
        City, as soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes
        effective, and thereafter from time to time to furnish to the
        Underwriters, as many copies of the Prospectus (or of the Prospectus as
        amended or supplemented if the Company shall have made any amendment or
        supplement thereto after the effective date of the Registration
        Statement) as the Underwriters may request for the purposes contemplated
        by the Act;

               (c) to advise the Managing Underwriters promptly and if requested
        by the Managing Underwriters to confirm such advice in writing, (i) when
        the Registration Statement has become effective and when any
        post-effective amendment thereto becomes effective and (ii) when the
        Prospectus is filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under
        the Act, if required under the Act (which the Company agrees to file in
        a timely manner under such Rule);

               (d) to advise the Managing Underwriters promptly, confirming such
        advice in writing, of any request by the Commission for amendments or
        supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for
        additional information with respect thereto, or of notice of institution
        of proceedings for or the entry of a stop order suspending the
        effectiveness of the Registration Statement and, if the Commission
        should enter a stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
        Registration Statement, to use its best efforts to obtain the lifting or
        removal of such order as soon as possible; to advise the Managing
        Underwriters promptly of any proposal to amend or supplement the
        Registration Statement or the Prospectus and to file no such amendment
        or supplement to which the Managing Underwriters shall reasonably object
        in writing;

               (e) to furnish to the Managing Underwriters and, upon request to
        each of the other Underwriters, for a period of five years from the date
        of this Agreement (i) copies of all reports or other communications that
        the Company shall send to its stockholders and (ii) copies of all
        annual, quarterly and current reports filed with the Commission on Forms
        10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, or such other similar form as may be designated by
        the Commission, and any other document filed by the Company pursuant to
        Section 12, 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
        amended (the "Exchange Act");

               (f) to advise the Underwriters promptly of the happening of any
        event known to the Company within the time during which a prospectus
        relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act that,
        in the reasonable judgment of the Company, would require the making of
        any change in the Prospectus then being used, so that the Prospectus, as
        then

                                      -11-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        supplemented, would not include an untrue statement of a material fact
        or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
        therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made,
        not misleading and, during such time, promptly to prepare and furnish,
        at the Company's expense, to the Underwriters such amendments or
        supplements to such Prospectus as may be necessary to reflect any such
        change, in such quantities as requested by the Underwriters, and to
        furnish to the Managing Underwriters a copy of such proposed amendment
        or supplement before filing any such amendment or supplement with the
        Commission;

               (g) to make generally available to its security holders, and to
        deliver to the Managing Underwriters, an earnings statement of the
        Company (which need not be audited and which will satisfy the provisions
        of Section 11(a) of the Act including, at the option of the Company,
        Rule 158) covering a period of 12 months beginning after the effective
        date of the Registration Statement but ending not later than 15 months
        after the date of the Registration Statement, as soon as is reasonably
        practicable after the termination of such 12-month period;

               (h) to furnish to each of the Managing Underwriters and their
        counsel copies of the Registration Statement, as initially filed with
        the Commission, and of all amendments thereto (including all exhibits
        thereto) and sufficient copies of the foregoing (other than exhibits)
        for distribution of a copy to each of the other Underwriters;

               (i) to furnish to the Managing Underwriters as early as
        practicable prior to the time of purchase and the additional time of
        purchase, as the case may be, but not later than two business days prior
        thereto, a copy of the latest available unaudited interim consolidated
        financial statements, if any, of the Company and the Subsidiaries that
        have been read by the Company's independent certified public accountants
        as stated in their letter to be furnished pursuant to Section 8(b);

               (j) to use its best efforts to cause the Shares to be listed on
        the New York Stock Exchange;

               (k) not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any
        option to purchase, transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly or
        indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or
        exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or other rights
        to purchase or acquire Common Stock or permit the registration under the
        Act of any shares of Common Stock, except for the registration of the
        Shares, for a period commencing on the date hereof and continuing for
        180 days after the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written
        consent of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.; provided, however, that the
        foregoing shall not prohibit the grant or issuances of options and
        restricted shares (and shares in the care of directors) of Common Stock,
        in each case, to officers, directors and employees of the Company
        pursuant to director and employee stock plans described in the
        Prospectus.

                                      -12-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

               6. Certain Covenants of the Selling Stockholder. The Selling
Stockholder agrees:

               (a) whether or not the transactions contemplated in this
        Agreement are consummated or this Agreement otherwise becomes effective
        or is terminated, to pay all expenses, fees and taxes (other than (x)
        any transfer taxes and (y) fees and disbursements of counsel for the
        Underwriters except as set forth under Section 7 and clauses (ii) and
        (iii) below) in connection with (i) the preparation and filing of the
        Registration Statement, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and
        any amendment or supplement thereto, and the printing and furnishing of
        copies of each thereof to the Underwriters and to dealers (including
        costs of mailing and shipment), (ii) the word processing or printing of
        this Agreement, the Agreement Between Underwriters, any dealer
        agreements, and the reproduction or printing and furnishing of copies of
        each thereof to the Managing Underwriters and to dealers (including
        costs of mailing and shipment), (iii) the qualification of the Shares
        for offering and sale under state laws as aforesaid (including
        reasonable legal fees and filing fees and other disbursements of counsel
        for the Underwriters) and the printing and furnishing of copies of any
        blue sky surveys to the Managing Underwriters and to dealers, (iv) any
        listing of the Shares on any securities exchange or qualification of the
        Shares for inclusion in the Nasdaq National Market and any registration
        thereof under the Exchange Act, (v) any filing for review of the public
        offering of the Shares by the NASD and (vi) the performance of the
        Company's and the Selling Stockholder's other obligations hereunder; and

               (b) the Selling Stockholder will not offer, sell, contract to
        sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, transfer or otherwise
        dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any
        securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common
        Stock or warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock,
        except for the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement and the
        International Underwriting Agreement, for a period commencing on the
        date hereof and continuing for 180 days after the date of the
        Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.

               7. Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses. If the Firm Shares or
the Additional Shares are not delivered for any reason, other than the failure
of the Underwriters to purchase the Firm Shares or the Additional Shares (unless
such failure is permitted under the provisions of Section 9(b) of this
Agreement), the Selling Stockholder will reimburse the Underwriters for all of
their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of
their counsel.

               8. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The several
obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling
Stockholder on the date hereof and at the time of purchase or the additional
time of purchase, as the case may be, the performance in all material respects
by each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder of its obligations hereunder
to be performed at or prior to the time of purchase or the additional time of
purchase, as the case may be, and to the following additional conditions:

                                      -13-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

               (a) The Company shall furnish to the Managing Underwriters at the
        time of purchase and at the additional time of purchase, as the case may
        be, an opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, special counsel for the
        Company and the Selling Stockholder, addressed to the Underwriters and
        dated the time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the
        case may be, with reproduced copies for each of the other Underwriters
        and in form reasonably satisfactory to Cahill Gordon & Reindel, counsel
        for the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                     (i) the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
               existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
               State of Delaware, with all requisite corporate power and
               authority (A) to own its properties and conduct its business as
               described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and
               (B) to execute and deliver this Agreement and the International
               Underwriting Agreement;

                     (ii) each of the Underwriting Agreements has been duly
               authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and Wassall;

                     (iii) the certificates for the Shares are in due and proper
               form and the holders of the Shares will not be subject to
               personal liability by reason of being such holders;

                     (iv) (a) the Company has an authorized capitalization as
               set forth under the heading "Capitalization" in the Registration
               Statement and the Prospectus, and (b) the outstanding shares of
               capital stock of the Company (including the Shares) have been
               duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
               nonassessable and have not been issued in violation of any
               preemptive rights under the Company's certificate of
               incorporation or under the Delaware General Corporation Law;

                     (v) the capital stock of the Company, including the Shares,
               conforms in all material respects to the description thereof
               contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under
               the caption "Description of Capital Stock";

                     (vi) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except
               as to the financial statements and schedules and other financial,
               statistical and accounting data contained therein, as to which
               such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all
               material respects with the requirements of the Act;

                     (vii) the Registration Statement has become effective under
               the Act and no stop order proceedings with respect thereto are
               pending or, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, threatened
               under the Act;

                     (viii) no approval, authorization, consent or order of or
               filing with any New York, Delaware corporate or federal
               Governmental Authority is required in connection with the sale of
               the Shares as contemplated hereby or by the International
               Underwriting Agreement other than filings and other actions
               required pursuant to federal

                                      -14-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


               and state securities and blue sky laws, as to which we express no
               opinion, and the Act or the Exchange Act and the rules and
               regulations promulgated thereunder;

                     (ix) the execution, delivery and performance of the
               Underwriting Agreements by the Company and the consummation by
               the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and
               will not conflict with, or result in any breach of, or constitute
               a default under (nor constitute any event which with notice,
               lapse of time or both would constitute a breach of or default
               under), (i) the charter or bylaws of the Company, (ii) any
               provision of any agreement or instrument evidencing or governing
               indebtedness for borrowed money or any other material agreement
               or instrument known to such counsel to which the Company is a
               party or by which the Company or any of its properties is bound,
               or (iii) any New York, Delaware corporate or federal law or
               regulation or (iv) any decree, judgment or order applicable to
               the Company of which such counsel is aware;

                     (x) the statements in the Registration Statement and the
               Prospectus under the captions "Description of Capital Stock,"
               "Shares Eligible For Future Sale" and "Certain U.S. Federal Tax
               Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock," insofar as
               they are descriptions of laws, regulations and rules, or of
               contracts, agreements and other legal documents, or refer to
               statements of law or legal conclusions, have been reviewed by
               such counsel and are accurate in all material respects;

                     (xi) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is an
               "investment company" within the meaning of Investment Company Act
               of 1940, as amended;

                     (xii) upon transfer and delivery of the Shares and payment
               therefor in accordance with the Underwriting Agreements, the
               Underwriters will acquire good and marketable title to the
               Shares, free and clear of any claim, lien, encumbrance, security
               interest, community property right, restriction on transfer or
               other defect in title, assuming that the several Underwriters and
               the several International Underwriters are good faith purchasers
               and do not have notice of any adverse claim;

                     (xiii) no approval, authorization, consent or order of or
               filing with any Governmental Authority of the United Kingdom and
               no corporate action of Wassall is required, in each case, in
               connection with the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholder
               to the Underwriters as contemplated hereby or by the
               International Underwriting Agreement, except such as have been
               obtained and are in full force and effect and filings and other
               actions that may be required pursuant to the securities laws of
               the United Kingdom, as to which we express no opinion; and

                     (xiv) the execution, delivery and performance of the
               Underwriting Agreements and the consummation of the transactions
               contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with, or result
               in any breach of, or constitute a default under, (x) the
               memorandum or articles of association of Wassall, (y) any decree,
               judgment or order applicable to Wassall of which such counsel is
               aware or (z) any United Kingdom law or regulation.

                                      -15-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


               In addition, such counsel shall state that although they have not
        independently verified and are not passing upon the accuracy,
        completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration
        Statement or Prospectus (except to the extent specified in paragraphs
        (v) and (x)), no facts have come to the attention of such counsel that
        cause them to believe that the Registration Statement or any amendment
        thereto at the time such Registration Statement or amendment became
        effective contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
        state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
        the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus or any
        supplement thereto, on the date thereof or on the date of such opinion,
        contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a
        material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
        statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
        made, not misleading (it being understood that such counsel need express
        no opinion with respect to the financial statements and related notes,
        the financial statement schedules and the other financial, statistical
        and accounting data included in the Registration Statement or
        Prospectus).

               (b) The Company shall furnish to the Managing Underwriters at the
        time of purchase and at the additional time of purchase, as the case may
        be, an opinion of Robert J. Siverd, Esq., General Counsel of the
        Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the time of purchase or
        the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, with reproduced
        copies for each of the other Underwriters and in form reasonably
        satisfactory to Cahill Gordon & Reindel, counsel for the Underwriters,
        to the effect that:

                     (i) each of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries is
               duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing
               as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which it
               conducts business or owns property and in which the failure,
               singly or in the aggregate, to be so licensed or qualified could
               reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                     (ii) each of the Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated
               and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
               the laws of the state in which such Subsidiary is incorporated,
               with all requisite corporate power and authority to own its
               properties and to conduct its business as described in the
               Registration Statement and the Prospectus;

                     (iii) the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
               Company (including the Shares) have not been issued in violation
               of any preemptive rights under any agreement or arrangement known
               to such counsel; all of the issued and outstanding shares of
               capital stock of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and
               validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and, except
               as described in the Prospectus, are owned, directly or
               indirectly, by the Company free and clear of any pledge, lien,
               encumbrance, security interest, preemptive right or other claim,
               and there are no rights, warrants, options or other agreements to
               acquire or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for any
               shares of capital stock or other equity interest of any
               Subsidiary;

                                      -16-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                     (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of the
               Underwriting Agreements by the Company and the consummation by
               the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and
               will not conflict with, or result in any breach of, or constitute
               a default under (nor constitute any event which with notice,
               lapse of time or both would constitute a breach of or default
               under), the charter or bylaws of the Company or any of the
               Subsidiaries, or any provision of any material license or any
               indenture, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, bank loan or credit
               agreement or any other material agreement or instrument known to
               such counsel to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a
               party or by which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any
               of their properties is bound, or under any Kentucky, Delaware
               corporate or federal law, regulation or rule or any decree,
               judgment or order applicable to the Company or any of the
               Subsidiaries;

                     (v) the Company and each of the Subsidiaries has all
               Material Permits, including without limitation under any
               applicable Environmental Laws, as are necessary to own, lease and
               operate its respective properties and to conduct its business in
               the manner described in the Prospectus;

                     (vi) all contracts or documents of a character required to
               be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
               to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement have been
               so described or filed;

                     (vii) to such counsel's knowledge, no person has the right,
               contractual or otherwise, to cause the Company to issue to it, or
               register pursuant to the Act, any securities of the Company in
               consequence of the sale of the U.S. Shares to the Underwriters
               hereunder or to the International Underwriters under the
               International Underwriting Agreement;

                     (viii) except as described in the Registration Statement
               and the Prospectus, there are no actions, suits or proceedings of
               which such counsel has knowledge pending or threatened against
               the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or any of their
               respective properties, at law or in equity, or before or by any
               federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory
               commission, board, body, authority or agency that individually or
               in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a
               judgment, decree or order having a Material Adverse Effect; and

                     (ix) the statements in the Registration Statement and the
               Prospectus under the captions "Business -- Environmental Matters"
               and "Business -- Legal Proceedings," insofar as they are
               descriptions of laws, regulations and rules, of legal or
               governmental proceedings or of contracts, agreements and other
               legal documents, or refer to statements of law or legal
               conclusions, have been reviewed by such counsel and are accurate
               in all material respects.

               In addition, such counsel shall state that, although he has not
        independently verified and is not passing upon the accuracy,
        completeness or fairness of the statements contained in

                                      -17-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        the Registration Statement or Prospectus (except to the extent specified
        in paragraph (ix)), no facts have come to the attention of such counsel
        that cause him to believe that the Registration Statement or any
        amendment thereto at the time such Registration Statement or amendment
        became effective contained an untrue statement of a material fact or
        omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
        necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the
        Prospectus or any supplement thereto, on the date thereof or on the date
        of such opinion, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or
        omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
        necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
        under which they were made, not misleading (it being understood that
        such counsel need express no opinion with respect to the financial
        statements and related notes, the financial statement schedules and the
        other financial, statistical and accounting data included in the
        Registration Statement or Prospectus).

               (c) The Company shall furnish to the Managing Underwriters at the
        time of purchase and at the additional time of purchase, as the case may
        be, an opinion of Loeff Claeys Verbeke, special Netherlands counsel for
        the Selling Stockholder, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the
        time of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be,
        with reproduced copies for each of the other Underwriters and in form
        reasonably satisfactory to Cahill Gordon & Reindel, counsel for the
        Underwriters, to the effect that:

                     (i) each of the Underwriting Agreements has been duly
               authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of, and
               has been duly executed and delivered by, the Selling Stockholder;

                     (ii) the Selling Stockholder has the corporate power to
               sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by the
               Selling Stockholder in the manner provided in this Agreement and
               the International Underwriting Agreement and to perform its
               obligations thereunder;

                     (iii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated
               hereby and by the International Underwriting Agreement and the
               fulfillment of the terms hereof and of the International
               Underwriting Agreement will not conflict with, or result in any
               breach of, or constitute a default under (nor constitute any
               event which with notice, lapse of time or both would constitute a
               breach of or default under), (a) the Articles of the Selling
               Stockholder, or (b) any law or regulation of The Netherlands; and

                     (iv) no approval, authorization, consent or order of or
               filing with any governmental authority of The Netherlands, other
               than pursuant to any securities law applicable in The Netherlands
               and the notice requirements to the Netherlands Central Bank
               pursuant to the Act on Foreign Financial Relations (Wet
               Financiele Betrekkingen Buitenland) and regulations promulgated
               thereunder, is required in connection with the offering and sale
               of the Shares by the Selling Stockholder as contemplated by the
               Underwriting Agreements.

                                      -18-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


               (d) The Company shall furnish to the Managing Underwriters at the
        date of this Agreement, at the time of purchase and at the additional
        time of purchase, letters from Deloitte & Touche LLP dated,
        respectively, the date of this Agreement and the time of purchase and
        the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, and addressed to
        the Underwriters (with reproduced copies for each of the Underwriters)
        in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters.

               (e) The Managing Underwriters shall have received at the time of
        purchase and at the additional time of purchase, as the case may be, an
        opinion from Cahill Gordon & Reindel in form and substance satisfactory
        to the Managing Underwriters.

               (f) No amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
        the Prospectus shall be filed prior to the time the Registration
        Statement becomes effective to which the Managing Underwriters shall
        have objected in writing.

               (g) The Registration Statement shall become effective at or
        before 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement and,
        if Rule 430A under the Act is used, the Prospectus shall have been filed
        with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act at or before
        5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the second full business day after the
        date of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Company, the Selling
        Stockholder and the Managing Underwriters and any group of Underwriters,
        including the Managing Underwriters, who have agreed hereunder to
        purchase in the aggregate at least 50% of the Firm Shares from time to
        time may agree in writing or by telephone, confirmed in writing, on a
        later date.

               (h) Prior to the time of purchase or the additional time of
        purchase, as the case may be: (i) no stop order suspending the
        effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under
        the Act or proceedings initiated for such purpose under Section 8(d) or
        8(e) of the Act; (ii) the Registration Statement and all amendments
        thereto, if any, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material
        fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
        necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and (iii) the
        Prospectus and all amendments or supplements thereto, if any, shall not
        contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
        material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
        statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
        were made, not misleading.

               (i) Between the time of execution of this Agreement and the time
        of purchase or the additional time of purchase, as the case may be,
        there has not been: (i) any material and adverse change in the
        properties, assets, operations, business, business prospects or
        condition (financial or other) of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken
        as a whole, other than as described in the Registration Statement and
        the Prospectus; or (ii) any transaction that is material to the Company
        and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole entered into by the Company or any
        of the Subsidiaries, other than as described in the Registration
        Statement and the Prospectus; or (iii) any obligation, contingent or
        otherwise, directly or indirectly, incurred by the

                                      -19-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

        Company or any of the Subsidiaries that is material to the Company and
        the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, other than as described in the
        Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

               (j) The Company, at the time of purchase or additional time of
        purchase, as the case may be, shall have delivered to the Managing
        Underwriters a certificate of two of its executive officers to the
        effect that the representations and warranties of the Company as set
        forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of each such date and
        the conditions set forth in Section 8(h) and Section 8(i) have been met.

               (k) The Selling Stockholder, at the time of purchase or
        additional time of purchase, as the case may be, shall have delivered to
        the Managing Underwriters a certificate to the effect that the
        representations and warranties of the Selling Stockholder as set forth
        in this Agreement are true and correct as of each such date.

               (l) The Shares shall have been approved for listing on the New
        York Stock Exchange.

               (m) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant
        to the International Underwriting Agreement shall occur concurrently
        with the purchase and sale of the Shares hereunder.

               (n) The Company shall have furnished to the Selling Stockholder
        and the Managing Underwriters a certificate dated the time of purchase
        (x) pursuant to U.S. Treasury Regulation section 1.897-2(g) stating that
        the Shares do not constitute a United States real property interest and
        (y) stating that the Company has complied with the requirements of U.S.
        Treasury Regulation section 1.897-2(h)(2) or 1.897-2(h)(4) in relation
        to the statement referred to in clause (x) of this paragraph.

               (o) The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have furnished
        to the Managing Underwriters such other documents and certificates as
        the Managing Underwriters reasonably may request.

               (p) The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall have performed
        such of their respective obligations under this Agreement and under the
        International Underwriting Agreement as are to be performed by the terms
        hereof at or before the time of purchase and at or before the additional
        time of purchase, as the case may be.

               9. Effective Date of Agreement; Termination.

               (a) This Agreement shall become effective (i) if Rule 430A under
        the Act is not used, when the Managing Underwriters shall have received
        notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or (ii)
        if Rule 430A under the Act is used, when the parties hereto have
        executed and delivered this Agreement.

                                      -20-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


               (b) The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder shall
        be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of the Managing
        Underwriters or any group of Underwriters (which may include the
        Managing Underwriters) which has agreed to purchase in the aggregate at
        least 50% of the U.S. Firm Shares if, at any time prior to the time of
        purchase or, with respect to the purchase of any Additional Shares, the
        additional time of purchase of such Additional Shares, as the case may
        be, trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been
        suspended or minimum prices shall have been established on the New York
        Stock Exchange or if a banking moratorium shall have been declared
        either by the United States or New York State authorities, or if the
        United States shall have declared war in accordance with its
        constitutional processes or there shall have occurred any material
        outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or international
        calamity or crisis of such magnitude in its effect on, or any material
        adverse change in, any financial market which, in each case, in the
        judgment of the Managing Underwriters or in the judgment of such group
        of Underwriters, makes it impracticable to proceed with the offering of
        the Shares as contemplated hereby. If the Managing Underwriters or any
        group of Underwriters elect to terminate this Agreement as provided in
        this Section 9(b), the Company and each other Underwriter shall be
        notified promptly by letter or telegram.

               (c) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to take up
        and pay for the U.S. Firm Shares to be purchased by it hereunder and if
        the number of U.S. Firm Shares which all Underwriters so defaulting
        shall have agreed but failed to take up and pay for does not exceed 10%
        of the total number of U.S. Firm Shares, the non-defaulting Underwriters
        shall take up and pay for (in addition to the aggregate principal amount
        of U.S. Firm Shares they are obligated to purchase pursuant to Section
        1) the number of U.S. Firm Shares agreed to be purchased by all such
        defaulting Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Such Shares shall be
        taken up and paid for by such non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters
        in such amount or amounts as the Managing Underwriters may designate
        with the consent of each Underwriter so designated or, in the event no
        such designation is made, such Shares shall be taken up and paid for by
        all non-defaulting Underwriters pro rata in proportion to the aggregate
        number of U.S. Firm Shares set opposite the names of such non-defaulting
        Underwriters in Schedule A.

               (d) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to take up
        and pay for the U.S. Firm Shares to be purchased by it hereunder and if
        the number of U.S. Firm Shares which all Underwriters so defaulting
        shall have agreed but failed to take up and pay for exceeds 10% of the
        total number of U.S. Firm Shares, and arrangements satisfactory to the
        Managing Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholder are not
        made within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate
        without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

               (e) Without relieving any defaulting Underwriter from its
        obligations hereunder, the Selling Stockholder agrees with the
        non-defaulting Underwriters that it will not sell any U.S. Firm Shares
        hereunder unless all of the Firm Shares are purchased by the
        Underwriters and the International Underwriters (or by substituted
        underwriters selected by the Managing

                                      -21-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        Underwriters with the approval of the Selling Stockholder or selected by
        the Selling Stockholder with the approval of the Managing Underwriters
        pursuant to Section 9(d)). If a new Underwriter or Underwriters are
        substituted for a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in accordance
        with Section 9(d) hereof or Section 7(d) of the International
        Underwriting Agreement, the Selling Stockholder or the Managing
        Underwriters shall have the right to postpone the time of purchase for a
        period not exceeding five business days in order that any necessary
        change in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and other
        documents may be effected. The term Underwriter as used in this
        Agreement shall refer to and include any Underwriter substituted under
        this Section 9 with like effect as if such substituted Underwriter had
        originally been named in Schedule A.

               (f) If the purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters, as
        contemplated by this Agreement or the International Underwriting
        Agreement, is not consummated for any reason permitted under this
        Agreement or if such purchase is not consummated because the Company or
        the Selling Stockholder shall be unable to comply with any of the terms
        of this Agreement or the International Underwriting Agreement, the
        Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not be under any obligation or
        liability under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in
        Sections 6(a), 7 and 10), and the Underwriters shall be under no
        obligation or liability to the Company or the Selling Stockholder under
        this Agreement (except to the extent provided in Section 10).

               10. Indemnity by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the
Underwriters.

               (a) The Company and the Selling Stockholder, jointly and
        severally, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each
        Underwriter, each person that controls any Underwriter within the
        meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and
        each Underwriter's agents, employees, officers and directors and the
        agents, employees, officers and directors of any such controlling person
        (collectively, the "Underwriter indemnified parties") from and against
        any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses
        (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or
        severally, any Underwriter indemnified party may incur as they are
        incurred (and regardless of whether such Underwriter indemnified party
        is a party to the litigation, if any) arising out of or based upon any
        untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
        contained in the registration statement relating to the Shares or the
        Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, or arising out of or based
        upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
        required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
        therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
        judgments, liabilities or expenses arise out of, or are based upon, any
        such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
        omission based upon and in conformity with information with respect to
        any Underwriter furnished in writing by any Underwriter through the
        Managing Underwriters to the Company expressly for use therein with
        reference to such Underwriter; provided, however, that the Selling
        Stockholder shall not be liable under this Section 10 in an amount
        exceeding the net proceeds to be received by such Selling Stockholder
        (before deducting expenses) from the sale of Shares hereunder.
        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification contained in this
        paragraph

                                      -22-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        with respect to any Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the
        benefit of any Underwriter indemnified party for any liability arising
        from or based upon an untrue statement or omission made in a Preliminary
        Prospectus if (i) it is established in the related proceeding that such
        Underwriter failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus (as amended
        or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished such amendments or
        supplements thereto to such Underwriter reasonably prior to the written
        confirmation of such sale) to such person with or prior to the written
        confirmation of such sale, if required by applicable law, and (ii) such
        untrue statement or omission of a material fact in or from such
        Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus (as amended or
        supplemented if amended or supplemented as aforesaid). This indemnity
        agreement will be in addition to any liability the Company or the
        Selling Stockholder otherwise may have.

               (b) If any action or proceeding (including any governmental or
        regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted
        against any Underwriter indemnified party, with respect to which
        indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Selling Stockholder
        pursuant to this Section 10, such Underwriter indemnified party shall
        promptly notify the Company and the Selling Stockholder in writing, and
        the Company and/or the Selling Stockholder (as they determine between
        themselves in their discretion) shall assume the defense thereof
        (individually or collectively, the "Defending Party"), including the
        employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter
        indemnified party and payment of all fees and expenses; provided,
        however, at the omission so to notify the Company and the Selling
        Stockholder shall not relieve them from any liability that they may have
        to any Underwriter indemnified party except to the extent that the
        indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby. An Underwriter
        indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any
        such action or proceeding and to assume the defense thereof, but the
        fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such
        Underwriter indemnified party unless (i) the employment of such counsel
        has been authorized in writing by the Defending Party, (ii) the
        Defending Party has failed promptly to assume the defense and employ
        counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter indemnified party or
        (iii) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any
        impleaded parties) include both the Underwriter indemnified party and
        the Defending Party and such Underwriter indemnified party shall have
        reasonably concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses
        available to it that are different from or additional to those available
        to the Defending Party (in which case the Defending Party shall not have
        the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such
        Underwriter indemnified party), in any of which events such fees and
        expenses shall be borne by the Defending Party and reimbursed as they
        are incurred. It is understood, however, that the Defending Party shall
        not, in connection with any one such action or separate but
        substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction
        arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable
        for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys
        (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Underwriter
        indemnified parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by
        Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., and that all such fees and expenses shall be
        reimbursed as they are incurred. The Company and the Selling Stockholder
        shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action effected
        without the written consent of the Defending Party (which consent shall
        not be unreasonably

                                      -23-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        withheld or delayed), but if settled with the written consent of the
        Defending Party, or if there is a final judgment with respect thereto,
        the Company and the Selling Stockholder agree to indemnify and hold
        harmless each Underwriter indemnified party from and against any loss or
        liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

               (c) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold
        harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the
        Registration Statement, and any person that controls the Company within
        the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act
        (collectively, the "Company indemnified parties") and the Selling
        Stockholder, its directors and any person that controls the Selling
        Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of
        the Exchange Act (collectively, the "Selling Stockholder indemnified
        parties") to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company
        and the Selling Stockholder to the Underwriter indemnified parties, but
        only with respect to information concerning such Underwriter furnished
        in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through the Managing
        Underwriters to the Company expressly for use with respect to such
        Underwriter in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or
        the Prospectus. In case any action shall be brought against any Company
        indemnified party or the Selling Stockholder based on the Registration
        Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus and in respect
        of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to
        this Section 10(c), such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties
        given to the Company and the Selling Stockholder by Section 10(b)
        (except that if the Company and/or the Selling Stockholder shall have
        assumed the defense thereof such Underwriter shall not be required to do
        so, but may employ separate counsel therein and participate in the
        defense thereof, provided, however, that the fees and expenses of such
        separate counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), and the
        Company indemnified parties and the Selling Stockholder indemnified
        parties shall have the rights and duties given to the Underwriter
        indemnified parties by Section 10(b).

               (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 10 is
        unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless any Underwriter
        indemnified party or any Company indemnified party or the Selling
        Stockholder, then the party required to indemnify such indemnified party
        under this Section 10, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party,
        shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party
        as a result of such losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities and
        expenses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the
        relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on
        the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of
        the Shares, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is
        not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to
        reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above
        but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder
        on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection
        with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims,
        damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant
        equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company
        and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
        other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total
        proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and
        commis-

                                      -24-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        sions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the
        Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and
        commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in
        the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the
        Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters
        on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other
        things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
        material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material
        fact relates to information supplied by the Company, by the Selling
        Stockholder or by the Underwriters, and the parties' relative intent,
        knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
        such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a
        result of the losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities and
        expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other
        fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
        investigating or defending any claim or action.

               The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree
        that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
        Section 10(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other
        method of allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one
        entity for such purpose) that does not take account of the equitable
        considerations referred to in this Section 10(d). Notwithstanding the
        provisions of this Section 10(d), no Underwriter indemnified party shall
        be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which
        the total price at which the Shares underwritten by such Underwriter
        indemnified party and distributed to the public were offered to the
        public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter
        indemnified party otherwise has been required to pay by reason of such
        untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
        omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
        meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution
        from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
        The Underwriters' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10
        are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments
        and are not joint.

               (e) The statements in the seventh and twentieth paragraphs under
        the caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus (to the extent such
        statements relate to an Underwriter) and the last paragraph on the cover
        page of the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished to the
        Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use in the
        Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

               (f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this
        Section 10 and the representations, warranties and covenants of the
        Company and the Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement shall
        remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by
        or on behalf of any Underwriter indemnified party or by or on behalf of
        any Company indemnified party or any Selling Stockholder indemnified
        party, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the
        delivery of the Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 10(b) and
        Section 10(c), the Company, the Selling Stockholder and each Underwriter
        agree promptly to notify the others of the commencement of any
        litigation or proceeding

                                      -25-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


        against it in connection with the sale of the Shares or in connection
        with the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

               (g) The Company and the Selling Stockholder may agree, as between
        themselves, as to their respective amounts of liability under this
        Section 10 for which they each shall be responsible and as to which of
        them shall control the defense of any proceeding, but no such agreement
        shall limit the rights of the Underwriters or any Underwriter
        indemnified party against either the Company or the Selling Stockholder.

               11. Guarantee by Wassall. Wassall unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees to the Underwriters the performance of the Selling Stockholder's
obligations under the Underwriting Agreements.

               12. Notices. Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements,
requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to
the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., 535 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022,
Attention: Syndicate Department; if to the Company, shall be sufficient in all
respects if delivered or sent to the Company at the offices of the Company at
General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076,
Attention: General Counsel; if to the Selling Stockholder, shall be sufficient
in all respects, if delivered or sent to Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., c/o
Wassall PLC, 39 Victoria Street, London 5W1H OEE, Attention: Company Secretary;
and it to Wassall, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to
Wassall PLC, 39 Victoria Street, London 5W1H OEE, Attention: Company Secretary.

               13. Construction. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD
TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF. THE SECTION HEADINGS IN THIS
AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN INSERTED AS A MATTER OF CONVENIENCE OF REFERENCE AND ARE NOT
A PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.

               14. Parties at Interest. The Agreement herein set forth has been
and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling
Stockholder, the Underwriter indemnified parties, the Company indemnified
parties and the Selling Stockholder indemnified parties, and their respective
successors, assigns, executors and administrators. No other person, partnership,
association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any
of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement.

               15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed by the parties in
counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among
the parties.

                                      -26-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


               If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the
Company, the Selling Stockholder, Wassall and the Underwriters, please so
indicate in the space provided below for such purpose, whereupon this letter and
your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement among the Company, the
Selling Stockholder, Wassall and the Underwriters, severally.

                                               Very truly yours,

                                               GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                               By:
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                               WASSALL NETHERLANDS CABLE B.V.

                                               By:
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                               WASSALL PLC

                                               By:
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


Accepted and agreed to as of the date first
  above written, on behalf of themselves
  and the other several Underwriters
  named in Schedule A

DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER
  & SMITH INCORPORATED.
By: DILLON, READ & CO. INC.


By:
   --------------------------------------
   Name:
   Title:

                                      -27-



<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A
                                   ----------


                                                     Number of U.S.
Underwriter                                          Firm Shares 

Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
  Incorporated



<PAGE>





<PAGE>




                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION


                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ($.01 PAR VALUE)


                      INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT




          , 1997



<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                      INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
                                                                          , 1997

DILLON READ & CO. INC.
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
SWISS BANK CORPORATION (acting
 through its division SBC Warburg)
 as Managing Underwriters
c/o Dillon, Read & Co. Inc.
535 Madison Avenue
New York, New York  10022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

               Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., a Netherlands corporation
(hereinafter referred to as the "Selling Stockholder"), proposes to sell to the
international underwriters named in Schedule A annexed hereto (the
"Underwriters"), for whom Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., Merrill Lynch International
and Swiss Bank Corporation (acting through its division SBC Warburg) are acting
as Managing Underwriters, an aggregate of 3,380,000 shares (the "Shares") of
Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Stock"), of General Cable Corporation,
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"). The Shares are described in the
Prospectus which is referred to below.

                It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company
and the Selling Stockholder are concurrently entering into an agreement (the
"U.S. Underwriting Agreement") providing for the sale by the Selling Stockholder
of an aggregate of 13,520,000 shares of Common Stock, and the granting of an
over-allotment option with respect to up to an aggregate of 2,535,000 additional
shares by the Selling Stockholder thereunder (together, the "U.S. Shares"),
through arrangements with certain underwriters in the United States and Canada
(the "U.S. Underwriters"), for whom Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. and Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as U.S. Managing Underwriters.
Anything herein or therein to the contrary notwithstanding, the respective
closings under this Agreement and the U.S. Underwriting Agreement are hereby
expressly made conditional on one another. The Underwriters hereunder and the
U.S. Underwriters are simultaneously entering into an Agreement between U.S. and
International Underwriters (the "Agreement Between Underwriters") which
provides, among other things, for the transfer of shares of Common Stock between
the two syndicates and for consultation by the Managing Underwriters with the
U.S. Managing Underwriters. Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection
with the offering and sale of shares of Common Stock contemplated by the
foregoing, one relating to the Shares hereunder and the other relating to the
U.S. Shares. The latter form of prospectus will be identical to the former
except for certain substitute pages as included in the registration statement
and amendments thereto as mentioned below. References herein to any prospectus,
whether in preliminary or final form, and whether amended or supplemented, shall
include both the international and U.S. versions thereof.

                                      

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



               In addition, this Agreement incorporates by reference certain
provisions from the U.S. Underwriting Agreement (including related definitions
of terms, which are also used elsewhere herein) and, for purposes of applying
the same, references (whether in these precise words or their equivalent) in the
incorporated provisions to the "Underwriters" shall be to the Underwriters
hereunder, to the "Shares" shall be to the Shares hereunder as defined above, to
"this Agreement" (meaning therein the U.S. Underwriting Agreement) shall be to
this Agreement (except where this Agreement is already referred to or as the
context otherwise may require) and to the "Managing Underwriters" shall be to
the addressees of this Agreement and, in general, all such provisions and
defined terms shall be applied mutatis mutandis as if the incorporated
provisions were set forth in full herein having regard to their context in this
Agreement as opposed to the U.S. Underwriting Agreement.

               The Company has filed, in accordance with the provisions of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder
(collectively called the "Act"), with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No.
333-22961), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The Company has
furnished to you, for use by the Underwriters and by dealers, copies of one or
more preliminary prospectuses (each thereof being herein called a "Preliminary
Prospectus") relating to the Shares. Except as specified, the registration
statement as in effect at the time of execution of this Agreement or, if the
registration statement is not yet effective, as amended when it becomes
effective, including all financial schedules and exhibits thereto filed as a
part thereof, together with any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule
462(b) under the Act, and including any information contained in a prospectus
subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act and
deemed to be part of such registration statements at the time of effectiveness
pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act, is herein called the "Registration
Statement", and the prospectus, in the form filed by the Company with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act or, if no such filing is
required, the form of final prospectus included in the Registration Statement at
the time it became effective, is herein called the "Prospectus".

               The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree
as follows:

                1. Sale and Purchase. The Selling Stockholder agrees to sell to
the respective Underwriters and, upon the basis of the warranties and
representations and the other terms and conditions herein set forth, each of the
Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Selling
Stockholder, the aggregate number of Shares set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule A annexed hereto, in each case at a purchase price of
$[ ] per Share. The Managing Underwriters shall release the Shares for public
sale at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus
promptly after this Agreement becomes effective. The Managing Underwriters may
from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price after the
initial public offering to such extent as the Managing Underwriters may
determine.

                2. Payment and Delivery. Payment of the purchase price for the
Shares shall be made to the Selling Stockholder by wire transfer of immediately
available funds, at the office of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. in New York City, or
at such other place as may be agreed to by the Managing Underwriters, the
Company and the Selling Stockholder, against delivery of the certificates for
the

                                      -2-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Shares to you for the respective accounts of the Underwriters. Such payment and
delivery shall be made at 9:30 A.M., New York City time, on May , 1997 (unless
another time shall be agreed to by the Managing Underwriters, the Company and
the Selling Stockholder or unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 7(e) hereof). The time at which such payment and delivery are actually
made is hereinafter sometimes called the "time of purchase." Certificates for
the Shares shall be delivered to the Managing Underwriters in definitive form in
such names and in such denominations as the Managing Underwriters shall specify
on the second business day preceding the time of purchase. For the purpose of
expediting the checking of the certificates for the Shares by the Managing
Underwriters, the Selling Stockholder agrees to make such certificates available
to the Managing Underwriters for such purpose at least one full business day
preceding the time of purchase. As used herein, "business day" shall mean a day
on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

                3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
hereby makes to the Underwriters the same representations and warranties made by
it in Section 3 of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is
incorporated herein by this reference.

                4. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholder.
The Selling Stockholder hereby makes to the Underwriters the same covenants made
by it in Section 6 of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is
incorporated herein by this reference.

                5. Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses. If the Shares are
not delivered for any reason, other than the failure of the Underwriters to
purchase the Shares (unless such failure is permitted under the provisions of
Section 7(b)), the Selling Stockholder will reimburse the Underwriters for all
of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements
of their counsel.

                6. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The several
obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling
Stockholder on the date hereof and at the time of purchase, the performance in
all material respects by each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder of
their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to the time
of purchase, the conditions identical to those set forth in Section 8 of the
U.S. Underwriting Agreement, which Section is incorporated herein by this
reference, and the additional condition that the closing of the purchase and
sale of the U.S. Shares pursuant to the U.S. Underwriting Agreement shall occur
concurrently with the closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares hereunder.

                7. Effective Date of Agreement; Termination. (a) This Agreement
shall become effective (i) if Rule 430A under the Act is not used, when you
shall have received notification of the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement, or (ii) if Rule 430A under the Act is used, when the parties hereto
have executed and delivered this Agreement.

                (b) The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder shall
be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of you or any group of
Underwriters (which may include you) which has agreed to purchase in the
aggregate at least 50% of the Shares if, at any time prior to the time of

                                       -3-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

purchase, trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been
suspended or minimum prices shall have been established on the New York Stock
Exchange or if a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by the
United States or New York State authorities, or if the United States shall have
declared war in accordance with its constitutional processes or there shall have
occurred any material outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or
international calamity or crisis of such magnitude in its effect on, or any
material adverse change in, any financial market which, in each case, in your
judgment or in the judgment of such group of Underwriters, makes it
impracticable to proceed with the offering of the Shares as contemplated hereby.
If you or any group of Underwriters elect to terminate this Agreement as
provided in this Section 7(b), the Company and each other Underwriter shall be
notified promptly by letter or telegram.

               (c) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to take up
and pay for the Shares to be purchased by it hereunder and if the number of
Shares which all Underwriters so defaulting shall have agreed but failed to take
up and pay for does not exceed 10% of the total number of Shares, the
non-defaulting Underwriters shall take up and pay for (in addition to the
aggregate principal amount of Shares they are obligated to purchase pursuant to
Section 1) the number of Shares agreed to be purchased by all such defaulting
Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Such Shares shall be taken up and paid for
by such non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in such amount or amounts as
you may designate with the consent of each Underwriter so designated or, in the
event no such designation is made, such Shares shall be taken up and paid for by
all non-defaulting Underwriters pro rata in proportion to the aggregate number
of Shares set opposite the names of such non-defaulting Underwriters in Schedule
A.

               (d) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to take up
and pay for the Shares to be purchased by it hereunder and if the number of
Shares which all Underwriters so defaulting shall have agreed but failed to take
up and pay for exceeds 10% of the total number of Shares, and arrangements
satisfactory to you, the Company and the Selling Stockholder are not made within
48 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on
the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

                (e) Without relieving any defaulting Underwriter from its
obligations hereunder, the Selling Stockholder agrees with the non-defaulting
Underwriters that it will not sell any Shares hereunder unless all of the Shares
are purchased by the Underwriters and the International Underwriters (or by
substituted underwriters selected by you with the approval of the Selling
Stockholder or selected by the Selling Stockholder with your approval pursuant
to Section 7(d)). If a new Underwriter or Underwriters are substituted for a
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in accordance with Section 7(d) of this
Agreement or Section 9(d) of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, the Selling
Stockholder or you shall have the right to postpone the time of purchase for a
period not exceeding five business days in order that any necessary change in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and other documents may be
effected. The term Underwriter as used in this Agreement shall refer to and
include any Underwriter substituted under this Section 7 with like effect as if
such substituted Underwriter had originally been named in Schedule A.


                                       -4-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                (f) If the purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters, as
contemplated by this Agreement or the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, is not
consummated for any reason permitted under this Agreement or if such purchase is
not consummated because the Company or the Selling Stockholder shall be unable
to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement or the U.S. Underwriting
Agreement, the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not be under any
obligation or liability under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in
Section 6(a) of the U.S. Underwriting Agreement or Section 8 of this Agreement),
and the Underwriters shall be under no obligation or liability to the Company
under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in Section 8).

                8. Indemnity by the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the
Underwriters. (a) The Company and the Selling Stockholder, jointly and
severally, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, each
person that controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act
or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each Underwriter's agents, employees,
officers and directors and the agents, employees, officers and directors of any
such controlling person (collectively, the "Underwriter indemnified parties")
from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities and
expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or
severally, any Underwriter indemnified party may incur as they are incurred (and
regardless of whether such Underwriter indemnified party is a party to the
litigation, if any) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the registration statement
relating to the Shares or the Prospectus or any Preliminary Prospectus, or
arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
judgments, liabilities or expenses arise out of, or are based upon, any such
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon
and in conformity with information with respect to any Underwriter furnished in
writing by any Underwriter through the Managing Underwriters to the Company
expressly for use therein with reference to such Underwriter; provided, however,
that no Selling Stockholder shall be liable under this Section 10 in an amount
exceeding the net proceeds to be received by such Selling Stockholder (before
deducting expenses) from the sale of Shares hereunder. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the indemnification contained in this paragraph with respect to any
Preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of the Underwriter
indemnified parties for any liability arising from or based upon an untrue
statement or omission made in a Preliminary Prospectus if (i) it is established
in the related proceeding that such Underwriter failed to send or give a copy of
the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if any amendments or supplements
thereto shall have been furnished to such Underwriter prior to the written
confirmation of such sale) to such person with or prior to the written
confirmation of such sale, if required by applicable law, and (ii) such untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was completely
corrected in the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if amended or
supplemented as aforesaid) and such Prospectus does not contain any other untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that was the
subject matter of the related proceeding. This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability the Company or the Selling Stockholder otherwise may
have.

                (b) If any action or proceeding (including any governmental or
regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any
Underwriter indemnified party, with re-

                                       -5-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

spect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company or the Selling
Stockholder pursuant to this Section 8, such Underwriter indemnified party shall
promptly notify the Company and the Selling Stockholder in writing, and the
Company and/or the Selling Stockholder (as they determine between themselves in
their discretion) shall assume the defense thereof (individually or
collectively,  the  "Defending Party")  including  the  employment of counsel
reasonably   satisfactory   to   the  Underwriter   indemnified   party  and
payment   of  all   fees   and expenses;  provided,  however, at  the omission
so  to  notify   the  Company  and  the  Selling  Stockholder   shall not
relieve them from any liability that they may have to any Underwriter
indemnified   party   except  to  the  extent  that  the indemnifying party
is materially prejudiced thereby. An Underwriter indemnified party shall have
the right to employ separate counsel in any such action or proceeding and to
assume the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be
at the expense of such Underwriter indemnified party unless (i) the employment
of such counsel has been authorized in writing by the Defending Party, (ii) the
Defending Party has failed promptly to assume the defense and employ counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter indemnified party or (iii) the named
parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties)
include both the Underwriter indemnified party and the Defending Party and such
Underwriter indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be
one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional
to those available to the Defending Party (in which case the Defending Party
shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such
Underwriter indemnified party), in any of which events such fees and expenses
shall be borne by the Defending Party and reimbursed as they are incurred. It is
understood, however, that the Defending Party shall not, in connection with any
one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the
same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances,
be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys
(in addition to any local counsel) at any time for all such Underwriter
indemnified parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by Dillon, Read &
Co. Inc., and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are
incurred. The Company and the Selling Stockholder shall not be liable for any
settlement of any such action effected without the written consent of the
Defending Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed),
but if settled with the written consent of the Defending Party, or if there is a
final judgment with respect thereto, the Company and the Selling Stockholder
agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter indemnified party from and
against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. 

                (c) Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration
Statement, and any person that controls the Company within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively, the
"Company indemnified parties") and the Selling Stockholder, its directors and
any  person  that  controls  the  Selling  Stockholder  within the meaning
of  Section   15   of   the   Act  or   Section  20  of  the  Exchange  Act
(collectively,   the   "Selling   Stockholder  indemnified   parties"), to
the   same   extent  as the  foregoing  indemnity from the Company and the
Selling   Stockholder   to   the  Underwriter  indemnified  parties, but
only with respect to information concerning such Underwriter furnished in
writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you to the Company expressly
for use with respect to such Underwriter in the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus. In case any action shall be brought
against any Company indemnified party or the Selling Stockholder based on the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus and in
respect of which in-

                                       -6-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
demnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to this Section 8(c),
such Underwriter shall have the rights and duties given to the Company and the
Selling Stockholder by Section 8(b) (except that if the Company and/or the
Selling Stockholder shall have assumed the defense thereof such Underwriter
shall not be required to do so, but may employ separate counsel therein and
participate in the defense thereof, provided that the fees and expenses of such
separate counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), and the Company
indemnified parties and the Selling Stockholder shall have the rights and duties
given to the Underwriter indemnified parties by Section 8(b).

                (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless any Underwriter indemnified
party or any Company indemnified party or the Selling Stockholder, then the
party required to indemnify such indemnified party under this Section 8, in lieu
of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages,
judgments, liabilities and expenses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling
Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the
offering of the Shares, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above
is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also
the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholder on the one hand and
the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and
commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the
Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions
received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the
cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling
Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission
to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, by the
Selling Stockholder or by the Underwriters, and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses referred to above
shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably
incurred by such party in connection with investigating or defending any claim
or action.

                The Company, the Selling Stockholder and the Underwriters agree
that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section
8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation
(even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) that does
not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section
8(d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(d), no Underwriter
indemnified party shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by such
Underwriter indemnified party and distributed to the public were offered to the
public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter indemnified
party otherwise has been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement or omission or

                                       -7-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The
Underwriters' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several
in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and are not joint.

               (e) The statements in the seventh and twentieth paragraphs under
the caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus (to the extent such statements
relate to an Underwriter) and the last paragraph on the cover page of the
Prospectus constitute the only information furnished to the Company in writing
by such Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.

               (f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this
Section 8 and the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company and
the Selling Stockholder contained in this Agreement shall remain in full force
and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any
Underwriter indemnified party or by or on behalf of any Company indemnified
party or any Selling Stockholder indemnified party, and shall survive any
termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Shares.
Subject to the provisions of Section 8(b) and Section 8(c), the Company, the
Selling Stockholder and each Underwriter agree promptly to notify the other of
the commencement of any litigation or proceeding against it in connection with
the issuance and sale of the Shares or in connection with the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus.

                (g) The Company and the Selling Stockholder may agree, as
between themselves, as to their respective amounts of liability under this
Section 8 for which they each shall be responsible and as to which of them shall
control the defense of any proceeding, but no such agreement shall limit the
rights of the Underwriters or any Underwriter indemnified party against either
the Company of the Selling Stockholder.

                9. Guarantee by Wassall. Wassall unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantees to the Underwriters the performance of the Selling Stockholder's
obligations under the Underwriting Agreements.

               10. Notices. Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements,
requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to
the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to
Dillon, Read & Co. Inc., 535 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022,
Attention: Syndicate Department; if to the Company, shall be sufficient in all
respects if delivered or sent to the Company at the offices of the Company at
General Cable Corporation, 4 Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076,
Attention: General Counsel; and if to the Selling Stockholder, shall be
sufficient in all respects, if delivered or sent to Wassall Netherlands Cable
B.V., c/o Wassall PLC, 39 Victoria Street, London 5W1H OEE, Attention: Company
Secretary; and if to Wassall, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered
or sent to Wassall PLC, 39 Victoria Street, London 5W1H OEE, Attention: Company
Secretary.

               11. Construction. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD
TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF. THE SECTION

                                       -8-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

HEADINGS IN THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN INSERTED AS A MATTER OF CONVENIENCE OF
REFERENCE AND ARE NOT A PART OF THIS AGREEMENT.

                12. Parties at Interest. The Agreement herein set forth has been
and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters, the Company, the Selling
Stockholder, the Underwriter indemnified parties, the Company indemnified
parties and the Selling Stockholder indemnified parties, and their respective
successors, assigns, executors and administrators. No other person, partnership,
association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any
of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this
Agreement.

                13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed by the parties in
counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among
the parties.

                                       -9


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among
the Company, the Selling Stockholder, Wassall and the Underwriters, please so
indicate in the space provided below for such purpose, whereupon this letter and
your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement among the Company, the
Selling Stockholder, Wassall and the Underwriters, severally.

                                       Very truly yours,
                                       
                                       GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION


                                       By:   __________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:


                                       WASSALL NETHERLANDS CABLE B.V.


                                       By:   __________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:


                                       WASSALL PLC


                                       By:   __________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:




Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above writ-
   ten, on behalf of themselves and the other several
   Underwriters named in Schedule A

DILLON, READ & CO. INC.
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
SWISS BANK CORPORATION (acting
   through its division SBC Warburg)

By:  DILLON, READ & CO. INC.

By:  __________________________________
       Name:
       Title:
                                      -10-


<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A


                                                                      Number of
        Underwriter                                                   Shares

Dillon Read & Co. Inc.................................................[        ]
Merrill Lynch International...........................................[        ]
Swiss Bank Corporation (acting through its division SBC Warburg)......[        ]





<PAGE>





<PAGE>




NUMBER                                                  SHARES

CC

                  Common Stock
                  Par Value $.01 Per Share

                  General Cable Corporation
                                [LOGO]

                  Incorporated under the Laws
                  of the State of Delaware

THIS CERTIFIES THAT                                            CUSIP 369300 10 8
is the owner of                              See Reverse For Certain Definitions


                  FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE
$.01 PER SHARE, OF General Cable Corporation transfer of which is registrable on
the share register of the Corporation, upon the surrender of this Certificate
properly endorsed. This Certificate is by the Transfer Agent and registered by
the Registrar.

                  Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the
facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

                                                 President and Chief
                                                 Executive Officer

                                                 Executive Vice President
                                                 General Counsel and Secretary

Countersigned and Registered:
         ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

By:                          Transfer Agent
                             and Registrar

                    Authorized Signature


<PAGE>


<PAGE>





                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                  THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO ANY SHAREHOLDER
WHO SO REQUESTS A FULL STATEMENT OF THE AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK AND OF ALL
DESIGNATIONS, VOTING RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, LIMITATIONS AND SPECIAL RIGHTS OF THE
SHARES OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES OF THE CAPITAL STOCK AUTHORIZED TO BE ISSUED SO
FAR AS THEY HAVE BEEN FIXED AND DETERMINED, AND OF THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF
DIRECTORS TO FIX AND DETERMINE THE DESIGNATIONS, VOTING RIGHTS, PREFERENCES,
LIMITATIONS AND SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OR SERIES OF SHARES OF THE
CORPORATION.

                  The following abbreviation, when used in the inscription on
the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out
in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

JT TEN  -  as joint tenants             UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-_____Custodian______
           with rights of                                 (Cust)        (Minor)
           survivorship and             under Uniform Gifts to Minors
           not as tenants in            Act ___________________________
           common                                 (State)



TEN COM -  as tenants in
           common

TEN ENT -  as tenants by the
           entireties

                   Additional abbreviations may also be used
                        though not in the above list.

                  For value received, ________________________  hereby sell,
assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
                                 -----------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Please Print or Typewrite Name and Address of Assignee

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  shares of the capital stock
- ----------------------------------------------
represented by the within certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute
and appoint

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------Attorney to

                                        2


<PAGE>


<PAGE>





transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full
power of substitution in the premises.

Date
     ----------------------------------
                                            --------------------------------
                                            Notice: The signature to this
                                            assignment must correspond with the
                                            name as written upon the face of the
                                            certificate in every particular,
                                            without alteration or enlargement or
                                            any change whatsoever.


                                        3


<PAGE>






<PAGE>


                     [Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP letterhead]

                                  May 14, 1997

General Cable Corporation
4 Tennessee Drive
Highland Heights, Kentucky  41076

Gentlemen:

                  We have acted as counsel to General Cable Corporation (the
"Company") in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No.
333-22961 (the "Registration Statement"), pertaining to the registration of a
proposed offering of up to 19,435,000 shares of the common stock, $0.01 par
value (the "Common Stock") of the Company (including 2,535,000 shares subject to
an underwriters' over-allotment option), all of which are currently outstanding
and which are proposed to be offered by the stockholder of the Company
(collectively, the "Shares"). Capitalized terms defined in the Registration
Statement and used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as so
defined.

                  In so acting, we have participated in the preparation of the
Registration Statement, and we have examined originals or copies, certified or
otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such corporate records and other
instruments, and such certificates or comparable documents of public officials
and of officers and representatives of the Company, and have made such inquiries
of such officers and representatives, as we have deemed relevant and necessary
as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth.

                  In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all
documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of
all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and
the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. 


<PAGE>


<PAGE>



As to all questions of fact material to this opinion that have not been
independently established,we have relied upon certificates or comparable
documents of officers and representatives of the Company.

                  Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications
stated herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been validly issued
and are fully paid and non-assessable.

                  The opinions expressed herein are limited to the corporate
laws of the State of Delaware, and we express no opinion as to the effect on the
matters covered by this letter of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

                  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the
section entitled "Legal Matters" in the prospectus included in the Registration
Statement.

                                                Very truly yours,


                                        2

<PAGE>


<PAGE>












                                        3



<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                                                                   Contents, p.b

                                                                            Page

================================================================================




                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                   dated as of

                                  May [ ], 1997

                                      among

                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                           The Borrowing Subsidiaries
                                  Party Hereto

                            The Lenders Party Hereto

                                       and

                            THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
                             as Administrative Agent

                           ---------------------------


                              CHASE SECURITIES INC.
                                   as Arranger

================================================================================




<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                                  Contents, p. c

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----



<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
<S>              <C>                                                                       <C>
                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

SECTION 1.01.    Defined Terms.........................................................       1
SECTION 1.02.    Classification of Loans and                                                 21
                   Borrowings..........................................................
SECTION 1.03.    Terms Generally.......................................................      21
SECTION 1.04.    Accounting Terms; GAAP................................................      22


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   The Credits

SECTION 2.01.    Commitments...........................................................      23
SECTION 2.02.    Loans and Borrowings..................................................      23
SECTION 2.03.    Requests for Revolving Borrowings.....................................      24
SECTION 2.04.    Competitive Bid Procedure.............................................      25
SECTION 2.05.    Swingline Loans.......................................................      28
SECTION 2.06.    Letters of Credit.....................................................      29
SECTION 2.07.    Funding of Borrowings.................................................      35
SECTION 2.08.    Interest Elections....................................................      35
SECTION 2.09.    Termination and Reduction of
                   Commitments.........................................................      37
SECTION 2.10.    Repayment of Loans; Evidence of
                     Debt..............................................................      38
SECTION 2.11.    Prepayment of Loans...................................................      39
SECTION 2.12.    Fees..................................................................      40
SECTION 2.13.    Interest..............................................................      41
SECTION 2.14.    Alternate Rate of Interest............................................      42
SECTION 2.15.    Increased Costs.......................................................      43
SECTION 2.16.    Break Funding Payments................................................      45
SECTION 2.17.    Taxes.................................................................      45
SECTION 2.18.    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment;
                   Sharing of Setoffs..................................................      46
SECTION 2.19.    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of
                   Lenders.............................................................      49
SECTION 2.20.    Borrowing Subsidiaries................................................      50
</TABLE>





<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                                 Contents, p. ii
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
<S>              <C>                                                                       <C>
                                   ARTICLE III

                         Representations and Warranties

SECTION 3.01.    Organization; Powers..................................................      50
SECTION 3.02.    Authorization; Enforceability.........................................      51
SECTION 3.03.    Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts..................................      51
SECTION 3.04.    Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.......................      51
SECTION 3.05.    Properties............................................................      52
SECTION 3.06.    Litigation and Environmental Matters..................................      52
SECTION 3.07.    Compliance with Laws and
                   Agreements..........................................................      53
SECTION 3.08.    Investment and Holding Company Status.................................      53
SECTION 3.09.    Taxes.................................................................      53
SECTION 3.10.    ERISA.................................................................      53
SECTION 3.11.    Disclosure............................................................      54
SECTION 3.12.    Subsidiaries..........................................................      54
SECTION 3.13.    Solvency..............................................................      54
SECTION 3.14.    Federal Reserve Regulations...........................................      55


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Conditions

SECTION 4.01.    Effective Date........................................................      55
SECTION 4.02.    Each Credit Event.....................................................      57
SECTION 4.03.    Each Borrowing Subsidiary Credit Event................................      58

                                    ARTICLE V

                              Affirmative Covenants

SECTION 5.01.    Financial Statements and Other Information............................      59
SECTION 5.02.    Notices of Material Events............................................      60
SECTION 5.03.    Existence; Conduct of Business........................................      61
SECTION 5.04.    Payment of Obligations................................................      61
SECTION 5.05.    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance..................................      61

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                                Contents, p. iii

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
<S>              <C>                                                                       <C>

SECTION 5.06.    Books and Records; Inspection Rights..................................      62
SECTION 5.07.    Compliance with Laws..................................................      62
SECTION 5.08.    Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit.................................      62
SECTION 5.09.    Further Assurances....................................................      62

                                   ARTICLE VI
                               Negative Covenants

SECTION 6.01.    Subsidiary Indebtedness...............................................      63
SECTION 6.02.    Liens.................................................................      64
SECTION 6.03.    Fundamental Changes...................................................      65
SECTION 6.04.    Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions.............      66
SECTION 6.05.    Hedging Agreements....................................................      67
SECTION 6.06.    Restricted Payments...................................................      67
SECTION 6.07.    Transactions with Affiliates..........................................      68
SECTION 6.08.    Restrictive Agreements................................................      68
SECTION 6.09.    Sale and Lease-Back Transactions......................................      69
SECTION 6.10.    Leverage Ratio........................................................      69
SECTION 6.11.    Interest Coverage Ratio...............................................      69

                                   ARTICLE VII

Events of Default......................................................................      70

                                  ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent...............................................................      73

                                   ARTICLE IX

Guarantee..............................................................................      76

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                 Contents, p. iv
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Page
                                                                                            ----
<S>              <C>                                                                       <C>

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01.   Notices...............................................................      78
SECTION 10.02.   Waivers; Amendments...................................................      78
SECTION 10.03.   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver....................................      80
SECTION 10.04.   Successors and Assigns................................................      81
SECTION 10.05.   Survival..............................................................      85
SECTION 10.06.   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness..............................      85
SECTION 10.07.   Severability..........................................................      86
SECTION 10.08.   Right of Setoff.......................................................      86
SECTION 10.09.   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process............      86
SECTION 10.10.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL..................................................      87
SECTION 10.11.   Headings..............................................................      87
SECTION 10.12.   Confidentiality.......................................................      87
SECTION 10.13.   Conversion of Currencies..............................................      88

SCHEDULES:

Schedule 1.01 -- Subsidiary Guarantors and Material Subsidiaries
Schedule 2.01 -- Commitments
Schedule 3.12 -- Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.01 -- Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.02 -- Existing Liens
Schedule 6.08 -- Existing Restrictions

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A -- Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B -- Form of Opinion of Borrower's Counsel
Exhibit C -- Form of Opinion of Borrowing Subsidiary's Counsel
Exhibit D -- Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement
Exhibit E -- Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Termination
Exhibit F -- Form of Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement
Exhibit G -- Form of Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<PAGE>




                                    CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May [ ], 1997,
                           among GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION, the BORROWING
                           SUBSIDIARIES party hereto, the LENDERS party hereto,
                           and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, as Administrative
                           Agent.

                  Wassall Cable Netherlands B.V., a Netherlands corporation,
proposes to sell shares representing approximately 70% of the issued and
outstanding common stock of the Company (such term and each other capitalized
term used but not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in
Article I) in a public offering registered with the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission. The Company has requested the Lenders to establish the
credit facilities provided for herein to be used to repay certain existing
intercompany and bank debt, to distribute dividends to Wassall Netherlands Cable
B.V. and to acquire Carol Cable Europe Ltd. and Carol Cable Company Ltd. and for
the general corporate purposes of the Borrowers, including to finance future
acquisitions. The Lenders are willing to establish such credit facilities upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. Accordingly, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

                  SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the
following terms have the meanings specified below:

                  "ABR", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers
to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

                  "Adjusted LIBO Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar
Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards,
if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for such
Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.

                  "Administrative Agent" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, in its
capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                               2

                  "Administrative Questionnaire" means an Administrative
Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

                  "Affiliate" means, with respect to a specified Person, another
Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls
or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

                  "Alternate Base Rate" means, for any day, a rate per annum
equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Base
CD Rate in effect on such day plus 1% and (c) the Federal Funds Effective Rate
in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due
to a change in the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective
Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in
the Prime Rate, the Base CD Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate,
respectively.

                  "Applicable Percentage" means, with respect to any Lender, the
percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender's Commitment. If
the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be
determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to
any assignments.

                  "Applicable Rate" means, for any day, with respect to any
Eurodollar Revolving Loan, or with respect to the facility fees payable
hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below
under the caption "Eurodollar Spread" or "Facility Fee Rate", as the case may
be, based upon the Leverage Ratio as set forth below:

                                        Eurodollar               Facility Fee
               Leverage Ratio:            Spread                     Rate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Category 1                                 .425%                    .200%
- ----------

Greater than 3.50 to 1.00
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Category 2
- ----------

Less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00
and greater than 3.00 to 1.00              .300%                    .150%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                                               3

                                        Eurodollar               Facility Fee
               Leverage Ratio:            Spread                     Rate
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Category 3
- -----------
Less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00
but greater than 2.50 to 1.00              .250%                    .125%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Category 4
- ----------

Less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00
but greater than 2.00 to 1.00              .200%                   0.100%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Category 5
- ----------

Less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00         .170%                   0.080%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Except as set forth below, the Leverage Ratio used on any date to determine the
Applicable Rate shall be that in effect at the fiscal quarter end next preceding
the Financial Statement Delivery Date occurring on or most recently prior to
such date; provided that from the date hereof until the Financial Statement
Delivery Date next following December 31, 1997, the Eurodollar Spread and
Facility Fee Rate will be determined by reference to Category 3; provided
further, that if any Financial Statement Delivery Date shall have occurred and
the financial statements required to have been delivered under Section 5.01(a)
or (b) by such date have not yet been delivered, the Applicable Rate shall,
until such financial statements shall have been delivered, be determined by
reference to Category 1. For purposes of this definition, "Financial Statement
Delivery Date" means the 90th Day following the end of each fiscal year of the
Company, and the 60th day following the end of each of the first three fiscal
quarters in each fiscal year of the Company.

                  "Assessment Rate" means, for any day, the annual assessment
rate in effect on such day that is payable by a member of the Bank Insurance
Fund classified as "well-capitalized" and within supervisory subgroup "B" (or a
comparable successor risk classification) within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. Part
327 (or any successor provision) to the 


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                               4

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for insurance by such Corporation of
time deposits made in dollars at the offices of such member in the United
States; provided that if, as a result of any change in any law, rule or
regulation, it is no longer possible to determine the Assessment Rate as
aforesaid, then the Assessment Rate shall be such annual rate as shall be
determined by the Administrative Agent to be representative of the cost of such
insurance to the Lenders.

                  "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance
entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose
consent is required by Section 10.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent,
in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

                  "Availability Period" means the period from and including the
Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of
termination of the Commitments.

                  "Base CD Rate" means the sum of (a) the Three-Month Secondary
CD Rate multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate plus (b) the Assessment Rate.

                  "Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System of the United States of America.

                  "Borrower" means the Company or any Borrowing Subsidiary.

                  "Borrowing" means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made,
converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as
to which a single Interest Period is in effect, (b) a Competitive Loan or group
of Competitive Loans of the same Type made on the same date and as to which a
single Interest Period is in effect or (c) a Swingline Loan.

                  "Borrowing Request" means a request by a Borrower for a
Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

                  "Borrowing Subsidiary" means, at any time, any wholly owned
Subsidiary of the Company designated as a Borrowing Subsidiary by the Company
pursuant to Section 2.20 that has not ceased to be a Borrowing Subsidiary
pursuant to such Section or Article VII.


<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                                               5

                  "Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement" means a Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

                  "Borrowing Subsidiary Termination" means a Borrowing
Subsidiary Termination substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

                  "Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required
by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a
Eurodollar Loan, the term "Business Day" shall also exclude any day on which
banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank
market.

                  "Capital Lease Obligations" of any Person means the
obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or
other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a
combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP,
and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Cash Interest Expense" means, for any period, Interest
Expense paid in cash during such period.

                  "Change in Control" means (a) the acquisition of ownership,
directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group
(within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof)
other than Wassall PLC or its subsidiaries, of shares representing more than 30%
of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding
capital stock of the Company; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other
than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Company by Persons who were
neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Company nor (ii)
appointed by directors so nominated; or (c) the acquisition of direct or
indirect Control of the Company by any Person or group other than Wassall PLC or
its subsidiaries; provided, however, that the IPO Transactions shall not
constitute a Change in Control.

                  "Change in Law" means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or
regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any


<PAGE>


<PAGE>


                                                                               6

change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application
thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c)
compliance by any Lender or the Issuing Bank (or, for purposes of Section
2.15(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender's or the Issuing
Bank's holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive
(whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or
issued after the date of this Agreement.

                  "Class", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing,
refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are
Revolving Loans, Competitive Loans or Swingline Loans.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time.

                  "Commitment" means, with respect to each Lender, the
commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and to acquire participations
in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount
representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit
Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time
pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant
to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 10.04. The initial
amount of each Lender's Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the
Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its
Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders'
Commitments is $350,000,000.

                  "Company" means General Cable Corporation, a Delaware
corporation.

                  "Competitive Bid" means an offer by a Lender to make a
Competitive Loan in accordance with Section 2.04.

                  "Competitive Bid Rate" means, with respect to any Competitive
Bid, the Margin or the Fixed Rate, as applicable, offered by the Lender making
such Competitive Bid.

                  "Competitive Bid Request" means a request by the Borrower for
Competitive Bids in accordance with Section 2.04.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                               7

                  "Competitive Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.04.

                  "Confidential Information Memorandum" means the Confidential
Information Memorandum dated March 1997 distributed to the Lenders, together
with the appendices thereto, as amended through the date hereof.

                  "Control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a
Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or
otherwise. "Controlling" and "Controlled" have meanings correlative thereto.

                  "Default" means any event or condition which constitutes an
Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured
or waived, become an Event of Default.

                  "dollars" or "$" refers to lawful money of the United States
of America.

                  "EBITDA" means, for any period, the consolidated net income of
the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period plus, to the
extent deducted in computing such consolidated net income for such period, the
sum (without duplication) of (a) income tax expense, (b) Interest Expense, (c)
depreciation and amortization expense, (d) non-recurring restructuring charges
and (e) extraordinary losses, minus, to the extent added in computing such
consolidated net income for such period, (a) consolidated interest income and
(b) extraordinary gains.

                  "Effective Date" means the date on which the conditions
specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section
10.02).

                  "Environmental Laws" means all laws, rules, regulations,
codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding
agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority,
relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural
resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous
Material or to health and safety matters.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                               8

                  "Environmental Liability" means any liability, contingent or
otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental
remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Borrower or any subsidiary
thereof directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any
Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage,
treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous
Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into
the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement
pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the
foregoing.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended from time to time.

                  "ERISA Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated) that, together with a Borrower, is treated as a single employer
under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302
of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.

                  "ERISA Event" means (a) any "reportable event", as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a
Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the
existence with respect to any Plan of an "accumulated funding deficiency" (as
defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not
waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d)
of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with
respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by a Borrower or any of its ERISA
Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the
termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to
terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f)
the incurrence by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability
with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of
any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Borrower or any
ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability
or a determination that a 



<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                               9

Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization,
within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

                  "Eurodollar", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing,
refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing
interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate (or, in the
case of a Competitive Loan, the LIBO Rate).

                  "Event of Default" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Article VII.

                  "Excluded Taxes" means, with respect to the Administrative
Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be
made by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder, (a) income or
franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States
of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is
organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any
Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) the branch
profits tax imposed by the United States of America pursuant to Section 884 of
the Code or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any
Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an
assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), any
withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the
time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or designates a new
lending office (it being understood and agreed that any withholding tax
attributable to the designation of a Borrowing Subsidiary, or the making of any
payment from a location outside the United States of America, after such time
shall not be an Excluded Tax) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender's
failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), except to the extent that such Foreign
Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a
new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the
applicable Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section
2.17(a).

                  "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, the
weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the
rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next
succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such
rate is not so published for any day


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                              10

that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next
1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by
the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing
selected by it.

                  "Financial Officer" means the chief financial officer,
principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Company.

                  "Fixed Rate" means, with respect to any Competitive Loan
(other than a Eurodollar Competitive Loan), the fixed rate of interest per annum
specified by the Lender making such Competitive Loan in its related Competitive
Bid.

                  "Fixed Rate Loan" means a Competitive Loan bearing interest at
a Fixed Rate.

                  "Foreign Lender" means any Lender that is organized under the
laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the applicable Borrower is
located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each
State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a
single jurisdiction.

                  "Foreign Subsidiary" means any subsidiary that is not
organized under the laws of any jurisdiction in the United States.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America.

                  "Governmental Authority" means the government of the United
States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof,
whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory
body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or
pertaining to government.

                  "Guarantee" of or by any Person (the "guarantor") means any
obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the
economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or
indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect,
(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment
of) such 


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              11

Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds
for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or
lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of
such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain
working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or
liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such
Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any
letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or
obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

                  "Hazardous Materials" means all explosive or radioactive
substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other
pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos
containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or
medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated
pursuant to any Environmental Law.

                  "Hedging Agreement" means any interest rate protection
agreement, foreign currency exchange agreement, commodity price protection
agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging
arrangement.

                  "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication, (a)
all obligations of such Person for borrowed money or with respect to deposits or
advances of any kind, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person
upon which interest charges are customarily paid, (d) all obligations of such
Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to
property acquired by such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person in respect
of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding current
accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (f) all
Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness
has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on
property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness
secured thereby has been assumed, (g) all Guarantees by such Person of
Indebtedness of others, (h) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (i)
all


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                              12

obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in
respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty and (j) all obligations,
contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers' acceptances. The
Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity
(including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the
extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership
interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the
terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

                  "Indemnified Taxes" means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

                  "Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement" means the
Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement substantially in the form of
Exhibit G, made by the Company and one or more of the Subsidiary Guarantors in
favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.

                  "Interest Coverage Ratio" means, for any period, the ratio of
(a) EBITDA for such period to (b) Cash Interest Expense for such period.

                  "Interest Election Request" means a request by the relevant
Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section
2.08.

                  "Interest Expense" means, for any period, the interest expense
of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including (i) the amortization of
debt discounts to the extent included in interest expense in accordance with
GAAP, (ii) the amortization of all fees (including fees with respect to interest
rate protection agreements or other interest rate hedging arrangements) payable
in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness to the extent included in
interest expense in accordance with GAAP and (iii) the portion of any rents
payable under capital leases allocable to interest expense in accordance with
GAAP.

                  "Interest Payment Date" means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan
(other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and
December, (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest
Period


<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                              13

applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a
Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months'
duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at
intervals of three months' duration after the first day of such Interest Period,
(c) with respect to any Fixed Rate Loan, the last day of the Interest Period
applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a
Fixed Rate Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than 90 days' duration
(unless otherwise specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request), each day
prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of 90
days' duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and any other dates
that are specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request as Interest Payment
Dates with respect to such Borrowing and (d) with respect to any Swingline Loan,
the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

                  "Interest Period" means (a) with respect to any Eurodollar
Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the
numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or
six months (or, with the consent of each Lender, nine or twelve months)
thereafter, as the relevant Borrower may elect, and (b) with respect to any
Fixed Rate Borrowing, the period (which shall not be less than seven days or
more than 270 days) commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the
date specified in the applicable Competitive Bid Request; provided that (i) if
any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest
Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case
of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in
the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the
next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a
Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month
(or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last
calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of
the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date
of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and,
in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of
the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              14

                  "IPO Transactions" means the initial public offering and sale
by Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V. of shares representing approximately 70% of
all outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, and all related
transactions, including (i) the repayment of approximately $200,700,000 of the
Company's existing intercompany debt and advances owed to Wassall PLC and its
subsidiaries and approximately $26,100,000 of the Company's existing bank debt,
(ii) the distribution of $42,600,000 to Wassall Netherlands Cable, B.V. as a
dividend, (iii) the purchase of Carol Cable Europe Ltd. and Carol Cable Company
Ltd. for $2,000,000, (iv) the payment of related estimated expenses of $400,000;
provided that the aggregate of the amounts referred to in clauses (i), (ii),
(iii) and (iv) of this definition shall not exceed $280,000,000, (v) the
execution and delivery of the Intercompany Agreement between Wassall PLC or any
of its subsidiaries on the one hand, and the Company or any Subsidiary on the
other hand and (vi) any Borrowing hereunder in connection with the transactions
described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above.

                  "IPO Information" means the Registration Statement and the pro
forma financial statements and financial projections of the Company contained
therein or in the Confidential Information Memorandum or otherwise delivered
to the Lenders prior to the date hereof.

                  "Issuing Bank" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, in its capacity
as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such
capacity as provided in Section 2.06(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its
discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates
of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term "Issuing Bank" shall include any
such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

                  "LC Disbursement" means a payment made by the Issuing Bank
pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

                  "LC Exposure" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate
undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the
aggregate amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or
on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Lender at any
time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total LC Exposure at such time.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              15

                  "Lenders" means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any
other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and
Acceptance, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant
to an Assignment and Acceptance. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term
"Lenders" includes the Swingline Lender.

                  "Letter of Credit" means any letter of credit issued pursuant
to this Agreement.

                  "Leverage Ratio" means, at any time, the ratio of (a) Total
Debt at such time to (b) EBITDA for the most recent period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters of the Company ended at or prior to such time.

                  "LIBO Rate" means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing
for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on Page 3750 of the Telerate Service
(or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or
substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those
currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the
Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of
interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the
commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a
maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not
available at such time for any reason, then the "LIBO Rate" with respect to such
Eurodollar Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which dollar
deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are
offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in
immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately
11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such
Interest Period.

                  "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage,
deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security
interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under
any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or
any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any
purchase

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              16

option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

                  "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, each Borrowing
Subsidiary Agreement, each Borrowing Subsidiary Termination, the Subsidiary
Guarantee Agreement, the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement and
each Letter of Credit and promissory note delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

                  "Loan Parties" means the Borrowers and the Subsidiary
Guarantors.

                  "Loans" means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers
pursuant to this Agreement.

                  "Margin" means, with respect to any Competitive Loan bearing
interest at a rate based on the LIBO Rate, the marginal rate of interest, if
any, to be added to or subtracted from the LIBO Rate to determine the rate of
interest applicable to such Loan, as specified by the Lender making such Loan in
its related Competitive Bid.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
(a) the business, assets, operations or condition, financial or otherwise, of
the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any
Borrower to perform any of its obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the
rights of or benefits available to the Lenders under any Loan Document.

                  "Material Indebtedness" means Indebtedness (other than the
Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging
Agreements, of any one or more of any Borrower and its subsidiaries in an
aggregate principal amount exceeding $5,000,000. For purposes of determining
Material Indebtedness, the "principal amount" of the obligations of any Borrower
or any subsidiary thereof in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall
be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that
such Borrower or such subsidiary would be required to pay if such Hedging
Agreement were terminated at such time.

                  "Material Subsidiary" means (a) any Borrowing Subsidiary, (b)
any subsidiary that directly or indirectly owns or Controls any Borrowing
Subsidiary or other Material Subsidiary and (c) any other subsidiary (i) the
consolidated

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              17

net revenues of which for the most recent fiscal year of the Company for which
audited financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 were
greater than 5% of the Company's consolidated net revenues for such fiscal year
or (ii) the consolidated tangible assets of which as of the end of such fiscal
year were greater than 5% of the Company's consolidated tangible assets as of
such date; provided that, if at any time the aggregate amount of the
consolidated net revenues or consolidated tangible assets of all Subsidiaries
that are not Material Subsidiaries exceeds 10% of the Company's consolidated net
revenues for any such fiscal year or 10% of the Company's consolidated tangible
assets as of the end of any such fiscal year, the Company (or, in the event the
Company has failed to do so within 10 days, the Administrative Agent) shall
designate sufficient Subsidiaries as "Material Subsidiaries" to eliminate such
excess, and such designated Subsidiaries shall for all purposes of this
Agreement constitute Material Subsidiaries. For purposes of making the
determinations required by this definition, revenues and assets of Foreign
Subsidiaries shall be converted into dollars at the rates used in preparing the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company included in the applicable financial
statements. The Material Subsidiaries on the date hereof are identified in
Schedule 1.01 hereto.

                  "Maturity Date" means May [  ], 2002.

                  "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                  "Multiemployer Plan" means a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                  "Obligations" means the obligations (whether primary,
secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise) of each of the Borrowing
Subsidiaries under this Agreement or any other Loan Document with respect to the
payment of (i) the principal of and interest on the Loans to each such Borrowing
Subsidiary when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or
more dates set for prepayment or otherwise and (ii) all other monetary
obligations of each of the Borrowing Subsidiaries hereunder and thereunder.

                  "Other Taxes" means any and all present or future stamp or
documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar
levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery
or

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              18

enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.

                  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred
to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

                  "Permitted Encumbrances" means:

                  (a) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not
         yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04;

                  (b) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
         repairmen's and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the
         ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not
         overdue by more than 30 days or are being contested in compliance with
         Section 5.04;

                  (c) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of
         business in compliance with workers' compensation, unemployment
         insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

                  (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
         contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds,
         performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case
         in the ordinary course of business; and

                  (e) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar
         encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary
         course of business that do not secure any monetary obligations and do
         not materially detract from the value of the affected property or
         interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any
         Subsidiary;

provided that the term "Permitted Encumbrances" shall not include any Lien
securing Indebtedness.

                  "Permitted Investments" means:

                  (a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
         interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States
         of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              19

         backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America),
         in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition
         thereof;

                  (b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days
         from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of
         acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from
         Moody's;

                  (c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker's
         acceptances and time deposits maturing within 180 days from the date of
         acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money
         market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of
         any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of
         America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus
         and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000; and

                  (d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of
         not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and
         entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria
         described in clause (c) above.

                  "Person" means any natural person, corporation, limited
liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership,
Governmental Authority or other entity.

                  "Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section
412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which any Borrower or
any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section
4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer" as defined in Section 3(5) of
ERISA.

                  "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest per annum publicly
announced from time to time by The Chase Manhattan Bank as its prime rate in
effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate
shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced
as being effective.

                  "Register" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04.
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              20

                  "Registration Statement" means the Registration Statement
draft of the Company, on Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on March 7, 1997.

                  "Related Parties" means, with respect to any specified Person,
such Person's Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees,
agents and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

                  "Required Lenders" means, at any time, Lenders having
Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of
the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such
time; provided that, for purposes of declaring the Loans to be due and payable
pursuant to Article VII, and for all purposes after the Loans become due and
payable pursuant to Article VII or the Commitments expire or terminate, the
outstanding Competitive Loans of the Lenders shall be included in their
respective Revolving Credit Exposures in determining the Required Lenders.

                  "Restricted Payment" means any dividend or other distribution
(whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any shares of
any class of capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any payment
(whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or
similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement,
acquisition, cancelation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of
any Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such shares of
capital stock of any Borrower.

                  "Revolving Credit Exposure" means, with respect to any Lender
at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's
Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

                  "Revolving Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.03.

                  "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service.

                  "Statutory Reserve Rate" means a fraction (expressed as a
decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which
is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages
(including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed
as a decimal established by the Board to

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              21

which the Administrative Agent is subject (a) with respect to the Base CD Rate,
for new negotiable nonpersonal time deposits in dollars of over $100,000 with
maturities approximately equal to three months and (b) with respect to the
Adjusted LIBO Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as
"Eurocurrency Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve
percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.
Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be
subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration,
exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender
under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate
shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in
any reserve percentage.

                  "subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person (the "parent")
at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with
those of the parent in the parent's consolidated financial statements if such
financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as
well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests
representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting
power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership
interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of
such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of
the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

                  "Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Company.

                  "Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement" means the Subsidiary
Guarantee Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit F, made by one or more
of the Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders.

                  "Subsidiary Guarantors" means each Person listed on Schedule
1.01 and each other party that becomes party to a Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement
as a Subsidiary Guarantor, and the permitted successors and assigns of each such
Person.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              22

                  "Swingline Exposure" means, at any time, the aggregate
principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline
Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the
total Swingline Exposure at such time.

                  "Swingline Lender" means The Chase Manhattan Bank, in its
capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

                  "Swingline Loan" means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.05.

                  "Taxes" means any and all present or future taxes, levies,
imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental
Authority.

                  "Three-Month Secondary CD Rate" means, for any day, the
secondary market rate for three-month certificates of deposit reported as being
in effect on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding
Business Day) by the Board through the public information telephone line of the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York (which rate will, under the current practices
of the Board, be published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519)
during the week following such day) or, if such rate is not so reported on such
day or such next preceding Business Day, the average of the secondary market
quotations for three-month certificates of deposit of major money center banks
in New York City received at approximately 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on
such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next preceding Business
Day) by the Administrative Agent from three negotiable certificate of deposit
dealers of recognized standing selected by it.

                  "Total Debt" means, at any date, all indebtedness (including
all Capital Lease Obligations) of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries
at such date to the extent such indebtedness should be reflected on the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company at such date in accordance with GAAP.

                  "Transactions" means the execution, delivery and performance
by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans, the use of
the proceeds thereof, the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and the IPO
Transactions.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              23

                  "Type", when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing,
refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising
such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate, the
Alternate Base Rate or, in the case of a Competitive Loan or Borrowing, the LIBO
Rate or a Fixed Rate.

                  "Withdrawal Liability" means liability to a Multiemployer Plan
as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as
such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

                  SECTION 1.02. Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For
purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class
(e.g., a "Revolving Loan") or by Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Loan") or by Class
and Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar Revolving Loan"). Borrowings also may be
classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a "Revolving Borrowing") or by Type
(e.g., a "Eurodollar Borrowing") or by Class and Type (e.g., a "Eurodollar
Revolving Borrowing").

                  SECTION 1.03. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein
shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.
Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding
mascu line, feminine and neuter forms. The words "include", "includes" and
"including" shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation".
The word "will" shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the
word "shall". Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or
reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be
construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from
time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any
restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein),
(b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such
Person's successors and assigns, (c) the words "herein", "hereof" and
"hereunder", and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this
Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all
references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be
construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to,
this Agreement and (e) the words "asset" and "property" shall be construed to
have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              24

intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and
contract rights.

                  SECTION 1.04. Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall
be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided
that, if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company requests
an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change
occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the
operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company
that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such
purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such
change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be
interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before
such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been
withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   The Credits

                  SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions
set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Revolving Loans to any Borrower
from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal
amount that will not result in (a) such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure
exceeding such Lender's Commitment or (b) the sum of the total Revolving Credit
Exposures plus the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans
exceeding the total Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the
terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrowers may borrow, prepay and
reborrow Revolving Loans.

                  SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Revolving Loan
shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made by the
Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. Each
Competitive Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Section 2.04. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by
it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided
that the Commitments and Competitive Bids of the


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              25

Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender's
failure to make Loans as required.

                  (b) Subject to Section 2.14, (i) each Revolving Borrowing
shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the applicable
Borrower may request in accordance herewith, and (ii) each Competitive Borrowing
shall be comprised entirely of Eurodollar Loans or Fixed Rate Loans as the
applicable Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Swingline Loan
shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by
causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such
Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation
of the applicable Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                  (c) At the commencement of each Interest Period for any
Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount
that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the
time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an
aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than
$5,000,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate
amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or
that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as
contemplated by Section 2.06(e). Each Competitive Borrowing shall be in an
aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than
$10,000,000. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral
multiple of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000. Borrowings of more than one
Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall
not at any time be more than a total of ten Eurodollar Revolving Borrowings
outstanding.

                  (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no
Borrower shall be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any
Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after
the Maturity Date.

                  SECTION 2.03. Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a
Revolving Borrowing, a Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such
request by telephone (a) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than
11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              26

date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later
than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day before the date of the
proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing
to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section
2.06(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date
of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be
irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the
Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the
Administrative Agent and signed by the applicable Borrower. Each such telephonic
and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in
compliance with Section 2.02:

                  (i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

                  (ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business
         Day;

                  (iii) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a
         Eurodollar Borrowing;

                  (iv) in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing, the initial
         Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period
         contemplated by the definition of the term "Interest Period"; and

                  (v) the location and number of the relevant Borrower's account
         to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the
         requirements of Section 2.07.

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then the
requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period
is specified with respect to any requested Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, then
the relevant Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one
month's duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in
accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender
of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender's Loan to be made as
part of the requested Borrowing.

                  SECTION 2.04. Competitive Bid Procedure. (a) Subject to the
terms and conditions set forth herein, from time to time during the Availability
Period the Company may 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              27


request Competitive Bids and may (but shall not have any obligation to) accept
Competitive Bids and borrow Competitive Loans; provided that the sum of the
total Revolving Credit Exposures plus the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Competitive Loans at any time shall not exceed the aggregate amount
of the Lenders' Commitments. To request Competitive Bids, the Company shall
notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone, in the case of a
Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, four
Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing and, in the case of a
Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, one
Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that the
Company may submit up to (but not more than) three Competitive Bid Requests on
the same day, but a Competitive Bid Request shall not be made within five
Business Days after the date of any previous Competitive Bid Request, unless any
and all such previous Competitive Bid Requests shall have been withdrawn or all
Competitive Bids received in response thereto rejected. Each such telephonic
Competitive Bid Request shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy
to the Administrative Agent of a written Competitive Bid Request in a form
approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Company. Each such
telephonic and written Competitive Bid Request shall specify the following
information in compliance with Section 2.02:

                  (i) the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

                  (ii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business
         Day;

                  (iii) whether such Borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Borrowing
         or a Fixed Rate Borrowing;

                  (iv) the Interest Period to be applicable to such Borrowing,
         which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term
         "Interest Period"; and

                  (v) the location and number of the Company's account to which
         funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of
         Section 2.07.

Promptly following receipt of a Competitive Bid Request in accordance with this
Section, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of the details
thereof by telecopy, inviting the Lenders to submit Competitive Bids.


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              28

                  (b) Each Lender may (but shall not have any obligation to)
make one or more Competitive Bids to the Company in response to a Competitive
Bid Request. Each Competitive Bid by a Lender must be in a form approved by the
Administrative Agent and must be received by the Administrative Agent by
telecopy, in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing, not later than 9:30
a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the proposed date of such
Competitive Borrowing, and in the case of a Fixed Rate Borrowing, not later than
9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the proposed date of such Competitive Borrow
ing. Competitive Bids that do not conform substantially to the form approved by
the Administrative Agent may be rejected by the Administrative Agent, and the
Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Lender as promptly as
practicable. Each Competitive Bid shall specify (i) the principal amount (which
shall be a minimum of $10,000,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and
which may equal the entire principal amount of the Competitive Borrowing re
quested by the Company) of the Competitive Loan or Loans that the Lender is
willing to make, (ii) the Competitive Bid Rate or Rates at which the Lender is
prepared to make such Loan or Loans (expressed as a percentage rate per annum in
the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal places) and (iii) the
Interest Period applicable to each such Loan and the last day thereof.

                  (c) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company
by telecopy of the Competitive Bid Rate and the principal amount specified in
each Competitive Bid and the identity of the Lender that shall have made such
Competitive Bid.

                  (d) Subject only to the provisions of this paragraph, the
Company may accept or reject any Competitive Bid. The Company shall notify the
Administrative Agent by telephone, confirmed by telecopy in a form approved by
the Administrative Agent, whether and to what extent it has decided to accept or
reject each Competitive Bid, in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing,
not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the
date of the proposed Competitive Borrowing, and in the case of a Fixed Rate
Borrowing, not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the proposed date
of the Competitive Borrowing; provided that (i) the failure of the Company to
give such notice shall be deemed to be a rejection of each Competitive Bid, (ii)
the Company shall not accept a Competitive Bid made at a particular Competitive
Bid Rate if

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              29


the Company rejects a Competitive Bid made at a lower Competitive Bid Rate,
(iii) the aggregate amount of the Competitive Bids accepted by the Company shall
not exceed the aggregate amount of the requested Competitive Borrowing specified
in the related Competitive Bid Request, (iv) to the extent necessary to comply
with clause (iii) above, the Company may accept Competitive Bids at the same
Competitive Bid Rate in part, which acceptance, in the case of multiple
Competitive Bids at such Competitive Bid Rate, shall be made pro rata in
accordance with the amount of each such Competitive Bid, and (v) except pursuant
to clause (iv) above, no Competitive Bid shall be accepted for a Compet itive
Loan unless such Competitive Loan is in a minimum principal amount of
$10,000,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000,000; provided further that if a
Competitive Loan must be in an amount less than $10,000,000 because of the
provisions of clause (iv) above, such Competitive Loan may be for a minimum of
$1,000,000 or any integral multiple thereof, and in calculating the pro rata
allocation of acceptances of portions of multiple Competitive Bids at a
particular Competitive Bid Rate pursuant to clause (iv) the amounts shall be
rounded to integral multiples of $1,000,000 in a manner determined by the
Company. A notice given by the Company pursuant to this paragraph shall be
irrevocable.

                  (e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each
bidding Lender by telecopy whether or not its Competitive Bid has been accepted
(and, if so, the amount and Competitive Bid Rate so accepted), and each
successful bidder will thereupon become bound, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, to make the Competitive Loan in respect of which its
Competitive Bid has been accepted.

                  (f) If the Administrative Agent shall elect to submit a
Competitive Bid in its capacity as a Lender, it shall submit such Competitive
Bid directly to the Company at least one quarter of an hour earlier than the
time by which the other Lenders are required to submit their Competitive Bids to
the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.

                  SECTION 2.05. Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans
to the Company from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $25,000,000
or (ii) the sum of the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              30

total Revolving Credit Exposures plus the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Competitive Loans exceeding the aggregate amount of the Lenders'
Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a
Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing
limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company may
borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

                  (b) To request a Swingline Loan, the Company shall notify the
Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not
later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline
Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date
(which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The
Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such
notice received from the Company. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline
Loan available to the Company by means of a credit to the general deposit
account of the Company with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline
Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in
Section 2.06(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

                  (c) The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the
Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any
Business Day require the Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day
in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall
specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Lenders will
participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will
give notice thereof to each Lender, specifying in such notice such Lender's
Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender hereby
absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above,
to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender,
such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Lender
acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in
Swingline Loans pursuant to this paragraph is absolute and unconditional and
shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence
and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and
that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding
or reduction whatsoever. Each Lender

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              31

shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of
immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with
respect to Loans made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis
mutandis, to the payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative
Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it
from the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company of any
participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and
thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the
Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by
the Swingline Lender from the Company (or other party on behalf of the Company)
in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the
proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the
Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent
shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall
have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender,
as their interests may appear. The purchase of participations in a Swingline
Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Company of any default in
the payment thereof.

                  SECTION 2.06. Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the
terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company may request the issuance of
Letters of Credit for its own account or the account of any Borrowing
Subsidiary, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the
Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period.
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this
Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit
application or other agreement submitted by the Company to, or entered into by
the Company with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms
and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

                  (b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain
Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment,
renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Company shall hand
deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements
for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the
Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension) a notice 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              32

requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of
Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment,
renewal or extension, the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire
(which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this Section), the amount of such
Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other
information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter
of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank, the Company also shall submit a
letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank's standard form in connection
with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued,
amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or
extension of each Letter of Credit the Company shall be deemed to represent and
warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or
extension (i) the LC Exposure shall not exceed $25,000,000 and (ii) the sum of
the total Revolving Credit Exposures plus the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Competitive Loans shall not exceed the total Commitments.

                  (c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or
prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the
date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or
extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date
that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

                  (d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or
an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without
any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing
Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender hereby acquires from the
Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lender's
Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such
Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each
Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative
Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Lender's Applicable Percentage
of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the
Company on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any
reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Company for any reason.
Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire
participations pursuant to this

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              33

paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and
shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment,
renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance
of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such
payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction
whatsoever.

                  (e) Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC
Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Company shall reimburse such
LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such LC
Disbursement not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date that
such LC Disbursement is made, if the Company shall have received notice of such
LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date, or, if
such notice has not been received by the Company prior to such time on such
date, then not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on (i) the Business
Day that the Company receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to
10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the day of receipt, or (ii) the Business Day
immediately following the day that the Company receives such notice, if such
notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that,
if such LC Disbursement is not less than $ 1,000,000, the Company may, subject
to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with
Section 2.03 or 2.05 that such payment be financed with an ABR Revolving
Borrowing or Swingline Loan in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so
financed, the Company's reimbursement obligation shall be discharged and
replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan. If the
Company fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall
notify each Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from
the Company in respect thereof and such Lender's Applicable Percentage thereof.
Promptly following receipt of such notice but subject to the time limitations
set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, each Lender shall pay to the
Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the
Company, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans
made by such Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to the
payment obligations of the Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly
pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. Promptly
following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Company
pursuant to this paragraph, the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              34

Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to
the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to
reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their
interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender pursuant to this paragraph to
reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of
ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not
constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to
reimburse such LC Disbursement.

                  (f) Obligations Absolute. The Company's obligation to
reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be
absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances
whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any
Letter of Credit or this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any term or
provision herein or therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a
Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or
any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment
by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or
other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or
(iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any
of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute
a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the
Company's obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders
nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability
or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of
any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder
(irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding
sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission
or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any
Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder),
any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from
causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing shall
not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Company to the
extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in
respect of which are hereby waived by the Company to the extent permitted by
applicable law) suffered by the


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              35

Company that are caused by the Issuing Bank's failure to exercise care when
determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of
Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that,
in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the
Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the
Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination.
In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the
parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their
face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the
Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon
such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of
any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment
upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the
terms of such Letter of Credit.

                  (g) Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly
following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a
demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly
notify the Administrative Agent and the Company by telephone (confirmed by
telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or
will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or
delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to
reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC
Disbursement.

                  (h) Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC
Disbursement, then, unless the Company shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in
full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall
bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is
made to but excluding the date that the Company reimburses such LC Disbursement,
at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans; provided that, if
the Company fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to
paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(d) shall apply. Interest
accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank,
except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be
for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              36

                  (i) Replacement of the Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may be
replaced at any time by written agreement among the Company, the Administrative
Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The
Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the
Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the
Company shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced
Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). From and after the effective date of
any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights
and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters
of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term
"Issuing Bank" shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous
Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the
context shall require. After the replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the
replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all
the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect
to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be
required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

                  (j) Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall
occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Company receives notice
from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of
the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater
than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral
pursuant to this paragraph, the Company shall deposit in an account with the
Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the
benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to the LC Exposure as of such
date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that the obligation
to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such
deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice
of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the
Company described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. Such deposit shall be
held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance
of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. The Administrative Agent
shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of
withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment
of such deposits, which investments shall be made

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              37

at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the
Company's risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or
profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in
such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the
Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to
the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the
reimbursement obligations of the Company for the LC Exposure at such time or, if
the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of
Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC
Exposure), be applied to satisfy other obligations of the Company under this
Agreement. If the Company is required to provide an amount of cash collateral
hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to
the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Company within
three Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

                  SECTION 2.07. Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall
make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire
transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to
the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such
purpose by notice to the Lenders; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as
provided in Section 2.05. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans
available to the relevant Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so
received, in like funds, to an account of the Company maintained with the
Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by such Borrower in the
applicable Borrowing Request or Competitive Bid Request; provided that ABR
Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as
provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the
Issuing Bank.

                  (b) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice
from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will
not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender's share of such
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section
and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the relevant
Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made
its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent,
then the 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              38

applicable Lender and each Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative
Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for
each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the
relevant Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative
Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds
Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance
with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of
such Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays
such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such
Lender's Loan included in such Borrowing.

                  SECTION 2.08. Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing
initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request
and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial
Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the relevant
Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue
such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, may elect
Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. A Borrower may elect
different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing,
in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders
holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such
portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply
to Competitive Borrowings or Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or
continued.

                  (b) To make an election pursuant to this Section, a Borrower
shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time
that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if such Borrower
were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election
to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest
Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand
delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election
Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the
relevant Borrower.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              39

                  (c) Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request
shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

                  (i) the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request
         applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to
         different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to
         each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified
         pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each
         resulting Borrowing);

                  (ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such
         Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

                  (iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR
         Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

                  (iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the
         Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such
         election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the
         term "Interest Period".

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does
not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one month's duration.

                  (d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election
Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details
thereof and of such Lender's portion of each resulting Borrowing.

                  (e) If the relevant Borrower fails to deliver a timely
Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing prior
to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such
Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such
Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary
provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the
Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the
Company, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding
Revolving Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing
and (ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Revolving

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              40

Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest
Period applicable thereto.

                  SECTION 2.09. Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a)
Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity
Date.

                  (b) The Company may at any time terminate, or from time to
time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the
Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and
not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Company shall not terminate or reduce the
Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in
accordance with Section 2.11, the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposures plus the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Competitive Loans would exceed the
total Commitments.

                  (c) The Company shall notify the Administrative Agent of any
election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this
Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such
termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date
thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent
shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the
Company pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of
termination of the Commitments delivered by the Company may state that such
notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in
which case such notice may be revoked by the Company (by notice to the
Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such
condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments
shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably
among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

                  SECTION 2.10. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) Each
Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each
Revolving Loan of such Borrower on the Maturity Date, (ii) to the Administrative
Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each
Competitive Loan of such Lender made to such Borrower on the last day of the
Interest Period applicable to such Loan and (iii) to the Swingline Lender the
then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the
Maturity Date and the fifth day 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              41

after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving
Borrowing or Competitive Borrowing is made, the Company shall repay all
Swingline Loans then outstanding.

                  (b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual
practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to
such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts
of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time
hereunder.

                  (c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which
it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class and Type
thereof and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any
principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from each
Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by
the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each
Lender's share thereof.

                  (d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to
paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the
existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the
failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or
any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of any Borrower
to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

                  (e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced
by a promissory note. In such event, each Borrower shall prepare, execute and
deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender
(or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and
in a form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced
by each such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including
after assignment pursuant to Section 10.04) be represented by one or more
promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein
(or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its
registered assigns).

                  SECTION 2.11. Prepayment of Loans. (a) Any Borrower shall have
the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing of such
Borrower in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with
paragraph 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              42

(b) of this Section; provided that no Borrower shall have the right to prepay
any Competitive Loan without the prior consent of the Lender thereof.

                  (b) The relevant Borrower shall notify the Administrative
Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender)
by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case
of prepayment of a Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in
the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m.,
New York City time, one Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in
the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and
shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or
portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given
in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as
contemplated by Section 2.09, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if
such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09. Promptly
following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the
Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each
partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would
be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type
as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be
applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments
shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest to the extent required by Section
2.13 and (ii) break funding payments pursuant to Section 2.16.

                  SECTION 2.12. Fees. (a) The Company agrees to pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee, which shall
accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount of the Commitment of such
Lender (whether used or unused) during the period from and including the date
hereof to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates; provided
that, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving Credit Exposure after its
Commitment terminates, then such facility fee shall continue to accrue on the
daily amount of such Lender's Revolving Credit Exposure from and including the
date on which its Commitment terminates to but excluding the date on which such
Lender ceases to have any Revolving Credit Exposure.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              43

Accrued facility fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March,
June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the
Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date
hereof; provided that any facility fees accruing after the date on which the
Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All facility fees shall be
computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual
number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

                  (b) The Company agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its
participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate
used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurodollar Revolving Loans on
the average daily amount of such Lender's LC Exposure (excluding any portion
thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from
and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which
such Lender's Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to
have any LC Exposure, and (ii) to the Issuing Bank a fronting fee, which shall
accrue at the rate of .10% per annum on the average daily amount of the LC
Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC
Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but
excluding the later of the date of termination of the Commitments and the date
on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank's
standard fees with respect to the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of
any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Participation fees
and fronting fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June,
September and December of each year shall be payable on the third Business Day
following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the
Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on
which the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on
which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees
payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within
10 days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed
on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of
days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              44

                  (c) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for
its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed
upon between the Company and the Administrative Agent.

                  (d) All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due,
in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing
Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of
facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be
refundable under any circumstances.

                  SECTION 2.13. Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR
Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate
Base Rate.

                  (b) The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear
interest (i) in the case of a Eurodollar Revolving Loan, at the Adjusted LIBO
Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable
Rate, or (ii) in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Loan, at the LIBO Rate for
the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus (or minus, as applicable)
the Margin applicable to such Loan.

                  (c) Each Fixed Rate Loan shall bear interest at the Fixed Rate
applicable to such Loan.

                  (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or
interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by any Borrower
hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or
otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before
judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of
any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the
preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2%
plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this
Section.

                  (e) Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears
on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans,
upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant
to paragraph (d) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event
of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR
Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              45

interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date
of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any
Eurodollar Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period
therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date
of such conversion.

                  (f) All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a
year of 360 days, except that interest computed by reference to the Alternate
Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall
be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and
in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including
the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate,
Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent,
and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

                  SECTION 2.14. Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the
commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

                  (a) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination
         shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable
         means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO
         Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

                  (b) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required
         Lenders (or, in the case of a Eurodollar Competitive Loan, the Lender
         that is required to make such Loan) that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the
         LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately
         and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or
         maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for
         such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Company and the
Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and,
until the Administrative Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the
circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest
Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or
continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be
ineffective, (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              46

Eurodollar Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing
and (iii) any request by any Borrower for a Eurodollar Competitive Borrowing
shall be ineffective; provided that (A) if the circumstances giving rise to such
notice do not affect all the Lenders, then requests for Eurodollar Competitive
Borrowings may be made to Lenders that are not affected thereby and (B) if the
circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings,
then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

                  SECTION 2.15. Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

                  (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special
         deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for
         the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such
         reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing
         Bank; or

                  (ii) impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London
         interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or
         Eurodollar Loans or Fixed Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter
         of Credit or participation therein;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such
Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan (or of
maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to increase the cost to
such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any
Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by
such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder (whether of principal, interest or
otherwise), then the Company will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the
case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or
the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or
reduction suffered.

                  (b) If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any
Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's capital or on
the capital of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company, if any, as a
consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters
of Credit held by, such Lender, or

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              47

the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which
such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding
company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into
consideration such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's policies and the policies of
such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's holding company with respect to capital
adequacy), then from time to time the Company will pay to such Lender or the
Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender's or the Issuing
Bank's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

                  (c) A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting
forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing
Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a)
or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive
absent manifest error. The Company shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as
the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days
after receipt thereof.

                  (d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing
Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a
waiver of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's right to demand such compensation;
provided that no Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender or the
Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions
incurred more than 270 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise
to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender's or the Issuing Bank's
intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change
in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then
the 270-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of
retroactive effect thereof.

                  (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section,
a Lender shall not be entitled to compensation pursuant to this Section in
respect of any Competitive Loan if the Change in Law that would otherwise
entitle it to such compensation shall have been publicly announced prior to
submission of the Competitive Bid pursuant to which such Loan was made.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              48

                  SECTION 2.16. Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the
payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan other than on
the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of
an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on
the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to
borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Revolving Loan on the date specified in
any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be
revoked under Section 2.11(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), (d) the
failure to borrow any Competitive Loan after accepting the Competitive Bid to
make such Loan, or (e) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan or Fixed Rate Loan
other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result
of a request by the Company pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event,
the Company shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense
attributable to such event. In the case of a Eurodollar Loan, such loss, cost or
expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such
Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have
accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the
Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, for the period
from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period
therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the
period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the
amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period
at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the
commencement of such period, for dollar deposits of a comparable amount and
period from other banks in the eurodollar market. A certificate of any Lender
setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive
pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be
conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay such Lender the amount
shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

                  SECTION 2.17. Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or an account
of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and
without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if any
Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from
such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that
after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              49

additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or
Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would
have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) such Borrower shall make
such deductions and (iii) such Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to
the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

                  (b) In addition, the Loan Parties shall pay any Other Taxes to
the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

                  (c) The relevant Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative
Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within 10 days after written demand
therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by
the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be,
on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any
Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or
asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any
penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or
legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A
certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the
Company by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its
own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.

                  (d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified
Taxes or Other Taxes by any Borrower to a Governmental Authority, such Borrower
shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a
receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of
the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

                  (e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from
or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the
relevant Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a
party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the
Company (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times
prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              50

prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will
permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate.

                  SECTION 2.18. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing
of Setoffs. (a) Each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it
hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC
Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or
otherwise) prior to 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date when due, in
immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts
received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the
Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding
Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments
shall be made to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 270 Park Avenue, New
York, New York, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or
Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant
to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 10.03 shall be made directly to the Persons
entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments
received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient
promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a
day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the
next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest,
interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments
hereunder shall be made in dollars.

                  (b) If at any time insufficient funds are received by and
available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal,
unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds
shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due
hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the
amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards
payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder,
ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of
principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

                  (c) If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or
counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or
interest on any of its 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              51


Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans
resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the
aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements
and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by
any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall
purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and
participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the
extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the
Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and
accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC
Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations
are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is
recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price
restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the
provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made
by any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this
Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the
assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations
in LC Disbursements to any assignee or participant, other than to any Borrower
or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this
paragraph shall apply). Each Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to
the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender
acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise
against such Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such
participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower
in the amount of such participation.

                  (d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice
from the Company prior to the date on which any payment is due to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank
hereunder that the relevant Borrower will not make such payment, the
Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such
date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption,
distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount
due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then
each of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to
repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              52

distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day
from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding
the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal
Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in
accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

                  (e) If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to
be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c), 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b) or 2.18(d),
then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any
contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender's
obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully
paid.

                  SECTION 2.19. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if any Borrower
is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental
Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such
Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for
funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations
hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment
of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce
amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the
future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or
expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Company
hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in
connection with any such designation or assignment.

                  (b) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or
if any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any
Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17,
or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, then the
Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the
Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without
recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in
Section 10.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under the Loan
Documents (other than any outstanding Competitive Loans held by it) to

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              53

an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another
Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Company
shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and,
if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender), which
consent shall not unrea sonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have
received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans
(other than Competitive Loans) and participations in LC Disbursements and
Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts
payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding
principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company (in the case of all
other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a
claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made
pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such
compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such
assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such
Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling such Borrower to require such
assignment and delegation cease to apply.

                  SECTION 2.20. Borrowing Subsidiaries. On or after the
Effective Date, the Company may designate any wholly owned Subsidiary of the
Company as a Borrowing Subsidiary by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a
Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement executed by such Subsidiary and the Company, and
upon such delivery such Subsidiary shall for all purposes of this Agreement be a
Borrowing Subsidiary and a party to this Agreement until the Company shall have
executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Subsidiary
Termination with respect to such Subsidiary, whereupon such Subsidiary shall
cease to be a Borrowing Subsidiary and a party to this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no Borrowing Subsidiary Termination will
become effective as to any Borrowing Subsidiary at a time when any principal of
or interest on any Loan to such Borrowing Subsidiary shall be outstanding
hereunder, provided that such Borrowing Subsidiary Termination shall be
effective to terminate such Borrowing Subsidiary's right to make further
Borrowings under this Agreement. As soon as practicable upon receipt of a
Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall send a copy
thereof to each Lender.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              54

                                   ARTICLE III

                         Representations and Warranties

                  The Company represents and warrants as to itself and the
Subsidiaries (and each other Borrower represents and warrants as to itself and
its subsidiaries, as applicable) to the Lenders that:

                  SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each of the Company and
its Subsidiaries (including each Borrower) is duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has
all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and,
except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to
do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such
qualification is required.

                  SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions
are within each Loan Party's corporate powers and have been duly authorized by
all necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. Each Loan Document
has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party to which it is a party
and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

                  SECTION 3.03. Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The
Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or
filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as
have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not
violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other
organizational documents of any Loan Party or any of its subsidiaries or any
order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default
under any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon any Loan Party
or any of its subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to
require any payment to be made by any Loan Party or any of its subsidiaries, and
(d) will not result in the creation or

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              55

imposition of any Lien on any asset of any Loan Party or any of its
subsidiaries.

                  SECTION 3.04. Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.
(a) The Company has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its combined balance
sheet and statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows (i) as of
and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, reported on by Deloitte &
Touche LLP, independent public accountants, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal
quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997, certified by
its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash
flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and related companies as
of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end
audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements
referred to in clause (ii) above.

                  (b) The Company has heretofore furnished to the Lenders (i)
its unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet data and statement of operations
data, as set forth in the Registration Statement, for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996, prepared giving effect to the IPO Transactions as if they had
occurred on such date and at the beginning of such fiscal year, and (ii) its
projections (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow
projections of the Company and Subsidiaries for fiscal years 1997-2001, in each
case included in the Confidential Information Memorandum). Such pro forma
financial data have been prepared in good faith by the Company, based on
assumptions believed by the management of the Company to be reasonable at the
time made, and present fairly on a pro forma basis the estimated financial
position and operations of the Company and Subsidiaries as of the date and for
the period ended December 31, 1996, assuming that the IPO Transactions had
actually occurred on such date and at the beginning of such period. Such
projections have been prepared in good faith by the Company, based on
assumptions believed by the management of the Company to be reasonable at the
time made.

                  (c) Since December 31, 1996, there has been no material
adverse change in the business, assets, operations or condition, financial or
otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              56

                  SECTION 3.05. Properties. (a) Each of the Borrowers and its
subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real
and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in
title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as
currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

                  (b) Each of the Borrowers and its subsidiaries owns, or is
licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other
intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the
Borrowers and their subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other
Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.

                  SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There
are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened
against or affecting any Borrower or any of its subsidiaries (i) as to which
there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if
adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the
aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) that involve this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions.

                  (b) Except with respect to any other matters that,
individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in
a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company, any other Borrower nor any of
their respective subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental
Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval
required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become liable for any
Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to
any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental
Liability.

                  SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the
Borrowers and its subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and
orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and all
indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property,
except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              57

expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is
continuing.

                  SECTION 3.08. Investment and Holding Company Status. Neither
any Borrower nor any of its subsidiaries is (a) an "investment company" as
defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940
or (b) a "holding company" as defined in, or subject to regula tion under, the
Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

                  SECTION 3.09. Taxes. Each of the Borrowers and its
subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports
required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required
to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which such Borrower or such subsidiary, as
applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent
that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 3.10. ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is
reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA
Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all
accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions used
for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as
of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts,
exceed by more than $5,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of such Plan,
and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded
Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent
financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $5,000,000 the
fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans.

                  SECTION 3.11. Disclosure. The Company has made available to
the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to
which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to
it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the reports, financial statements,
certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of the
Company or any Subsidiary to the Administrative Agent or any Lender 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              58


in connection with the negotiation of the Loan Documents or delivered hereunder
or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished)
contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to
projected financial information, the Company represents only that such
information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be
reasonable at the time.

                  SECTION 3.12. Subsidiaries. Schedule 3.12 sets forth as of the
Effective Date a list of all Subsidiaries and the percentage ownership interest
of the Company therein. As of the Effective Date, the shares of capital stock of
such Subsidiaries will be fully paid and non-assessable and such shares and
other ownership interests so indicated by Schedule 3.12 will be owned by the
Company, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Liens other than as
permitted under Section 6.02. The Subsidiaries executing and delivering the
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement and the Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution
Agreement on the date hereof constitute all the Material Subsidiaries as of the
date hereof, other than Foreign Subsidiaries.

                  SECTION 3.13. Solvency. On the Effective Date and after the
consummation of the IPO Transactions, (a) the fair value of the assets of the
Company and the Subsidiaries will exceed their debts and liabilities,
subordinated, contingent or otherwise; (b) the present fair saleable value of
the property of the Company and the Subsidiaries will be greater than the amount
that will be required to satisfy their probable liability on their debts and
other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and
other liabilities become absolute and matured; (c) the Company and the
Subsidiaries will be able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated,
contingent or otherwise, as such debts and liabilities become absolute and
matured; and (d) the Company and the Subsidiaries will not have unreasonably
small capital with which to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged as
such businesses are now conducted and are proposed to be conducted following the
Effective Date.

                  SECTION 3.14. Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) Neither the
Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its
important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              59

purchasing or carrying Margin Stock (as defined in Regulations G, U and X of the
Board).

                  (b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of
Credit has been or will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether
immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose which entails a
violation of the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including, without
limitation, Regulation G, U or X thereof. Not more than 25% of the assets
subject to the restrictions of Sections 6.02 and 6.09 will at any time consist
of Margin Stock (as defined in Regulations G, U and X of the Board).

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   Conditions

                  SECTION 4.01. Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders
to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall
not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is
satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 10.02):

                  (a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have
         received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this
         Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence
         satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy
         transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such
         party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

                  (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable
         written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
         and dated the Effective Date) of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel
         for the Loan Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, and
         covering such other matters relating to the Loan Parties, this
         Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transactions as the Required
         Lenders shall reasonably request. Each Loan Party hereby requests such
         counsel to deliver such opinion.

                  (c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such
         documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel
         may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good
         standing of the Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions and

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              60

         any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, this Agreement,
         any other Loan Document or the Transactions, all in form and substance
         satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

                  (d) The Administrative Agent shall have received (1) a
         certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a
         Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Company, confirming (i)
         compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of
         Section 4.02, (ii) that all governmental and third-party approvals
         necessary or advisable in connection with the IPO Transactions
         contemplated hereby have been obtained and are in full force and effect
         and (iii) the Company's existing credit agreements and intercompany
         debt have been terminated and all related loans and obligations have
         been paid in full and no other Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
         set forth in Schedule 6.01) is outstanding, and (2) a certificate in
         form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, dated the
         date of such Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit and signed by
         a Financial Officer of the Company confirming that (i) the IPO
         Transactions have been consummated in all respects in accordance with
         the IPO Information and all applicable laws, (ii) immediately prior to
         the IPO Transactions, no material adverse change in the business,
         assets, operations, prospects or condition, financial or otherwise, of
         the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall have occurred
         and (iii) immediately after giving effect to the IPO Transactions, no
         Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

                  (e) The Administrative Agent shall have received the
         Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement duly executed by each Subsidiary
         Guarantor.

                  (f) The Administrative Agent shall have received the
         Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement duly executed by the
         Company and each Subsidiary that shall be a party to the Subsidiary
         Guarantee Agreement.

                  (g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a
         certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by a Financial Officer
         of the Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
         Lenders, confirming the solvency of the Company and its Subsidiaries
         after giving effect to the initial Loans and issuance of Letters of
         Credit hereunder and the use of proceeds thereof.


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              61

                  (h) The Lenders shall be reasonably satisfied that there are
         no environmental and employee health and safety exposures to which the
         Company or the Subsidiaries may be subject other than any such
         exposures that individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (i) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and
         other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date,
         including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all
         out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the
         Borrower hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the
Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing
Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective unless each
of the foregoing conditions is satisfied (or waived pursuant to Section 10.02)
at or prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 1, 1997 (and, in the event
such conditions are not so satisfied or waived, the Commitments shall terminate
at such time).

                  SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender
to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to
issue, amend, renew or extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the
satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (a) The representations and warranties of each Loan Party set
         forth in each Loan Document shall be true and correct on and as of the
         date of such Borrowing or the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or
         extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable.

                  (b) At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such
         Borrowing or the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such
         Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing.

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of
Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the
Borrower on

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              62

the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this
Section.

                  SECTION 4.03. Each Borrowing Subsidiary Credit Event. The
obligation of each Lender to make Loans hereunder to any Borrowing Subsidiary is
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have
         received such Borrowing Subsidiary's Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement
         duly executed by all parties thereto.

                  (b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable
         written opinion of counsel for such Borrowing Subsidiary, substantially
         in the form of Exhibit C, and covering such other matters relating to
         such Borrowing Subsidiary or its Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement as the
         Required Lenders shall reasonably request.

                  (c) The Administrative Agent shall have received such
         documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel
         may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good
         standing of such Borrowing Subsidiary, the authorization of the
         Transactions insofar as they relate to such Borrowing Subsidiary and
         any other legal matters relating to such Borrowing Subsidiary, its
         Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement or such Transactions, all in form and
         substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

                                    ARTICLE V

                              Affirmative Covenants

                  Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the
principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have
been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and
all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and
agrees with the Lenders that:


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              63

                  SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information. The
Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

                  (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
         Company, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements
         of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows as of the end of and
         for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the
         figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Deloitte &
         Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized
         national standing (without a "going concern" or like qualification or
         exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of
         such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements
         present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and
         results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries
         on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

                  (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three
         fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, its consolidated
         balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders'
         equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and
         the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case
         in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods
         of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the
         previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as
         presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and
         results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries
         on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied,
         subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of
         footnotes;

                (c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements
         under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of
         the Company (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if
         a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action
         taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth
         reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Sections
         6.10 and 6.11 and (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              64

         application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited
         financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 and, if any such
         change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the
         financial statements accompanying such certificate;

                  (d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements
         under clause (a) above, a certificate of the accounting firm that
         reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained
         knowledge during the course of their examination of such financial
         statements of any Default (which certificate may be limited to the
         extent required by accounting rules or guidelines);

                  (e) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies
         of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials
         filed by the Company or any Subsidiary with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of
         the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities
         exchange, or distributed by the Company to its shareholders generally,
         as the case may be; and

                  (f) promptly following any request therefor, such other
         information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial
         condition of the Company or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the
         terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may
         reasonably request.

                  SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events. The Company will
furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the
following:

                  (a) the occurrence of any Default;

                  (b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or
         proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority
         against or affecting the Company or any Affiliate thereof that, if
         adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result in a
         Material Adverse Effect;

                  (c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together
         with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be
         expected to result in 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              65

         liability of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount
         exceeding $5,000,000; and

                  (d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably
         be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of
a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Company setting forth the
details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken
or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

                  SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business. The Company
will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal
existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material
to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit
any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section
6.03.

                  SECTION 5.04. Payment of Obligations. The Company will, and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, including Tax
liabilities, that, if not paid, could result in a Material Adverse Effect before
the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or
amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b)
the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with
respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment
pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The
Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain
all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially
sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against
such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or
similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

                  SECTION 5.06. Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The
Company will, and will cause each of its


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              66


Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and
correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its
business and activities. The Company will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative
Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its
properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to
discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent
accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

                  SECTION 5.07. Compliance with Laws. The Company will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and
orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except
where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds and Letters of Credit. The
proceeds of the Loans will be used only for general corporate purposes of the
Borrowers, including (i) to repay the existing intercompany and bank debt
referred in clause (i) of the definition of IPO Transactions, (ii) to distribute
the dividend referred to in clause (ii) of the definition of IPO Transactions,
(iii) to acquire the entities referred to in clause (iii) of the definition of
IPO Transactions and (iv) to finance future acquisitions. No part of the
proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any
purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board,
including Regulations G, U and X. Letters of Credit will be issued only to
support obligations incurred by the Company and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of their businesses.

                  SECTION 5.09. Further Assurances. The Company will cause each
Subsidiary that on the date of the initial Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of
Credit is a Material Subsidiary (other than any Foreign Subsidiary) to execute
and deliver to the Administrative Agent, prior to such Borrowing or issuance, a
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement under which it shall become and assume the
obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and the Indemnity, Subrogation
and Contribution Agreement. Promptly upon (i) the acquisition or formation of
any Material Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary), or (ii) any transfer
of

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              67


assets by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries to any existing Subsidiary
(other than a Foreign Subsidiary) that results in such Subsidiary becoming a
Material Subsidiary, and not later than 30 days after the next date on which
financial statements are delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) after any
existing Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) becomes a Material
Subsidiary other than as provided in clause (ii) above, the Company will (i)
cause such Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a
Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement under which such Subsidiary shall become and
assume the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and the Indemnity,
Subrogation and Contribution Agreement and (ii) deliver an opinion of counsel,
reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form
of Exhibit B.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                               Negative Covenants

                  Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the
principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been
paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all LC
Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Company covenants and agrees with
the Lenders that:

                  SECTION 6.01. Subsidiary Indebtedness. The Company will not
permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
Indebtedness, except:

                  (a) Indebtedness created hereunder;

                  (b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in
         Schedule 6.01 and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such
         Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount
         thereof or shorten the term thereof;

                  (c) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the Company or any other
         Subsidiary;

                  (d) Guarantees by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the
         Company or any other Subsidiary;

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              68

                  (e) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary incurred to finance the
         acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital
         assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness
         assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or
         secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof,
         and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that
         do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that
         (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 90 days after such
         acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and
         (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this
         clause (e) shall not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                  (f) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after
         the date hereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness exists at the time
         such Person becomes a Subsidiary and is not created in contemplation of
         or in connection with such Person becoming a Subsidiary and (ii) the
         aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (f)
         shall not exceed $30,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                  (g) other secured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal
         amount not exceeding $10,000,000 at any time outstanding for all the
         Subsidiaries; and

                  (h) other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal
         amount not exceeding, together with the aggregate principal amount of
         all Indebtedness permitted by clause (g) of this Section and the
         aggregate sale price of all arrangements permitted by Section 6.09,
         $40,000,000 at any time outstanding for the Company and all the
         Subsidiaries.

                  SECTION 6.02. Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any
property or asset now owned

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              69

or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including
accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

                  (a) Permitted Encumbrances;

                  (b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Company or any
         Subsidiary existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 6.02;
         provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or
         asset of the Company or any Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure
         only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and
         extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the
         outstanding principal amount thereof or shorten the term thereof;

                  (c) any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the
         acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any
         property or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the
         date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;
         provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in
         connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary,
         as the case may be, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other
         property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary and (iii) such Lien
         shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of
         such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary, as the
         case may be, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do
         not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof;

                  (d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or
         improved by the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that (i) such
         security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of
         Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured
         thereby are incurred prior to or within 90 days after such acquisition
         or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the
         Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 90% of the cost of
         acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and
         (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or
         assets of the Company or any Subsidiary;

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              70

                  (e) Liens on property or assets of any Subsidiary securing
         Indebtedness of such Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Subsidiary;
         provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted
         by this clause (e), together with the aggregate principal amount of
         Indebtedness permitted by clauses (e) and (g) of Section 6.01, shall
         not exceed $35,000,000; and

                  (f) Liens arising by way of retention of title of goods by the
         supplier of goods where such goods are supplied subject to retention of
         title and are acquired in the ordinary course of business of the
         Company or any Subsidiary.

                  SECTION 6.03. Fundamental Changes. (a) The Company will not,
and will not permit any Material Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with
any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with
it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a
series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now
owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the
time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing (i) any Person may merge into the Company in a
transaction in which the Company is the surviving corporation, (ii) any Person
(other than the Company) may merge into any Material Subsidiary in a transaction
in which the surviving entity is a Subsidiary, (iii) any Material Subsidiary may
sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Company or to
another Material Subsidiary and (iv) any Material Subsidiary may liquidate or
dissolve if the Company determines in good faith that such liquidation or
dissolution is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially
disadvantageous to the Lenders; provided that any such merger involving a Person
that is not a wholly owned Material Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger
shall not be permitted unless also permitted by Section 6.04. For purposes of
this paragraph only, the "5%" referred to in the definition of Material
Subsidiary shall be replaced by "7.5%."

                  (b) The Company will not permit any Subsidiary to issue shares
of capital stock of such Subsidiary, except that, if at the time thereof and
immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              71

continuing, any Subsidiary may issue shares of its capital stock to the Company
or to any Material Subsidiary.

                  (c) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its
Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than
businesses of the type conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the date
of execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.

                  SECTION 6.04. Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and
Acquisitions. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries
to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person
that was not a wholly owned Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock,
evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or
other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any
loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist
any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or
otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of transactions) any assets of
any other Person constituting a business unit, except:

                  (a) Permitted Investments;

                  (b) investments by the Company in the capital stock of its
         Subsidiaries;

                  (c) loans or advances made by the Company to any wholly-owned
         Subsidiary and made by any Subsidiary to the Company or any other
         Subsidiary;

                  (d) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted
         by Section 6.01;

                  (e) investments by the Company or its Subsidiaries in any
         Person (other than a Subsidiary) in an aggregate amount for all Persons
         not exceeding $25,000,000;

                  (f) any acquisition of the capital stock or substantially all
         of the assets of any Person by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
         provided that (i) at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto
         no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Company
         would be in compliance with Sections 6.10 and 6.11 for the most recent
         calculation period and as of the last day thereof as if such
         acquisition had been consummated at the beginning of

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              72

         such calculation period, (iii) any acquired business shall be of the
         type conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the date of
         execution of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto
         and (iv) in the case of any such acquisition of any capital stock of or
         other ownership interest in any Person which is not then a Subsidiary,
         such acquisition will result in such Person becoming a Subsidiary; and

                  (g) investments by General Cable Industries, Inc. after the
         date hereof in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10,000,000 in a joint
         venture known as General Photonics LLC.

                  SECTION 6.05. Hedging Agreements. The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement,
other than Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business to
hedge or mitigate risks to which the Company or any Subsidiary is exposed in the
conduct of its business or the management of its liabilities.

                  SECTION 6.06. Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or
make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Company may
(i) declare and pay dividends with respect to its capital stock payable solely
in additional shares of its common stock or in cash and (ii) repurchase or
redeem shares of its capital stock; provided that (1) such cash dividends,
repurchases and redemptions for fiscal year 1997 shall be limited to the
dividend of $42,600,000 to Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V. plus $2,500,000 to be
paid to the Borrower's public stockholders; (2) for fiscal year 1998 and
thereafter, the aggregate amount of cash dividends, repurchases and redemptions
in any such fiscal year shall not exceed the greater of (x) 50% of the Company's
consolidated net income for the immediately preceding fiscal year plus, without
duplication, 50% of the Company's cumulative consolidated net income for the
period commencing on January 1, 1997, through December 31 of the immediately
preceding fiscal year minus the cumulative cash dividends, repurchases and
redemptions actually made during such period (and excluding the dividend paid to
Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V. in 1997) (collectively, the "Restricted
Availability"); provided, that in no event shall any cash dividends, repurchases
or redemptions payable under this clause (x) exceed the greater of $0.20 per
fiscal year per


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              73

share of the Borrower's common stock outstanding at the end of the immediately
preceding fiscal year and the cash dividends, repurchases and redemptions made
in the immediately preceding fiscal year; and (y) 70% of the Company's
consolidated net income for the immediately preceding fiscal year not to exceed
the Restricted Availability, (b) Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends
ratably with respect to their capital stock and (c) the Company may make
Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or
other benefit plans for management or employees of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.

                  SECTION 6.07. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will
not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise
transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any
property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any
of its Affiliates, except (a) in the ordinary course of business at prices and
on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary
than could be obtained on an arm's-length basis from unrelated third parties,
(b) transactions between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries not involving
any other Affiliate and (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.06.

                  SECTION 6.08. Restrictive Agreements. The Company will not,
and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter
into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that
prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the
Company or any Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any
of its property or assets, or (b) the ability of any Subsidiary to pay dividends
or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to
make or repay loans or advances to the Company or any other Subsidiary or to
Guarantee Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i)
the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by law or
by this Agreement, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and
conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 6.08 (but shall
apply to any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification expanding
the scope of, any such restriction or condition), (iii) the foregoing shall not
apply to customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating
to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided such 


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              74

restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and
such sale is permitted hereunder, (iv) clause (a) of the foregoing shall not
apply to restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured
Indebtedness permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions
apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness and (v) clause
(a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other
contracts restricting the assignment thereof.

                  SECTION 6.09. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. The Company
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, enter into any arrangement with any Person (other than a
wholly-owned Subsidiary) whereby it shall sell or transfer any property used or
useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter
rent or lease such property or other property which it intends to use for
substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or
transferred, except for any such arrangement or arrangements with an aggregate
sale price not exceeding in any fiscal year $5,000,000, subject to clause (h) of
Section 6.01.

                  SECTION 6.10. Leverage Ratio. The Leverage Ratio will not
exceed 3.75 to 1.00 at any time; provided that (i) the Leverage Ratio at
September 30, 1997 shall be based on EBITDA for the Company and its Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis for the one-fiscal quarter period then ended times four,
(ii) the Leverage Ratio at December 31, 1997 shall be based on EBITDA for the
Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the two-fiscal quarter
period then ended times two and (iii) the Leverage Ratio at March 31, 1998 shall
be based on EBITDA for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
for the three-fiscal quarter period then ended times 1.34.

                  SECTION 6.11. Interest Coverage Ratio. The Interest Coverage
Ratio for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company will not
be less than (i) 2.50 to 1.00 through June 30, 1998, (ii) 3.00 to 1.00 for any
period ending on or prior to June 30, 1999 or (iii) 3.50 to 1.00 thereafter;
provided that (i) the ratio for the period ended September 30, 1997 shall be
based on Cash Interest Expense and EBITDA for the Company and its Subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis for the one-fiscal quarter period then ended times four,
(ii) the ratio for the period ended December 31, 1997 shall be based on Cash
Interest Expense and EBITDA for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis for the two-fiscal

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              75

quarter period then ended times two and (iii) the ratio for the period ended
March 31, 1998 shall be based on Cash Interest Expense and EBITDA for the
Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the three-fiscal
quarter period then ended times 1.34.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                Events of Default

                  If any of the following events ("Events of Default") shall
occur:

                  (a) any Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan
         or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when
         and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date
         thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

                  (b) any Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or
         any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause
         (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same
         shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue
         unremedied for a period of three Business Days;

                  (c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or
         on behalf of the Loan Party or any subsidiary thereof in or in
         connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification
         hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report,
         certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant
         to or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or
         modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, shall
         prove to have been incorrect when made or deemed made;

                  (d) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant,
         condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to
         any Borrower's existence) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

                  (e) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any
         covenant, condition or agreement contained

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              76

         in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or
         (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a
         period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to
         the Company (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

                  (f) the Company or any Subsidiary shall fail to make any
         payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in
         respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become
         due and payable;

                  (g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material
         Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that
         enables or permits (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of
         time or both) the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any
         trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material
         Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase,
         redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity;
         provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness
         that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the
         property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

                  (h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an
         involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation,
         reorganization or other relief in respect of any Borrower or any
         Material Subsidiary thereof or its debts, or of a substantial part of
         its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency,
         receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the
         appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator,
         conservator or similar official for any Borrower or any Material
         Subsidiary thereof or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any
         such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for
         60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the
         foregoing shall be entered;

                  (i) any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary thereof shall (i)
         voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking
         liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or
         foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              77

         similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution
         of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any
         proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii)
         apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
         custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for any
         Borrower or any subsidiary thereof or for a substantial part of its
         assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a
         petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general
         assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the
         purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

                  (j) any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary thereof shall
         become unable, admit in writing or fail generally to pay its debts as
         they become due;

                  (k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an
         aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against any
         Borrower, any subsidiary thereof or any combination thereof and the
         same shall remain undischarged for a period of 45 consecutive days
         during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action
         shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon
         any assets of any Borrower or any subsidiary thereof to enforce any
         such judgment;

                  (l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of
         the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events
         that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability
         of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding
         (i) $5,000,000 in any year or (ii) $10,000,000 for all periods;

                  (m) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall fail to
         observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in
         Article IX or the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, as the case may be,
         or the guarantee of the Company hereunder or of any Subsidiary
         Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement shall not be (or
         shall be claimed by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor not to be)
         valid or in full force and effect; or

                  (n) a Change in Control shall occur;

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              78

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Borrower
described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter
during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the
request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Company, take either or
both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the
Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii)
declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part,
in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter
be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so
declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all
fees and other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall become due
and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower; and in case of any
event with respect to any Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this
Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the
Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and
other obligations of the Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall automatically become
due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                            The Administrative Agent

                  Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably
appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative
Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are
delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such
actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

                  The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall
have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender
and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and
such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and
generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or
other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              79

                  The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or
obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject
to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has
occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty
to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except
discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the
Administrative Agent is required to exercise upon receipt of notice in writing
by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as
shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02), and
(c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not
have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose,
any information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is
communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any
of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable
for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of
the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall
be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 10.02) or in the
absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Administrative
Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until
written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower or a
Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any
duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation
made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any
certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in
connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of
the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or
therein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any
Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the
satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other
than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the
Administrative Agent.

                  The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and
shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request,
certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed
by it to be

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              80

genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative
Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and
believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any
liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal
counsel (who may be counsel for any Borrower), independent accountants and other
experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not
taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or
experts.

                  The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties
and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents
appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such
sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers
through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the
preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related
Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to
their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit
facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

                  Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor
Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may
resign, and shall resign at the request of the Required Banks, at any time by
notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Company. Upon any such
resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the
Company, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by
the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days
after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then
the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing
Bank, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an
office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the
acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor,
such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring
Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
hereunder. The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent
shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed
between the Company and such successor. After the Administrative

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              81


Agent's resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 10.03
shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent,
its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions
taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as
Administrative Agent.

                  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on
such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also
acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the
Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and
information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its
own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement,
any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    Guarantee

                  In order to induce the Lenders to extend credit hereunder, the
Company hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor
and not merely as a surety, the Obligations. The Company further agrees that the
due and punctual payment of the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole
or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that it will remain
bound upon its Guarantee hereunder notwithstanding any such extension or renewal
of any Obligation.

                  The Company waives presentment to, demand of payment from and
protest to any Borrowing Subsidiary of any of the Obligations, and also waives
notice of acceptance of its obligations and notice of protest for nonpayment.
The obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the
failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand
or to enforce any right or remedy against any Borrowing Subsidiary under the
provisions of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise; (b) any
rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions
of this Agreement, any Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement or any other Loan Document
or

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              82

agreement; or (c) the failure of any Lender to exercise any right or remedy
against any Borrowing Subsidiary.

                  The Company further agrees that its agreement hereunder
constitutes a promise of payment when due (whether or not any bankruptcy or
similar proceeding shall have stayed the accrual or collection of any of the
Obligations or operated as a discharge thereof) and not merely of collection,
and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Lender to any
balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Lender in favor of
any Borrower or any other person.

                  The obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be subject
to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, and
shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or
termination whatsoever, by reason of the invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability of the Obligations, any impossibility in the performance of the
Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or
otherwise affected by the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document or agreement, by any waiver or modification in respect of
any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the
performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or omission which may or
might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Company or otherwise
operate as a discharge of the Company or any other Borrower as a matter of law
or equity.

                  The Company further agrees that its obligations hereunder
shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any
time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation is rescinded or must
otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the
bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower or otherwise.

                  In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any
other right which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have at law or in
equity against the Company by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrowing
Subsidiary to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether
at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, the
Company hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              83

Administrative Agent, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash the amount of
such unpaid Obligation.

                  Upon payment in full by the Company of all Obligations, each
Lender shall, in a reasonable manner, assign the amount of such Obligations owed
to it and so paid to the Company, or make such disposition thereof as the
Company shall direct (all without recourse to any Lender and without any
representation or warranty by any Lender).

                  Upon payment by the Company of any sums as provided above, all
rights of Company against any Borrowing Subsidiary arising as a result thereof
by way of right of subrogation or otherwise shall in all respects be
subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in
full of all the Obligations owed by such Borrowing Subsidiary to the Lenders.

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  Miscellaneous

                  SECTION 10.01. Notices. Except in the case of notices and
other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices
and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be
delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or
registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

                  (a) if to any Borrower, to it in care of the Company at 4
         Tesseneer Drive, Highland Heights, KY 41076-9753, Attention of the
         Chief Financial Officer (Telecopy No. (606) 572-8011);

                  (b) if to the Administrative Agent, to The Chase Manhattan
         Bank, Loan and Agency Services Group, One Chase Manhattan Plaza, 8th
         Floor, New York, New York 10081, Attention of Janet Belden (Telecopy
         No. (212) 552-5658, with a copy to The Chase Manhattan Bank, 10 South
         LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention of Jon Hinard (Telecopy
         No. (312) 807-4077);

                  (c) if to the Issuing Bank, to it at The Chase Manhattan Bank,
         Attention of Janet Belden (Telecopy No. (212) 552-5658);

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              84

                  (d) if to the Swingline Lender, to it at The Chase Manhattan
         Bank, Attention of Janet Belden (Telecopy No. (212) 552-5658); and

                  (e) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy
         number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other
communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and
other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

                  SECTION 10.02. Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by
the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right
or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or
discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights
and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders
hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that
they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agree ment or
consent to any departure by any Borrower therefrom shall in any event be
effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section,
and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance
and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be
construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative
Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such
Default at the time.

                  (b) Neither this Agreement nor any Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreement nor any provision hereof or thereof may be waived, amended or modified
except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the
Company and the Required Lenders or by the Company and the Administrative Agent
with the consent of the Required Lenders (and, in the case of a Borrowing
Subsidiary Agreement, the applicable Borrowing Subsidiary); provided that no
such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment of any Lender without the
written consent of such Lender, (ii)

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              85


reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of
interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written
consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of
payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest
thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse
any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any
Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv)
change Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing
of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v)
change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of "Required
Lenders" or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of
Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any
determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of
each Lender or (vi) release any Loan Party from, or limit or condition its
obligations under, Article IX or the Subsidiary Guarantee Agreement, without the
written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall
amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior
written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline
Lender, as the case may be.

                  SECTION 10.03. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The
Company shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges
and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with
the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation
and administration of the Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or
waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for
payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the fees,
charges and disbursements of any counsel (including the allocated costs of
internal counsel, if any) for the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any
Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in
connection with any Loan Document, including its rights under this

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              86

Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued
hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any
workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of
Credit.

                  (b) The Company shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Bank and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing
Persons (each such Person being called an "Indemnitee") against, and hold each
Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel
(including the allocated costs of internal counsel, if any) for any Indemnitee,
incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection
with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any
other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or
thereby, the performance by the parties hereto or thereto of their respective
obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or
any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter
of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the
Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the
documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with
the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or
release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in
any way to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or
prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of
the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and
regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such
indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are deter mined by a
court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have
resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee.

                  (c) To the extent that the Company fails to pay any amount
required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the
Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender
severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the
Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender's Applicable Percentage
(determined as of the time that the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              87

applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid
amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim,
damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or
asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline
Lender in its capacity as such.

                  (d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Borrower
shall assert, and each Borrower hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee,
on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive
damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection
with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Agreement or any
agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or
Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

                  (e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable
promptly after written demand therefor.

                  SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of
this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto (including any Borrowing Subsidiaries) and their respective successors
and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that
issues any Letter of Credit), except that no Borrower may assign or otherwise
transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any Borrowing
Subsidiary Agreement without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any
attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower without such consent shall be
null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be
construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their
respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of
the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit) and, to the extent expressly
contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent,
the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or by reason of this Agreement.

                  (b) Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a
portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a
portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that
(i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender,
each of the Company and the 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              88

Administrative Agent (and, in the case of an assignment of all or a portion of a
Commitment or any Lender's obligations in respect of its LC Exposure or
Swingline Exposure, the Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender) must give their
prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or
an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the
assigning Lender's Commitment, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning
Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment
and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the
Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the
Company and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, (iii) each partial
assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the
assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, except that this
clause (iii) shall not apply to rights in respect of outstanding Competitive
Loans, (iv) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing
and recordation fee of $3,500, and (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a
Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative
Questionnaire; and provided further that any consent of the Company otherwise
required under this paragraph shall not be required if an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant
to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in
each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto
and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance,
have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the
assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by
such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this
Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the
assigning Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender
shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the
benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 10.03). Any assignment or transfer by
a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with
this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such
Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with
paragraph (e) of this Section.


<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              89

                  (c) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an
agent of each Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New
York a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for
the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment
of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender
pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in
the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent,
the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in
the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes
of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be
available for inspection by the Company, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

                  (d) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and
Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee's
completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a
Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph
(b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by
paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such
Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the
Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless
it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

                  (e) Any Lender may, without the consent of any Borrower, the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell
participations to one or more banks or other entities (a "Participant") in all
or a portion of such Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement
(including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it);
provided that (i) such Lender's obligations under this Agreement shall remain
unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to
deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender's
rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument
pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such
Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              90

amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided
that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without
the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver
described in the first proviso to Section 10.02(b) that affects such
Participant. Subject to paragraph (f) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that
each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and
2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by
assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by
law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as
though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to
Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender.

                  (f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater
payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been
entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant,
unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the
Company's prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if
it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless
the Company is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such
Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section
2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.

                  (g) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security
interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure
obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure
obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any
such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge
or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its
obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender
as a party hereto.

                  SECTION 10.05. Survival. All covenants, agreements,
representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein or in any other
Loan Document or in the certificates or other instruments delivered in
connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall
be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto or thereto
and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other
Loan

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              91

Document and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit,
regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf
and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any
Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect
representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and
shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any
accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of
Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or
terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17, 10.03 and 10.13 and
Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the
Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the
Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
any provision hereof or thereof.

                  SECTION 10.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This
Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on
different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of
which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and
any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the
Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating
to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except
as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall
have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent
shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the
signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page
of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 10.07. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement
held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to
such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality
or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              92

and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a
particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such
provision in any other jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 10.08. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is
hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special,
time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at
any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account
of any Borrower against any of and all the obligations of such Borrower now or
hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of
whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and
although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this
Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of
setoff) which such Lender may have.

                  SECTION 10.09. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service
of Process. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by the law of the State of New York.

                  (b) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the
Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the
United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any
appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment,
and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees
that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and
determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such
Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any
such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent,
the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or
proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Borrower or its properties in
the courts of any jurisdiction.

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              92

                  (c) Each Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any
objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit,
action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court
referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby
irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an
inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such
court.

                  (d) Each party to this Agreement (including any Borrowing
Subsidiaries) irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided
for notices in Section 10.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of
any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by
law.

                  SECTION 10.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE
TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER
BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES
THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT
AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREE MENT BY,
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

                  SECTION 10.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the
Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not
part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken
into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

                  SECTION 10.12. Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality
of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed
(a) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers, employees and agents,
including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood
that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the
confidential nature of such Information and instructed to 

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              94

keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any
regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or
regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party
to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder
or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement
of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions
substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or
Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its
rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Company
or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than
as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis
from a source other than the Company. For the purposes of this Section,
"Information" means all information received from the Company relating to the
Company or its business, other than any such information that is available to
the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential
basis prior to disclosure by the Company; provided that, in the case of
information received from the Company after the date hereof, such information is
clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required
to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall
be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has
exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such
Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

                  SECTION 10.13. Conversion of Currencies. (a) If, for the
purpose of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum
owing hereunder in one currency into another currency, each party hereto
(including any Borrowing Subsidiary) agrees, to the fullest extent that it may
effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in
accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction the first
currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day
immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given.

                  (b) The obligations of each Borrower in respect of any sum due
to any party hereto or any holder of the obligations owing hereunder (the
"Applicable Creditor") shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              95

"Judgment Currency") other than the currency in which such sum is stated to be
due hereunder (the "Agreement Currency"), be discharged only to the extent that,
on the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum
adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in
accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant jurisdiction purchase
the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount of the
Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the
Applicable Creditor in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a
separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the
Applicable Creditor against such loss. The obligations of the Borrowers
contained in this Section 10.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement
and the payment of all other amounts owing hereunder.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the
day and year first above written.

                                                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION,

                                                    by
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:

<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              96


                                                THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK,
                                                individually and as
                                                Administrative Agent,
                                                
                                                      by
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:
                                                
                        
                                                THE ASAHI BANK, LTD.,
                                                
                                                      by
                                                       -------------------------
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:
                                                
                                                THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
                                                
                                                      by
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                                                
                                                BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST
                                                COMPANY,
                                                
                                                      by
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                                                
                                                CREDIT AGRICOLE,
                                                
                                                      by
                                                          ----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                                                
                                                CREDIT LYONNAIS CHICAGO
                                                BRANCH,
                                                
                                                      by
                                                         -----------------------
                        
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              97

                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                        
                                                FIFTH THIRD BANK OF NORTHERN
                                                KENTUCKY,
                                               
                                                     by
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                                               
                                                FIRST CHICAGO NBD CORPORATION,
                                               
                                                     by
                                                        ------------------------
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:
                                               
                                                THE FUJI BANK, LIMITED,
                                               
                                                     by
                                                       -------------------------
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:
                                               
                                                KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                               
                                                     by
                                                        ------------------------
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:
                                               
                                                MELLON BANK, N.A.,
                                               
                                                     by
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                                               
                                                NATIONAL CITY BANK OF DAYTON,
                                               
                                                     by
<PAGE>


<PAGE>
                                                                              98

                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                        
                                                PNC BANK, OHIO, NATIONAL
                                                ASSOCIATION,
                        
                                                      by
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:
                        
                                                STAR BANK,
                        
                                                      by
                                                         -----------------------
                                                         Name:
                                                         Title:

<PAGE>





<PAGE>


                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                           1997 ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN



         1.       PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

                  The  purpose of the  General  Cable  Corporation  1997  Annual
Incentive  Plan (the  "Plan") is to provide a cash annual  incentive  award with
respect to the period  commencing  on January 1, 1997 and ending on December 31,
1997 (the "Performance  Period") in order to motivate certain executive officers
and key  employees of General Cable  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), and its subsidiaries to put forth maximum efforts toward the growth,
profitability  and success of the Company and its  subsidiaries and to encourage
such  individuals  to remain  in the  employ of the  Company  or the  applicable
subsidiary.

                  The Plan  shall  become  effective  as of  January 1, 1997 and
shall terminate upon the payout of all annual incentive awards under the Plan.

         2.       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.

                  The  Plan  shall  be   administered   by   a   committee  (the
"Committee"), which shall be the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
or,  once  established, a committee or a subcommittee  of the Board of Directors
appointed by the Board from among its members.  The Committee shall have all the
powers vested in it  by  the terms of the Plan, such powers to include authority
(within the limitations described  herein) to select the persons to  be  granted
awards under the  Plan,  to  determine  the time when awards will be granted, to
determine whether objectives and conditions for earning awards have been met, to
determine whether  awards  will  be paid at the end of the Performance Period or
deferred, and to determine  whether  an  award  or payment of an award should be
reduced or eliminated.

                  The   Committee   shall  have  full  power  and  authority  to
administer  and  interpret  the  Plan  and to  adopt  such  rules,  regulations,
agreements,  guidelines and instruments for the  administration  of the Plan and
for the conduct of its business as the Committee  deems  necessary or advisable.
The Committee's interpretations of the Plan, and all actions taken and

                                        



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


determinations  made  by the  Committee  pursuant  to the  powers  vested  in it
hereunder,  shall be conclusive and binding on all parties concerned,  including
the Company, its stockholders and any person receiving an award under the Plan.

                  The  Committee  may delegate all or a portion of its power and
authority under the Plan to such officers  (including,  without limitation,  the
Company's chief executive officer) or other employees of the Company as it shall
determine;  provided,  however,  that no delegation  shall be made regarding the
selection of executive officers of the Company who shall be granted awards under
the Plan,  the amount and  timing  thereof,  or the  objectives  and  conditions
pertaining thereto.

         3.       ELIGIBILITY.

   
                  The  Committee,  in its  discretion,  may grant awards to such
executive  officers and, based upon the recommendation of  the  chief  executive
officer, other key employees as it shall determine from time to time.  Executive
officers  and  other  key  employees  who are granted  awards under the Plan are
referred to herein as "participants."
    

         4.        AWARDS.

                  (a) GRANTING OF AWARDS.  Participants  shall be granted awards
under the Plan not  earlier  than the date of the  consummation  of the  initial
public offering contemplated by the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1
filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  March  6,  1997 and
subsequently  amended.  The grant of awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by
"award  letters" (which need not be identical) in such form as the Committee may
from time to time approve and which shall contain the terms and  conditions,  as
determined by the Committee,  of a participant's award; provided,  however, that
in the event of any  conflict  between the  provisions  of the Plan and any such
award  letters,  the  provisions  of the Plan shall  prevail.  An award shall be
determined  by  multiplying  the   participant's   base  salary  (including  all
deferrals) earned with respect to 1997 by  applicable  percentages  based on the
achievement of specified performance targets. The maximum award that may be paid
out under the Plan to any participant  (other than the Company's chief executive
officer  and chief  operating  officer)  shall not  exceed  90  percent  of such
participant's  annual  base salary on the date of the award;  the maximum  award
that may be paid out under  the Plan to each of the  Company's  chief  executive
officer  and chief  operating  officer  shall not  exceed  120  percent  of such
participant's annual base salary on the date of the award.

                  (b) PERFORMANCE  TARGETS.  Annual performance targets shall be
based on the  performance  of the Company,  one or more of its  subsidiaries  or
affiliates,  one  or  more  of its  business  units  or  divisions,  and/or  the
individual for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 1997. For participants who
are executive officers of the Company,  such targets shall be established by the
Committee.  For other  participants,  the Company  performance  targets shall be
established by the Company's chief  executive  officer.  Individual  performance
targets shall be established  by the manager of the applicable  unit or division
of the Company (including subsidiaries and affiliates).  Performance targets may
include provisions for graduated performance standards.

                                        2




<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


                  (c)  PAYMENT  OF  AWARDS.  Awards  shall be payable in cash to
participants  who are employed at the time of payout upon  certification  by the
Committee  that the Company has achieved the specified  performance  targets for
the Performance Period.

   
                  (d) DISCRETION.  Subject to the maximum award that may be paid
out pursuant to Section 4(a) above,  the Company's chief  executive  officer may
reduce or  increase  the  award  payouts  for any  participant  (other  than the
Company's chief executive  officer,  chief  operating  officer,  chief financial
officer and general counsel), subject to the approval of the Committee.
    

         5.       TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

                  Subject to any  written  agreement  between  the Company and a
participant  (other than any award letter under the Plan), if the  participant's
employment  with the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  is terminated  for any
reason, either by the Company or the subsidiary,  or by the participant,  before
the  participant  receives his or her award payout as  determined  in accordance
with Section 4 above,  the  participant  shall  immediately  forfeit such award;
provided,  however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion,  may pay to such
participant  all or part of the award  payout  with  respect to the  Performance
Period that the participant would have received had the participant's employment
not been terminated.

         6.       MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

                  (a)  GUIDELINES.  The  Committee  may adopt  from time to time
written policies for its implementation of the Plan.

                  (b) WITHHOLDING TAXES. The Company (or the relevant subsidiary
or  affiliate)  shall  have the  right to  deduct  from all  awards  or  payouts
hereunder  any  federal,  state,  local or foreign  taxes  required by law to be
withheld with respect to such awards or payouts.

                  (c) NO  RIGHTS TO  AWARDS.  Except  as set  forth  herein,  no
executive officer, key employee or other person shall have any claim or right to
be  granted  an award  under the Plan.  Neither  the Plan nor any  action  taken
hereunder  shall be construed as giving any employee any right to be retained in
the employ of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, divisions or affiliates.

                                        3



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>




                  (d) COSTS AND EXPENSES. The cost and expenses of administering
the Plan shall be borne by the Company and shall not be charged to any award nor
to any employee receiving an award.

                  (e) FUNDING OF PLAN.  The Plan shall be unfunded.  The Company
shall not be required to establish  any special or separate  fund or to make any
other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any award under the Plan.

                  (f) PLAN SUPERSEDES OTHER PLANS OR ARRANGEMENTS.  The Plan and
the  award  letters  evidencing  the  grant of the  awards  contain  the  entire
understanding and agreement between the Company and each participant  concerning
the  subject  matter  hereof and  supersedes  all prior  plans,  award  letters,
agreements, understandings,  discussions, negotiations and undertakings, whether
written or oral,  between the Company and any  employee of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries with respect thereto.

                  7.       AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

                  The Committee may at any time  terminate the Plan, or may from
time to time  amend  the  Plan in whole or in  part,  but no such  action  shall
adversely affect any rights or obligations with respect to any awards or payouts
theretofore made under the Plan.

                                        4

<PAGE>
 




<PAGE>

                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                            1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

         1.       PURPOSE.

                  The General Cable  Corporation  1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the
"Plan")  is  intended  to provide  incentives  which  will  attract,  retain and
motivate highly competent persons as non-employee directors and key employees of
General  Cable  Corporation  (the  "Company")  and  of  any  of  its  subsidiary
corporations  now existing or hereafter  formed or acquired,  by providing  them
opportunities  to acquire shares of the common stock,  par value $.01 per share,
of the Company  ("Common  Stock") or to receive  monetary  payments based on the
value of such  shares  pursuant  to the Awards  (as  defined in Section 4 below)
described  herein.  Furthermore,  the Plan is intended to assist in aligning the
interests of the Company's  non-employee  directors and key employees with those
of its stockholders.

         2.       ADMINISTRATION.

                  (a) The  Plan   shall   be  administered  by  a committee (the
"Committee"),  which  shall  be  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the Company (the
"Board"), or, once established, a  committee or  subcommittee  of the  Board  of
Directors appointed by the  Board  from among its members.  The Committee may be
the Board's Compensation  Committee. Unless the Board determines otherwise,  the
Committee shall  be comprised solely of not less than two members who each shall
qualify as a (i) "Non-Employee  Director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3)
(or any successor  rule)  under the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the  "Exchange  Act")  and  (ii)  an  "outside director"  within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of  the Internal  Revenue  Code  of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
and the regulations thereunder. The  Committee  is  authorized,  subject  to the
provisions  of  the  Plan,  to  establish such rules and regulations as it deems
necessary  for  the  proper  administration  of  the  Plan  and  to   make  such
determinations and interpretations and to take  such  action in  connection with
the Plan and any Awards granted  hereunder as it deems necessary  or  advisable.
All  determinations  and  interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding
and conclusive on all participants and  their  legal  representatives. No member
of the Board, no member of the Committee and no  employee  of the Company  shall
be liable  for any  act or  failure  to act  hereunder,  except in circumstances
involving  his or her bad faith,  gross  negligence  or  willful misconduct,  or
for any act or failure  to  act  hereunder by any other member or employee or by
any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Plan have
been  delegated. The  Company  shall  indemnify   members  of the Committee  and
any agent of the Committee  who is an employee  of the  Company, against any and
all  liabilities or expenses  to which they may be  subjected by reason  of  any
act  or  failure  to  act  with  respect  to their duties on behalf of the Plan,
except in circumstances involving such  person's bad faith,  gross negligence or
willful misconduct.

                  (b) The  Committee may delegate to one or more of its members,
or to one or more agents, such  administrative  duties as it may deem advisable,
and the Committee,  or any person to whom it has delegated  duties as aforesaid,
may  employ  one  or  more  persons  to  render   advice  with  respect  to  any
responsibility  the  Committee  or such  person  may have  under the  Plan.  The
Committee may employ such legal or other counsel,  consultants  and agents as it
may deem  desirable  for the  administration  of the





<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Plan  and  may  rely  upon any opinion or computation  received  from  any  such
counsel,  consultant  or  agent.  Expenses  incurred  by  the  Committee  in the
engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company, or
the subsidiary  or  affiliate  whose employees have benefitted from the Plan, as
determined by the Committee.

         3.       PARTICIPANTS.

                  Participants shall consist of such non-employee  directors and
such key employees of the Company and any of its  subsidiaries  as the Committee
in its  sole  discretion  determines  to be  significantly  responsible  for the
success  and  future  growth  and  profitability  of the  Company  and  whom the
Committee  may  designate  from time to time to receive  Awards  under the Plan.
Designation  of a  participant  in any year shall not require the  Committee  to
designate such person to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated,
to receive the same type or amount of Award as granted to the participant in any
other year. The Committee  shall consider such factors as it deems  pertinent in
selecting  participants  and  in  determining  the  type  and  amount  of  their
respective Awards.

         4.       TYPE OF AWARDS.

                  Awards  under  the  Plan  may  be  granted  in  any  one  or a
combination  of (1) Stock  Options,  (2) Stock  Appreciation  Rights,  (3) Stock
Awards, (4) Performance Awards and (5) Stock Units (each as described below, and
collectively,  the "Awards").  Stock Awards,  Performance Awards and Stock Units
may,  as   determined   by  the   Committee   in  its   discretion,   constitute
Performance-Based  Awards,  as  described  in Section 11 below.  Awards shall be
evidenced  by  agreements  (which  need not be  identical)  in such forms as the
Committee may from time to time approve; provided, however, that in the event of
any conflict  between the  provisions of the Plan and any such  agreements,  the
provisions of the Plan shall prevail.

         5.       COMMON STOCK AVAILABLE UNDER THE PLAN.

                  (a) Shares Available. The aggregate number of shares of Common
Stock that may be subject to Awards, including Stock Options, granted under this
Plan shall be 2,450,000  shares of Common  Stock,  which may be  authorized  and
unissued or treasury shares,  subject to any adjustments made in accordance with
Section 12 below.

                  (b) Maximum  Individual Limit. The maximum number of shares of
Common  Stock with  respect to which  Awards may be granted or  measured  to any
individual  participant  under the Plan  during  the term of the Plan  shall not
exceed 1,000,000 shares, provided, however, that the maximum number of shares of
Common Stock with respect to which Stock Options and Stock  Appreciation  Rights
may be granted to an  individual  participant  under the Plan during the term of
the Plan shall not exceed 750,000  shares (in each case,  subject to adjustments
made in accordance with Section 12 below).

                  (c) Shares Underlying Awards That Again Become Available.  Any
shares of Common Stock  subject to a Stock  Option,  Stock  Appreciation  Right,
Stock  Award,  Performance  Award,  or  Stock  Unit  which  for any  reason  are
cancelled,  terminated without having been exercised, forfeited, settled in cash
or  delivered to the Company as part or full payment for the exercise of a Stock
Option,  shall  again be  available  for Awards  under the Plan.  The  preceding
sentence  shall apply only for purposes of determining  the aggregate  number of
shares of Common  Stock  subject to Awards but shall not apply for  purposes  of
determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards

                                        2



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


(including the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Options
and Stock Appreciation Rights) that any individual participant may receive.

         6.       STOCK OPTIONS.

                  (a) In General.  The  Committee is  authorized  to grant Stock
Options to  non-employee  directors  and key employees of the Company and any of
its subsidiaries  and shall, in its sole discretion,  determine the non-employee
directors  and key  employees  who will receive  Stock Options and the number of
shares of Common Stock  underlying  each Stock Option.  Stock Options may be (i)
"incentive stock options"  ("Incentive  Stock  Options"),  within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code, or (ii) Stock Options which do not qualify as Incentive
Stock Options  ("Nonqualified  Stock  Options").  The Committee may grant to any
participant one or more Incentive Stock Options,  Nonqualified Stock Options, or
both types of Stock  Options.  Each Stock  Option shall be subject to such terms
and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Committee may impose from time to
time.  In  addition,  each  Stock  Option  shall  be  subject  to the  following
limitations set forth in this Section 6.

                  (b) Exercise Price.  Each Stock Option granted hereunder shall
have such per-share exercise price as the Committee may determine on the date of
grant;  provided,  however,  subject to Section 6(e) below,  that the  per-share
exercise  price shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market  Value (as
defined  in  Section  17 below) of the  Common  Stock on the date the  option is
granted.

                  (c) Payment of Exercise Price. The Stock Option exercise price
may be paid in cash or, in the discretion of the  Committee,  by the delivery of
shares of Common  Stock then owned by the  participant,  by the  withholding  of
shares  of  Common  Stock  for  which a Stock  Option  is  exercisable,  or by a
combination  of these methods.  In the discretion of the Committee,  payment may
also be made by delivering a properly  executed  exercise  notice to the Company
together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly
to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds to pay the exercise price. To
facilitate the foregoing,  the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated
procedures  with one or more  brokerage  firms.  The Committee may prescribe any
other method of paying the exercise  price that it  determines  to be consistent
with applicable law and the purpose of the Plan, including,  without limitation,
in lieu of the  exercise of a Stock Option by delivery of shares of Common Stock
then owned by a  participant,  providing the Company with a notarized  statement
attesting to the number of shares owned, where upon verification by the Company,
the Company would issue to the participant only the number of incremental shares
to which the  participant  is entitled  upon  exercise of the Stock  Option.  In
determining  which methods a participant  may utilize to pay the exercise price,
the  Committee  may consider  such  factors as it  determines  are  appropriate;
provided,  however,  that with  respect to  Incentive  Stock  Options,  all such
discretionary determinations by the Committee shall be made at the time of grant
and specified in the Stock Option agreement.

                  (d) Exercise  Period.  Stock  Options  granted  under the Plan
shall be  exercisable  at such  time or times  and  subject  to such  terms  and
conditions as shall be determined by the Committee;  provided,  however, that no
Stock  Option  shall be  exercisable  later than ten years  after the date it is
granted.  All Stock Options shall  terminate at such earlier times and upon such
conditions or  circumstances  as the Committee shall in its discretion set forth
in such option agreement on the date of grant.

                  (e)  Limitations on Incentive  Stock Options.  Incentive Stock
Options may be granted only to participants who are key employees of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries on the date of

                                        3



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


grant. The aggregate market value (determined as of the time the Stock Option is
granted)  of the Common  Stock with  respect to which  Incentive  Stock  Options
(under all option plans of the Company) are  exercisable for the first time by a
participant during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.  For purposes of
the preceding sentence,  (i) Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account
in the order in which they are granted and (ii) Incentive  Stock Options granted
before 1987 shall not be taken into account.  Incentive Stock Options may not be
granted to any  participant  who,  at the time of grant,  owns stock  possessing
(after the application of the  attribution  rules of Section 424(d) of the Code)
more than 10  percent  of the total  combined  voting  power of all  outstanding
classes of stock of the  Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  unless the option
price is fixed at not less  than 110  percent  of the Fair  Market  Value of the
Common Stock on the date of grant and the exercise of such option is  prohibited
by its terms  after  the  expiration  of 5 years  from the date of grant of such
option. In addition,  no Incentive Stock Option shall be issued to a participant
in tandem with a Nonqualified Stock Option.

         7.       STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

                  The Committee is authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights
to key employees of the Company and any of its  subsidiaries  and shall,  in its
sole   discretion,   determine   the  key   employees  who  will  receive  Stock
Appreciations  and the  number of shares of Common  Stock  with  respect to each
Stock  Appreciation  Right. A "Stock  Appreciation  Right" shall mean a right to
receive a payment, in cash, Common Stock or a combination  thereof, in an amount
equal to the excess of (x) the Fair Market Value, or other specified  valuation,
of a  specified  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock on the date the  right is
exercised over (y) the Fair Market Value,  or other specified  valuation  (which
shall be no less than the Fair Market Value),  of such shares of Common Stock on
the date the right is granted,  all as  determined by the  Committee;  provided,
however,  that if a Stock Appreciation Right is granted  retroactively in tandem
with or in substitution for a Stock Option,  the designated Fair Market Value in
the Stock  Appreciation Right agreement may be the Fair Market Value on the date
such Stock Option was granted. Each Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to
such terms and conditions as the Committee shall impose from time to time.

         8.       STOCK AWARDS.

                  The   Committee  is   authorized  to  grant  Stock  Awards  to
non-employee  directors  and  key  employees  of  the  Company  and  any  of its
subsidiaries  and shall,  in its sole  discretion,  determine  the  non-employee
directors  and key  employees  who will  receive  Stock Awards and the number of
shares of Common Stock underlying each Stock Award.  Stock Awards may be subject
to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines appropriate, including,
without  limitation,  restrictions  on the  sale or  other  disposition  of such
shares,  and  the  right  of  the  Company  to  reacquire  such  shares  for  no
consideration upon termination of the participant's  employment within specified
periods.  The  Committee  may require the  participant  to deliver a duly signed
stock power,  endorsed in blank,  relating to the Common  Stock  covered by such
Stock Award and/or that the stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in
custody or bear restrictive  legends until the  restrictions  thereon shall have
lapsed.  The Stock Award agreement  shall specify whether the participant  shall
have,  with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award,  all
of the  rights of a holder of shares  of Common  Stock,  including  the right to
receive dividends and to vote the shares.

                                        4


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



         9.       PERFORMANCE AWARDS.

                  (a)  In  General.   The   Committee  is  authorized  to  grant
Performance  Awards to key employees of the Company and any of its  subsidiaries
and shall, in its sole discretion,  determine the key employees who will receive
Performance  Awards and the number of shares of Common  Stock or Stock Units (as
described  in Section 10 below) that may be subject to each  Performance  Award.
Each Performance Award shall be subject to such terms and conditions  consistent
with the Plan as the Committee may impose from time to time. The Committee shall
set  performance  targets at its  discretion  which,  depending on the extent to
which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Awards
that will be paid out to the  participants,  and may attach to such  Performance
Awards one or more restrictions.  Performance targets may be based upon, without
limitation, Company-wide, divisional and/or individual performance.

                  (b) Adjustment of Performance  Targets.  With respect to those
Performance Awards that are not intended to qualify as Performance-Based  Awards
(as described in Section 11 below),  the  Committee  shall have the authority at
any  time  to make  adjustments  to  performance  targets  for  any  outstanding
Performance  Awards which the Committee deems  necessary or desirable  unless at
the time of  establishment  of goals the  Committee  shall  have  precluded  its
authority to make such adjustments.

                  (c) Payout.  Payment of earned  Performance Awards may be made
in shares of Common  Stock or in cash and shall be made in  accordance  with the
terms and conditions prescribed or authorized by the Committee.  The participant
may elect to defer,  or the Committee may require or permit the deferral of, the
receipt  of  Performance   Awards  upon  such  terms  as  the  Committee   deems
appropriate.

         10.      STOCK UNITS.

                  (a) In General.  The  Committee is  authorized  to grant Stock
Units to key employees of the Company and any of its  subsidiaries and shall, in
its sole  discretion,  determine  the key employees who will receive Stock Units
and the number of shares of Common  Stock with  respect to each Stock Unit.  The
Committee  shall  determine the criteria for the vesting of Stock Units. A Stock
Unit granted by the Committee shall provide payment in shares of Common Stock at
such time as the award  agreement  shall specify.  Shares of Common Stock issued
pursuant  to this  Section  10 may be  issued  with or  without  other  payments
therefor as may be required by applicable law or such other consideration as may
be  determined  by the  Committee.  The  Committee  shall  determine  whether  a
participant  granted a Stock Unit  shall be  entitled  to a Dividend  Equivalent
Right (as defined below).

                  (b) Payout. Upon vesting of a Stock Unit, unless the Committee
has  determined to defer payment with respect to such unit or a Participant  has
elected to defer  payment  under  Section  10(c)  below,  shares of Common Stock
representing the Stock Units shall be distributed to the participant  unless the
Committee, with the consent of the participant,  provides for the payment of the
Stock Units in cash or partly in cash and partly in shares of Common Stock equal
to the value of the shares of Common Stock which would  otherwise be distributed
to the participant.

                  (c) Deferral.  Prior to the year with respect to which a Stock
Unit may vest,  the  participant  may elect not to receive Common Stock upon the
vesting of such Stock Unit and for the Company to continue to maintain the Stock
Unit on its books of account.  In such event, the value of a Stock Unit shall be
payable in shares of Common Stock pursuant to the agreement of deferral.

                                        5


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  (d) Definitions.  A "Stock Unit" shall mean a notional account
representing one share of Common Stock. A "Dividend Equivalent Right" shall mean
the right to  receive  the  amount of any  dividend  paid on the share of Common
Stock  underlying a Stock Unit, which shall be payable in cash or in the form of
additional Stock Units.

         11.      PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS.

                  (a) In  General.  All Stock  Options  and  Stock  Appreciation
Rights granted under the Plan, and certain Stock Awards, Performance Awards, and
Stock Units granted under the Plan, and the  compensation  attributable  to such
Awards, are intended to (i) qualify as Performance-Based Awards (as described in
the next  sentence) or (ii) be otherwise  exempt from the  deduction  limitation
imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Certain Awards granted under the Plan may
be  granted  in a manner  such that the  Awards  qualify  as  "performance-based
compensation"  (as  such  term is used in  Section  162(m)  of the  Code and the
regulations thereunder) and thus be exempt from the deduction limitation imposed
by Section 162(m) of the Code  ("Performance-Based  Awards").  Awards shall only
qualify as  Performance-Based  Awards  if at the time of grant the  Committee is
comprised  solely of two or more  "outside  directors"  (as such term is used in
Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder).

                  (b) Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Options
and Stock  Appreciation  Rights granted under the Plan with an exercise price at
or above the Fair Market  Value of the Common  Stock on the date of grant should
qualify as Performance-Based Awards.

                  (c) Other Awards. Stock Awards,  Performance Awards, and Stock
Units granted under the Plan should qualify as  Performance-Based  Awards if, as
determined  by the  Committee  in its sole  discretion,  either the  granting or
vesting of such Award is subject to the  achievement of a performance  target or
targets based on one or more of the  performance  measures  specified in Section
11(d)   below.   With   respect   to  such   Awards   intended   to  qualify  as
Performance-Based Awards:

                           (1)      the Committee shall establish in writing (x)
                                    the   objective    performance-based   goals
                                    applicable  to a  given  period  and (y) the
                                    individual  employees  or class of employees
                                    to which such performance-based  goals apply
                                    no later than 90 days after the commencement
                                    of such  period  (but in no  event  after 25
                                    percent of such period has elapsed);

                           (2)      no Performance-Based Awards shall be payable
                                    to or vest with  respect to, as the case may
                                    be, any participant for a given period until
                                    the Committee  certifies in writing that the
                                    objective  performance  goals (and any other
                                    material  terms)  applicable  to such period
                                    have been satisfied; and

                           (3)      after  the  establishment  of a  performance
                                    goal,  the  Committee  shall not revise such
                                    performance  goal or increase  the amount of
                                    compensation    payable    thereunder    (as
                                    determined in accordance with Section 162(m)
                                    of the  Code)  upon the  attainment  of such
                                    performance goal.

                  (d) Performance   Measures.   The   Committee  may   use   the
following performance measures  (either  individually  or in any combination) to
set  performance  targets  with  respect  to  Awards  intended  to  qualify   as
Performance-Based  Awards:  net  sales;  pretax  income  before  allocation   of
corporate

                                        6


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


overhead and bonus; budget; earnings per share; net income;  division,  group or
corporate  financial goals;  return on stockholders'  equity;  return on assets;
attainment  of strategic and  operational  initiatives;  appreciation  in and/or
maintenance  of the  price  of the  Common  Stock or any  other  publicly-traded
securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings before interest
and taxes;  earnings before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization;
economic  value-added  models;  comparisons  with various stock market  indices;
and/or reductions in costs.

         12.      ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS.

                  If  there  shall  be any  change  in the  Common  Stock of the
Company, through merger, consolidation, reorganization,  recapitalization, stock
dividend,  stock split,  reverse stock split, split up, spinoff,  combination of
shares,  exchange  of shares,  dividend  in kind or other like change in capital
structure or distribution  (other than normal cash dividends) to stockholders of
the Company,  an adjustment shall be made to each  outstanding  Stock Option and
Stock Appreciation Right such that each such Stock Option and Stock Appreciation
Right shall  thereafter be exercisable  for such  securities,  cash and/or other
property as would have been  received in respect of the Common Stock  subject to
such Stock  Option or Stock  Appreciation  Right had such Stock  Option or Stock
Appreciation  Right been exercised in full  immediately  prior to such change or
distribution,  and such an adjustment shall be made  successively  each time any
such  change  shall  occur.  In  addition,  in the  event of any such  change or
distribution,  in order to prevent  dilution  or  enlargement  of  participants'
rights under the Plan, the Committee  shall have the authority to adjust,  in an
equitable  manner,  the number and kind of shares  that may be issued  under the
Plan, the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding  Awards, the exercise
price applicable to outstanding  Awards, and the Fair Market Value of the Common
Stock  and  other  value   determinations   applicable  to  outstanding  Awards.
Appropriate  adjustments  may also be made by the  Committee in the terms of any
Awards under the Plan to reflect such changes or distributions and to modify any
other terms of outstanding Awards on an equitable basis, including modifications
of  performance  targets and changes in the length of  performance  periods.  In
addition,  other than with respect to Stock Options,  Stock Appreciation  Rights
and other awards intended to constitute  Performance-Based Awards, the Committee
is  authorized  to make  adjustments  to the terms and  conditions  of,  and the
criteria  included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or  nonrecurring  events
affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company, or in response
to  changes  in  applicable  laws,   regulations,   or  accounting   principles.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  (i) any adjustment with respect to an Incentive
Stock Option shall comply with the rules of Section 424(a) of the Code, and (ii)
in no event shall any adjustment be made which would render any Incentive  Stock
Option granted  hereunder  other than an incentive  stock option for purposes of
Section 422 of the Code.

         13.      CHANGE IN CONTROL.

                  (a) Accelerated  Vesting.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of this  Plan,  if there is a Change in Control of the  Company  (as  defined in
Section 13(b) below), the Committee, in its discretion, may take such actions as
it deems  appropriate  with respect to outstanding  Awards,  including,  without
limitation,  accelerating  the  exercisability,  vesting  and/or  payout of such
Awards.

                  (b) Definition.  For purposes of this Section 13, (i) if there
is  an  employment  agreement  or  a  change-in-control agreement   between  the
participant  and the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  in effect,  "Change in
Control" shall have the same definition as the definition of "change in control"
contained  in  such  employment  agreement  or  change-in-control agreement,  or
(ii) if  "Change in Control"  is  not  defined  in such employment agreement  or
change-in-control agreement, or if there is no

                                        7


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


employment  agreement or change-in-control agreement between the participant and
the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  in effect, a "Change in Control" of the
Company shall be deemed to have occurred upon any of the following events:

                           (1)      any person or other  entity  (other than any
                                    of  the   Company's   subsidiaries   or  any
                                    employee   benefit  plan  sponsored  by  the
                                    Company   or  any   of   its   subsidiaries)
                                    including  any  person as defined in Section
                                    13(d)(3) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
                                    1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange   Act"),
                                    becomes the beneficial  owner, as defined in
                                    Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act,  directly
                                    or  indirectly,  of more than 35  percent of
                                    the  total  combined  voting  power  of  all
                                    classes  of  capital  stock  of the  Company
                                    normally  entitled to vote for the  election
                                    of  directors  of the Company  (the  "Voting
                                    Stock");

                           (2)      the stockholders of the Company  approve the
                                    sale of all  or  substantially  all  of  the
                                    property or assets of the Company  and  such
                                    sale occurs;

                           (3)      the Company's Common Stock shall cease to be
                                    publicly  traded (other than a suspension of
                                    trading  that  lasts  for a short  period of
                                    time);

                           (4)      the  stockholders  of the Company  approve a
                                    consolidation  or merger of the Company with
                                    another  corporation (other than with any of
                                    the     Company's     subsidiaries),     the
                                    consummation  of which  would  result in the
                                    shareholders  of  the  Company   immediately
                                    before the  occurrence of the  consolidation
                                    or merger  owning,  in the  aggregate,  less
                                    than 60 percent  of the Voting  Stock of the
                                    surviving entity,  and such consolidation or
                                    merger occurs; or

                           (5)      a change in the Company's  Board occurs with
                                    the result  that the members of the Board on
                                    the  Effective  Date (as  defined in Section
                                    24(a)  below)  of the Plan  (the  "Incumbent
                                    Directors") no longer  constitute a majority
                                    of such  Board,  provided  that  any  person
                                    becoming a director  (other  than a director
                                    whose  initial  assumption  of  office is in
                                    connection  with  an  actual  or  threatened
                                    election contest or the settlement  thereof,
                                    including  but  not  limited  to  a  consent
                                    solicitation,  relating  to the  election of
                                    directors of the Company)  whose election or
                                    nomination  for  election  was  supported by
                                    two-thirds   (2/3)  of  the  then  Incumbent
                                    Directors  shall be  considered an Incumbent
                                    Director for purposes hereof.

Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in the Plan to the  contrary,  a Change in
Control of the  Company  shall not  include an initial  public  offering  of the
Company.

                                        8

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


                  (c) Cashout. The Committee,  in its discretion,  may determine
that,  upon the  occurrence  of a Change in Control of the  Company,  each Stock
Option and Stock Appreciation Right outstanding hereunder shall terminate within
a specified  number of days after  notice to the holder,  and such holder  shall
receive, with respect to each share of Common Stock subject to such Stock Option
or Stock  Appreciation  Right,  an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market
Value of such shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the occurrence of such
Change in Control  over the  exercise  price per share of such  Stock  Option or
Stock  Appreciation  Right;  such  amount to be payable in cash,  in one or more
kinds of property  (including the property,  if any, payable in the transaction)
or in a  combination  thereof,  as  the  Committee,  in  its  discretion,  shall
determine.

         14.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

                  (a) Subject to any written  agreement  between the participant
and the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  if a  participant's  employment is
terminated due to death or disability:

                           (1)      all  unvested  Stock Awards and all unvested
                                    Stock Units held by the  participant  on the
                                    date of the participant's  death or the date
                                    of the termination of his or her employment,
                                    as the case may be, shall immediately become
                                    vested as of such date;

                           (2)      all  unexercisable  Stock  Options  and  all
                                    unexercisable Stock Appreciation Rights held
                                    by  the  participant  on  the  date  of  the
                                    participant's  death  or  the  date  of  the
                                    termination of his or her employment, as the
                                    case  may  be,  shall   immediately   become
                                    exercisable as of such date and shall remain
                                    exercisable until the earlier of (i) the end
                                    of the one-year period following the date of
                                    the  participant's  death or the date of the
                                    termination of his or her employment, as the
                                    case may be,  or (ii)  the  date  the  Stock
                                    Option  or Stock  Appreciation  Right  would
                                    otherwise expire;

                           (3)      all   exercisable   Stock  Options  and  all
                                    exercisable Stock  Appreciation  Rights held
                                    by  the  participant  on  the  date  of  the
                                    participant's  death  or  the  date  of  the
                                    termination of his or her employment, as the
                                    case may be, shall remain  exercisable until
                                    the  earlier of (i) the end of the  one-year
                                    period    following    the   date   of   the
                                    participant's  death  or  the  date  of  the
                                    termination of his or her employment, as the
                                    case may be,  or (ii)  the  date  the  Stock
                                    Option  or Stock  Appreciation  Right  would
                                    otherwise expire; and

                           (4)      all  unearned  and/or  unvested  Performance
                                    Awards held by the  participant  on the date
                                    of the  participant's  death  or the date of
                                    the termination of his or her employment, as
                                    the  case  may  be,  shall   immediately  be
                                    forfeited  by  such  participant  as of such
                                    date.

                  (b) Subject to any written  agreement  between the participant
and the Company or any of its  subsidiaries,  if a  participant's  employment is
terminated  by the Company for Cause (as defined in Section  14(f)  below),  all
exercisable  and  all  unexercisable  Stock  Options,  all  exercisable  and all
unexercisable Stock Appreciation Rights, all unvested Stock Awards, all unearned
and/or unvested

                                        9


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

Performance  Units,  and all unvested Stock Units held by the participant on the
date of the termination of his or her employment for Cause shall  immediately be
forfeited by such participant as of such date.

                  (c) Subject any written  agreement between the participant and
the  Company  or any of  its  subsidiaries,  if a  participant's  employment  is
terminated  for any  reason  other  than for Cause or other than due to death or
disability:

                           (1)      all   unexercisable   Stock   Options,   all
                                    unexercisable Stock Appreciation Rights, all
                                    unvested Stock Awards,  all unearned  and/or
                                    unvested Performance Units, and all unvested
                                    Stock Units held by the  participant  on the
                                    date  of  the  termination  of  his  or  her
                                    employment shall immediately be forfeited by
                                    such participant as of such date; and

                           (2)      all   exercisable   Stock  Options  and  all
                                    exercisable Stock  Appreciation  Rights held
                                    by  the  participant  on  the  date  of  the
                                    termination of his or her  employment  shall
                                    remain  exercisable until the earlier of (i)
                                    the end of the 90-day  period  following the
                                    date of the termination of the participant's
                                    employment or (ii) the date the Stock Option
                                    or Stock  Appreciation Right would otherwise
                                    expire.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in the  Plan to the
contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide that:

                           (1)      any or all unvested  Stock Awards and/or any
                                    or all  unvested  Stock  Units  held  by the
                                    participant on the date of the participant's
                                    death and/or the date of the  termination of
                                    the    participant's     employment    shall
                                    immediately become vested as of such date;

                           (2)      any  or  all  unexercisable   Stock  Options
                                    and/or  any  or  all   unexercisable   Stock
                                    Appreciation  Rights held by the participant
                                    on  the  date  of  the  participant's  death
                                    and/or the date of the termination of his or
                                    her  employment  shall  immediately   become
                                    exercisable as of such date and shall remain
                                    exercisable  until a date that  occurs on or
                                    prior to the date the Stock  Option or Stock
                                    Appreciation  Right is  scheduled to expire,
                                    provided,   however,  that  Incentive  Stock
                                    Options shall remain  exercisable not longer
                                    than the end of the 90-day period  following
                                    the   date   of  the   termination   of  the
                                    participant's employment;

                           (3)      any or all exercisable  Stock Options and/or
                                    any or all  exercisable  Stock  Appreciation
                                    Rights held by the  participant  on the date
                                    of the  participant's  death and/or the date
                                    of the  termination of his or her employment
                                    shall remain  exercisable  until a date that
                                    occurs  on or prior  to the  date the  Stock
                                    Option  or  Stock   Appreciation   Right  is
                                    scheduled to expire, provided, however, that
                                    Incentive   Stock   Options   shall   remain
                                    exercisable  not longer  than the end of the
                                    90-day  period  following  the  date  of the
                                    termination of the participant's employment;
                                    and/or

                                       10


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                           (4)      a  participant  shall   immediately   become
                                    vested  in all or a  portion  of any  earned
                                    Performance Unit held by such participant on
                                    the   date   of  the   termination   of  the
                                    participant's  employment,  and such  vested
                                    Performance Unit (or portion thereof) and/or
                                    any  unearned  Performance  Unit (or portion
                                    thereof)  held  by such  participant  on the
                                    date  of  the  termination  of  his  or  her
                                    employment shall immediately  become payable
                                    to such  participant  as if all  performance
                                    goals  had  been  met as of the  date of the
                                    termination of his or her employment.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in the  Plan to the
contrary, (i) the provisions contained in this Section 14 shall be applied to an
Incentive Stock Option only if the  application of such provision  maintains the
treatment of such Incentive  Stock Option as an Incentive  Stock Option and (ii)
the exercise  period of an Incentive  Stock Option in the event of a termination
due to  disability  provided in Section  14(a)(3)  above shall only apply if the
participant's  disability  satisfies the  requirement  of  "permanent  and total
disability" as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

                  (f) For  purposes  of this  Section  14,  (i) if  there  is an
employment  agreement  between  the  participant  and the  Company or any of its
subsidiaries in effect, "Cause" shall have the same definition as the definition
of "cause"  contained in such  employment  agreement,  or (ii) if "Cause" is not
defined in such  employment  agreement  or if there is no  employment  agreement
between the  participant  and the Company or any of its  subsidiaries in effect,
"Cause" shall include, but is not limited to:

                           (1)      any  willful  and  continuous  neglect of or
                                    refusal to perform the employee's  duties or
                                    responsibilities with respect to the Company
                                    or any of its subsidiaries, insubordination,
                                    dishonesty,   gross   neglect   or   willful
                                    malfeasance   by  the   participant  in  the
                                    performance     of    such     duties    and
                                    responsibilities,  or the willful  taking of
                                    actions   which   materially    impair   the
                                    participant's ability to perform such duties
                                    and   responsibilities,   or   any   serious
                                    violation of the rules or regulations of the
                                    Company;

                           (2)      the violation of any local, state or federal
                                    criminal   statute,    including,    without
                                    limitation,  an act of  dishonesty  such  as
                                    embezzlement, theft or larceny;

                           (3)      intentional   provision   of   services   in
                                    competition  with the  Company or any of its
                                    subsidiaries, or intentional disclosure to a
                                    competitor  of  the  Company  or  any of its
                                    subsidiaries   of   any    confidential   or
                                    proprietary  information  of the  Company or
                                    any of its subsidiaries; or

                           (4)      any similar conduct by the participant  with
                                    respect to which the Company  determines  in
                                    its  discretion  that  the  participant  has
                                    terminated  employment  under  circumstances
                                    such that the  payment  of any  compensation
                                    attributable  to any Award granted under the
                                    Plan  would not be in the best  interest  of
                                    the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

                                       11



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


         15.      TRANSFERABILITY.

                  Each Award granted  under the Plan to a  participant  which is
subject to restrictions on transferability  and/or  exercisability  shall not be
transferable  otherwise  than by will or the laws of descent  and  distribution,
and/or shall be  exercisable,  during the  participant's  lifetime,  only by the
participant.  In the event of the death of a  participant,  each Stock Option or
Stock Appreciation Right theretofore  granted to him or her shall be exercisable
during  such  period  after  his or her  death  as the  Committee  shall  in its
discretion  set forth in such option or right on the date of grant and then only
by the executor or  administrator  of the estate of the deceased  participant or
the person or persons to whom the deceased  participant's rights under the Stock
Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall pass by will or the laws of descent and
distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the discretion of the Committee,
an Award (other than an Incentive  Stock Option) may permit the  transferability
of such Award by a participant solely to members of the participant's  immediate
family or trusts or family partnerships for the benefit of such persons, subject
to any restriction included in the Award agreement.

         16.      OTHER PROVISIONS.

                  Awards  granted  under  the Plan may also be  subject  to such
other  provisions  (whether or not  applicable to the Award granted to any other
participant) as the Committee determines on the date of grant to be appropriate,
including,  without  limitation,  for the  installment  purchase of Common Stock
under Stock Options,  for the installment exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights,
to assist the participant in financing the acquisition of Common Stock,  for the
forfeiture of, or restrictions  on resale or other  disposition of, Common Stock
acquired under any form of Award,  for the  acceleration  of  exercisability  or
vesting of Awards in the event of a change in control  of the  Company,  for the
payment  of the  value of  Awards  to  participants  in the event of a change in
control of the Company,  or to comply with federal and state securities laws, or
understandings or conditions as to the  participant's  employment in addition to
those specifically provided for under the Plan.

         17.      FAIR MARKET VALUE.

                  For  purposes of this Plan and any Awards  granted  hereunder,
Fair Market Value shall be (i) the closing price of the Common Stock on the date
of calculation  (or on the last  preceding  trading date if Common Stock was not
traded on such date) if the  Common  Stock is  readily  tradeable  on a national
securities  exchange or other  market  system or (ii) if the Common Stock is not
readily  tradeable,  the amount determined in good faith by the Committee as the
fair market value of the Common Stock.

         18.      WITHHOLDING.

                  All payments or  distributions  of Awards made pursuant to the
Plan shall be net of any amounts required to be withheld  pursuant to applicable
federal, state and local tax withholding  requirements.  If the Company proposes
or is required to distribute  Common Stock  pursuant to the Plan, it may require
the recipient to remit to it or to the  corporation  that employs such recipient
an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax withholding  requirements  prior to the
delivery of any certificates for such Common Stock. In lieu thereof, the Company
or the employing corporation shall have the right to withhold the amount of such
taxes  from any other  sums due or to become  due from such  corporation  to the
recipient as the Committee shall prescribe. The Committee may, in its discretion
and subject to such rules as it may adopt  (including  any as may be required to
satisfy  applicable  tax  and/or  non-tax  regulatory  requirements),  permit an
optionee or award or right holder to pay all or a portion of the federal,  state
and

                                       12


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


local  withholding  taxes  arising in  connection  with any Award  consisting of
shares of Common Stock by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common
Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of tax to be withheld, such
tax calculated at rates required by statute or regulation.

         19.      TENURE.

                  A  participant's  right,  if any,  to  continue  to serve  the
Company as a director, officer, employee, or otherwise, shall not be enlarged or
otherwise affected by his or her designation as a participant under the Plan.

         20.      UNFUNDED PLAN.

                  Participants   shall  have  no  right,   title,   or  interest
whatsoever  in or to any  investments  which the  Company  may make to aid it in
meeting its obligations  under the Plan.  Nothing  contained in the Plan, and no
action taken pursuant to its provisions,  shall create or be construed to create
a trust of any kind,  or a  fiduciary  relationship  between the Company and any
participant,  beneficiary,  legal  representative  or any other  person.  To the
extent  that any person  acquires a right to receive  payments  from the Company
under the Plan,  such right shall be no greater  than the right of an  unsecured
general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid
from the general  funds of the Company and no special or separate  fund shall be
established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such
amounts  except as expressly set forth in the Plan.  The Plan is not intended to
be subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

         21.      NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.

                  No  fractional  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be  issued or
delivered  pursuant  to the Plan or any Award.  The  Committee  shall  determine
whether cash, or Awards,  or other  property  shall be issued or paid in lieu of
fractional  shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall
be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

         22.      DURATION, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

                  No Award  shall be  granted  more  than ten  years  after  the
Effective Date; provided,  however,  that the terms and conditions applicable to
any Award  granted  prior to such date may  thereafter be amended or modified by
mutual  agreement  between the Company and the participant or such other persons
as may then have an interest  therein.  Also,  by mutual  agreement  between the
Company and a participant hereunder,  under this Plan or under any other present
or future  plan of the  Company,  Awards may be granted to such  participant  in
substitution  and exchange for, and in  cancellation  of, any Awards  previously
granted such participant under this Plan, or any other present or future plan of
the  Company.  The Board may  amend  the Plan  from time to time or  suspend  or
terminate the Plan at any time. However, no action authorized by this Section 22
shall reduce the amount of any existing Award or change the terms and conditions
thereof  without the  participant's  consent.  No  amendment  of the Plan shall,
without  approval of the  stockholders  of the  Company,  (i) increase the total
number of shares  which may be issued  under the Plan or the  maximum  number of
shares with respect to Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards
that  may be  granted  to any  individual  under  the  Plan or (ii)  modify  the
requirements  as to eligibility  for Awards under the Plan;  provided,  however,
that no  amendment  may be made  without  approval  of the  stockholders  of the
Company if the amendment  will  disqualify any Incentive  Stock Options  granted
hereunder.

                                       13

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


         23.      GOVERNING LAW.

                  This Plan,  Awards  granted  hereunder  and  actions  taken in
connection  herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws
of the  Commonwealth  of Kentucky  (regardless  of the law that might  otherwise
govern under applicable Kentucky principles of conflict of laws).

         24.      EFFECTIVE DATE.

                  (a) The Plan  shall be  effective  as of the date on which the
Plan is adopted by the Board (the "Effective Date"); provided, however, that the
Plan shall be approved by the  stockholders  of the Company at an annual meeting
or any special meeting of stockholders of the Company within 12 months before or
after the Effective Date, and such approval of stockholders shall be a condition
to the right of each participant to receive Awards hereunder.  Any Award granted
under the Plan prior to such approval of  stockholders  shall be effective as of
the date of grant (unless,  with respect to any Award,  the Committee  specifies
otherwise  at the time of grant),  but no such Award may be exercised or settled
and no  restrictions  relating to any Award may lapse prior to such  stockholder
approval,  and if stockholders fail to approve the Plan as specified  hereunder,
any such Award shall be cancelled.

                  (b) This Plan shall  terminate on the 10th  anniversary of the
Effective Date (unless sooner terminated by the Board).

                                       14


<PAGE>
 



<PAGE>
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          Agreement made and entered into this 13th day of May, 1997, by and
between General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), GCC
Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
("GCC"), and Stephen Rabinowitz (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, the Executive and GCC are parties to an employment agreement
effective as of September 9, 1994, as amended through the date of this
Agreement, which is currently in effect (the "Existing Agreement"); and

          WHEREAS, it is proposed that shares of the Company's Common Stock,
$.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), will be sold by the Company's
parent, Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., in a public offering (the "Public
Offering"); and

          WHEREAS, effective upon consummation of the Public Offering (the
"Effective Date") it is intended that the Existing Agreement be terminated and
that this Agreement become effective;

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter
set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          1. Term of Employment.

          (a) Commencing on the Effective Date, the Company shall employ the
Executive, and the Executive shall accept employment and shall serve the
Company, in such capacities, with such duties and authority, for such period, at
such level of compensation and with such benefits, and upon such other terms and
subject to such other conditions, as are hereinafter set forth. The term of the
Executive's employment hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and,
unless previously terminated as provided herein, shall continue until the third
anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Employment Period"); provided, however,
that commencing on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and each
anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended
for one additional year unless not later than one hundred twenty (120) days
prior to such anniversary, the Company or the Executive shall have given written
notice to the other not to extend the Employment Period.

          (b) If the consummation of the Public Offering does not occur on or
before October 31, 1997, this Agreement shall terminate and the Existing
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

                                        2


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          2. Capacities, Duties and Authority. 

          (a) Effective on the Effective Date, the Executive shall be elected,
and throughout the Employment Period the Executive shall be entitled to serve
as, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, GCC, GK Technologies,
Incorporated, a New Jersey corporation ("GK"), General Cable Industries, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Industries"), and such other affiliates of the Company,
GCC, GK or Industries as the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Company's
Board") shall request. The Company, GCC, GK, Industries and such other
affiliates are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Group". Commencing
on the Effective Date, the Executive shall be elected and serve as a member and
Chairman of the Company's Board, and the Company shall use its best efforts to
ensure that the Executive continues to so serve during the Employment Period.

          (b) In his capacity as Chief Executive Officer and President of each
of the members of the Group, the Executive shall have such authority, perform
such duties, discharge such responsibilities and render such services as are
customary to and consistent with such positions, subject to the authority and
direction of the relevant board of directors.

                                        3


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          (c) The Executive shall render his services diligently, faithfully and
to the best of his ability, devoting thereto his entire business time, energy
and skills on an exclusive basis and, without the prior written consent of the
Company's Board, the Executive shall not render services to or for the account
of any person, firm or corporation other than a member of the Group; provided,
however, that, subject to his fiduciary obligations to the Company, the
Executive may continue to serve as a director of JLG Industries; and provided,
further, however, that nothing herein shall preclude the Executive from making
and managing personal investments or serving in any capacity with any civic,
educational or charitable organization, so long as such activities do not
interfere with the performance of his duties hereunder.

          3. Compensation.

          (a) The Executive shall be paid a base salary during the Employment
Period at the annual rate of Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($600,000)
(retroactive to January 1, 1997), payable in accordance with the regular payroll
practices of the Company (except that payment of such retroactive base salary
shall be made in a lump sum on the Effective Date). The Compensation Committee
of the Company's Board (the "Compensation Committee") shall

                                        4


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

annually review the Executive's performance and determine, in its sole
discretion, whether or not to increase the Executive's base salary and, if so,
the amount of such increase. Once increased, the Executive's base salary
hereunder may not thereafter be decreased except if the Compensation Committee
or the Board determine to address adverse economic circumstances by making an
across-the-board reduction in compensation affecting all executives of the
Company. The Executive's base salary as in effect from time to time is
hereinafter referred to as the "Base Salary."

          (b) The Company has adopted, and the stockholder of the Company has
approved the adoption of, the General Cable Corporation 1997 Incentive Bonus
Program annexed hereto as Annex I (the "1997 Bonus Plan"). As soon as
practicable after the Effective Date, the Company agrees to recommend to the
Company's Board that the Executive be awarded the opportunity to earn, in
respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997, a bonus (the "1997
Incentive Bonus") of up to one hundred twenty percent (120%) of his Base Salary
targeted upon the attainment of the performance goals specified therein;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not preclude the Executive from
being awarded a bonus in respect of such fiscal year which is in addition to the
1997 Incentive Bonus, such award to be in

                                        5


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall
establish a performance-based annual bonus program for senior executives of the
Company including the Executive for fiscal years after 1997 (a "Future Bonus
Plan") and award the Executive an annual bonus opportunity thereunder which is
not less favorable than the opportunity provided pursuant to the 1997 Incentive
Bonus without restricting the discretion of the Compensation Committee to set
targets and criteria for such incentive compensation.

          (c) The Executive shall be entitled, annually during the Employment
Period, to vacation, without loss or diminution of compensation, of four (4)
weeks, such vacation to be taken at such time or times, and as a whole or in
increments, as the Executive shall elect, consistent with the reasonable needs
of the Group's business and such vacation policies as reasonably may be
established for senior executives by the Compensation Committee.

          4. Employee Benefit Programs.

          (a) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in and shall have the benefit of all group life, disability,
hospital, surgical and major medical insurance plans and programs and other
employee benefit plans and programs as generally are made

                                        6


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

available to executive personnel of the Group, as such benefit plans or programs
may be amended in the sole discretion of the Group members and with the
concurrence of the Compensation Committee, from time to time.

          (b) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to
continue to receive executive fringe benefits consistent with those he is
currently receiving (including any inflationary adjustments approved by the
Compensation Committee in its sole discretion) and shall receive or participate
in any other fringe benefits provided to the member of the Group's senior-level
executives in accordance with the terms and conditions of such arrangements as
may be in effect from time to time.

          5. Stock Option and Restricted Stock

          (a) The Company has adopted, and the stockholder of the Company has
approved the adoption of, the General Cable Corporation Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan") annexed hereto as Annex II. As soon
as practicable after the Effective Date, the Company agrees to recommend to the
Company's Board that the Executive be granted under the Stock Incentive Plan a
ten-year non-qualified option to purchase 286,000 shares of Common Stock at the
initial Public Offering price of the Common Stock (the "Option"). The exercise
price of the Option shall be

                                        7


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

equal to the initial Public Offering price. The Option shall vest and (subject
to acceleration as provided herein or in the Change-in-Control Agreement
referred to below) be fully exercisable on the third anniversary of the
Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan.

          (b) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Company shall
recommend that the Executive be awarded under the Stock Incentive Plan the
number of shares of restricted Common Stock having a value of Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000) at the initial Public Offering price of the Common Stock
(the "Restricted Stock"). The restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall lapse
(subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the Change-in-Control
Agreement) on the third anniversary of the Effective Date in accordance with the
terms of the Stock Incentive Plan.

          6. Termination of Employment.

          (a)  The Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate:

               (i) upon the death of the Executive;

               (ii) upon the Disability of the Executive, which for the purposes
          of this Agreement shall mean his inability because of physical or
          mental illness or incapacity, whether partial or total,

                                        8


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          with or without accommodation, to perform his duties under this
          Agreement, as determined by the Company's Board, after review of such
          reports of physicians of recognized standing in the medical community
          in the Cincinnati, Ohio metropolitan area as the Company's Board (or a
          special committee thereof) selects, for a continuous period of at
          least four (4) months or for an aggregate of one hundred fifty (150)
          days within any twelve (12) month period); or

               (iii) at the option of the Company, exercisable by or upon the
          authority of the Company's Board and effective immediately upon the
          giving by the Company to the Executive of written notice of such
          exercise, for "Cause", which, for purposes of this Agreement, shall
          mean:

          (A)  the gross neglect or willful failure by the Executive to perform
               his duties and responsibilities in all material respects as set
               forth in Paragraph 2 hereof, after a written demand for
               substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the
               Company's Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner
               in which the Company's Board

                                        9


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

               believes that the Executive has not so performed his duties;

          (B)  any act of fraud by the Executive, whether relating to the Group
               or otherwise;

          (C)  the conviction or entry into a plea of nolo contendere by the
               Executive with respect to any felony or misdemeanor (other than a
               traffic offense which does not result in imprisonment);

          (D)  the commission by the Executive of any willful or intentional act
               (including any violation of law) which materially injures the
               reputation or materially adversely affects the business or
               business relationships of the Group; or

          (E)  any willful failure or willful breach (not covered by any of
               clauses (A) through (D) above) of any of the material obligations
               of this Agreement, if such breach is not cured within 10 days
               after written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company's
               Board;

For purposes of clauses (A), (D) and (E) of this definition, no act, or failure
to act, on the Executive's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or
omitted to be done, by the

                                       10


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Executive's
act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Group. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Executive shall not be terminated for Cause unless and until
there shall have been delivered to the Executive a certified copy of a
resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters
of the entire membership of the Company's Board, at a meeting of the Company's
Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive,
and an opportunity for him, together with his counsel, to be heard before the
Company's Board), finding that the Executive's conduct met the definition of
"Cause" set forth herein, specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

               (iv) at the option of the Company, for a reason other than
          Disability or Cause, effective immediately upon the giving of written
          notice of such exercise;

               (v) at the option of the Executive, effective ten (10) business
          days after the giving of written notice of such exercise by the
          Executive to the Company (or such shorter period as the Company's
          Board may elect by giving written notice to the Executive), in the
          event that the Executive has

                                       11


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          Good Reason, which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the
          occurrence at any time of any of the following without the Executive's
          prior written consent:

          (A)  removal from any of the positions held by the Executive with
               respect to the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries (as
               defined in Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of
               1934);

          (B)  the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially
               inconsistent with those customarily associated with the positions
               held by the Executive or a diminution of the Executive's
               position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than an
               isolated action that is not taken in bad faith and is remedied by
               the Company promptly after receipt of written notice thereof from
               the Executive);

          (C)  except as provided in Paragraph 6(d), a reduction in the
               Executive's Base Salary payable pursuant to Paragraph 3(a) hereof
               or Executive's bonus opportunity set forth in Paragraph 3(b)
               hereof or a material reduction

                                       12


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

               in any other material benefit provided the Executive hereunder;
               or

          (D)  notice by the Company, as set forth in Paragraph 1(a) hereof, not
               to extend the Employment Period; or

          (E)  the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement from any
               successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement; or

          (F)  any willful failure or willful breach by the Company (not covered
               by any of clauses (A) through (E) above) of any of the material
               obligations of this Agreement, if such breach is not cured within
               10 days after written notice thereof by the Executive to the
               Company's Board;

For purpose of clause (F) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the
Company's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by
the Company not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Company's
act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Group.

               (vi) at the option of the Executive, for a reason other than Good
          Reason, effective upon 30

                                       13


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          days of the giving of written notice of such exercise.

          (b) Obligations of the Company upon Termination of Employment.

                    (i) Death. In the event of the Executive's death during the
               Employment Period, the Employment Period shall end as of the date
               of the Executive's death and his estate and/or beneficiaries, as
               the case may be, shall be entitled to the following, as soon as
               practicable following the date of Executive's death:

                    (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of
                         his death;

                    (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to
                         the date of his death;

                    (C)  the 1997 Incentive Bonus (or any discretionary
                         additional bonus for 1997) or any bonus payable
                         pursuant to any Future Bonus Programs, to the extent
                         earned but not paid with respect to any year prior to
                         the year in which the Executive's death occurs;

                                       14


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                    (D)  a pro rata portion (based on the number of days worked)
                         of the bonus payable under the 1997 Incentive Bonus
                         Plan or any Future Bonus Plan in effect for the year in
                         which the Executive's death occurs; provided, however,
                         that the performance goals established under the
                         applicable program with respect to the entire year in
                         which the Executive's death occurs are met; 

                    (E)  immediate vesting of and lapsing of restrictions on all
                         unvested Restricted Stock and any other shares of
                         restricted Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                         date of his death;

                    (F)  immediate vesting of the Option and all other Company
                         stock options held by the Executive on the date of his
                         death, with such options remaining exercisable for
                         eighteen months from the date of the Executive's death;
                         and

                    (G)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                         existing plans,

                                       15


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                         programs and/or arrangements of the Company.

                    (ii) Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated
               due to Disability during the Employment Period, either by the
               Company or by the Executive, the Employment Period shall end as
               of the date of the termination of the Executive's employment and
               the Executive shall be entitled to the following, as soon as
               practicable following the date of termination:

                    (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of
                         the termination of the Executive's employment;

                    (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to
                         the date of the termination of the Executive's
                         employment;

                    (C)  the 1997 Incentive Bonus (or any discretionary
                         additional bonus for 1997) or any bonus payable
                         pursuant to any Future Bonus Plans, to the extent
                         earned but not paid with respect to any year prior to
                         the year in which the

                                       16


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                         Executive's termination of employment occurs;

                    (D)  a pro rata portion (based on the number of days worked)
                         of the bonus payable under the 1997 Incentive Bonus
                         Plan or any Future Bonus Plan in effect for the year in
                         which the Executive's termination of employment occurs;
                         provided, however, that the performance goals
                         established under the applicable program with respect
                         to the entire year in which the Executive's termination
                         of employment occurs are met;

                    (E)  immediate vesting of and lapsing of restrictions on all
                         unvested Restricted Stock and any other shares of
                         restricted Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                         date of his Disability;

                    (F)  immediate vesting of the Option and all other Company
                         stock options held by the Executive on the date of his
                         Disability, with such options remaining exercisable for
                         eighteen months from the date of the Executive's
                         Disability; and

                                       17


<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                    (G)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                         existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the
                         Company.

                    (iii) Cause. If the Company terminates the Executive's
               employment for Cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the
               following, within 60 days following the date of termination:

                    (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of
                         the termination of his employment;

                    (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to
                         the date of the termination of the Executive's
                         employment; and

                    (C)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                         existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the
                         Company.

                    (iv) Without Cause or With Good Reason. If the Executive's
               employment is terminated by the Company (other than for Cause or
               Disability) or if the Executive terminates his employment with
               Good Reason, the Employment Period shall end as of the

                                       18


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

               effective date of termination and the Executive shall be entitled
               to the following, within 10 business days following the date of
               termination or such earlier date as may be required by law:

                    (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of
                         the termination of his employment;

                    (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to
                         the date of the termination of the Executive's
                         employment;

                    (C)  the 1997 Incentive Bonus (or any discretionary
                         additional bonus for 1997) or any bonus payable
                         pursuant to any Future Bonus Plans, to the extent
                         earned but not paid with respect to any year prior to
                         the year in which the Executive's termination of
                         employment occurs;

                    (D)  a lump sum amount equal to two times the sum of (x) the
                         Base Salary (based on the Base Salary in effect on the
                         date of the termination of the Executive's employment,
                         and in the case of a

                                       19


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                         termination of employment by the Executive for Good
                         Reason due to a reduction in Base Salary under
                         Paragraph 6(a)(v)(C), based on the Base Salary in
                         effect immediately prior to such reduction) plus (y)
                         the target annual bonus under the 1997 Incentive Bonus
                         Plan or any Future Bonus Plan, as the case may be, for
                         the year of termination;

                    (E)  immediate vesting of and lapsing of restrictions on all
                         unvested Restricted Stock and any other shares of
                         restricted Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                         date of the termination of his employment;

                    (F)  immediate vesting of the Option and all other Company
                         stock options held by the Executive on the date of the
                         termination of his employment, with all stock options
                         remaining exercisable until their expiration pursuant
                         to the Stock Incentive Plan;

                                       20


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                    (G)  continued participation, as if he were still an
                         employee, in the Company's medical, dental,
                         hospitalization and life insurance plans, programs
                         and/or arrangements in which he was participating on
                         the date of the termination of his employment on the
                         same terms and conditions as other executives under
                         such plans, programs and/or arrangements until the
                         earlier of two years from the date of the Executive's
                         termination or the date, or dates, he receives
                         equivalent coverage and benefits under the plans,
                         programs and/or arrangements of a subsequent employer
                         (such coverage and benefits to be determined on a
                         coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit basis); and
                         
                    (H)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                         existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the
                         Company (other than any severance payments payable
                         under the terms of any benefit plan).

                                       21


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                    (v) Without Good Reason. If the Executive's employment is
               terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive
               shall be entitled to the following, within 60 days following the
               date of termination or such earlier date as may be required by
               law:

                    (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of
                         the termination of his employment;

                    (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to
                         the date of the termination of the Executive's
                         employment; and

                    (C)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                         existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the
                         Company.

             (c) Any payment under Paragraph 6(b) hereof shall be in lieu of 
any other severance, bonus or other payments to which the Executive might then
be entitled pursuant to this Agreement or any statutory or common law claim,
subject, in each case, to the execution by the Executive and delivery to the
Company of a customary release of all claims related to his employment or
termination thereof in a form

                                       22


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

to be provided by the Company. The Company's obligations to make the payments
under Paragraph 6(b) hereof, except in the case of a termination for Cause,
shall not otherwise be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company or any member of the Group may have against the Executive. The
Executive acknowledges and agrees that in the event the parties dispute whether
the Executive shall be entitled to the payment hereunder, such payment shall not
be deemed to be earned or otherwise vest hereunder until such time as the
dispute is resolved in accordance with Paragraph 11(c) hereof.

             (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the
Company's Board has reason to believe that there are circumstances which, if
substantiated, would constitute Cause as defined herein, the Company may suspend
the Executive from employment without notice for such period of time as shall be
reasonably necessary for the Company's Board to ascertain whether such
circumstances are substantiated. During such suspension, the Executive shall
continue to be paid all compensation and provided all benefits hereunder;
provided, however, that if the Executive has been indicted or otherwise formally
charged by governmental authorities with any felony, the Company's

                                       23


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

Board may in its sole discretion, and without limiting the Company's Board's
discretion to terminate the Executive's employment for Cause, suspend the
Executive without continuation of any compensation or benefits hereunder,
pending final disposition of such criminal charge(s). Upon receiving notice of
any such suspension, the Executive shall promptly leave the premises of the
Company and remain off such premises and the premises of all other Group members
until further notice from the Company's Board.

          7. Negative Covenants of the Executive.

          (a) During the Employment Period and for a period of two (2) years
thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

               (i) solicit, entice, persuade or induce any employee, director,
          officer, associate, consultant, agent or independent contractor of the
          Group to terminate his or her employment or engagement by the Group to
          become employed or engaged by any person, firm, corporation or other
          business enterprise other than a member of the Group, except in
          furtherance of his responsibility during the Employment Period; or

               (ii) authorize or assist in the taking of such action by any
          third party.

                                       24


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

For purposes of this Paragraph 7(a), the terms "employee," "director,"
"officer," "associate," "consultant," "agent," and "independent contractor"
shall include any person with such status at any time during the twelve (12)
months prior to the termination of the Executive's employment and for two (2)
years following the Executive's termination of employment. The Executive shall
not be deemed to have violated the provisions of this Paragraph 7(a) by reason
of an isolated act, or failure to act, not taken in bad faith.

          (b) During the Employment Period and for a period of one (1) year
thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage, participate,
make any financial investment in, or become employed by or render advisory or
other services to or for any person, firm, corporation or other business
enterprise (the "Competing Enterprise") which is engaged, directly or
indirectly, during the Employment Period or at the time of Executive's
termination of employment, as the case may be, in competition with the Group in
(i) the development, design, manufacture, marketing or distribution of wire and
cable or (ii) any other business activities of the Group accounting for more
than 10% of its net sales in the most recently completed fiscal year or
reasonably expected to do so in the current fiscal year, in the United States
and in any foreign jurisdiction in which

                                       25


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

the Group operates or, at the end of Employment Period, proposes to operate;
provided, in either case, that the competitive businesses of the Competing
Enterprise account for more than 10% of the net sales of the Competing
Enterprise for its most recently completed fiscal year and the Executive does
not work or consult in such competitive business. The foregoing covenant shall
not be construed to preclude the Executive from making any investments in the
securities of any company, whether or not engaged in competition with the Group,
to the extent that such securities are actively traded on a national securities
exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States or any foreign
securities exchange and, after giving effect to such investment, the Executive
does not beneficially own securities representing more than 1% of the combined
voting power of the voting securities of such company.

          (c) During the Employment Period and thereafter without limit as to
time, the Executive will not (other than in the regular course and in
furtherance of the Group's business) divulge, furnish or make available to any
person any knowledge or information with respect to the business or affairs of
the Group which is confidential, including, without limitation, "know-how",
trade secrets, customer and

                                       26


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

supplier lists, pricing policies, operational methods, marketing plans or
strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition or
disposition plans, new personnel employment plans, methods of manufacture,
technical processes, designs and design projects, inventions and research
projects and financial budgets and forecasts of the Group except (1) information
which at the time is available to others in the business or generally known to
the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Executive not permitted
hereunder, and (2) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction,
by any governmental agency or by any administrative body or legislative body
(including a committee thereof) with purported or apparent jurisdiction to order
the Executive to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. All
memoranda, notes, lists, records, electronically stored data, recordings or
videotapes and other documents (and all copies thereof) made or compiled by the
Executive or made available to the Executive (whether during his employment by
the Group or by any predecessor thereof) concerning the business of the Group or
any predecessor thereof shall be the property of the Company or such other
member of the Group and shall be delivered to the Company or such other

                                       27


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

member of the Group promptly upon the termination of the Employment Period.

          (d) The Executive acknowledges that all developments, including,
without limitation, inventions, patentable or otherwise, trade secrets,
discoveries, improvements, ideas and writings that alone or jointly with others
the Executive may conceive, make, develop or acquire during the period of his
employment by the Group and any predecessor thereof (collectively, the
"Developments"), are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the
Group and the Executive hereby assigns to the Group all of his right, title and
interest in all such Developments. The Executive shall promptly and fully
disclose all future Developments to the Company's Board, and, at any time upon
request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the Group all instruments that the Group shall prepare, give
evidence, and take all other actions that are necessary or desirable in the
reasonable opinion of the Company's counsel, to enable the Group to file and
prosecute applications for and to acquire, maintain and enforce all letters
patent, trademark registrations or copyrights covering the Developments in all
countries in which the same are deemed necessary.

                                       28


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          (e) The Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by the
Executive are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in
connection with such services, the Executive will have access to confidential
information vital to the Group's business and that irreparable injury would be
sustained by the Group in the event of his breach of any of the covenants
contained in this Paragraph 7, which injury could not be remedied adequately by
the recovery of damages in an action at law. Accordingly, the Executive agrees
that, upon a breach or threatened breach by him of any of such covenants, the
Company and, to the extent appropriate, any other member of the Group shall be
entitled, in addition to and not in lieu of any and all other remedies, to an
injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction restraining the
commission or continuance of any such breach or threatened breach upon minimal
bond, with or without surety, and that such an injunction will not work an undue
hardship on him.

          (f) The provisions of this Paragraph 7 shall survive the termination
of this Agreement, irrespective of the reasons therefor.

          (g) If any court determines that any of the provisions of this
Paragraph 7 is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such provisions shall
not thereby be

                                       29


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

affected and shall be given full effect without regard to the invalid
provisions. If any court construes any of the provisions of this Paragraph 7, or
any part thereof, to be unreasonable because of the duration of such provision
or the geographic scope thereof, such court shall have the power to reduce the
duration or restrict the geographic scope of such provision and to enforce such
provision as so reduced or restricted.

          8. Reimbursement of Business Expense.

          During the Employment Period, the Executive is authorized to incur
reasonable business expenses in carrying out his duties and responsibilities
under the Agreement, and the Company or the relevant member of the Group shall
promptly reimburse him for all such reasonable business expenses incurred in
connection with carrying out the business of such member of the Group, subject
to documentation in accordance with such member of the Group's policy. The
Company shall promptly pay or reimburse the Executive for reasonable legal fees
(based on hours charged) and expenses through the period ending February 27,
1997 incurred by the Executive in connection with the negotiation of this
Agreement. The Company also shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all
reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in disputing in
good faith any

                                       30


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

issue hereunder relating to the Executive's employment or the termination
thereof or in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right
provided by this Agreement in which the dispute is resolved in the Executive's
favor. Such payments shall be made within five (5) business days after delivery
of the Executive's written request for payment accompanied with such evidence of
fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may require.

          9. Termination of Existing Agreement; Release.

          The Existing Agreement shall automatically terminate, and be of no
further force or effect, upon the Effective Date. Effective upon the Executive's
receipt of the payment in the amount of One Million Seven Hundred Eighty-eight
Thousand Dollars ($1,788,000) specified in Section 4(g) of the Existing
Agreement (the "Termination Payment"), which the Executive agrees to confirm to
GCC and the Company in writing, the Executive releases GCC, the Company, Wassall
PLC, and any of their respective past and present officers, directors,
shareholders, subsidiaries, employees, agents and affiliates from any and all
claims, demands and causes of action whatsoever related to the Executive's
employment prior to the Effective Date by GCC and its affiliates, in law or
equity, known or unknown, accrued or unaccrued, past, present or future,
relating to

                                       31


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

any acts or omissions during all periods ending prior to the Effective Date,
whether arising out of the Existing Agreement or any other arrangements or
understandings, or otherwise; provided, however, that neither this release nor
the provisions of Paragraph 11(b) hereof shall adversely affect (i) the
Executive's rights under the Existing Agreement with respect to the Termination
Payment or to any Base Salary (net of withholding taxes) or vacation provided
for therein that is accrued but unpaid as of the Effective Date; (ii) the
Executive's rights with respect to Wassall PLC options previously granted to the
Executive, which shall remain exercisable in accordance with the terms of the
Wassall PLC (No. 3) U.S. Executive Share Option Scheme; (iii) the Executive's
rights under existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company which
are accrued but unpaid as of the Effective Date; (iv) the Executive's rights to
indemnification under the Existing Agreement, any indemnification agreement,
applicable law and the certificates of incorporation and by-laws of the Company
and other members of the Group, or the Executive's rights under any director's
and officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive, in each case
arising out of or relating the Executive's employment prior to the Effective
Date; or (v) the Executive rights under this Agreement.

                                       32


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          10. Indemnification.

          To the fullest extent permitted by law and the Company's certificate
of incorporate and by-laws, the Company shall promptly indemnify the Executive
for all amounts (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, settlement
payments, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees)) incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with any action,
proceeding, suit or investigation arising out of or relating to the performance
by the Executive of services for (or acting as a fiduciary of any employee
benefit plans, programs or arrangements of) the Company or other member of the
Group, including as a director, officer or employee of the Company or other
member of the Group. The Company also agrees to maintain a director's and
officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive to the extent the
Company provides such coverage for its other executive officers. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall
survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

          11. Miscellaneous.

          (a) This Agreement is intended to be performed in, and shall be
construed and enforced in accordance with

                                       33


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

the laws of, the State of Kentucky without reference to principles of conflict
of laws.

          (b) Upon the Effective Date, this Agreement shall incorporate the
complete understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and (subject to Paragraph 9 hereof) supersede any and all
other prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, between the
Executive and any member of the Group or any predecessor thereof, including the
Existing Agreement, with respect to such subject matter, other than the
Change-in-Control Agreement, of even date herewith, between the Company, GCC and
the Executive (the "Change-in-Control Agreement"); provided, however, that no
payment or benefit shall be made or provided hereunder if and to the extent such
payment or benefit would be duplicative of a payment or benefit to which the
Executive is then entitled under the Change-in-Control Agreement. No provision
hereof may be modified or waived except by a written instrument duly executed by
the Executive and the Company with the express approval of the Compensation
Committee.

          (c) All differences, claims or matters in dispute arising out of this
Agreement, the breach hereof or otherwise arising between the Company or any of
its affiliates and the Executive shall, at the election of

                                       34


<PAGE>

<PAGE>


either party, by notice to the other, be submitted to arbitration by the
American Arbitration Association or its successor, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Such
arbitration shall be governed by the then existing rules of the American
Arbitration Association and the laws of the State of Kentucky as then in effect.
Any arbitration conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be
conducted by a recognized independent and impartial arbitrator mutually agreed
to by the parties or, if they cannot agree within thirty (30) days after the
initial demand for arbitration, by three arbitrators, one chosen by the Company,
one chosen by the Executive and the third (who shall be a recognized independent
and impartial arbitrator and who shall act as chairperson and will be
compensated at a rate generally equivalent to his or her normal billing rate or
compensation) selected by the two so chosen; provided, that if either party
fails to appoint an arbitrator within 20 days of written notice by the other
that it has appointed an arbitrator, then the arbitration shall be conducted by
an arbitrator selected by the American Arbitration Association in accordance
with its then existing rules. If the arbitrators selected by the parties fail to
agree on the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the
second arbitrator, the third arbitrator

                                       35


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its
then existing rules. The impartial arbitrator shall set a time for hearing
within sixty (60) days of his/her selection. Each party shall have an
opportunity to present evidence on the issues in dispute before the arbitrator
and each party may be represented by legal counsel. The decision of the
arbitrator(s) shall be rendered within thirty (30) days of the close of the
hearing. The fees and expenses of the impartial arbitrator shall be shared
equally by the parties and each party shall bear the cost of any arbitrator
chosen unilaterally by that party. Any determination reached or award granted
pursuant to arbitration shall be final, non-appealable and binding on the
parties. The judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction. The parties acknowledge that their agreement
pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 11(c) to submit the resolution of all
disputes arising out of this Agreement to arbitration by the American
Arbitration Association is the result of their mutual and voluntary negotiation
and agreement, and is not intended to and does not constitute a "condition or
precondition of employment" within the meaning or interpretation of that phrase
as used in Kentucky Revised Statutes 336.700(2).

                                       36


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

          (d) The Executive acknowledges that before entering into this
Agreement and agreeing to terminate the Existing Agreement he has received a
reasonable period of time to consider this Agreement and has had sufficient time
and an opportunity to consult with any attorney or other advisor of his choice
in connection with this Agreement and all matters contained herein, and that he
has been advised to do so if he so chooses. The Executive further acknowledges
that this Agreement and all terms hereof (including the terms of termination of
the Existing Agreement) are fair, reasonable and are not the result of any
fraud, duress, coercion, pressure or undue influence exercised by the Company,
that he has approved and entered into this Agreement and all of the terms hereof
and agreed to the termination of the Existing Agreement on his own free will,
and that no promises or representations have been made to him by any person to
induce him to enter into this Agreement or terminate the Existing Agreement
other than the express terms set forth herein.

          (e) The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from all
compensation payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement all amounts
required to be deducted and withheld therefrom pursuant to any present or future
law, regulation or ordinance of the United States of

                                       37


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

America or any state or local jurisdiction therein or any foreign taxing
jurisdiction.

          (f) Paragraph headings are included in this Agreement for convenience
of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the text hereof.

          (g) Any and all notices, demands or other communications to be given
or made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been fully
given or made when personally delivered, or on the third business day after
mailing from within the continental United States by registered mail, postage
prepaid, addressed as follows:

          If to the Company:

          General Cable Acquisition Holding Corp.
          4 Tesseneer Drive
          Highland Heights, KY 41076

          Attention: General Counsel

          If to the Executive:

          900 Adams Crossing
          Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Either party may change the address to which any notices to it shall be sent by
giving to the other party written notice of such change in conformity with the
foregoing.

          (h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each
of which shall constitute an original but

                                       38


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

all of which together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

          (i) This Agreement may be assigned by the Company to, and shall inure
to the benefit of, any successor to substantially all the assets and business of
the Company as a going concern, whether by merger, consolidation or purchase of
substantially all of the assets of the Company or otherwise, provided that such
successor shall assume the Company's obligations under this Agreement. This
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's
personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs,
distributees, devisees and legatees.

          (j) The Company shall be deemed to have performed its obligations to
make payments or provide benefits to the

                                       39


<PAGE>

<PAGE>



Executive under this Agreement if it has caused a member of the Group to make
such payments or provide such benefits.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Company and the Executive has executed
this Agreement this _________ day of May, 1997, to become effective on the
Effective Date.

                                              GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                              By:_______________________________
                                                 Robert J. Siverd
                                                 Executive Vice President,
                                                    General Counsel and
                                                    Secretary

                                              GCC CORPORATION

                                              By:______________________________
                                                 Robert J. Siverd
                                                 Executive Vice President,
                                                     General Counsel and
                                                     Secretary

                                              __________________________________
                                                  Stephen Rabinowitz

                                       40


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX I



                                       41


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                    ANNEX II



                                       42



<PAGE>
 




<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         Agreement made and entered into this 13th day of May, 1997, by and
between General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
Gregory B. Kenny (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, it is proposed that shares of the Company's Common Stock, $.01
par value per share (the "Common Stock"), will be sold by the Company's parent,
Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., in a public offering (the "Public Offering");
and

         WHEREAS, effective upon consummation of the Public Offering (the
"Effective Date") it is intended that this Agreement become effective;

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Term of Employment.

         (a) Commencing on the Effective Date, the Company shall employ the
Executive, and the Executive shall accept employment and shall serve the
Company, in such capacities, with such duties and authority, for such period, at
such level of compensation and with such benefits, and upon such other terms and
subject to such other conditions, as are





<PAGE>

<PAGE>


hereinafter set forth. The term of the Executive's employment hereunder shall
commence on the Effective Date and, unless previously terminated as provided
herein, shall continue until the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the
"Employment Period"); provided, however, that commencing on the third
anniversary of the Effective Date and each anniversary thereafter, the
Employment Period shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless
not later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to such anniversary, the
Company or the Executive shall have given written notice to the other not to
extend the Employment Period.

         (b) If the consummation of the Public Offering does not occur on or
before October 31, 1997, this Agreement shall terminate.

         2. Capacities, Duties and Authority.

         (a) Effective on the Effective Date, the Executive shall be elected,
and throughout the Employment Period the Executive shall be entitled to serve
as, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company, GCC
Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
("GCC"), GK Technologies, Incorporated, a New Jersey corporation ("GK"), General
Cable Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation

                                        2




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



("Industries"), and such other affiliates of the Company, GCC, GK or Industries
as the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Company's Board") shall request.
The Company, GCC, GK, Industries and such other affiliates are hereinafter
referred to collectively as the "Group". Commencing on the Effective Date, the
Executive shall be elected and serve as a member of the Company's Board.

         (b) In his capacity as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of each of the members of the Group, the Executive shall have such
authority, perform such duties, discharge such responsibilities and render such
services as are customary to and consistent with such positions, subject to the
authority and direction of the relevant board of directors.

         (c) The Executive shall render his services diligently, faithfully and
to the best of his ability, devoting thereto his entire business time, energy
and skills on an exclusive basis and, without the prior written consent of the
Company's Board, the Executive shall not render services to or for the account
of any person, firm or corporation other than a member of the Group.

         3. Compensation.

         (a) The Executive shall be paid a base salary during the Employment
Period at the annual rate of Three

                                        3



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), payable in accordance with the regular
payroll practices of the Company. The Compensation Committee of the Company's
Board (the "Compensation Committee") shall annually review the Executive's
performance and determine, in its sole discretion, whether or not to increase
the Executive's base salary and, if so, the amount of such increase. The
Executive's base salary as in effect from time to time is hereinafter referred
to as the "Base Salary."

         (b) The Company has adopted, and the stockholder of the Company has
approved the adoption of, the General Cable Corporation 1997 Incentive Bonus
Program annexed hereto as Annex I (the "1997 Bonus Plan"). As soon as
practicable after the Effective Date, the Company agrees to recommend to the
Company's Board that the Executive be awarded the opportunity to earn, in
respect of the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997, a bonus (the "1997
Incentive Bonus") of up to one hundred twenty percent (120%) of his Base Salary
targeted upon the attainment of the performance goals specified therein. The
Compensation Committee shall establish a performance-based annual bonus program
for senior executives of the Company including the Executive for fiscal years
after 1997 (a "Future Bonus Plan") and award the Executive an annual bonus
opportunity thereunder which

                                        4




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


is not less favorable than the opportunity provided pursuant to the 1997
Incentive Bonus without restricting the discretion of the Compensation Committee
to set targets and criteria for such incentive compensation.

         4. Employee Benefit Programs.

         (a) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to
participate in and shall have the benefit of all vacation, group life,
disability, hospital, surgical and major medical insurance plans and programs
and other employee benefit plans and programs as generally are made available to
executive personnel of the Group, as such benefit plans or programs may be
amended in the sole discretion of the Group members and with the concurrence of
the Compensation Committee, from time to time.

         (b) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive or
participate in any fringe benefits provided to the member of the Group's
senior-level executives in accordance with the terms and conditions of such
arrangements as may be in effect from time to time.

         5. Stock Option and Restricted Stock

         (a) The Company has adopted, and the stockholder of the Company has
approved the adoption of, the General Cable Corporation Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan") annexed hereto as Annex II. As soon
as

                                        5




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



practicable after the Effective Date, the Company agrees to recommend to the
Company's Board that the Executive be granted under the Stock Incentive Plan a
ten-year non-qualified option to purchase 86,000 shares of Common Stock at the
initial Public Offering price of the Common Stock (the "Option"). The exercise
price of the Option shall be equal to the initial Public Offering price. The
Option shall vest and (subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the
Change-in-Control Agreement referred to below) be fully exercisable on the third
anniversary of the Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Stock
Incentive Plan.

         (b) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, the Company shall
recommend that the Executive be awarded under the Stock Incentive Plan the
number of shares of restricted Common Stock having a value of Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($500,000) at the initial Public Offering price of the Common
Stock (the "Restricted Stock"). The restrictions on the Restricted Stock shall
lapse (subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the Change-in-Control
Agreement) on the third anniversary of the Effective Date in accordance with the
terms of the Stock Incentive Plan.

                                        6




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         6. Termination of Employment.

         (a) The Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate:

             (i) upon the death of the Executive;

             (ii) upon the Disability of the Executive, which for the purposes
         of this Agreement shall mean his inability because of physical or
         mental illness or incapacity, whether partial or total, with or without
         accommodation, to perform his duties under this Agreement, as
         determined by the Company's Board, after review of such reports of
         physicians of recognized standing in the medical community in the
         Cincinnati, Ohio metropolitan area as the Company's Board (or a special
         committee thereof) selects, for a continuous period of at least four
         (4) months or for an aggregate of one hundred fifty (150) days within
         any twelve (12) month period); or

             (iii) at the option of the Company, exercisable by or upon the
         authority of the Company's Board and effective immediately upon the
         giving by the Company to the Executive of written notice of such
         exercise, for "Cause", which, for purposes of this Agreement, shall
         mean:

                                        7


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

         (A) the gross neglect or willful failure by the Executive to perform
             his duties and responsibilities in all material respects as set
             forth in Paragraph 2 hereof, after a written demand for substantial
             performance is delivered to the Executive by the Company's Board,
             which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the
             Company's Board believes that the Executive has not so performed
             his duties;


         (B) any act of fraud by the Executive, whether relating to the Group or
             otherwise;

         (C) the conviction or entry into a plea of nolo contendere by the
             Executive with respect to any felony or misdemeanor (other than a
             traffic offense which does not result in imprisonment);

         (D) the commission by the Executive of any willful or intentional act
             (including any violation of law) which materially injures the
             reputation or materially adversely affects the business or business
             relationships of the Group; or

                                        8




<PAGE>

<PAGE>

        (E)  any willful failure or willful breach (not covered by any of
             clauses (A) through (D) above) of any of the material obligations
             of this Agreement, if such breach is not cured within 10 days after
             written notice thereof to the Executive by the Company's Board;

For purposes of clauses (A), (D) and (E) of this definition, no act, or failure
to act, on the Executive's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or
omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable
belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of
the Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be terminated
for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a
certified copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less
than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Company's Board, at a
meeting of the Company's Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable
notice to the Executive, and an opportunity for him, together with his counsel,
to be heard before the Company's Board), finding that the Executive's conduct
met the definition of "Cause" set forth herein, specifying the particulars
thereof in detail.

                                        9




<PAGE>

<PAGE>

             (iv) at the option of the Company, for a reason other than
         Disability or Cause, effective immediately upon the giving of written
         notice of such exercise;

             (v) at the option of the Executive, effective ten (10) business
         days after the giving of written notice of such exercise by the
         Executive to the Company (or such shorter period as the Company's Board
         may elect by giving written notice to the Executive), in the event that
         the Executive has Good Reason, which for purposes of this Agreement
         shall mean the occurrence at any time of any of the following without
         the Executive's prior written consent:


         (A) removal from any of the positions (other than as a member of the
             Company's Board) held by the Executive with respect to the Company
             or any of its significant subsidiaries (as defined in Regulation
             S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934);

         (B) the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially
             inconsistent with those customarily associated with the positions
             held by the Executive or a diminution of the

                                       10




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


             Executive's position, authority, duties or responsibilities (other
             than an isolated action that is not taken in bad faith and is
             remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of written notice
             thereof from the Executive);

        (C)  except as provided in Paragraph 6(d), a reduction in the
             Executive's Base Salary payable pursuant to Paragraph 3(a) hereof
             or a material reduction in any other material benefit provided the
             Executive hereunder; or

        (D)  notice by the Company, as set forth in Paragraph 1(a) hereof, not
             to extend the Employment Period; or

        (E)  the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement from any
             successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement; or

        (F)  any willful failure or willful breach by the Company (not covered
             by any of clauses (A) through (E) above) of any of the material
             obligations of this Agreement, if such breach is not cured within
             10 days after written notice thereof by the Executive to the
             Company's Board;

                                       11



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


For purpose of clause (F) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the
Company's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by
the Company not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Company's
act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Group.

             (vi) at the option of the Executive, for a reason other than Good
         Reason, effective upon 30 days of the giving of written notice of such
         exercise.


         (b) Obligations of the Company upon Termination of Employment.

             (i) Death. In the event of the Executive's death during the
         Employment Period, the Employment Period shall end as of the date of
         the Executive's death and his estate and/or beneficiaries, as the case
         may be, shall be entitled to the following, as soon as practicable
         following the date of Executive's death:

             (A) Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of his death;

             (B) payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to the date
                 of his death;

                                       12



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


             (C)  the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus payable pursuant to any
                  Future Bonus Plan, to the extent earned but not paid with
                  respect to any year prior to the year in which the Executive's
                  death occurs;

             (D)  a pro rata portion (based on the number of days worked) of the
                  bonus payable under the 1997 Incentive Bonus Plan or any
                  Future Bonus Plan in effect for the year in which the
                  Executive's death occurs; provided, however, that the
                  performance goals established under the applicable program
                  with respect to the entire year in which the Executive's death
                  occurs are met;

             (E)  immediate vesting of and lapsing of restrictions on all
                  unvested Restricted Stock and any other shares of restricted
                  Common Stock held by the Executive on the date of his death;

             (F)  immediate vesting of the Option and all other Company stock
                  options held by the Executive on the date of his death, with

                                       13



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                  such options remaining exercisable for twelve months from the
                  date of the Executive's death; and

             (G)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                  existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company.

             (ii) Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated due to
         Disability during the Employment Period, either by the Company or by
         the Executive, the Employment Period shall end as of the date of the
         termination of the Executive's employment and the Executive shall be
         entitled to the following, as soon as practicable following the date of
         termination:

             (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of the
                  termination of the Executive's employment;

             (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to the
                  date of the termination of the Executive's employment;

             (C)  the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus payable pursuant to any
                  Future Bonus

                                       14



<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                  Plan, to the extent earned but not paid with respect to any
                  year prior to the year in which the Executive's termination of
                  employment occurs;

             (D)  a pro rata portion (based on the number of days worked) of the
                  bonus payable under the 1997 Incentive Bonus Plan or any
                  Future Bonus Plan in effect for the year in which the
                  Executive's termination of employment occurs; provided,
                  however, that the performance goals established under the
                  applicable program with respect to the entire year in which
                  the Executive's termination of employment occurs are met;

             (E)  immediate vesting of and lapsing of restrictions on all
                  unvested Restricted Stock and any other shares of restricted
                  Common Stock held by the Executive on the date of his
                  Disability;

             (F)  immediate vesting of the Option and all other Company stock
                  options held by the Executive on the date of his Disability,
                  with such options remaining exercisable

                                       15



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                  for twelve months from the date of the Executive's Disability;
                  and

             (G)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                  existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company.

             (iii) Cause. If the Company terminates the Executive's employment
         for Cause, the Executive shall be entitled to the following, within 60
         days following the date of termination:

             (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of the
                  termination of his employment;

             (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to the
                  date of the termination of the Executive's employment; and

             (C)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                  existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company.

             (iv) Without Cause or With Good Reason. If the Executive's
         employment is terminated by the Company (other than for Cause or
         Disability) or if

                                       16




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         the Executive terminates his employment with Good Reason, the
         Employment Period shall end as of the effective date of termination and
         the Executive shall be entitled to the following, within 10 business
         days following the date of termination or such earlier date as may be
         required by law:

             (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of the
                  termination of his employment;

             (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to the
                  date of the termination of the Executive's employment;

             (C)  the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus payable pursuant to any
                  Future Bonus Plan, to the extent earned but not paid with
                  respect to any year prior to the year in which the Executive's
                  termination of employment occurs;

             (D)  a lump sum amount equal to 1.5 times the sum of (x) the Base
                  Salary (based on the Base Salary in effect on the date of the
                  termination of the Executive's employment, and in the case of
                  a

                                       17




<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                  termination of employment by the Executive for Good Reason due
                  to a reduction in Base Salary under Paragraph 6(a)(v)(C),
                  based on the Base Salary in effect immediately prior to such
                  reduction) plus (y) the target annual bonus under the 1997
                  Incentive Bonus Plan or any future bonus plan, as the case may
                  be, for the year of termination;

             (E)  immediate vesting of and lapsing of restrictions on all
                  unvested Restricted Stock and any other shares of restricted
                  Common Stock held by the Executive on the date of the
                  termination of his employment;

             (F)  immediate vesting of the Option and all other Company stock
                  options held by the Executive on the date of the termination
                  of his employment, with all stock options remaining
                  exercisable until their expiration pursuant to the Stock
                  Incentive Plan;

                                       18



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


             (G)  continued participation, as if he were still an employee, in
                  the Company's medical, dental, hospitalization and life
                  insurance plans, programs and/or arrangements in which he was
                  participating on the date of the termination of his employment
                  on the same terms and conditions as other executives under
                  such plans, programs and/or arrangements until the earlier of
                  eighteen months from the date of the Executive's termination
                  or the date, or dates, he receives equivalent coverage and
                  benefits under the plans, programs and/or arrangements of a
                  subsequent employer (such coverage and benefits to be
                  determined on a coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit
                  basis); and

            (H)   such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                  existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company
                  (other than any severance payments payable under the terms of
                  any benefit plan), including outplacement

                                       19



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                  services consistent with the Company's then existing practice
                  for senior executives or, if there is no such then existing
                  practice, consistent with the Company's past practice for
                  senior executives.

             (v) Without Good Reason. If the Executive's employment is
         terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive shall be
         entitled to the following, within 60 days following the date of
         termination or such earlier date as may be required by law:

             (A)  Base Salary earned but not paid prior to the date of the
                  termination of his employment;

             (B)  payment for all accrued but unused vacation time up to the
                  date of the termination of the Executive's employment; and

             (C)  such additional benefits as may be provided by the then
                  existing plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company.

                                       20



<PAGE>

<PAGE>




         (c) Any payment under Paragraph 6(b) hereof shall be in lieu of any
other severance, bonus or other payments to which the Executive might then be
entitled pursuant to this Agreement or any statutory or common law claim,
subject, in each case, to the execution by the Executive and delivery to the
Company of a customary release of all claims related to his employment or
termination thereof in a form to be provided by the Company. The Company's
obligations to make the payments under Paragraph 6(b) hereof, except in the case
of a termination for Cause, shall not otherwise be affected by any
circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,
recoupment, defense or other right which the Company or any member of the Group
may have against the Executive. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that in
the event the parties dispute whether the Executive shall be entitled to the
payment hereunder, such payment shall not be deemed to be earned or otherwise
vest hereunder until such time as the dispute is resolved in accordance with
Paragraph 11(c) hereof.

         (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Company's
Board has reason to believe that there are circumstances which, if
substantiated, would constitute Cause as defined herein, the Company may suspend
the Executive from employment without notice for such period

                                       21



<PAGE>

<PAGE>

of time as shall be reasonably necessary for the Company's Board to ascertain
whether such circumstances are substantiated. During such suspension, the
Executive shall continue to be paid all compensation and provided all benefits
hereunder; provided, however, that if the Executive has been indicted or
otherwise formally charged by governmental authorities with any felony, the
Company's Board may in its sole discretion, and without limiting the Company's
Board's discretion to terminate the Executive's employment for Cause, suspend
the Executive without continuation of any compensation or benefits hereunder,
pending final disposition of such criminal charge(s). Upon receiving notice of
any such suspension, the Executive shall promptly leave the premises of the
Company and remain off such premises and the premises of all other Group members
until further notice from the Company's Board.

         7. Negative Covenants of the Executive.

         (a) During the Employment Period and for a period of two (2) years
thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

             (i) solicit, entice, persuade or induce any employee, director,
         officer, associate, consultant, agent or independent contractor of the
         Group to terminate his or her employment or

                                       22




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


         engagement by the Group to become employed or engaged by any person,
         firm, corporation or other business enterprise other than a member of
         the Group, except in furtherance of his responsibility during the
         Employment Period; or

             (ii) authorize or assist in the taking of such action by any third
         party.

For purposes of this Paragraph 7(a), the terms "employee," "director,"
"officer," "associate," "consultant," "agent," and "independent contractor"
shall include any person with such status at any time during the twelve (12)
months prior to the termination of the Executive's employment and for two (2)
years following the Executive's termination of employment. The Executive shall
not be deemed to have violated the provisions of this Paragraph 7(a) by reason
of an isolated act, or failure to act, not taken in bad faith.

             (b) During the Employment Period and for a period of one (1) year
thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage, participate,
make any financial investment in, or become employed by or render advisory or
other services to or for any person, firm, corporation or other business
enterprise (the "Competing Enterprise") which is engaged, directly or
indirectly, during the Employment Period or at the time of Executive's
termination of

                                       23



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


employment, as the case may be, in competition with the Group in (i) the
development, design, manufacture, marketing or distribution of wire and cable or
(ii) any other business activities of the Group accounting for more than 10% of
its net sales in the most recently completed fiscal year or reasonably expected
to do so in the current fiscal year, in the United States and in any foreign
jurisdiction in which the Group operates or, at the end of Employment Period,
proposes to operate; provided, in either case, that the competitive businesses
of the Competing Enterprise account for more than 10% of the net sales of the
Competing Enterprise for its most recently completed fiscal year and the
Executive does not work or consult in such competitive business. The foregoing
covenant shall not be construed to preclude the Executive from making any
investments in the securities of any company, whether or not engaged in
competition with the Group, to the extent that such securities are actively
traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in
the United States or any foreign securities exchange and, after giving effect to
such investment, the Executive does not beneficially own securities representing
more than 1% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of such
company.

                                       24




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


             (c) During the Employment Period and thereafter without limit as to
time, the Executive will not (other than in the regular course and in
furtherance of the Group's business) divulge, furnish or make available to any
person any knowledge or information with respect to the business or affairs of
the Group which is confidential, including, without limitation, "know-how",
trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, pricing policies, operational
methods, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans,
business acquisition or disposition plans, new personnel employment plans,
methods of manufacture, technical processes, designs and design projects,
inventions and research projects and financial budgets and forecasts of the
Group except (1) information which at the time is available to others in the
business or generally known to the public other than as a result of disclosure
by the Executive not permitted hereunder, and (2) when required to do so by a
court of competent jurisdiction, by any governmental agency or by any
administrative body or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with
purported or apparent jurisdiction to order the Executive to divulge, disclose
or make accessible such information. All memoranda, notes, lists, records,
electronically stored data, recordings or videotapes and other documents (and
all

                                       25




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


copies thereof) made or compiled by the Executive or made available to the
Executive (whether during his employment by the Group or by any predecessor
thereof) concerning the business of the Group or any predecessor thereof shall
be the property of the Company or such other member of the Group and shall be
delivered to the Company or such other member of the Group promptly upon the
termination of the Employment Period.

             (d) The Executive acknowledges that all developments, including,
without limitation, inventions, patentable or otherwise, trade secrets,
discoveries, improvements, ideas and writings that alone or jointly with others
the Executive may conceive, make, develop or acquire during the period of his
employment by the Group and any predecessor thereof (collectively, the
"Developments"), are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the
Group and the Executive hereby assigns to the Group all of his right, title and
interest in all such Developments. The Executive shall promptly and fully
disclose all future Developments to the Company's Board, and, at any time upon
request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the Group all instruments that the Group shall prepare, give
evidence, and take all other actions that are necessary or desirable in the
reasonable

                                       26



<PAGE>

<PAGE>

opinion of the Company's counsel, to enable the Group to file and prosecute
applications for and to acquire, maintain and enforce all letters patent,
trademark registrations or copyrights covering the Developments in all countries
in which the same are deemed necessary.

             (e) The Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by
the Executive are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and, in
connection with such services, the Executive will have access to confidential
information vital to the Group's business and that irreparable injury would be
sustained by the Group in the event of his breach of any of the covenants
contained in this Paragraph 7, which injury could not be remedied adequately by
the recovery of damages in an action at law. Accordingly, the Executive agrees
that, upon a breach or threatened breach by him of any of such covenants, the
Company and, to the extent appropriate, any other member of the Group shall be
entitled, in addition to and not in lieu of any and all other remedies, to an
injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction restraining the
commission or continuance of any such breach or threatened breach upon minimal
bond, with or without surety, and that such an injunction will not work an undue
hardship on him.

                                       27




<PAGE>

<PAGE>

             (f) The provisions of this Paragraph 7 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement, irrespective of the reasons therefor.

             (g) If any court determines that any of the provisions of this
Paragraph 7 is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such provisions shall
not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect without regard to the
invalid provisions. If any court construes any of the provisions of this
Paragraph 7, or any part thereof, to be unreasonable because of the duration of
such provision or the geographic scope thereof, such court shall have the power
to reduce the duration or restrict the geographic scope of such provision and to
enforce such provision as so reduced or restricted.

             8. Reimbursement of Business Expense.

             During the Employment Period, the Executive is authorized to incur
reasonable business expenses in carrying out his duties and responsibilities
under the Agreement, and the Company or the relevant member of the Group shall
promptly reimburse him for all such reasonable business expenses incurred in
connection with carrying out the business of such member of the Group, subject
to documentation in accordance with such member of the Group's policy.

                                       28



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


             9. Release.

             In consideration of the Company's granting of the Option, the
Executive releases GCC, the Company, Wassall PLC, and any of their respective
past and present officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, employees,
agents and affiliates from any and all claims, demands and causes of action
whatsoever related to the Executive's employment prior to the Effective Date by
GCC and its affiliates, in law or equity, known or unknown, accrued or
unaccrued, past, present or future, relating to any acts or omissions during all
periods ending prior to the Effective Date, whether arising out of any other
arrangements or understandings, or otherwise; provided, however, that neither
this release nor the provisions of Paragraph 11(b) hereof shall adversely affect
(i) the Executive's rights to any Base Salary (net of withholding taxes) or
vacation provided for therein that is accrued but unpaid as of the Effective
Date; (ii) the Executive's rights with respect to Wassall PLC options previously
granted to the Executive, which shall remain exercisable in accordance with the
terms of the Wassall PLC (No. 3) U.S. Executive Share Option Scheme, if any;
(iii) the Executive's rights under existing plans, programs and/or arrangements
of the Company which are accrued but unpaid as of the Effective Date; (iv) the
Executive's rights to

                                       29




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


indemnification under any indemnification agreement, applicable law and the
certificates of incorporation and by-laws of the Company and other members of
the Group, or the Executive's rights under any director's and officers'
liability insurance policy covering the Executive, in each case arising out of
or relating the Executive's employment prior to the Effective Date; or (v) the
Executive rights under this Agreement.

             10. Indemnification.

             To the fullest extent permitted by law and the Company's
certificate of incorporate and by-laws, the Company shall promptly indemnify the
Executive for all amounts (including, without limitation, judgments, fines,
settlement payments, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees)) incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with any
action, proceeding, suit or investigation arising out of or relating to the
performance by the Executive of services for (or acting as a fiduciary of any
employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of) the Company or other member
of the Group, including as a director, officer or employee of the Company or
other member of the Group. The Company also agrees to maintain a director's and
officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive to the extent the
Company

                                       30



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


provides such coverage for its other executive officers. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall
survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

             11. Miscellaneous.

             (a) This Agreement is intended to be performed in, and shall be
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of, the State of Kentucky
without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

             (b) Upon the Effective Date, this Agreement shall incorporate the
complete understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and (subject to Paragraph 9 hereof) supersede any and all
other prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, between the
Executive and any member of the Group or any predecessor thereof with respect to
such subject matter, other than the Change-in-Control Agreement, of even date
herewith, between the Company, GCC and the Executive (the "Change-in-Control
Agreement"); provided, however, that no payment or benefit shall be made or
provided hereunder if and to the extent such payment or benefit would be
duplicative of a payment or benefit to which the Executive is then entitled
under the Change-in-Control Agreement. No provision hereof may be modified or
waived except by a

                                       31




<PAGE>

<PAGE>

written instrument duly executed by the Executive and the Company with the
express approval of the Compensation Committee.

             (c) All differences, claims or matters in dispute arising out of
this Agreement, the breach hereof or otherwise arising between the Company or
any of its affiliates and the Executive shall, at the election of either party,
by notice to the other, be submitted to arbitration by the American Arbitration
Association or its successor, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Such arbitration shall be
governed by the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association and
the laws of the State of Kentucky as then in effect. Any arbitration conducted
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be conducted by a recognized
independent and impartial arbitrator mutually agreed to by the parties or, if
they cannot agree within thirty (30) days after the initial demand for
arbitration, by three arbitrators, one chosen by the Company, one chosen by the
Executive and the third (who shall be a recognized independent and impartial
arbitrator and who shall act as chairperson and will be compensated at a rate
generally equivalent to his or her normal billing rate or compensation) selected
by the two so chosen; provided, that if either party fails to appoint an

                                       32




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


arbitrator within 20 days of written notice by the other that it has appointed
an arbitrator, then the arbitration shall be conducted by an arbitrator selected
by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its then existing
rules. If the arbitrators selected by the parties fail to agree on the third
arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator,
the third arbitrator shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association
in accordance with its then existing rules. The impartial arbitrator shall set a
time for hearing within sixty (60) days of his/her selection. Each party shall
have an opportunity to present evidence on the issues in dispute before the
arbitrator and each party may be represented by legal counsel. The decision of
the arbitrator(s) shall be rendered within thirty (30) days of the close of the
hearing. The fees and expenses of the impartial arbitrator shall be shared
equally by the parties and each party shall bear the cost of any arbitrator
chosen unilaterally by that party. Any determination reached or award granted
pursuant to arbitration shall be final, non-appealable and binding on the
parties. The judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction. The parties acknowledge that their agreement
pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 11(c) to submit the resolution of

                                       33




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



all disputes arising out of this Agreement to arbitration by the American
Arbitration Association is the result of their mutual and voluntary negotiation
and agreement, and is not intended to and does not constitute a "condition or
precondition of employment" within the meaning or interpretation of that phrase
as used in Kentucky Revised Statutes 336.700(2).

             (d) The Executive acknowledges that before entering into this
Agreement he has received a reasonable period of time to consider this Agreement
and has had sufficient time and an opportunity to consult with any attorney or
other advisor of his choice in connection with this Agreement and all matters
contained herein, and that he has been advised to do so if he so chooses. The
Executive further acknowledges that this Agreement and all terms hereof are
fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure
or undue influence exercised by the Company, that he has approved and entered
into this Agreement and all of the terms hereof on his own free will, and that
no promises or representations have been made to him by any person to induce him
to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein.

             (e) The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from all
compensation payable to the Executive

                                       34



<PAGE>

<PAGE>

pursuant to this Agreement all amounts required to be deducted and withheld
therefrom pursuant to any present or future law, regulation or ordinance of the
United States of America or any state or local jurisdiction therein or any
foreign taxing jurisdiction.

             (f) Paragraph headings are included in this Agreement for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the
text hereof.

             (g) Any and all notices, demands or other communications to be
given or made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
fully given or made when personally delivered, or on the third business day
after mailing from within the continental United States by registered mail,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                  If to the Company:

                  General Cable Corporation
                  4 Tesseneer Drive
                  Highland Heights, KY  41076

                  Attention:  General Counsel

                  If to the Executive:

                  Gregory B. Kenny
                  6622 Pleasant Street
                  Cincinnati, OH  45227

Either party may change the address to which any notices to it shall be sent by
giving to the other party written notice of such change in conformity with the
foregoing.

                                       35



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



             (h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

             (i) This Agreement may be assigned by the Company to, and shall
inure to the benefit of, any successor to substantially all the assets and
business of the Company as a going concern, whether by merger, consolidation or
purchase of substantially all of the assets of the Company or otherwise,
provided that such successor shall assume the Company's obligations under this
Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

             (j) The Company shall be deemed to have performed its obligations
to make payments or provide benefits to the

                                       36




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


Executive under this Agreement if it has caused a member of the Group to make
such payments or provide such benefits.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Company and the Executive has
executed this Agreement this_____day of May, 1997, to become effective on the
Effective Date.

                                              GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                               By:______________________________
                                                  Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                  Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                  Officer and President



                                                  ______________________________
                                                  Gregory B. Kenny

                                       37



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX I






                                       38


<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                                     ANNEX II






                                       39


<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                  Agreement made and entered into this 13th day of May, 1997, by
and among General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
GCC Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company ("GCC"), and Christopher F. Virgulak (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, the Executive and GCC are parties to an employment
agreement effective as of November 7, 1994, as amended through the date of this
Agreement, which is currently in effect (the "Existing Agreement"); and

                  WHEREAS, it is proposed that shares of the Company's Common
Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), will be sold by the
Company's parent, Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., in a public offering (the
"Public Offering"); and

                  WHEREAS, effective upon consummation of the Public Offering
(the "Effective Date") it is intended that the Existing Agreement be terminated
and that this Agreement become effective;




<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1.       Term of Employment.

                  (a) Commencing on the Effective Date, the Company shall employ
the Executive, and the Executive shall accept employment and shall serve the
Company, in such capacities, with such duties and authority, for such period, at
such level of compensation and with such benefits, and upon such other terms and
subject to such other conditions, as are hereinafter set forth. The term of the
Executive's employment hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and,
unless previously terminated as provided herein, shall continue until the second
anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Employment Period"); provided, however,
that commencing on the second anniversary of the Effective Date and each
anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended
for one additional year unless not later than one hundred twenty (120) days
prior to such anniversary, the Company or the Executive shall have given written
notice to the other not to extend the Employment Period.

                  (b)      If the consummation of the Public Offering
does not occur on or before October 31, 1997, this Agreement

                                        2





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









shall terminate and the Existing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect
in accordance with its terms.

                  2.       Capacities, Duties and Authority.

                  (a)  Effective  on  the  Effective Date, the Executive shall
be elected, and throughout the Employment Period the Executive shall be entitled
to serve as, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of
the Company, GCC, GK Technologies, Incorporated, a New Jersey corporation
("GK"), General Cable Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Industries"),
and such other affiliates of the Company, GCC, GK or Industries as the Board of
Directors of the Company (the "Company's Board") shall request. The Company,
GCC, GK, Industries and such other affiliates are hereinafter referred to
collectively as the "Group".

                  (b) In his capacity as Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer of each of the members of the Group, the
Executive shall have such authority, perform such duties, discharge such
responsibilities and render such services as are customary to and consistent
with such positions, subject to the authority and direction of the relevant
board of directors.

                  (c)  The Executive shall render his services
diligently, faithfully and to the best of his ability,

                                        3





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









devoting thereto his entire business time, energy and skills on an exclusive
basis and, without the prior written consent of the Company's President, the
Executive shall not render services to or for the account of any person, firm or
corporation other than a member of the Group.

                  3.       Compensation.

                  (a) The Executive shall be paid a base salary during the
Employment Period at the annual rate of Two Hundred and Four Thousand Dollars
($204,000), payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the
Company. The Compensation Committee of the Company's Board (the "Compensation
Committee") shall annually review the Executive's performance and determine, in
its sole discretion, whether or not to increase the Executive's base salary and,
if so, the amount of such increase. The Executive's base salary as in effect
from time to time is hereinafter referred to as the "Base Salary."

                  (b) The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the
General Cable Corporation 1997 Incentive Bonus Program and any performance-based
annual bonus program for senior executives of the Company for fiscal years after
1997 (a "Future Bonus Plan") on such terms and conditions as determined in the
discretion of the Compensation Committee.

                                        4





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  4.       Employee Benefit Programs.

                  (a) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to participate in and shall have the benefit of all vacation, group
life, disability, hospital, surgical and major medical insurance plans and
programs and other employee benefit plans and programs as generally are made
available to executive personnel of the Group, as such benefit plans or programs
may be amended in the sole discretion of the Group members and with the
concurrence of the Compensation Committee, from time to time.

                  (b) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to receive or participate in any fringe benefits provided to the member
of the Group's senior-level executives in accordance with the terms and
conditions of such arrangements as may be in effect from time to time.

                  5.       Stock Options

                  The Company has adopted, and the stockholder of the Company
has approved the adoption of, the General Cable Corporation Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan"). As soon as practicable after the
Effective Date, the Company agrees to recommend to the Company's Board that the
Executive be granted under the Stock Incentive Plan a ten-year non-qualified
option to purchase 33,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial Public

                                        5





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









Offering price of the Common Stock (the "Option"). The exercise price of the
Option shall be equal to the initial Public Offering price. The Option shall
vest and (subject to acceleration as provided herein or in the Change-in-Control
Agreement referred to below) be fully exercisable on the third anniversary of
the Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan.

                  6.       Termination of Employment.
                  (a)      The Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate:

                           (i)      upon the death of the Executive;
                           (ii) upon the Disability of the Executive,
                  which for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean his
                  inability because of physical or mental illness or incapacity,
                  whether partial or total, with or without accommodation, to
                  perform his duties under this Agreement, as determined by the
                  Company's Board, after review of such reports of physicians of
                  recognized standing in the medical community in the
                  Cincinnati, Ohio metropolitan area as the Company's Board (or
                  a special committee thereof) selects, for a continuous period
                  of at least four (4) months or for an

                                        6





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  aggregate of one hundred fifty (150) days within
                  any twelve (12) month period); or

                           (iii) at the option of the Company, exercisable by or
                  upon the authority of the Company's President and effective
                  immediately upon the giving by the Company to the Executive of
                  written notice of such exercise, for "Cause", which, for
                  purposes of this Agreement, shall mean:

                  (A)      the gross neglect or willful failure by the Executive
                           to perform his duties and responsibilities in all 
                           material respects as set forth in Paragraph 2
                           hereof, after a written demand for substantial
                           performance is delivered to the Executive by the
                           Company's President, which demand specifically
                           identifies the manner in which the Company's
                           President believes that the Executive has not so
                           performed his duties;

                  (B)      any act of fraud by the Executive, whether
                           relating to the Group or otherwise;

                  (C)      the conviction or entry into a plea of nolo
                           contendere by the Executive with respect to
                           any felony or misdemeanor (other than a

                                        7





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           traffic offense which does not result in
                           imprisonment);

                  (D)      the commission by the Executive of any willful or
                           intentional act (including any violation of law)
                           which materially injures the reputation or materially
                           adversely affects the business or business
                           relationships of the Group; or

                  (E)      any willful failure or willful breach (not covered by
                           any of clauses (A) through (D) above) of any of the
                           material obligations of this Agreement, if such
                           breach is not cured within 10 days after written
                           notice thereof to the Executive by the Company's
                           President;

For purposes of clauses (A), (D) and (E) of this definition, no act, or failure
to act, on the Executive's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or
omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable
belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of
the Group.

                           (iv)     at the option of the Company, for a
                  reason other than Disability or Cause, effective
                  immediately upon the giving of written notice of
                  such exercise;

                                        8





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (v) at the option of the Executive, effective ten
                  (10) business days after the giving of written notice of such
                  exercise by the Executive to the Company (or such shorter
                  period as the Company's President may elect by giving written
                  notice to the Executive), in the event that the Executive has
                  Good Reason, which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean
                  the occurrence at any time of any of the following without the
                  Executive's prior written consent:

                  (A)      removal from the position of Executive Vice
                           President or Chief Financial Officer held by the
                           Executive with respect to the Company or any of its
                           significant subsidiaries (as defined in Regulation
                           S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934);

                  (B)      the assignment of duties or responsibilities
                           materially inconsistent with those
                           customarily associated with the positions
                           held by the Executive or a diminution of the
                           Executive's position, authority, duties or
                           responsibilities (other than an isolated
                           action that is not taken in bad faith and is
                           remedied by the Company promptly after



                                        9





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           receipt of written notice thereof from the
                           Executive);

                  (C)      except as provided in Paragraph 6(d), a reduction in
                           the Executive's Base Salary payable pursuant to
                           Paragraph 3(a) hereof or a material reduction in any
                           other material benefit provided the Executive
                           hereunder; or

                  (D)      notice by the Company, as set forth in
                           Paragraph 1(a) hereof, not to extend the
                           Employment Period; or

                  (E)      the failure by the Company to obtain an
                           agreement from any successor to assume and
                           agree to perform this Agreement; or

                  (F)      any willful failure or willful breach by the Company
                           (not covered by any of clauses (A) through (E) above)
                           of any of the material obligations of this Agreement,
                           if such breach is not cured within 10 days after
                           written notice thereof by the Executive to the
                           Company's President;

For purpose of clause (F) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the
Company's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by
the Company not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the

                                       10





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









Company's act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Group.

                           (vi)     at the option of the Executive, for a
                  reason other than Good Reason, effective upon 30
                  days of the giving of written notice of such
                  exercise.

                  (b)      Obligations of the Company upon Termination

of Employment.

                           (i) Death. In the event of the Executive's death
                  during the Employment Period, the Employment Period shall end
                  as of the date of the Executive's death and his estate and/or
                  beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the
                  following, as soon as practicable following the date of
                  Executive's death:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of his death;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of his
                                    death;

                           (C)      the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus
                                    payable pursuant to any Future Bonus Plan,
                                    to the extent earned but not paid with
                                    respect to any year prior to the

                                       11





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    year in which the Executive's death
                                    occurs;

                           (D)      a pro rata portion (based on the number
                                    of days worked) of the bonus payable
                                    under the 1997 Incentive Bonus Plan or
                                    any Future Bonus Plan in effect for the
                                    year in which the Executive's death
                                    occurs; provided, however, that the
                                    performance goals established under the
                                    applicable program with respect to the
                                    entire year in which the Executive's
                                    death occurs are met;

                           (E)      immediate vesting of and lapsing of
                                    restrictions on all unvested Restricted
                                    Stock and any other shares of restricted
                                    Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                                    date of his death;

                           (F)      immediate vesting of the Option and all
                                    other Company stock options held by the
                                    Executive on the date of his death, with
                                    such options remaining exercisable for
                                    twelve months from the date of the
                                    Executive's death; and

                                       12





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (G)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                           (ii) Disability. If the Executive's employment is
                  terminated due to Disability during the Employment Period,
                  either by the Company or by the Executive, the Employment
                  Period shall end as of the date of the termination of the
                  Executive's employment and the Executive shall be entitled to
                  the following, as soon as practicable following the date of
                  termination:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of the
                                    Executive's employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment;

                           (C)      the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus
                                    payable pursuant to any Future Bonus Plan,
                                    to the extent earned but not paid with
                                    respect to any year prior to the

                                       13





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    year in which the Executive's
                                    termination of employment occurs;

                           (D)      a pro rata portion (based on the number
                                    of days worked) of the bonus payable
                                    under the 1997 Incentive Bonus Plan or
                                    any Future Bonus Plan in effect for the
                                    year in which the Executive's
                                    termination of employment occurs;
                                    provided, however, that the performance
                                    goals established under the applicable
                                    program with respect to the entire year
                                    in which the Executive's termination of
                                    employment occurs are met;

                           (E)      immediate vesting of and lapsing of
                                    restrictions on all unvested Restricted
                                    Stock and any other shares of restricted
                                    Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                                    date of his Disability;

                           (F)      immediate vesting of the Option and all
                                    other Company stock options held by the
                                    Executive on the date of his Disability,
                                    with such options remaining exercisable for
                                    twelve months from the date of the
                                    Executive's Disability; and

                                       14





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (G)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                           (iii) Cause. If the Company terminates the
                  Executive's employment for Cause, the Executive shall be
                  entitled to the following, within 60 days following the date
                  of termination:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of his
                                    employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment; and

                           (C)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                           (iv)     Without Cause or With Good Reason.  If
                  the Executive's employment is terminated by the
                  Company (other than for Cause or Disability) or if
                  the Executive terminates his employment with Good
                  Reason, the Employment Period shall end as of the

                                       15





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  effective date of termination and the Executive shall be
                  entitled to the following, within 10 business days following
                  the date of termination or such earlier date as may be
                  required by law:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of his
                                    employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment;

                           (C)      the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus
                                    payable pursuant to any Future Bonus Plan,
                                    to the extent earned but not paid with
                                    respect to any year prior to the year in
                                    which the Executive's termination of
                                    employment occurs;

                           (D)      a lump sum amount equal to one times the sum
                                    of (x) the Base Salary (based on the Base
                                    Salary in effect on the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's employment,
                                    and in the case of a termination of
                                    employment by the Executive for Good Reason
                                    due to a

                                       16





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    reduction in Base Salary under Paragraph
                                    6(a)(v)(C), based on the Base Salary in
                                    effect immediately prior to such reduction)
                                    plus (y) the target annual bonus under the
                                    1997 Incentive Bonus Plan or any Future
                                    Bonus Plan, as the case may be, for the year
                                    of termination;

                           (E)      immediate vesting of and lapsing of
                                    restrictions on all unvested Restricted
                                    Stock and any other shares of restricted
                                    Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                                    date of the termination of his employment;

                           (F)      immediate vesting of the Option and all
                                    other Company stock options held by the
                                    Executive on the date of the termination of
                                    his employment, with all stock options
                                    remaining exercisable until their expiration
                                    pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan;

                           (G)      continued participation, as if he were
                                    still an employee, in the Company's
                                    medical, dental, hospitalization and

                                       17





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    life insurance plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements in which he was participating
                                    on the date of the termination of his
                                    employment on the same terms and conditions
                                    as other executives under such plans,
                                    programs and/or arrangements until the
                                    earlier of one year from the date of the
                                    Executive's termination or the date, or
                                    dates, he receives equivalent coverage and
                                    benefits under the plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of a subsequent employer (such
                                    coverage and benefits to be determined on a
                                    coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit
                                    basis); and

                           (H)      such additional benefits as may be
                                    provided by the then existing plans,
                                    programs and/or arrangements of the
                                    Company (other than any severance
                                    payments payable under the terms of any
                                    benefit plan), including outplacement
                                    services consistent with the Company's
                                    then existing practice for senior
                                    executives or, if there is no such then



                                       18





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    existing practice, consistent with the
                                    Company's past practice for senior
                                    executives.

                           (v) Without Good Reason. If the Executive's
                  employment is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason,
                  the Executive shall be entitled to the following, within 60
                  days following the date of termination or such earlier date as
                  may be required by law:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of his
                                    employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment; and

                           (C)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                  (c) Any payment under Paragraph 6(b) hereof shall be in lieu
of any other severance, bonus or other payments to which the Executive might
then be entitled pursuant to this Agreement or any statutory or common law
claim,

                                       19





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









subject, in each case, to the execution by the Executive and delivery to the
Company of a customary release of all claims related to his employment or
termination thereof in a form to be provided by the Company. The Company's
obligations to make the payments under Paragraph 6(b) hereof, except in the case
of a termination for Cause, shall not otherwise be affected by any
circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim,
recoupment, defense or other right which the Company or any member of the Group
may have against the Executive. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that in
the event the parties dispute whether the Executive shall be entitled to the
payment hereunder, such payment shall not be deemed to be earned or otherwise
vest hereunder until such time as the dispute is resolved in accordance with
Paragraph 11(c) hereof.

                  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the
Company's President has reason to believe that there are circumstances which, if
substantiated, would constitute Cause as defined herein, the Company may suspend
the Executive from employment without notice for such period of time as shall be
reasonably necessary for the Company's President to ascertain whether such
circumstances are substantiated. During such suspension, the Executive shall
continue to be paid all compensation and provided all

                                       20





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









benefits hereunder; provided, however, that if the Executive has been indicted
or otherwise formally charged by governmental authorities with any felony, the
Company's President may in its sole discretion, and without limiting the
Company's President's discretion to terminate the Executive's employment for
Cause, suspend the Executive without continuation of any compensation or
benefits hereunder, pending final disposition of such criminal charge(s). Upon
receiving notice of any such suspension, the Executive shall promptly leave the
premises of the Company and remain off such premises and the premises of all
other Group members until further notice from the Company's President.

                  7.       Negative Covenants of the Executive.
                  (a)      During the Employment Period and for a period of two
(2) years thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

                           (i) solicit, entice, persuade or induce any employee,
                  director, officer, associate, consultant, agent or independent
                  contractor of the Group to terminate his or her employment or
                  engagement by the Group to become employed or engaged by any
                  person, firm, corporation or other business enterprise other
                  than a member of the

                                       21





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  Group, except in furtherance of his responsibility
                  during the Employment Period; or

                           (ii) authorize or assist in the taking of
                  such action by any third party.

For purposes of this Paragraph 7(a), the terms "employee," "director,"
"officer," "associate," "consultant," "agent," and "independent contractor"
shall include any person with such status at any time during the twelve (12)
months prior to the termination of the Executive's employment and for two (2)
years following the Executive's termination of employment. The Executive shall
not be deemed to have violated the provisions of this Paragraph 7(a) by reason
of an isolated act, or failure to act, not taken in bad faith.

                  (b) During the Employment Period and for a period of one (1)
year thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage,
participate, make any financial investment in, or become employed by or render
advisory or other services to or for any person, firm, corporation or other
business enterprise (the "Competing Enterprise") which is engaged, directly or
indirectly, during the Employment Period or at the time of Executive's
termination of employment, as the case may be, in competition with the Group in
(i) the development, design, manufacture, marketing or distribution of wire and
cable or (ii) any other business

                                       22





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









activities of the Group accounting for more than 10% of its net sales in the
most recently completed fiscal year or reasonably expected to do so in the
current fiscal year, in the United States and in any foreign jurisdiction in
which the Group operates or, at the end of Employment Period, proposes to
operate; provided, in either case, that the competitive businesses of the
Competing Enterprise account for more than 10% of the net sales of the Competing
Enterprise for its most recently completed fiscal year and the Executive does
not work or consult in such competitive business. The foregoing covenant shall
not be construed to preclude the Executive from making any investments in the
securities of any company, whether or not engaged in competition with the Group,
to the extent that such securities are actively traded on a national securities
exchange or in the over-the-counter market in the United States or any foreign
securities exchange and, after giving effect to such investment, the Executive
does not beneficially own securities representing more than 1% of the combined
voting power of the voting securities of such company.

                  (c)      During the Employment Period and thereafter without
limit  as to time, the Executive will not (other than in the regular course and
in furtherance of the Group's

                                       23





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









business) divulge, furnish or make available to any person any knowledge or
information with respect to the business or affairs of the Group which is
confidential, including, without limitation, "know-how", trade secrets, customer
and supplier lists, pricing policies, operational methods, marketing plans or
strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition or
disposition plans, new personnel employment plans, methods of manufacture,
technical processes, designs and design projects, inventions and research
projects and financial budgets and forecasts of the Group except (1) information
which at the time is available to others in the business or generally known to
the public other than as a result of disclosure by the Executive not permitted
hereunder, and (2) when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction,
by any governmental agency or by any administrative body or legislative body
(including a committee thereof) with purported or apparent jurisdiction to order
the Executive to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information. All
memoranda, notes, lists, records, electronically stored data, recordings or
videotapes and other documents (and all copies thereof) made or compiled by the
Executive or made available to the Executive (whether during his employment by
the Group or by any predecessor thereof) concerning the

                                       24





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









business of the Group or any predecessor thereof shall be the property of the
Company or such other member of the Group and shall be delivered to the Company
or such other member of the Group promptly upon the termination of the
Employment Period.

                  (d) The Executive acknowledges that all developments,
including, without limitation, inventions, patentable or otherwise, trade
secrets, discoveries, improvements, ideas and writings that alone or jointly
with others the Executive may conceive, make, develop or acquire during the
period of his employment by the Group and any predecessor thereof (collectively,
the "Developments"), are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the
Group and the Executive hereby assigns to the Group all of his right, title and
interest in all such Developments. The Executive shall promptly and fully
disclose all future Developments to the Company's Board, and, at any time upon
request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the Group all instruments that the Group shall prepare, give
evidence, and take all other actions that are necessary or desirable in the
reasonable opinion of the Company's counsel, to enable the Group to file and
prosecute applications for and to acquire, maintain and enforce all letters
patent, trademark registrations or

                                       25





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









copyrights covering the Developments in all countries in which the same are
deemed necessary.

                  (e) The Executive acknowledges that the services to be
rendered by the Executive are of a special, unique and extraordinary character
and, in connection with such services, the Executive will have access to
confidential information vital to the Group's business and that irreparable
injury would be sustained by the Group in the event of his breach of any of the
covenants contained in this Paragraph 7, which injury could not be remedied
adequately by the recovery of damages in an action at law. Accordingly, the
Executive agrees that, upon a breach or threatened breach by him of any of such
covenants, the Company and, to the extent appropriate, any other member of the
Group shall be entitled, in addition to and not in lieu of any and all other
remedies, to an injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction
restraining the commission or continuance of any such breach or threatened
breach upon minimal bond, with or without surety, and that such an injunction
will not work an undue hardship on him.

                  (f)      The provisions of this Paragraph 7 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement, irrespective of the reasons therefor.

                                       26





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  (g) If any court determines that any of the provisions of this
Paragraph 7 is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such provisions shall
not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect without regard to the
invalid provisions. If any court construes any of the provisions of this
Paragraph 7, or any part thereof, to be unreasonable because of the duration of
such provision or the geographic scope thereof, such court shall have the power
to reduce the duration or restrict the geographic scope of such provision and to
enforce such provision as so reduced or restricted.

                  8.       Reimbursement of Business Expense.

                           During the Employment Period, the Executive is
authorized to incur reasonable business expenses in carrying out his duties and
responsibilities under the Agreement, and the Company or the relevant member of
the Group shall promptly reimburse him for all such reasonable business expenses
incurred in connection with carrying out the business of such member of the
Group, subject to documentation in accordance with such member of the Group's
policy.

                  9.       Release.

                  In consideration of the Company's granting of the Option, the
Executive releases GCC, the Company, Wassall

                                       27





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









PLC, and any of their respective past and present officers, directors,
shareholders, subsidiaries, employees, agents and affiliates from any and all
claims, demands and causes of action whatsoever related to the Executive's
employment prior to the Effective Date by GCC and its affiliates, in law or
equity, known or unknown, accrued or unaccrued, past, present or future,
relating to any acts or omissions during all periods ending prior to the
Effective Date, whether arising out of any other arrangements or understandings,
or otherwise; provided, however, that neither this release nor the provisions of
Paragraph 11(b) hereof shall adversely affect (i) the Executive's rights to any
Base Salary (net of withholding taxes) or vacation provided for therein that is
accrued but unpaid as of the Effective Date; (ii) the Executive's rights with
respect to Wassall PLC options previously granted to the Executive, which shall
remain exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Wassall PLC (No. 3) U.S.
Executive Share Option Scheme and the Wassall PLC (No. 2) Share Option Scheme,
if any; (iii) the Executive's rights under existing plans, programs and/or
arrangements of the Company which are accrued but unpaid as of the Effective
Date; (iv) the Executive's rights to indemnification under any indemnification
agreement, applicable law and the certificates of incorporation and by-

                                       28





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









laws of the Company and other members of the Group, or the Executive's rights
under any director's and officers' liability insurance policy covering the
Executive, in each case arising out of or relating the Executive's employment
prior to the Effective Date; or (v) the Executive rights under this Agreement.

                  10.      Indemnification.

                  To the fullest extent permitted by law and the Company's
certificate of incorporate and by-laws, the Company shall promptly indemnify the
Executive for all amounts (including, without limitation, judgments, fines,
settlement payments, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees)) incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with any
action, proceeding, suit or investigation arising out of or relating to the
performance by the Executive of services for (or acting as a fiduciary of any
employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of) the Company or other member
of the Group, including as a director, officer or employee of the Company or
other member of the Group. The Company also agrees to maintain a director's and
officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive to the extent the
Company provides such coverage for its other executive officers. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Agreement, the

                                       29





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall survive any termination or expiration of
this Agreement.

                  11.      Miscellaneous.

                  (a) This Agreement is intended to be performed in, and shall
be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of, the State of Kentucky
without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

                  (b) Upon the Effective Date, this Agreement shall incorporate
the complete understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and (subject to Paragraph 9 hereof) supersede any and all
other prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, between the
Executive and any member of the Group or any predecessor thereof with respect to
such subject matter including the Existing Agreement, other than the
Change-in-Control Agreement, of even date herewith, between the Company, GCC and
the Executive (the "Change-in-Control Agreement"); provided, however, that no
payment or benefit shall be made or provided hereunder if and to the extent such
payment or benefit would be duplicative of a payment or benefit to which the
Executive is then entitled under the Change-in-Control Agreement. No provision
hereof may be modified or waived except by a written instrument duly

                                       30





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









executed by the Executive and the Company with the express approval of the
Compensation Committee.

                  (c) All differences, claims or matters in dispute arising out
of this Agreement, the breach hereof or otherwise arising between the Company or
any of its affiliates and the Executive shall, at the election of either party,
by notice to the other, be submitted to arbitration by the American Arbitration
Association or its successor, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Such arbitration shall be
governed by the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association and
the laws of the State of Kentucky as then in effect. Any arbitration conducted
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be conducted by a recognized
independent and impartial arbitrator mutually agreed to by the parties or, if
they cannot agree within thirty (30) days after the initial demand for
arbitration, by three arbitrators, one chosen by the Company, one chosen by the
Executive and the third (who shall be a recognized independent and impartial
arbitrator and who shall act as chairperson and will be compensated at a rate
generally equivalent to his or her normal billing rate or compensation) selected
by the two so chosen; provided, that if either party fails to appoint an
arbitrator within 20 days of written notice by the other

                                       31





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









that it has appointed an arbitrator, then the arbitration shall be conducted by
an arbitrator selected by the American Arbitration Association in accordance
with its then existing rules. If the arbitrators selected by the parties fail to
agree on the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the
second arbitrator, the third arbitrator shall be selected by the American
Arbitration Association in accordance with its then existing rules. The
impartial arbitrator shall set a time for hearing within sixty (60) days of
his/her selection. Each party shall have an opportunity to present evidence on
the issues in dispute before the arbitrator and each party may be represented by
legal counsel. The decision of the arbitrator(s) shall be rendered within thirty
(30) days of the close of the hearing. The fees and expenses of the impartial
arbitrator shall be shared equally by the parties and each party shall bear the
cost of any arbitrator chosen unilaterally by that party. Any determination
reached or award granted pursuant to arbitration shall be final, non-appealable
and binding on the parties. The judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The parties
acknowledge that their agreement pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 11(c)
to submit the resolution of all disputes arising out of this Agreement to
arbitration by

                                       32





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









the American Arbitration Association is the result of their mutual and voluntary
negotiation and agreement, and is not intended to and does not constitute a
"condition or precondition of employment" within the meaning or interpretation
of that phrase as used in Kentucky Revised Statutes 336.700(2).

                  (d) The Executive acknowledges that before entering into this
Agreement he has received a reasonable period of time to consider this Agreement
and has had sufficient time and an opportunity to consult with any attorney or
other advisor of his choice in connection with this Agreement and all matters
contained herein, and that he has been advised to do so if he so chooses. The
Executive further acknowledges that this Agreement and all terms hereof are
fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure
or undue influence exercised by the Company, that he has approved and entered
into this Agreement and all of the terms hereof on his own free will, and that
no promises or representations have been made to him by any person to induce him
to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein.

                  (e) The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from
all compensation payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement all amounts
required to be

                                       33





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









deducted and withheld therefrom pursuant to any present or future law,
regulation or ordinance of the United States of America or any state or local
jurisdiction therein or any foreign taxing jurisdiction.

                  (f)      Paragraph headings are included in this Agreement for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the
text hereof.

                  (g)      Any and all notices, demands or other communications
to be given or made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been fully given or made when personally delivered, or on the third business day
after mailing from within the continental United States by registered mail,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                  If to the Company:

                  General Cable Corporation
                  4 Tesseneer Drive
                  Highland Heights, KY  41076

                  Attention:  General Counsel

                  If to the Executive:

                  Christopher F. Virgulak
                  8124 Starting Gate Lane
                  Cincinnati, OH  45249

Either party may change the address to which any notices to it shall be sent by
giving to the other party written notice of such change in conformity with the
foregoing.

                                       34





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  (h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  (i) This Agreement may be assigned by the Company to, and
shall inure to the benefit of, any successor to substantially all the assets and
business of the Company as a going concern, whether by merger, consolidation or
purchase of substantially all of the assets of the Company or otherwise,
provided that such successor shall assume the Company's obligations under this
Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

                  (j) The Company shall be deemed to have performed its
obligations to make payments or provide benefits to the

                                       35





<PAGE>

<PAGE>








Executive under this Agreement if it has caused a member of the Group to make
such payments or provide such benefits.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Company and the Executive has
executed this Agreement this ____ day of May, 1997, to become effective on the
Effective Date.

                                               GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION



                                               By:______________________________
                                                  Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                  Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                  Officer and President



                                               GCC CORPORATION



                                               By:______________________________
                                                  Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                  Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                  Officer and President



                                                  ______________________________
                                                  Christopher F. Virgulak

                                       36


<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

                  Agreement made and entered into this 13th day of May, 1997, by
and among General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
GCC Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company ("GCC"), and Robert J. Siverd (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, the Executive and GCC are parties to a severance
arrangement effective as of June 30, 1992, which is currently in effect (the
"Severance Arrangement"); and

                  WHEREAS, it is proposed that shares of the Company's Common
Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), will be sold by the
Company's parent, Wassall Netherlands Cable B.V., in a public offering (the
"Public Offering"); and

                  WHEREAS, effective upon consummation of the Public Offering
(the "Effective Date") it is intended that the Severance Arrangement be
terminated and that this Agreement become effective;

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants
hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:






<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  1. Term of Employment.

                  (a) Commencing on the Effective Date, the Company shall employ
the Executive, and the Executive shall accept employment and shall serve the
Company, in such capacities, with such duties and authority, for such period, at
such level of compensation and with such benefits, and upon such other terms and
subject to such other conditions, as are hereinafter set forth. The term of the
Executive's employment hereunder shall commence on the Effective Date and,
unless previously terminated as provided herein, shall continue until the second
anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Employment Period"); provided, however,
that commencing on the second anniversary of the Effective Date and each
anniversary thereafter, the Employment Period shall automatically be extended
for one additional year unless not later than one hundred twenty (120) days
prior to such anniversary, the Company or the Executive shall have given written
notice to the other not to extend the Employment Period.

                  (b) If the consummation of the Public Offering does not occur
on or before October 31, 1997, this Agreement shall terminate and the Severance
Arrangement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

                                        2





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  2. Capacities, Duties and Authority.
                  (a) Effective on the Effective Date, the Executive shall be
elected, and throughout the Employment Period the Executive shall be entitled to
serve as, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the
Company, GCC, GK Technologies, Incorporated, a New Jersey corporation ("GK"),
General Cable Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Industries"), and such
other affiliates of the Company, GCC, GK or Industries as the Board of Directors
of the Company (the "Company's Board") shall request. The Company, GCC, GK,
Industries and such other affiliates are hereinafter referred to collectively as
the "Group".

                  (b) In his capacity as Executive Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of each of the members of the Group, the Executive shall
have such authority, perform such duties, discharge such responsibilities and
render such services as are customary to and consistent with such positions,
subject to the authority and direction of the relevant board of directors.

                  (c) The Executive shall render his services diligently,
faithfully and to the best of his ability, devoting thereto his entire business
time, energy and skills on an exclusive basis and, without the prior written
consent

                                        3





<PAGE>

<PAGE>


of the Company's President, the Executive shall not render services to or for
the account of any person, firm or corporation other than a member of the Group.

                  3. Compensation.

                  (a) The Executive shall be paid a base salary during the
Employment Period at the annual rate of Two Hundred and Twenty-Five Thousand
Dollars ($225,000), payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of
the Company. The Compensation Committee of the Company's Board (the
"Compensation Committee") shall annually review the Executive's performance and
determine, in its sole discretion, whether or not to increase the Executive's
base salary and, if so, the amount of such increase. The Executive's base salary
as in effect from time to time is hereinafter referred to as the "Base Salary."

                  (b) The Executive shall be entitled to participate in the
General Cable Corporation 1997 Incentive Bonus Program and any performance-based
annual bonus program for senior executives of the Company for fiscal years after
1997 (a "Future Bonus Plan") on such terms and conditions as determined in the
discretion of the Compensation Committee.

                  4. Employee Benefit Programs.

                  (a) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to participate in and shall have the

                                        4





<PAGE>

<PAGE>


benefit of all vacation, group life, disability, hospital, surgical and major
medical insurance plans and programs and other employee benefit plans and
programs as generally are made available to executive personnel of the Group, as
such benefit plans or programs may be amended in the sole discretion of the
Group members and with the concurrence of the Compensation Committee, from time
to time.

                  (b) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be
entitled to receive or participate in any fringe benefits provided to the member
of the Group's senior-level executives in accordance with the terms and
conditions of such arrangements as may be in effect from time to time.

                  5. Stock Options

                  The Company has adopted, and the stockholder of the Company
has approved the adoption of, the General Cable Corporation Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan"). As soon as practicable after the
Effective Date, the Company agrees to recommend to the Company's Board that the
Executive be granted under the Stock Incentive Plan a ten-year non-qualified
option to purchase 33,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial Public Offering
price of the Common Stock (the "Option"). The exercise price of the Option shall
be equal to the initial Public Offering price. The Option shall vest and
(subject

                                        5





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









to acceleration as provided herein or in the Change-in-Control Agreement
referred to below) be fully exercisable on the third anniversary of the
Effective Date in accordance with the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan.

                  6. Termination of Employment.
                  (a) The Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate:
                           (i)  upon the death of the Executive;
                           (ii) upon the Disability of the Executive, which for
                  the purposes of this Agreement shall mean his inability
                  because of physical or mental illness or incapacity, whether
                  partial or total, with or without accommodation, to perform
                  his duties under this Agreement, as determined by the
                  Company's Board, after review of such reports of physicians of
                  recognized standing in the medical community in the
                  Cincinnati, Ohio metropolitan area as the Company's Board (or
                  a special committee thereof) selects, for a continuous period
                  of at least four (4) months or for an aggregate of one hundred
                  fifty (150) days within any twelve (12) month period); or

                           (iii) at the option of the Company, exercisable by or
                  upon the authority of the

                                        6





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  Company's President and effective immediately upon the giving
                  by the Company to the Executive of written notice of such
                  exercise, for "Cause", which, for purposes of this Agreement,
                  shall mean: 

                  (A)      the gross neglect or willful failure by the Executive
                           to perform his duties and responsibilities in all
                           material respects as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof,
                           after a written demand for substantial performance is
                           delivered to the Executive by the Company's
                           President, which demand specifically identifies the
                           manner in which the Company's President believes that
                           the Executive has not so performed his duties;

                  (B)      any act of fraud by the Executive, whether
                           relating to the Group or otherwise;

                  (C)      the conviction or entry into a plea of nolo
                           contendere by the Executive with respect to any
                           felony or misdemeanor (other than a traffic offense
                           which does not result in imprisonment);

                  (D)      the commission by the Executive of any willful or
                           intentional act (including any violation of law)
                           which materially injures

                                        7





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           the reputation or materially adversely
                           affects the business or business
                           relationships of the Group; or

                  (E)      any willful failure or willful breach (not covered by
                           any of clauses (A) through (D) above) of any of the
                           material obligations of this Agreement, if such
                           breach is not cured within 10 days after written
                           notice thereof to the Executive by the Company's
                           President;

For purposes of clauses (A), (D) and (E) of this definition, no act, or failure
to act, on the Executive's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or
omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable
belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of
the Group.

                           (iv) at the option of the Company, for a reason other
                  than Disability or Cause, effective immediately upon the
                  giving of written notice of such exercise;

                           (v) at the option of the Executive, effective ten
                  (10) business days after the giving of written notice of such
                  exercise by the Executive to the Company (or such shorter
                  period as the Company's President may elect by giving written
                  notice to

                                        8





<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                  the Executive), in the event that the Executive has Good
                  Reason, which for purposes of this Agreement shall mean the
                  occurrence at any time of any of the following without the
                  Executive's prior written consent:


                  (A)      removal from the position of Executive Vice President
                           or General Counsel with respect to the Company or any
                           of its significant subsidiaries (as defined in
                           Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of
                           1934);

                  (B)      the assignment of duties or responsibilities
                           materially inconsistent with those customarily
                           associated with the positions held by the Executive
                           or a diminution of the Executive's position,
                           authority, duties or responsibilities (other than an
                           isolated action that is not taken in bad faith and is
                           remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
                           written notice thereof from the Executive);

                  (C)      except as provided in Paragraph 6(d), a reduction in
                           the Executive's Base Salary payable pursuant to
                           Paragraph 3(a) hereof or

                                        9





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           a material reduction in any other material benefit
                           provided the Executive hereunder; or

                  (D)      notice by the Company, as set forth in Paragraph 1(a)
                           hereof, not to extend the Employment Period; or

                  (E)      the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement
                           from any successor to assume and agree to perform
                           this Agreement; or

                  (F)      any willful failure or willful breach by the Company
                           (not covered by any of clauses (A) through (E) above)
                           of any of the material obligations of this Agreement,
                           if such breach is not cured within 10 days after
                           written notice thereof by the Executive to the
                           Company's President;

For purpose of clause (F) of this definition, no act, or failure to act, on the
Company's part shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by
the Company not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Company's
act, or failure to act, was in the best interest of the Group.

                           (vi) at the option of the Executive, for a reason
                  other than Good Reason, effective upon 30

                                       10





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  days of the giving of written notice of such
                  exercise.

                  (b) Obligations of the Company upon Termination of Employment.

                           (i) Death. In the event of the Executive's death
                  during the Employment Period, the Employment Period shall end
                  as of the date of the Executive's death and his estate and/or
                  beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the
                  following, as soon as practicable following the date of
                  Executive's death:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of his death;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of his
                                    death;

                           (C)      the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus
                                    payable pursuant to any Future Bonus Plan,
                                    to the extent earned but not paid with
                                    respect to any year prior to the year in
                                    which the Executive's death occurs;

                           (D)      a pro rata portion (based on the number
                                    of days worked) of the bonus payable

                                       11





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    under the 1997 Incentive Bonus Plan or any
                                    Future Bonus Plan in effect for the year in
                                    which the Executive's death occurs;
                                    provided, however, that the performance
                                    goals established under the applicable
                                    program with respect to the entire year in
                                    which the Executive's death occurs are met;

                           (E)      immediate vesting of and lapsing of
                                    restrictions on all unvested Restricted
                                    Stock and any other shares of restricted
                                    Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                                    date of his death;

                           (F)      immediate vesting of the Option and all
                                    other Company stock options held by the
                                    Executive on the date of his death, with
                                    such options remaining exercisable for
                                    twelve months from the date of the
                                    Executive's death; and

                           (G)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                                       12





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (ii) Disability. If the Executive's employment is
                  terminated due to Disability during the Employment Period,
                  either by the Company or by the Executive, the Employment
                  Period shall end as of the date of the termination of the
                  Executive's employment and the Executive shall be entitled to
                  the following, as soon as practicable following the date of
                  termination:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of the
                                    Executive's employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment;

                           (C)      the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus
                                    payable pursuant to any Future Bonus Plans,
                                    to the extent earned but not paid with
                                    respect to any year prior to the year in
                                    which the Executive's termination of
                                    employment occurs;

                           (D)      a pro rata portion (based on the number
                                    of days worked) of the bonus payable
                                    under the 1997 Incentive Bonus Plan or

                                       13





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    any Future Bonus Plan in effect for the year
                                    in which the Executive's termination of
                                    employment occurs; provided, however, that
                                    the performance goals established under the
                                    applicable program with respect to the
                                    entire year in which the Executive's
                                    termination of employment occurs are met;

                           (E)      immediate vesting of and lapsing of
                                    restrictions on all unvested Restricted
                                    Stock and any other shares of restricted
                                    Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                                    date of his Disability;

                           (F)      immediate vesting of the Option and all
                                    other Company stock options held by the
                                    Executive on the date of his Disability,
                                    with such options remaining exercisable for
                                    twelve months from the date of the
                                    Executive's Disability; and

                           (G)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                                       14





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (iii) Cause. If the Company terminates the
                  Executive's employment for Cause, the Executive shall be
                  entitled to the following, within 60 days following the date
                  of termination:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of his
                                    employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment; and

                           (C)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                           (iv) Without Cause or With Good Reason. If the
                  Executive's employment is terminated by the Company (other
                  than for Cause or Disability) or if the Executive terminates
                  his employment with Good Reason, the Employment Period shall
                  end as of the effective date of termination and the Executive
                  shall be entitled to the following, within 10 business days
                  following the date of termination or such earlier date as may
                  be required by law:



                                       15





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of his
                                    employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment;

                           (C)      the 1997 Incentive Bonus or any bonus
                                    payable pursuant to any Future Bonus Plan,
                                    to the extent earned but not paid with
                                    respect to any year prior to the year in
                                    which the Executive's termination of
                                    employment occurs;

                           (D)      a lump sum amount equal to one times the
                                    sum of (x) the Base Salary (based on the
                                    Base Salary in effect on the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment, and in the case of a
                                    termination of employment by the
                                    Executive for Good Reason due to a
                                    reduction in Base Salary under Paragraph
                                    6(a)(v)(C), based on the Base Salary in
                                    effect immediately prior to such
                                    reduction) plus (y) the target annual



                                       16





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    bonus under the 1997 Incentive Bonus
                                    Plan or any Future Bonus Plan, as the
                                    case may be, for the year of
                                    termination;

                           (E)      immediate vesting of and lapsing of
                                    restrictions on all unvested Restricted
                                    Stock and any other shares of restricted
                                    Common Stock held by the Executive on the
                                    date of the termination of his employment;

                           (F)      immediate vesting of the Option and all
                                    other Company stock options held by the
                                    Executive on the date of the termination of
                                    his employment, with all stock options
                                    remaining exercisable until their expiration
                                    pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan;

                           (G)      continued participation, as if he were still
                                    an employee, in the Company's medical,
                                    dental, hospitalization and life insurance
                                    plans, programs and/or arrangements in which
                                    he was participating on the date of the
                                    termination of his employment on the

                                       17





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    same terms and conditions as other
                                    executives under such plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements until the earlier of one year
                                    from the date of the Executive's termination
                                    or the date, or dates, he receives
                                    equivalent coverage and benefits under the
                                    plans, programs and/or arrangements of a
                                    subsequent employer (such coverage and
                                    benefits to be determined on a
                                    coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit
                                    basis); and

                           (H)      such additional benefits as may be
                                    provided by the then existing plans,
                                    programs and/or arrangements of the
                                    Company (other than any severance
                                    payments payable under the terms of any
                                    benefit plan), including outplacement
                                    services consistent with the Company's
                                    then existing practice for senior
                                    executives or, if there is no such then
                                    existing practice, consistent with the
                                    Company's past practice for senior
                                    executives.



                                       18





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (v) Without Good Reason. If the Executive's
                  employment is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason,
                  the Executive shall be entitled to the following, within 60
                  days following the date of termination or such earlier date as
                  may be required by law:

                           (A)      Base Salary earned but not paid prior to
                                    the date of the termination of his
                                    employment;

                           (B)      payment for all accrued but unused
                                    vacation time up to the date of the
                                    termination of the Executive's
                                    employment; and

                           (C)      such additional benefits as may be provided
                                    by the then existing plans, programs and/or
                                    arrangements of the Company.

                  (c) Any payment under Paragraph 6(b) hereof shall be in lieu
of any other severance, bonus or other payments to which the Executive might
then be entitled pursuant to this Agreement or any statutory or common law
claim, subject, in each case, to the execution by the Executive and delivery to
the Company of a customary release of all claims related to his employment or
termination thereof in a form

                                       19





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









to be provided by the Company. The Company's obligations to make the payments
under Paragraph 6(b) hereof, except in the case of a termination for Cause,
shall not otherwise be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company or any member of the Group may have against the Executive. The
Executive acknowledges and agrees that in the event the parties dispute whether
the Executive shall be entitled to the payment hereunder, such payment shall not
be deemed to be earned or otherwise vest hereunder until such time as the
dispute is resolved in accordance with Paragraph 11(c) hereof.

                  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the
Company's President has reason to believe that there are circumstances which, if
substantiated, would constitute Cause as defined herein, the Company may suspend
the Executive from employment without notice for such period of time as shall be
reasonably necessary for the Company's President to ascertain whether such
circumstances are substantiated. During such suspension, the Executive shall
continue to be paid all compensation and provided all benefits hereunder;
provided, however, that if the Executive has been indicted or otherwise formally
charged by governmental authorities with any felony, the Company's

                                       20





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









President may in its sole discretion, and without limiting the Company's
President's discretion to terminate the Executive's employment for Cause,
suspend the Executive without continuation of any compensation or benefits
hereunder, pending final disposition of such criminal charge(s). Upon receiving
notice of any such suspension, the Executive shall promptly leave the premises
of the Company and remain off such premises and the premises of all other Group
members until further notice from the Company's President.

                  7. Negative Covenants of the Executive.

                  (a) During the Employment Period and for a period of two (2)
years thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly:

                           (i) solicit, entice, persuade or induce any employee,
                  director, officer, associate, consultant, agent or independent
                  contractor of the Group to terminate his or her employment or
                  engagement by the Group to become employed or engaged by any
                  person, firm, corporation or other business enterprise other
                  than a member of the Group, except in furtherance of his
                  responsibility during the Employment Period; or

                                       21





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                           (ii) authorize or assist in the taking of such action
                  by any third party.

For purposes of this Paragraph 7(a), the terms "employee," "director,"
"officer," "associate," "consultant," "agent," and "independent contractor"
shall include any person with such status at any time during the twelve (12)
months prior to the termination of the Executive's employment and for two (2)
years following the Executive's termination of employment. The Executive shall
not be deemed to have violated the provisions of this Paragraph 7(a) by reason
of an isolated act, or failure to act, not taken in bad faith.

                  (b) During the Employment Period and for a period of one (1)
year thereafter, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, engage,
participate, make any financial investment in, or become employed by or render
advisory or other services to or for any person, firm, corporation or other
business enterprise (the "Competing Enterprise") which is engaged, directly or
indirectly, during the Employment Period or at the time of Executive's
termination of employment, as the case may be, in competition with the Group in
(i) the development, design, manufacture, marketing or distribution of wire and
cable or (ii) any other business activities of the Group accounting for more
than 10% of its net sales in the most recently completed fiscal year or

                                       22





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









reasonably expected to do so in the current fiscal year, in the United States
and in any foreign jurisdiction in which the Group operates or, at the end of
Employment Period, proposes to operate; provided, in either case, that the
competitive businesses of the Competing Enterprise account for more than 10% of
the net sales of the Competing Enterprise for its most recently completed fiscal
year and the Executive does not work or consult in such competitive business.
The foregoing covenant shall not be construed to preclude the Executive from
making any investments in the securities of any company, whether or not engaged
in competition with the Group, to the extent that such securities are actively
traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market in
the United States or any foreign securities exchange and, after giving effect to
such investment, the Executive does not beneficially own securities representing
more than 1% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of such
company.

                  (c) During the Employment Period and thereafter without limit
as to time, the Executive will not (other than in the regular course and in
furtherance of the Group's business) divulge, furnish or make available to any
person any knowledge or information with respect to the business or

                                       23





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









affairs of the Group which is confidential, including, without limitation,
"know-how", trade secrets, customer and supplier lists, pricing policies,
operational methods, marketing plans or strategies, product development
techniques or plans, business acquisition or disposition plans, new personnel
employment plans, methods of manufacture, technical processes, designs and
design projects, inventions and research projects and financial budgets and
forecasts of the Group except (1) information which at the time is available to
others in the business or generally known to the public other than as a result
of disclosure by the Executive not permitted hereunder, and (2) when required to
do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, by any governmental agency or by any
administrative body or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with
purported or apparent jurisdiction to order the Executive to divulge, disclose
or make accessible such information. All memoranda, notes, lists, records,
electronically stored data, recordings or videotapes and other documents (and
all copies thereof) made or compiled by the Executive or made available to the
Executive (whether during his employment by the Group or by any predecessor
thereof) concerning the business of the Group or any predecessor thereof shall
be the property of the Company or such other member of the

                                       24





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









Group and shall be delivered to the Company or such other member of the Group
promptly upon the termination of the Employment Period.

                  (d) The Executive acknowledges that all developments,
including, without limitation, inventions, patentable or otherwise, trade
secrets, discoveries, improvements, ideas and writings that alone or jointly
with others the Executive may conceive, make, develop or acquire during the
period of his employment by the Group and any predecessor thereof (collectively,
the "Developments"), are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the
Group and the Executive hereby assigns to the Group all of his right, title and
interest in all such Developments. The Executive shall promptly and fully
disclose all future Developments to the Company's Board, and, at any time upon
request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the Group all instruments that the Group shall prepare, give
evidence, and take all other actions that are necessary or desirable in the
reasonable opinion of the Company's counsel, to enable the Group to file and
prosecute applications for and to acquire, maintain and enforce all letters
patent, trademark registrations or copyrights covering the Developments in all
countries in which the same are deemed necessary.

                                       25





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  (e) The Executive acknowledges that the services to be
rendered by the Executive are of a special, unique and extraordinary character
and, in connection with such services, the Executive will have access to
confidential information vital to the Group's business and that irreparable
injury would be sustained by the Group in the event of his breach of any of the
covenants contained in this Paragraph 7, which injury could not be remedied
adequately by the recovery of damages in an action at law. Accordingly, the
Executive agrees that, upon a breach or threatened breach by him of any of such
covenants, the Company and, to the extent appropriate, any other member of the
Group shall be entitled, in addition to and not in lieu of any and all other
remedies, to an injunction to be issued by any court of competent jurisdiction
restraining the commission or continuance of any such breach or threatened
breach upon minimal bond, with or without surety, and that such an injunction
will not work an undue hardship on him.

                  (f) The provisions of this Paragraph 7 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement, irrespective of the reasons therefor.

                  (g) If any court determines that any of the provisions of this
Paragraph 7 is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such provisions shall
not thereby be

                                       26





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









affected and shall be given full effect without regard to the invalid
provisions. If any court construes any of the provisions of this Paragraph 7, or
any part thereof, to be unreasonable because of the duration of such provision
or the geographic scope thereof, such court shall have the power to reduce the
duration or restrict the geographic scope of such provision and to enforce such
provision as so reduced or restricted.

                  8. Reimbursement of Business Expense.

                  During the Employment Period, the Executive is authorized
to incur reasonable business expenses in carrying out his duties and
responsibilities under the Agreement, and the Company or the relevant member
of the Group shall promptly reimburse him for all such reasonable business
expenses incurred in connection with carrying out the business of such member of
the Group, subject to documentation in accordance with such member of the
Group's policy.

                  9. Release.

                  In consideration of the Company's granting of the Option, the
Executive releases GCC, the Company, Wassall PLC, and any of their respective
past and present officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, employees,
agents and affiliates from any and all claims, demands and causes of

                                       27





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









action whatsoever related to the Executive's employment prior to the Effective
Date by GCC and its affiliates, in law or equity, known or unknown, accrued or
unaccrued, past, present or future, relating to any acts or omissions during all
periods ending prior to the Effective Date, whether arising out of any other
arrangements or understandings, or otherwise; provided, however, that neither
this release nor the provisions of Paragraph 11(b) hereof shall adversely affect
(i) the Executive's rights to any Base Salary (net of withholding taxes) or
vacation provided for therein that is accrued but unpaid as of the Effective
Date; (ii) the Executive's rights with respect to Wassall PLC options previously
granted to the Executive, which shall remain exercisable in accordance with the
terms of the Wassall PLC (No. 3) U.S. Executive Share Option Scheme, if any;
(iii) the Executive's rights under existing plans, programs and/or arrangements
of the Company which are accrued but unpaid as of the Effective Date; (iv) the
Executive's rights to indemnification under any indemnification agreement,
applicable law and the certificates of incorporation and by-laws of the Company
and other members of the Group, or the Executive's rights under any director's
and officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive, in each case
arising out of or relating the Executive's employment

                                       28





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









prior to the Effective Date; or (v) the Executive rights under this Agreement.

                  10. Indemnification.

                  To the fullest extent permitted by law and the Company's
certificate of incorporate and by-laws, the Company shall promptly indemnify the
Executive for all amounts (including, without limitation, judgments, fines,
settlement payments, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees)) incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with any
action, proceeding, suit or investigation arising out of or relating to the
performance by the Executive of services for (or acting as a fiduciary of any
employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of) the Company or other member
of the Group, including as a director, officer or employee of the Company or
other member of the Group. The Company also agrees to maintain a director's and
officers' liability insurance policy covering the Executive to the extent the
Company provides such coverage for its other executive officers. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall
survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

                                       29





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  11. Miscellaneous.

                  (a) This Agreement is intended to be performed in, and shall
be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of, the State of Kentucky
without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

                  (b) Upon the Effective Date, this Agreement shall incorporate
the complete understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and (subject to Paragraph 9 hereof) supersede any and all
other prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, between the
Executive and any member of the Group or any predecessor thereof with respect to
such subject matter including the Severance Arrangement, other than the
Change-in-Control Agreement, of even date herewith, between the Company, GCC and
the Executive (the "Change-in-Control Agreement"); provided, however, that no
payment or benefit shall be made or provided hereunder if and to the extent such
payment or benefit would be duplicative of a payment or benefit to which the
Executive is then entitled under the Change-in-Control Agreement. No provision
hereof may be modified or waived except by a written instrument duly executed by
the Executive and the Company with the express approval of the Compensation
Committee.

                                       30





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                  (c) All differences, claims or matters in dispute arising out
of this Agreement, the breach hereof or otherwise arising between the Company or
any of its affiliates and the Executive shall, at the election of either party,
by notice to the other, be submitted to arbitration by the American Arbitration
Association or its successor, in Cincinnati, Ohio. Such arbitration shall be
governed by the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association and
the laws of the State of Kentucky as then in effect. Any arbitration conducted
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be conducted by a recognized
independent and impartial arbitrator mutually agreed to by the parties or, if
they cannot agree within thirty (30) days after the initial demand for
arbitration, by three arbitrators, one chosen by the Company, one chosen by the
Executive and the third (who shall be a recognized independent and impartial
arbitrator and who shall act as chairperson and will be compensated at a rate
generally equivalent to his or her normal billing rate or compensation) selected
by the two so chosen; provided, that if either party fails to appoint an
arbitrator within 20 days of written notice by the other that it has appointed
an arbitrator, then the arbitration shall be conducted by an arbitrator selected
by the American

                                       31





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









Arbitration Association in accordance with its then existing rules. If the
arbitrators selected by the parties fail to agree on the third arbitrator within
thirty (30) days of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the third
arbitrator shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association in
accordance with its then existing rules. The impartial arbitrator shall set a
time for hearing within sixty (60) days of his/her selection. Each party shall
have an opportunity to present evidence on the issues in dispute before the
arbitrator and each party may be represented by legal counsel. The decision of
the arbitrator(s) shall be rendered within thirty (30) days of the close of the
hearing. The fees and expenses of the impartial arbitrator shall be shared
equally by the parties and each party shall bear the cost of any arbitrator
chosen unilaterally by that party. Any determination reached or award granted
pursuant to arbitration shall be final, non-appealable and binding on the
parties. The judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered
in any court having jurisdiction. The parties acknowledge that their agreement
pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph 11(c) to submit the resolution of all
disputes arising out of this Agreement to arbitration by the American
Arbitration Association is the result of their mutual and voluntary negotiation
and agreement, and is not

                                       32





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









intended to and does not constitute a "condition or precondition of employment"
within the meaning or interpretation of that phrase as used in Kentucky Revised
Statutes 336.700(2).

                  (d) The Executive acknowledges that before entering into this
Agreement he has received a reasonable period of time to consider this Agreement
and has had sufficient time and an opportunity to consult with any attorney or
other advisor of his choice in connection with this Agreement and all matters
contained herein, and that he has been advised to do so if he so chooses. The
Executive further acknowledges that this Agreement and all terms hereof are
fair, reasonable and are not the result of any fraud, duress, coercion, pressure
or undue influence exercised by the Company, that he has approved and entered
into this Agreement and all of the terms hereof on his own free will, and that
no promises or representations have been made to him by any person to induce him
to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein.

                  (e) The Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from
all compensation payable to the Executive pursuant to this Agreement all amounts
required to be deducted and withheld therefrom pursuant to any present or future
law, regulation or ordinance of the United States of

                                       33





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









America or any state or local jurisdiction therein or any foreign taxing
jurisdiction.

                  (f) Paragraph headings are included in this Agreement for
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of the
text hereof.

                  (g) Any and all notices, demands or other communications to be
given or made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
fully given or made when personally delivered, or on the third business day
after mailing from within the continental United States by registered mail,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                  If to the Company:

                  General Cable Corporation
                  4 Tesseneer Drive
                  Highland Heights, KY  41076

                  Attention:  President

                  If to the Executive:

                  Robert J. Siverd
                  8051 Brill Road
                  Cincinnati, OH  45243

Either party may change the address to which any notices to it shall be sent by
giving to the other party written notice of such change in conformity with the
foregoing.

                  (h) This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but

                                       34





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  (i) This Agreement may be assigned by the Company to, and
shall inure to the benefit of, any successor to substantially all the assets and
business of the Company as a going concern, whether by merger, consolidation or
purchase of substantially all of the assets of the Company or otherwise,
provided that such successor shall assume the Company's obligations under this
Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

                  (j) The Company shall be deemed to have performed its
obligations to make payments or provide benefits to the

                                       35





<PAGE>

<PAGE>








Executive under this Agreement if it has caused a member of the Group to make
such payments or provide such benefits.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Company and the Executive has
executed this Agreement this _____ day of May, 1997, to become effective on the
Effective Date.

                                                    GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                                    By:
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                       Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                       Officer and President

                                                    GCC CORPORATION

                                                    By:
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                       Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                       Officer and President

                                                       -------------------------
                                                       Robert J. Siverd

                                       36





<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                           CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 13th day of May, 1997 by and
between General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
Stephen Rabinowitz (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Executive is a key employee of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries; and

     WHEREAS, it is proposed that the Company become a publicly-traded company
by means of a public offering (the "Public Offering") and the Company's Board of
Directors has determined that, in light of the uncertainties affecting the
industry in which the Company operates, it would be in the best interests of the
Company and its future public shareholders to induce key employees, including
the Executive, to remain with the Company after it becomes a public company and
to reinforce and encourage their continued attention and dedication to the
Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an Employment
Agreement as of the date hereof to become effective as of the Effective Date, as
hereinafter defined (such agreement, as amended from time to time, being
hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this agreement ("Agreement")
with the Executive providing for, among other things, (i) the acceleration of
vesting of the Executive's restricted stock and stock options upon the
occurrence of a Change-in-Control (as hereinafter defined) and (ii) a severance
payment to the Executive and the continuation of the Executive's welfare
benefits if the Executive's employment is terminated in connection with a
Change-in-Control, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is mutually acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

1.   TERM

     (a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the consummation of the
Public Offering (the "Effective Date") and shall terminate and be of no further
force or effect upon the expiration of the Employment Agreement (the "Term");
provided, however, that, if a Change-in-Control shall have occurred during the
Term or within six months after Executive's employment terminates, as described
in Paragraph 2(a) hereof, the Term shall expire on the last day of the
twenty-fourth (24th) month following the month in which the Change-in-Control
occurs.

     (b) If the consummation of the Public Offering does not occur on or before
October 31, 1997, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect.

2.   TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE'S EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO OR FOLLOWING A
     CHANGE-IN-CONTROL

     (a) If the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or by the Company's successor without Cause (as hereinafter
defined), or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or with the Company's successor for Good Reason (as hereinafter
defined), and such termination occurs within six months preceding, or within two
years following, a Change-in-Control, the Executive shall be entitled to receive
a Change-in-Control Payment (as hereinafter defined).

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be entitled to
receive the Change-in-Control Payment if any of the Circumstances of
Ineligibility (as hereinafter defined) apply to the Executive.

     (c) "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT" means the product of (i) three times (ii)
the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary at the time of the termination
of the Executive's employment (or, in the case of a termination of employment
for Good Reason based on a reduction of the Executive's annual base salary, the
annual base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction) plus (y) the
Executive's target annual incentive bonus in effect for the year in which the
Executive's employment is terminated or the year in which the Change-in-Control
occurs, whichever target bonus is greater.

                                        2


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

     (d) "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL" means that any of the following has occurred:

          (i)  any person or other entity (other than any of the Company's
               subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the
               Company or any of its subsidiaries) including any person as
               defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of
               1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), becomes the beneficial
               owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly
               or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total com-
               bined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company
               normally entitled to vote for the election of directors of the
               Company (the "Voting Stock"),

          (ii) the stockholders of the Company approve the sale of all or
               substantially all of the property or assets of the Company and
               such sale occurs;

         (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a consolidation or
               merger of the Company with another corporation (other than with
               any of the Company's subsidiaries), the consummation of which
               would result in the shareholders of the Company immediately
               before the occurrence of the consolidation or merger owning, in
               the aggregate, less than 60% of the Voting Stock of the surviving
               entity, and such consolidation or merger occurs; or

          (iv) a change in the Company's Board of Directors occurs with the
               result that the members of the Board on the Effective Date (the
               "Incumbent Directors") no longer constitute a majority of such
               Board of Directors, provided that any person becoming a director
               (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in
               connection with an actual or threatened election contest or the
               settlement thereof, including but not limited to a consent
               solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the
               Company) whose election or nomination for election was

                                        3


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

               supported by two-thirds (2/3) of the then Incumbent Directors
               shall be considered an Incumbent Director for purposes hereof.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a Change-in-Control
shall not include the Public Offering.

     (e) "CAUSE" shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement
and shall be subject to the procedures set forth therein.

     (f) "GOOD REASON" means the occurrence of any of the following without the
prior written consent of the Executive:

          (i)  removal from any of the positions held by the Executive with
               respect to the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries (as
               defined in Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of
               1934) on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control or any
               senior position that the Executive subsequently achieves;

          (ii) the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially
               inconsistent with those customarily associated with the position
               held by the Executive on the 181st day prior to the
               Change-in-Control or any senior position that the Executive
               subsequently achieves (alternatively, the "Measuring Position"),
               or any other action by the Company or a successor that results in
               a diminution of the Executive's position, authority, duties or
               responsibilities compared to the Measuring Position, other than
               an isolated action that is not taken in bad faith and is remedied
               by the Company or a successor promptly after receipt of written
               notice thereof from the Executive;

         (iii) a reduction in the Executive's annual base salary or Executive's
               annual bonus opportunity set forth in the Employment Agreement
               from that in effect on the 181st day prior to the
               Change-in-Control (or any greater salary or bonus that the
               Executive is

                                        4


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

               subsequently entitled to) or a material reduction in any other
               material benefit provided the Executive by the Company;

          (iv) notice by the Company not to extend the Employment Agreement;

          (v)  the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment
               to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive's
               principal place of employment (unless such relocation does not
               increase the Executive's commute by more than twenty (20) miles)
               on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control, except for
               required travel on the Company's business to an extent
               substantially consistent with the Executive's business travel
               obligations as of such day; or

          (vi) the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement from any
               successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement.

     (g) "CIRCUMSTANCES OF INELIGIBILITY" mean any one or more of the following
circumstances:

          (i)  Death, Disability or Voluntary Termination. If the Executive is
               terminated due to death or Disability (as defined in the
               Employment Agreement) or if the Executive elects to voluntarily
               terminate his employment, including a termination due to
               retirement, with the Company or a successor, the Executive shall
               not be eligible to receive the Change-in-Control Payment;
               provided, however, that termination of employment by the
               Executive for Good Reason shall not constitute a Circumstance of
               Ineligibility.

          (ii) Termination for Cause. If the Executive's employment with the
               Company or a successor is terminated for Cause at any time
               preceding or following a Change-in-Control, the Executive shall
               not be eligible to receive the Change-in-Control Payment.

                                        5


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

3.   TIME OF PAYMENT OF CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT

     The Change-in-Control Payment (if any) shall be paid to the Executive in
cash in a lump sum within 10 business days following the later of (i) the date
of the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company or the
successor or (ii) the date of the Change-in-Control.

4.   VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

     Upon the occurrence of a Change-in-Control, (i) any and all restricted
stock held by the Executive as of such date shall become immediately vested and
fully transferable and (ii) any and all unexercisable stock options held by the
Executive as of such date shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable
and shall remain exercisable until their expiration in accordance with the terms
of the applicable plan.

5.   CONTINUATION OF EXECUTIVE WELFARE BENEFITS

     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the Executive
is entitled to receive the Change-in-Control Payment, the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or successor shall continue his participation, as if he were still
an employee, in the medical, dental, hospitalization and life insurance plans,
programs and/or arrangements of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which
he was participating on the date of the termination of his employment (or on the
181st day prior to the Change-in-Control, if more favorable to the Executive) on
the same terms and conditions as other executives under such plans, programs
and/or arrangements until the earlier of (i) the end of the 36-month period
following the date of the termination of his employment or (ii) the date, or
dates, he receives equivalent coverage and benefits under the plans, programs
and/or arrangements of a subsequent employer (such coverage and benefits to be
determined on a coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit basis).

6.   LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS; GROSS-UP PAYMENT

     (a) If any of the payments or benefits received or to be received by the
Executive in connection with a Change in Control or the Executive's termination
of employment (whether such payments or benefits are provided pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the
Company, any person whose

                                        6


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

actions result in a Change in Control or any person affiliated with the Company
or such person) (such payments or benefits, excluding the Gross-Up Payment,
being hereinafter referred to as the "Total Payments") will be subject to the
excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Company shall pay to the Executive,
as soon as practicable following the Change in Control (but in any event not
later than the later of (1) thirty (30) days following Executive's termination
of employment or (2) thirty (30) days following the Change in Control), an
additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payment") such that the net amount retained by
the Executive, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Total Payments and any
federal, state and local income and employment taxes and Excise Tax upon the
Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the Total Payments; provided, however, that
the Executive shall not be entitled to the Gross-Up Payment if any amount of
compensation (otherwise includible in income for any year commencing with 1997)
has been deferred by the Executive and is not included in Executive's gross
income in the calendar year in which it would have been includible for federal
income tax purposes as determined by Tax Counsel (as hereinafter defined);
provided, further, however, in the event that the Executive has so deferred
compensation and it is determined that such Excise Tax would cause the net
after-tax Total Payments to be paid to or on behalf of Executive to be less than
what he would have netted, after federal, state and local income taxes, had the
present value of his Total Payments equalled $1 less than three times his base
amount, as defined under Section 280G(b)(3)(A) of the Code, then the payments
under Paragraph 5 hereof shall be reduced and thereafter, if necessary, the
Change in Control Payment shall be reduced (but not below the minimum possible
amount), so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to the Excise Tax.
For purposes of the preceding sentence, the failure of the Executive to exercise
a stock option shall not be construed to be a deferral of compensation.

     (b) For purposes of determining whether any of the Total Payments will be
subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (i) all of the
Total Payments shall be treated as "parachute payments" (within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) unless, in the opinion of tax counsel ("Tax
Counsel") selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive,
such payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute
payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of

                                        7


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

the Code, (ii) all "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section
280G(b)(1) of the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless, in
the opinion of Tax Counsel, such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part)
represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered (within the
meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the "base amount" (as
defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such payment, or are
otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, and (iii) the value of any noncash
benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by Tax Counsel
in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.
For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive
shall be deemed to pay federal income tax at the highest marginal rate of
federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to
be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of
taxation in the state and locality of the Executive's residence in the calendar
year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction
in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and
local taxes.

     (c) In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount
taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment (including by
reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at
the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up
Payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest, penalties or additions
payable by the Executive with respect to such excess) within five (5) business
days following the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined. In
the event that the Excise Tax is determined to be less than the amount taken
into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive shall
repay to the Company within five (5) business days following the time that such
difference is finally determined the portion of the Gross-Up Payment
attributable to such reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-Up Payment
attributable to such Excise Tax and federal, state and local income tax imposed
on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by the Executive if such repayment results
in a reduction in such Excise Tax or a federal, state and local income tax
deduction) plus any interest received by the Executive on the amount of such
repayment. The Executive and the Company shall each reasonably cooperate with
the other in connection with any

                                        8


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the existence or amount of
liability for any Excise Tax with respect to the Total Payments.

7.   MISCELLANEOUS

     (a) No Employment Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a contract
of employment or impose on the Company any obligation to retain the Executive as
an employee.

     (b) Deductions and Withholding. The Executive agrees that the Company shall
withhold from any and all compensation required to be paid to the Executive
pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, local and/or other taxes which
the Company determines are required to be withheld in accordance with applicable
statutes and/or regulations from time to time in effect.

     (c) Waiver and Release. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the
Change-in-Control Payment is in excess of the amounts that the Executive would
otherwise be entitled to receive under any employment or severance agreement,
plan, program or arrangement of the Company or between the Company and the
Executive and (ii) the Company has no obligation to enter into this Agreement.
In consideration of the Company assuming these additional obligations and
entering into this Agreement, the Executive agrees to execute a customary
release of all claims related to the Executive's employment or termination
thereof, in substantially the same form as annexed hereto other than any
modifications which may be required to effectuate such release based upon any
changes in law.

     (d) Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection
with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in
Cincinnati, Ohio under the Commercial Arbitration Rules then prevailing of the
American Arbitration Association and such submission shall request the American
Arbitration Association to: (i) appoint an arbitrator experienced and
knowledgeable concerning the matter then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony
to be transcribed; (iii) require the award to be accompanied by findings of fact
and a statement of reasons for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be
handled by and in accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the
Commercial Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall
be based upon a de novo

                                        9


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and binding and judgment may be
entered on the arbitrators' award in any court having jurisdiction. All costs of
the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrator shall be borne by the
Company, unless the position advanced by the Executive is determined by the
arbitrator to be frivolous in nature.

     (e) Legal Fees. The Company or the successor shall pay to the Executive all
reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in disputing in
good faith any issues hereunder relating to the termination of the Executive's
employment, in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right
provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to
the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any
payment or benefit provided hereunder. Such payments shall be made within 30
days after delivery of the Executive's written request for payment accompanied
with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may
require. The Company or the successor shall pay to the Executive interest at the
prime lending rate as announced from time to time by The Chase Manhattan Bank on
all or any part of the Change-in-Control Payment that is not paid when due. The
prime rate for each calendar quarter shall be the prime rate in effect on the
first day of the calendar quarter.

     (f) No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off. The Company agrees that if the Executive's
employment with the Company or a successor is terminated during the Term, the
Executive shall not be required to seek other employment. Further, the amount of
any payment or benefit hereunder shall not be reduced by any compensation earned
by the Executive or any benefit provided to the Executive as the result of
employment by another employer or otherwise, except as provided in Paragraph 5
or 7(g) hereof. The Company's obligations to make any payment or provide any
benefit hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company or a successor corporation may have against the Executive.

     (g) Offset. The Change-in-Control Payment shall be reduced by any severance
payment made by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to the Executive
pursuant to (i) any severance plan, program, policy or arrangement of the
Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the Employment Agreement or any
other employment agreement

                                       10


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

between the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and the Executive, and
(iii) any federal, state or local statute, rule, regulation or ordinance.

     (h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the
parties with respect to any payment due the Executive in the event of a
Change-in-Control and supersedes any other prior oral or written agreements
between the Executive and the Company with respect thereto, except that nothing
herein shall be construed to adversely affect the Executive's right to receive
any non-duplicative payment or benefit to which he is entitled under the
Employment Agreement or any other employment agreement between the Company or
any subsidiary of the Company and the Executive in connection with his
termination of employment. No party may amend, modify or terminate this
Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.

     (i) Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors,
administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devises and legatees.

     (j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without reference to
principles of conflict of laws.

                                       11


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

     (k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above.

                                                GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                                 By: ___________________________
                                                     Robert J. Siverd
                                                     Executive Vice President,
                                                     General Counsel and
                                                     Secretary

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
as of the date first written above

By: _________________________________
    Stephen Rabinowitz

    Address:  900 Adams Crossing
              Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

                                       12



<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                           CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 13th day of May, 1997 by and
between General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
Gregory B. Kenny (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Executive is a key employee of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries; and

     WHEREAS, it is proposed that the Company become a publicly-traded company
by means of a public offering (the "Public Offering") and the Company's Board of
Directors has determined that, in light of the uncertainties affecting the
industry in which the Company operates, it would be in the best interests of the
Company and its future public shareholders to induce key employees, including
the Executive, to remain with the Company after it becomes a public company and
to reinforce and encourage their continued attention and dedication to the
Company; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an Employment
Agreement as of the date hereof to become effective as of the Effective Date, as
hereinafter defined (such agreement, as amended from time to time, being
hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Agreement"); and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this agreement ("Agreement")
with the Executive providing for, among other things, (i) the acceleration of
vesting of the Executive's restricted stock and stock options upon the
occurrence of a Change-in-Control (as hereinafter defined) and (ii) a severance
payment to the Executive and the continuation of the Executive's welfare
benefits if the Executive's employment is terminated in connection with a
Change-in-Control, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is mutually acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:


<PAGE>

<PAGE>


1.   TERM

     (a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the consummation of the
Public Offering (the "Effective Date") and shall terminate and be of no further
force or effect upon the expiration of the Employment Agreement (the "Term");
provided, however, that, if a Change-in-Control shall have occurred during the
Term or within six months after Executive's employment terminates, as described
in Paragraph 2(a) hereof, the Term shall expire on the last day of the
twenty-fourth (24th) month following the month in which the Change-in-Control
occurs.

     (b) If the consummation of the Public Offering does not occur on or before
October 31, 1997, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or
effect.

2.   TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE'S EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO OR
     FOLLOWING A CHANGE-IN-CONTROL

     (a) If the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or by the Company's successor without Cause (as hereinafter
defined), or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or with the Company's successor for Good Reason (as hereinafter
defined), and such termination occurs within six months preceding, or within two
years following, a Change-in-Control, the Executive shall be entitled to receive
a Change-in-Control Payment (as hereinafter defined).

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be entitled to
receive the Change-in-Control Payment if any of the Circumstances of
Ineligibility (as hereinafter defined) apply to the Executive.

     (c) "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT" means the product of (i) two and one-half
times (ii) the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary at the time of the
termination of the Executive's employment (or, in the case of a termination of
employment for Good Reason based on a reduction of the Executive's annual base
salary, the annual base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction)
plus (y) the Executive's target annual incentive bonus in effect for the year in
which the Executive's employment is terminated or the year in which the
Change-in-Control occurs, whichever target bonus is greater.

                                        2


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

     (d)  "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL" means that any of the following has occurred:

          (i)  any person or other entity (other than any of the Company's
               subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the
               Company or any of its subsidiaries) including any person as
               defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of
               1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), becomes the beneficial
               owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly
               or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total com-
               bined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company
               normally entitled to vote for the election of directors of the
               Company (the "Voting Stock"),

          (ii) the stockholders of the Company approve the sale of all or
               substantially all of the property or assets of the Company and
               such sale occurs;

         (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a consolidation or
               merger of the Company with another corporation (other than with
               any of the Company's subsidiaries), the consummation of which
               would result in the shareholders of the Company immediately
               before the occurrence of the consolidation or merger owning, in
               the aggregate, less than 60% of the Voting Stock of the surviving
               entity, and such consolidation or merger occurs; or

          (iv) a change in the Company's Board of Directors occurs with the
               result that the members of the Board on the Effective Date (the
               "Incumbent Directors") no longer constitute a majority of such
               Board of Directors, provided that any person becoming a director
               (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in
               connection with an actual or threatened election contest or the
               settlement thereof, including but not limited to a consent
               solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the
               Company) whose election or nomination for election was supported
               by two-thirds (2/3) of the then

                                        3


<PAGE>

<PAGE>
               Incumbent Directors shall be considered an Incumbent Director for
               purposes hereof.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a Change-in-Control
shall not include the Public Offering.

     (e) "CAUSE" shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment Agreement
and shall be subject to the procedures set forth therein.

     (f) "GOOD REASON" means the occurrence of any of the following without the
prior written consent of the Executive:

          (i)  removal from any of the positions held by the Executive with
               respect to the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries (as
               defined in Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of
               1934) on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control or any
               senior position that the Executive subsequently achieves;

          (ii) the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially
               inconsistent with those customarily associated with the position
               held by the Executive on the 181st day prior to the
               Change-in-Control or any senior position that the Executive
               subsequently achieves (alternatively, the "Measuring Position"),
               or any other action by the Company or a successor that results in
               a diminution of the Executive's position, authority, duties or
               responsibilities compared to the Measuring Position, other than
               an isolated action that is not taken in bad faith and is remedied
               by the Company or a successor promptly after receipt of written
               notice thereof from the Executive;

         (iii) a reduction in the Executive's annual base salary or Executive's
               annual bonus opportunity set forth in the Employment Agreement
               from that in effect on the 181st day prior to the
               Change-in-Control (or any greater salary or bonus that the
               Executive is subsequently entitled to) or a material

                                        4


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

               reduction in any other material benefit provided the Executive by
               the Company;

          (iv) notice by the Company not to extend the Employment Agreement;

          (v)  the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment
               to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executive's
               principal place of employment (unless such relocation does not
               increase the Executive's commute by more than twenty (20) miles)
               on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control, except for
               required travel on the Company's business to an extent
               substantially consistent with the Executive's business travel
               obligations as of such day; or

          (vi) the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement from any
               successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement.

     (g) "CIRCUMSTANCES OF INELIGIBILITY" mean any one or more of the following
circumstances:

          (i)  Death, Disability or Voluntary Termination. If the Executive is
               terminated due to death or Disability (as defined in the
               Employment Agreement) or if the Executive elects to voluntarily
               terminate his employment, including a termination due to
               retirement, with the Company or a successor, the Executive shall
               not be eligible to receive the Change-in-Control Payment;
               provided, however, that termination of employment by the
               Executive for Good Reason shall not constitute a Circumstance of
               Ineligibility.

          (ii) Termination for Cause. If the Executive's employment with the
               Company or a successor is terminated for Cause at any time
               preceding or following a Change-in-Control, the Executive shall
               not be eligible to receive the Change-in-Control Payment.

                                        5


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

3.   TIME OF PAYMENT OF CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT

     The Change-in-Control Payment (if any) shall be paid to the Executive in
cash in a lump sum within 10 business days following the later of (i) the date
of the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company or the
successor or (ii) the date of the Change-in-Control.

4.   VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

     Upon the occurrence of a Change-in-Control, (i) any and all restricted
stock held by the Executive as of such date shall become immediately vested and
fully transferable and (ii) any and all unexercisable stock options held by the
Executive as of such date shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable
and shall remain exercisable until their expiration in accordance with the terms
of the applicable plan.

5.   CONTINUATION OF EXECUTIVE WELFARE BENEFITS

     Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the Executive
is entitled to receive the Change-in-Control Payment, the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or successor shall continue his participation, as if he were still
an employee, in the medical, dental, hospitalization and life insurance plans,
programs and/or arrangements of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which
he was participating on the date of the termination of his employment (or on the
181st day prior to the Change-in-Control, if more favorable to the Executive) on
the same terms and conditions as other executives under such plans, programs
and/or arrangements until the earlier of (i) the end of the 30-month period
following the date of the termination of his employment or (ii) the date, or
dates, he receives equivalent coverage and benefits under the plans, programs
and/or arrangements of a subsequent employer (such coverage and benefits to be
determined on a coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit basis).

6.   LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

     (a) If any of the payments or benefits received or to be received by the
Executive in connection with a Change in Control or the Executive's termination
of employment (whether such payments or benefits are provided pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement or any other plan,

                                        6


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a
Change in Control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person)
(such payments or benefits being hereinafter referred to as the "Total
Payments") would be subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under
Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), then
the payments under Paragraph 5 hereof shall be reduced and thereafter, if
necessary, the Change-in-Control Payment shall be reduced (but not below the
minimum possible amount), so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to
the Excise Tax.

     (b) For purposes of determining whether any of the Total Payments will be
subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (i) all of the
Total Payments shall be treated as "parachute payments" (within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) unless, in the opinion of tax counsel ("Tax
Counsel") selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive,
such payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute
payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code, (ii) all
"excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code
shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless, in the opinion of Tax
Counsel, such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent
reasonable compensation for services actually rendered (within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the "base amount" (as defined in
Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such payment, or are otherwise not
subject to the Excise Tax, and (iii) the value of any noncash benefits or any
deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by Tax Counsel in accordance
with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

7.   MISCELLANEOUS

     (a) No Employment Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a contract
of employment or impose on the Company any obligation to retain the Executive as
an employee.

     (b) Deductions and Withholding. The Executive agrees that the Company shall
withhold from any and all compensation required to be paid to the Executive
pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, local and/or other taxes which
the Company determines are required to be withheld in accor-

                                        7


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

dance with applicable statutes and/or regulations from time to time in effect.

     (c) Waiver and Release. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the
Change-in-Control Payment is in excess of the amounts that the Executive would
otherwise be entitled to receive under any employment or severance agreement,
plan, program or arrangement of the Company or between the Company and the
Executive and (ii) the Company has no obligation to enter into this Agreement.
In consideration of the Company assuming these additional obligations and
entering into this Agreement, the Executive agrees to execute a customary
release of all claims related to the Executive's employment or termination
thereof, in substantially the same form as annexed hereto other than any
modifications which may be required to effectuate such release based upon any
changes in law.

     (d) Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection
with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration conducted in
Cincinnati, Ohio under the Commercial Arbitration Rules then prevailing of the
American Arbitration Association and such submission shall request the American
Arbitration Association to: (i) appoint an arbitrator experienced and
knowledgeable concerning the matter then in dispute; (ii) require the testimony
to be transcribed; (iii) require the award to be accompanied by findings of fact
and a statement of reasons for the decision; and (iv) request the matter to be
handled by and in accordance with the expedited procedures provided for in the
Commercial Arbitration Rules. The determination of the arbitrators, which shall
be based upon a de novo interpretation of this Agreement, shall be final and
binding and judgment may be entered on the arbitrators' award in any court
having jurisdiction. All costs of the American Arbitration Association and the
arbitrator shall be borne by the Company, unless the position advanced by the
Executive is determined by the arbitrator to be frivolous in nature.

     (e) Legal Fees. The Company or the successor shall pay to the Executive all
reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in disputing in
good faith any issues hereunder relating to the termination of the Executive's
employment, in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right
provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to
the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any
payment or benefit provided hereunder. Such

                                        8


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

payments shall be made within 30 days after delivery of the Executive's written
request for payment accompanied with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred
as the Company reasonably may require. The Company or the successor shall pay to
the Executive interest at the prime lending rate as announced from time to time
by The Chase Manhattan Bank on all or any part of the Change-in-Control Payment
that is not paid when due. The prime rate for each calendar quarter shall be the
prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar quarter.

     (f) No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off. The Company agrees that if the Executive's
employment with the Company or a successor is terminated during the Term, the
Executive shall not be required to seek other employment. Further, the amount of
any payment or benefit hereunder shall not be reduced by any compensation earned
by the Executive or any benefit provided to the Executive as the result of
employment by another employer or otherwise, except as provided in Paragraph 5
or 7(g) hereof. The Company's obligations to make any payment or provide any
benefit hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company or a successor corporation may have against the Executive.

     (g) Offset. The Change-in-Control Payment shall be reduced by any severance
payment made by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to the Executive
pursuant to (i) any severance plan, program, policy or arrangement of the
Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the Employment Agreement or any
other employment agreement between the Company or any subsidiary of the Company
and the Executive, and (iii) any federal, state or local statute, rule,
regulation or ordinance.

     (h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of the
parties with respect to any payment due the Executive in the event of a
Change-in-Control and supersedes any other prior oral or written agreements
between the Executive and the Company with respect thereto, except that nothing
herein shall be construed to adversely affect the Executive's right to receive
any non-duplicative payment or benefit to which he is entitled under the
Employment Agreement or any other employment agreement between the Company or
any subsidiary of the Company and the Executive in connection with his
termination of employment.

                                        9


<PAGE>

<PAGE>

No party may amend, modify or terminate this Agreement without the express
written consent of the other party.

     (i) Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors,
administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devises and legatees.

     (j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without reference to
principles of conflict of laws.

     (k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the date first written above.

                                                 GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                                 By: ___________________________
                                                     Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                     Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                     Officer and President

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
as of the date first written above

By: __________________________________
    Gregory B. Kenny

    Address:  6622 Pleasant Street
              Cincinnati, OH  45227

                                       10






<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                           CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 13th day of May, 1997 by and
between General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
Christopher F. Virgulak (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS, the Executive is a key employee of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries; and

         WHEREAS, it is proposed that the Company become a publicly-traded
company by means of a public offering (the "Public Offering") and the Company's
Board of Directors has determined that, in light of the uncertainties affecting
the industry in which the Company operates, it would be in the best interests of
the Company and its future public shareholders to induce key employees,
including the Executive, to remain with the Company after it becomes a public
company and to reinforce and encourage their continued attention and dedication
to the Company; and

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an Employment
Agreement as of the date hereof to become effective as of the Effective Date, as
hereinafter defined (such agreement, as amended from time to time, being
hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this agreement ("Agreement")
with the Executive providing for, among other things, (i) the acceleration of
vesting of the Executive's restricted stock and stock options upon the
occurrence of a Change-in-Control (as hereinafter defined) and (ii) a severance
payment to the Executive and the continuation of the Executive's welfare
benefits if the Executive's employment is terminated in connection with a
Change-in-Control, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is mutually acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:






<PAGE>

<PAGE>










1.       TERM

         (a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the consummation of the
Public Offering (the "Effective Date") and shall terminate and be of no further
force or effect upon the expiration of the Employment Agreement (the "Term");
provided, however, that, if a Change-in-Control shall have occurred during the
Term or within six months after Executive's employment terminates, as described
in Paragraph 2(a) hereof, the Term shall expire on the last day of the
twenty-fourth (24th) month following the month in which the Change-in-Control
occurs.

         (b) If the consummation of the Public Offering does not occur on or
before October 31, 1997, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further
force or effect.

2.       TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE'S EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO OR
         FOLLOWING A CHANGE-IN-CONTROL

         (a) If the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company or any
of its subsidiaries or by the Company's successor without Cause (as hereinafter
defined), or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or with the Company's successor for Good Reason (as hereinafter
defined), and such termination occurs within six months preceding, or within two
years following, a Change-in-Control, the Executive shall be entitled to receive
a Change-in-Control Payment (as hereinafter defined).

         (b)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall
not be entitled to receive the Change-in-Control Payment if any of the
Circumstances of Ineligibility (as hereinafter defined) apply to the Executive.

         (c) "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT" means the product of (i) one and
one-half times (ii) the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary at the
time of the termination of the Executive's employment (or, in the case of a
termination of employment for Good Reason based on a reduction of the
Executive's annual base salary, the annual base salary in effect immediately
prior to such reduction) plus (y) the Executive's target annual incentive bonus
in effect for the year in which the Executive's employment is terminated or the
year in which the Change-in-Control occurs, whichever target bonus is greater.

                                        2





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









         (d) "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL" means that any of the following has occurred:

                         (i)        any person or other entity (other than any
                                    of the Company's subsidiaries or any
                                    employee benefit plan sponsored by the
                                    Company or any of its subsidiaries)
                                    including any person as defined in Section
                                    13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of
                                    1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"),
                                    becomes the beneficial owner, as defined in
                                    Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly
                                    or indirectly, of more than fifty percent
                                    (50%) of the total com- bined voting power
                                    of all classes of capital stock of the
                                    Company normally entitled to vote for the
                                    election of directors of the Company (the
                                    "Voting Stock"),

                        (ii)        the stockholders of the Company approve the
                                    sale of all or substantially all of the
                                    property or assets of the Company and such
                                    sale occurs;

                       (iii)        the stockholders of the Company approve a
                                    consolidation or merger of the Company with
                                    another corporation (other than with any of
                                    the Company's subsidiaries), the
                                    consummation of which would result in the
                                    shareholders of the Company immediately
                                    before the occurrence of the consolidation
                                    or merger owning, in the aggregate, less
                                    than 60% of the Voting Stock of the
                                    surviving entity, and such consolidation or
                                    merger occurs; or

                        (iv)        a change in the Company's Board of Directors
                                    occurs with the result that the members of
                                    the Board on the Effective Date (the
                                    "Incumbent Directors") no longer constitute
                                    a majority of such Board of Directors,
                                    provided that any person becoming a director
                                    (other than a director whose initial
                                    assumption of office is in connection with
                                    an actual or threatened election contest or
                                    the settlement thereof, including but not
                                    limited to a consent solicitation, relating
                                    to the election of directors of the Company)
                                    whose election or nomination for election
                                    was supported by two-thirds (2/3) of the
                                    then



                                        3





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









                                    Incumbent Directors shall be considered an
                                    Incumbent Director for purposes hereof.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a Change-in-Control
shall not include the Public Offering.

         (e)      "CAUSE" shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment
Agreement and shall be subject to the procedures set forth therein.

         (f)      "GOOD REASON" means the occurrence of any of the following
without the prior written consent of the Executive:

                         (i)        removal from the position of Executive Vice
                                    President or Chief Financial Officer held by
                                    the Executive with respect to the Company or
                                    any of its significant subsidiaries (as
                                    defined in Regulation S-X under the
                                    Securities Exchange Act of 1934) on the
                                    181st day prior to the Change-in-Control or
                                    any senior position that the Executive
                                    subse- quently achieves;

                        (ii)        the assignment of duties or responsibilities
                                    materially inconsistent with those
                                    customarily associated with the position
                                    held by the Executive on the 181st day prior
                                    to the Change-in-Control or any senior
                                    position that the Executive subsequently
                                    achieves (alternatively, the "Measuring
                                    Position"), or any other action by the
                                    Company or a successor that results in a
                                    diminution of the Executive's position,
                                    authority, duties or responsibilities
                                    compared to the Measuring Position, other
                                    than an isolated action that is not taken in
                                    bad faith and is remedied by the Company or
                                    a successor promptly after receipt of
                                    written notice thereof from the Executive;

                       (iii)        a reduction in the Executive's annual base
                                    salary or a material reduction in any other
                                    material benefit provided the Executive by
                                    the Company;

                        (iv)        notice by the Company not to extend the
                                    Employment Agreement;

                                        4





<PAGE>

<PAGE>










                         (v)        the relocation of the Executive's principal
                                    place of employment to a location more than
                                    fifty (50) miles from the Executive's
                                    principal place of employment (unless such
                                    relocation does not increase the Executive's
                                    commute by more than twenty (20) miles) on
                                    the 181st day prior to the
                                    Change-in-Control, except for required
                                    travel on the Company's business to an
                                    extent substantially consistent with the
                                    Executive's business travel obligations as
                                    of such day; or

                        (vi)        the failure by the Company to obtain an
                                    agreement from any successor to assume and
                                    agree to perform this Agreement.

         (g)      "CIRCUMSTANCES OF INELIGIBILITY" mean any one or more of the
following circumstances:

                         (i)        Death, Disability or Voluntary Termination.
                                    If the Executive is terminated due to death
                                    or Disability (as defined in the Employment
                                    Agreement) or if the Executive elects to
                                    voluntarily terminate his employment,
                                    including a termination due to retirement,
                                    with the Company or a successor, the
                                    Executive shall not be eligible to receive
                                    the Change-in-Control Payment; provided,
                                    however, that termination of employment by
                                    the Executive for Good Reason shall not
                                    constitute a Circumstance of Ineligibility.

                        (ii)        Termination for Cause. If the Executive's
                                    employment with the Company or a successor
                                    is terminated for Cause at any time
                                    preceding or following a Change-in-Control,
                                    the Executive shall not be eligible to
                                    receive the Change-in-Control Payment.

3.       TIME OF PAYMENT OF CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT

         The Change-in-Control Payment (if any) shall be paid to the Executive
in cash in a lump sum within 10 business days following the later of (i) the
date of the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company or the
successor or (ii) the date of the Change-in-Control.

                                        5





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









4.       VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

         Upon the occurrence of a Change-in-Control, (i) any and all restricted
stock held by the Executive as of such date shall become immediately vested and
fully transferable and (ii) any and all unexercisable stock options held by the
Executive as of such date shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable
and shall remain exercisable until their expiration in accordance with the terms
of the applicable plan.

5.       CONTINUATION OF EXECUTIVE WELFARE BENEFITS

         Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the
Executive is entitled to receive the Change-in-Control Payment, the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or successor shall continue his participation, as if he
were still an employee, in the medical, dental, hospitalization and life
insurance plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries in which he was participating on the date of the termination of his
employment (or on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control, if more
favorable to the Executive) on the same terms and conditions as other executives
under such plans, programs and/or arrangements until the earlier of (i) the end
of the 18-month period following the date of the termination of his employment
or (ii) the date, or dates, he receives equivalent coverage and benefits under
the plans, programs and/or arrangements of a subsequent employer (such coverage
and benefits to be determined on a coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit
basis).

6.       LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

                  (a) If any of the payments or benefits received or to be
received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control or the
Executive's termination of employment (whether such payments or benefits are
provided pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement
or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a Change in
Control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) (such payments
or benefits being hereinafter referred to as the "Total Payments") would be
subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under Section 4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), then the payments under
Paragraph 5 hereof shall be reduced and thereafter, if

                                        6





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









necessary, the Change-in-Control Payment shall be reduced (but not below the
minimum possible amount), so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to
the Excise Tax.

                  (b) For purposes of determining whether any of the Total
Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax,
(i) all of the Total Payments shall be treated as "parachute payments" (within
the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) unless, in the opinion of tax
counsel ("Tax Counsel") selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the
Executive, such payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute
parachute payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code,
(ii) all "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of
the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless, in the opinion of
Tax Counsel, such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent
reasonable compensation for services actually rendered (within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the "base amount" (as defined in
Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such payment, or are otherwise not
subject to the Excise Tax, and (iii) the value of any noncash benefits or any
deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by Tax Counsel in accordance
with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

7.       MISCELLANEOUS

         (a)      No Employment Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a
contract of employment or impose on the Company any obligation to retain the
Executive as an employee.

         (b) Deductions and Withholding. The Executive agrees that the Company
shall withhold from any and all compensation required to be paid to the
Executive pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, local and/or other
taxes which the Company determines are required to be withheld in accordance
with applicable statutes and/or regulations from time to time in effect.

         (c) Waiver and Release. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the
Change-in-Control Payment is in excess of the amounts that the Executive would
otherwise be entitled to receive under any employment or severance agreement,
plan, program or arrangement of the Company or between the Company and the
Executive and (ii) the Company has no obligation to

                                        7





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









enter into this Agreement. In consideration of the Company assuming these
additional obligations and entering into this Agreement, the Executive agrees to
execute a customary release of all claims related to the Executive's employment
or termination thereof, in substantially the same form as annexed hereto other
than any modifications which may be required to effectuate such release based
upon any changes in law.

         (d) Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in
connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration
conducted in Cincinnati, Ohio under the Commercial Arbitration Rules then
prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such submission shall
request the American Arbitration Association to: (i) appoint an arbitrator
experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter then in dispute; (ii)
require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii) require the award to be
accompanied by findings of fact and a statement of reasons for the decision; and
(iv) request the matter to be handled by and in accordance with the expedited
procedures provided for in the Commercial Arbitration Rules. The determination
of the arbitrators, which shall be based upon a de novo interpretation of this
Agreement, shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered on the
arbitrators' award in any court having jurisdiction. All costs of the American
Arbitration Association and the arbitrator shall be borne by the Company, unless
the position advanced by the Executive is determined by the arbitrator to be
frivolous in nature.

         (e) Legal Fees. The Company or the successor shall pay to the Executive
all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in disputing in
good faith any issues hereunder relating to the termination of the Executive's
employment, in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right
provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to
the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any
payment or benefit provided hereunder. Such payments shall be made within 30
days after delivery of the Executive's written request for payment accompanied
with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may
require. The Company or the successor shall pay to the Executive interest at the
prime lending rate as announced from time to time by The Chase Manhattan Bank on
all or any part of the Change-in-Control Payment that is not paid when due. The
prime rate for each calendar quarter

                                        8





<PAGE>

<PAGE>









shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar quarter.

         (f) No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off. The Company agrees that if the
Executive's employment with the Company or a successor is terminated during the
Term, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment. Further, the
amount of any payment or benefit hereunder shall not be reduced by any
compensation earned by the Executive or any benefit provided to the Executive as
the result of employment by another employer or otherwise, except as provided in
Paragraph 5 or 7(g) hereof. The Company's obligations to make any payment or
provide any benefit hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or
other right which the Company or a successor corporation may have against the
Executive.

         (g) Offset. The Change-in-Control Payment shall be reduced by any
severance payment made by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to the
Executive pursuant to (i) any severance plan, program, policy or arrangement of
the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the Employment Agreement or
any other employment agreement between the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company and the Executive, and (iii) any federal, state or local statute, rule,
regulation or ordinance.

         (h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of
the parties with respect to any payment due the Executive in the event of a
Change-in-Control and supersedes any other prior oral or written agreements
between the Executive and the Company with respect thereto, except that nothing
herein shall be construed to adversely affect the Executive's right to receive
any non-duplicative payment or benefit to which he is entitled under the
Employment Agreement or any other employment agreement between the Company or
any subsidiary of the Company and the Executive in connection with his
termination of employment. No party may amend, modify or terminate this
Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.

         (i)      Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devises and
legatees.

                                        9





<PAGE>

<PAGE>








         (j)      Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed
in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without reference to
principles of conflict of laws.

         (k)      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement as of the date first written above.


                                          GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION



                                          By:___________________________________
                                                   Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                   Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                   Officer and President

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
as of the date first written above



By:____________________________________
   Christopher F. Virgulak

   Address: 8124 Starting Gate Lane
            Cincinnati, OH  45249

                                       10


<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                           CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENT

         AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of the 13th day of May, 1997 by and
between General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
Robert J. Siverd (the "Executive").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

         WHEREAS, the Executive is a key employee of the Company or one of its
subsidiaries; and

         WHEREAS, it is proposed that the Company become a publicly-traded
company by means of a public offering (the "Public Offering") and the Company's
Board of Directors has determined that, in light of the uncertainties affecting
the industry in which the Company operates, it would be in the best interests of
the Company and its future public shareholders to induce key employees,
including the Executive, to remain with the Company after it becomes a public
company and to reinforce and encourage their continued attention and dedication
to the Company; and

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an Employment
Agreement as of the date hereof to become effective as of the Effective Date, as
hereinafter defined (such agreement, as amended from time to time, being
hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into this agreement ("Agreement")
with the Executive providing for, among other things, (i) the acceleration of
vesting of the Executive's restricted stock and stock options upon the
occurrence of a Change-in-Control (as hereinafter defined) and (ii) a severance
payment to the Executive and the continuation of the Executive's welfare
benefits if the Executive's employment is terminated in connection with a
Change-in-Control, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is mutually acknowledged, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



1.       TERM

         (a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the consummation of the
Public Offering (the "Effective Date") and shall terminate and be of no further
force or effect upon the expiration of the Employment Agreement (the "Term");
provided, however, that, if a Change-in-Control shall have occurred during the
Term or within six months after Executive's employment terminates, as described
in Paragraph 2(a) hereof, the Term shall expire on the last day of the
twenty-fourth (24th) month following the month in which the Change-in-Control
occurs.

         (b) If the consummation of the Public Offering does not occur on or
before October 31, 1997, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further
force or effect.

2.       TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE'S EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO OR
         FOLLOWING A CHANGE-IN-CONTROL

         (a) If the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company or any
of its subsidiaries or by the Company's successor without Cause (as hereinafter
defined), or the Executive terminates his employment with the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or with the Company's successor for Good Reason (as hereinafter
defined), and such termination occurs within six months preceding, or within two
years following, a Change-in-Control, the Executive shall be entitled to receive
a Change-in-Control Payment (as hereinafter defined).

         (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be entitled
to receive the Change-in-Control Payment if any of the Circumstances of
Ineligibility (as hereinafter defined) apply to the Executive.

         (c) "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT" means the product of (i) one and
one-half times (ii) the sum of (x) the Executive's annual base salary at the
time of the termination of the Executive's employment (or, in the case of a
termination of employment for Good Reason based on a reduction of the
Executive's annual base salary, the annual base salary in effect immediately
prior to such reduction) plus (y) the Executive's target annual incentive bonus
in effect for the year in which the Executive's employment is terminated or the
year in which the Change-in-Control occurs, whichever target bonus is greater.

                                        2



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


         (d) "CHANGE-IN-CONTROL" means that any of the following has occurred:

             (i)  any person or other entity (other than any of the Company's
                  subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the
                  Company or any of its subsidiaries) including any person as
                  defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of
                  1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), becomes the beneficial
                  owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act,
                  directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of
                  the total com- bined voting power of all classes of capital
                  stock of the Company normally entitled to vote for the
                  election of directors of the Company (the "Voting Stock"),

            (ii)  the stockholders of the Company approve the sale of all or
                  substantially all of the property or assets of the Company and
                  such sale occurs;

           (iii)  the stockholders of the Company approve a consolidation or
                  merger of the Company with another corporation (other than
                  with any of the Company's subsidiaries), the consummation of
                  which would result in the shareholders of the Company
                  immediately before the occurrence of the consolidation or
                  merger owning, in the aggregate, less than 60% of the Voting
                  Stock of the surviving entity, and such consolidation or
                  merger occurs; or

            (iv)  a change in the Company's Board of Directors occurs with the
                  result that the members of the Board on the Effective Date
                  (the "Incumbent Directors") no longer constitute a majority of
                  such Board of Directors, provided that any person becoming a
                  director (other than a director whose initial assumption of
                  office is in connection with an actual or threatened election
                  contest or the settlement thereof, including but not limited
                  to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of
                  directors of the Company) whose election or nomination for
                  election was supported by two-thirds (2/3) of the then


                                        3



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                  Incumbent Directors shall be considered an Incumbent Director
                  for purposes hereof.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a Change-in-Control
shall not include the Public Offering.

         (e) "CAUSE" shall have the meaning set forth in the Employment
Agreement and shall be subject to the procedures set forth therein.

         (f) "GOOD REASON" means the occurrence of any of the following without
the prior written consent of the Executive:

            (i)   removal from the positions of Executive Vice President or
                  General Counsel held by the Executive with respect to the
                  Company or any of its significant subsidiaries (as defined in
                  Regulation S-X under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) on
                  the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control or any senior
                  position that the Executive subsequently achieves;

           (ii)   the assignment of duties or responsibilities materially
                  inconsistent with those customarily associated with the
                  position held by the Executive on the 181st day prior to the
                  Change-in-Control or any senior position that the Executive
                  subsequently achieves (alternatively, the "Measuring
                  Position"), or any other action by the Company or a successor
                  that results in a diminution of the Executive's position,
                  authority, duties or responsibilities compared to the
                  Measuring Position, other than an isolated action that is not
                  taken in bad faith and is remedied by the Company or a
                  successor promptly after receipt of written notice thereof
                  from the Executive;

          (iii)   a reduction in the Executive's annual base salary or a
                  material reduction in any other material benefit provided the
                  Executive by the Company;

           (iv)   notice by the Company not to extend the Employment Agreement;

                                        4



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



            (v)   the relocation of the Executive's principal place of
                  employment to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the
                  Executive's principal place of employment (unless such
                  relocation does not increase the Executive's commute by more
                  than twenty (20) miles) on the 181st day prior to the
                  Change-in-Control, except for required travel on the Company's
                  business to an extent substantially consistent with the
                  Executive's business travel obligations as of such day; or

           (vi)   the failure by the Company to obtain an agreement from any
                  successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement.

         (g) "CIRCUMSTANCES OF INELIGIBILITY" mean any one or more of the
following circumstances:

            (i)   Death, Disability or Voluntary Termination. If the Executive
                  is terminated due to death or Disability (as defined in the
                  Employment Agreement) or if the Executive elects to
                  voluntarily terminate his employment, including a termination
                  due to retirement, with the Company or a successor, the
                  Executive shall not be eligible to receive the
                  Change-in-Control Payment; provided, however, that termination
                  of employment by the Executive for Good Reason shall not
                  constitute a Circumstance of Ineligibility.

            (ii)  Termination for Cause. If the Executive's employment with the
                  Company or a successor is terminated for Cause at any time
                  preceding or following a Change-in-Control, the Executive
                  shall not be eligible to receive the Change-in-Control
                  Payment.

3.       TIME OF PAYMENT OF CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PAYMENT

         The Change-in-Control Payment (if any) shall be paid to the Executive
in cash in a lump sum within 10 business days following the later of (i) the
date of the termination of the Executive's employment with the Company or the
successor or (ii) the date of the Change-in-Control.

                                        5



<PAGE>

<PAGE>

4.       VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS

         Upon the occurrence of a Change-in-Control, (i) any and all restricted
stock held by the Executive as of such date shall become immediately vested and
fully transferable and (ii) any and all unexercisable stock options held by the
Executive as of such date shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable
and shall remain exercisable until their expiration in accordance with the terms
of the applicable plan.

5.       CONTINUATION OF EXECUTIVE WELFARE BENEFITS

         Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if the
Executive is entitled to receive the Change-in-Control Payment, the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or successor shall continue his participation, as if he
were still an employee, in the medical, dental, hospitalization and life
insurance plans, programs and/or arrangements of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries in which he was participating on the date of the termination of his
employment (or on the 181st day prior to the Change-in-Control, if more
favorable to the Executive) on the same terms and conditions as other executives
under such plans, programs and/or arrangements until the earlier of (i) the end
of the 18-month period following the date of the termination of his employment
or (ii) the date, or dates, he receives equivalent coverage and benefits under
the plans, programs and/or arrangements of a subsequent employer (such coverage
and benefits to be determined on a coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit
basis).

6.       LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS

         (a) If any of the payments or benefits received or to be received by
the Executive in connection with a Change in Control or the Executive's
termination of employment (whether such payments or benefits are provided
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or
agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a Change in
Control or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) (such payments
or benefits being hereinafter referred to as the "Total Payments") would be
subject to the excise tax (the "Excise Tax") imposed under Section 4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), then the payments under
Paragraph 5 hereof shall be reduced and thereafter, if

                                        6




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


necessary, the Change-in-Control Payment shall be reduced (but not below the
minimum possible amount), so that no portion of the Total Payments is subject to
the Excise Tax.

         (b) For purposes of determining whether any of the Total Payments will
be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (i) all of the
Total Payments shall be treated as "parachute payments" (within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) unless, in the opinion of tax counsel ("Tax
Counsel") selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive,
such payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute
payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code, (ii) all
"excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code
shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless, in the opinion of Tax
Counsel, such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent
reasonable compensation for services actually rendered (within the meaning of
Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the "base amount" (as defined in
Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such payment, or are otherwise not
subject to the Excise Tax, and (iii) the value of any noncash benefits or any
deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by Tax Counsel in accordance
with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

7.       MISCELLANEOUS

         (a) No Employment Agreement. This Agreement does not constitute a
contract of employment or impose on the Company any obligation to retain the
Executive as an employee.

         (b) Deductions and Withholding. The Executive agrees that the Company
shall withhold from any and all compensation required to be paid to the
Executive pursuant to this Agreement all federal, state, local and/or other
taxes which the Company determines are required to be withheld in accordance
with applicable statutes and/or regulations from time to time in effect.

         (c) Waiver and Release. The Executive acknowledges that (i) the
Change-in-Control Payment is in excess of the amounts that the Executive would
otherwise be entitled to receive under any employment or severance agreement,
plan, program or arrangement of the Company or between the Company and the
Executive and (ii) the Company has no obligation to

                                        7



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


enter into this Agreement. In consideration of the Company assuming these
additional obligations and entering into this Agreement, the Executive agrees to
execute a customary release of all claims related to the Executive's employment
or termination thereof, in substantially the same form as annexed hereto other
than any modifications which may be required to effectuate such release based
upon any changes in law.

         (d) Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in
connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration
conducted in Cincinnati, Ohio under the Commercial Arbitration Rules then
prevailing of the American Arbitration Association and such submission shall
request the American Arbitration Association to: (i) appoint an arbitrator
experienced and knowledgeable concerning the matter then in dispute; (ii)
require the testimony to be transcribed; (iii) require the award to be
accompanied by findings of fact and a statement of reasons for the decision; and
(iv) request the matter to be handled by and in accordance with the expedited
procedures provided for in the Commercial Arbitration Rules. The determination
of the arbitrators, which shall be based upon a de novo interpretation of this
Agreement, shall be final and binding and judgment may be entered on the
arbitrators' award in any court having jurisdiction. All costs of the American
Arbitration Association and the arbitrator shall be borne by the Company, unless
the position advanced by the Executive is determined by the arbitrator to be
frivolous in nature.

         (e) Legal Fees. The Company or the successor shall pay to the Executive
all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Executive in disputing in
good faith any issues hereunder relating to the termination of the Executive's
employment, in seeking in good faith to obtain or enforce any benefit or right
provided by this Agreement or in connection with any tax audit or proceeding to
the extent attributable to the application of Section 4999 of the Code to any
payment or benefit provided hereunder. Such payments shall be made within 30
days after delivery of the Executive's written request for payment accompanied
with such evidence of fees and expenses incurred as the Company reasonably may
require. The Company or the successor shall pay to the Executive interest at the
prime lending rate as announced from time to time by The Chase Manhattan Bank on
all or any part of the Change-in-Control Payment that is not paid when due. The
prime rate for each calendar quarter

                                        8



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


shall be the prime rate in effect on the first day of the calendar quarter.

         (f) No Duty to Mitigate/Set-off. The Company agrees that if the
Executive's employment with the Company or a successor is terminated during the
Term, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment. Further, the
amount of any payment or benefit hereunder shall not be reduced by any
compensation earned by the Executive or any benefit provided to the Executive as
the result of employment by another employer or otherwise, except as provided in
Paragraph 5 or 7(g) hereof. The Company's obligations to make any payment or
provide any benefit hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances,
including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or
other right which the Company or a successor corporation may have against the
Executive.

         (g) Offset. The Change-in-Control Payment shall be reduced by any
severance payment made by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to the
Executive pursuant to (i) any severance plan, program, policy or arrangement of
the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) the Employment Agreement or
any other employment agreement between the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company and the Executive, and (iii) any federal, state or local statute, rule,
regulation or ordinance.

         (h) Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of
the parties with respect to any payment due the Executive in the event of a
Change-in-Control and supersedes any other prior oral or written agreements
between the Executive and the Company with respect thereto, except that nothing
herein shall be construed to adversely affect the Executive's right to receive
any non-duplicative payment or benefit to which he is entitled under the
Employment Agreement or any other employment agreement between the Company or
any subsidiary of the Company and the Executive in connection with his
termination of employment. No party may amend, modify or terminate this
Agreement without the express written consent of the other party.

         (i) Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors,
administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devises and legatees.

                                        9



<PAGE>

<PAGE>


         (j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in
accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky without reference to
principles of conflict of laws.

         (k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
same agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement as of the date first written above.

                                              GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION



                                               By:______________________________
                                                  Stephen Rabinowitz
                                                  Chairman, Chief Executive
                                                  Officer and President



ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO
as of the date first written above



By:__________________________________
   Robert J. Siverd

   Address:  8051 Brill Road
             Cincinnati, OH  45243

                                       10


<PAGE>






<PAGE>



                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                   dated as of

                                  May 13, 1997

                                     between

                            General Cable Corporation

                                       and

                          Wassall Netherlands Cable BV


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  AGREEMENT, dated as of May 13, 1997, between General Cable
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Wassall Netherlands
Cable BV, a Netherlands corporation ("Shareholder").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, on the date hereof the Company is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Shareholder; and

                  WHEREAS, Shareholder intends to dispose of a substantial
portion of the shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of the Company owned by it by means of a public offering of
such shares (herein referred to as the "Offerings");

                  WHEREAS, in connection with the Offerings, the Company has
agreed to grant to the Shareholder certain registration rights; and

                  WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this
Agreement, which sets forth the terms of such registration rights.

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  1.1.  Definitions.

                  (a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following
meanings:

                  "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with,
such other Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with
respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such
Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise; the

                                        1


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

                  "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  "Demand Registration" means a Demand Registration as defined
in Section 2.1.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "Holder" means the Shareholder and/or any member of the
Shareholder Group.

                  "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an
association, a trust or other entity or organization, including a government or
political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

                  "Piggyback Registration" means a Piggyback Registration as
defined in Section 2.3.

                  "Registrable Securities" means all shares of Common Stock
owned by the Shareholder immediately following the consummation of the Offerings
(including any exercise the over-allotment option in connection therewith),
whether owned at the relevant date by the Shareholder or any other member of the
Shareholder Group, and any stock or other securities into which or for which
such Common Stock may hereafter be changed, converted or exchanged and any other
shares or securities issued to the holders of such Common Stock (or such stock
or other securities into which or for which such shares are so changed,
converted or exchanged) upon any reclassification, share combination, share
subdivision, share dividend, share exchange, merger, consolidation or similar
transaction or event.

                  "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "Selling Holder" means any Holder that has requested
registration of its Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3
hereof.

                                        2


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  "Shareholder Group" means Shareholder and its Affiliates
(other than the Company and its subsidiaries), including, without limitation,
Wassall PLC.

                  "Underwriter" means a securities dealer who purchases any
Registrable Securities as principal and not as part of such dealer's
market-making activities.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               REGISTRATION RIGHTS

                  2.1. Demand Registration. (a) A Holder or Holders may make a
written request (a "Demand Request") for registration under the Securities Act
of all or part of its Registrable Securities (a "Demand Registration"); provided
that the Company shall not be obligated (i) to effect a demand Registration for
the registration of fewer than 1,000,000 Registrable Shares or, if the number of
Registrable Shares held by the Holders is less than 1,000,000, all of the
Registrable Shares then held by the Holders, (ii) to effect more than one Demand
Registration in any six-month period or (iii) to effect a Demand Registration on
more than three occasions. Such request will specify the number of shares of
Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and will also specify the intended
method of disposition thereof. Subject to Section 2.2, the Company shall file a
registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration as soon as
practicable thereafter and in any event within 60 days after receiving a Demand
Request (such 60th day being referred to herein as the "Required Filing Date")
and shall use its best efforts to cause the same to be declared effective by the
Commission as promptly as practicable after such filing.

                  (b) If the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities
to be registered pursuant to a Demand Registration so elect, the offering of
such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the
form of a "firm commitment" underwritten offering (which may be divided into
separate U.S. and international offerings, and which shall together constitute
one and only one Demand Registration). Such Holders shall select the managing
Underwriters and any additional investment bankers and managers to be used in
connection with the offering; provided that such managing Underwriters and
additional investment bankers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company (it
being acknowledged and agreed by the Company

                                        3


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

that each of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co. are acceptable for
such purposes).

                  (c) If the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities
to be registered pursuant to a Demand Registration so elect, the registration
shall be a "shelf registration" pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a
"Shelf Registration"), which the Company shall maintain effective for a period
of up to three years; provided, however, that for so long as such Shelf
Registration shall be effective, no Holder may request a Demand Registration
pursuant to this Agreement. The Holders may demand registration pursuant to this
Section 2.1(c) on no more than one occasion.

                  (d) A registration will not count as a Demand Registration
unless a registration statement with respect thereto has been declared effective
by the Commission and remains effective in compliance with, and subject to, the
provisions of Section 3.1 hereof and the Securities Act with respect to the
disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration
statement.

                  2.2. Deferral of Filing.

                  (a) The Company may defer the filing (but not the preparation)
of a registration statement with respect to a Demand Registration required by
Section 2.1 until a date not later than 60 days after the Required Filing Date
if (i) at any time prior to the Required Filing Date, the Company is engaged in
confidential negotiations or other confidential business activities, disclosure
of which (in the written opinion of outside counsel to the Company) would be
required in such registration statement and would not be required if such
registration statement were not filed, and the Board of Directors of the Company
determines in good faith that such disclosure would be materially detrimental to
the Company and its stockholders or would have a material adverse effect on any
such confidential negotiations or other confidential business activities, or
(ii) prior to receiving the Demand Request, the Company is actively engaged in
discussions with underwriters with respect to a registered underwritten public
offering of the Company's securities for the Company's account and is proceeding
with reasonable diligence to effect such offering, provided that piggyback
registration rights under Section 2.3 shall be available (subject to the
limitations set forth therein).

                                        4


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  (b) A deferral of the filing of a registration statement
pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be lifted if, in the case of a deferral
pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 2.2(a), the negotiations or other activities
are disclosed or terminated, or, in the case of a deferral pursuant to clause
(ii) of Section 2.2(a), the proposed registration for the Company's account is
completed or abandoned.

                  (c) In order to defer the filing of a registration statement
pursuant to this Section 2.2, the Company shall promptly (but in any event
within 10 days), upon determining to seek such deferral, deliver to each
requesting Holder a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company
stating that the Company is deferring such filing pursuant to this Section 2.2
and a general statement of the reason for such deferral and an approximation of
the anticipated delay. Each Holder hereby agrees to keep confidential any
information disclosed to such Holder in any such certificate (including the fact
that such a certificate was delivered) and further agrees that such Holder will
not, prior to the public disclosure of such information, purchase or sell any
securities of the Company. Within 20 days after receiving such certificate,
Holders holding a majority of the shares of Common Stock for which registration
was previously requested may withdraw such request by giving notice to the
Company; if withdrawn, the Demand Request shall be deemed not to have been made
for all purposes of this Agreement. The Company may defer the filing of a
particular registration statement pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 2.2
only twice.

                  2.3. Piggyback Registration. (a) If the Company proposes to
file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an
offering of Common Stock (i) for the Company's own account (other than a
registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be
adopted by the Commission)) or (ii) for the account of any of its holders of
Common Stock, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing
to each Holder as soon as practicable (but in no event less than 20 business
days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such
Holder the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable
Securities as such Holder may request on the same terms and conditions as the
Company's or such holder's Common Stock (a "Piggyback Registration"). Each
Holder who desires to have its or his Registrable Securities included in such
registration statement shall so advise the Company in writing (stating the
number of shares of Common Stock desired to be

                                        5


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

registered) within 15 business days after the date of such notice from the
Company. Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw such request for inclusion
of such Holder's Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant
to this Section 2.3(a) by giving written notice to the Company of such
withdrawal prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement. Subject to
Section 2.4 below, the Company shall include in such registration statement all
such Registrable Securities requested to be included therein; provided, however,
that the Company may at any time withdraw or cease proceeding with any such
registration if it shall at the same time withdraw or cease proceeding with the
registration of all other securities originally proposed to be registered.

                  (b) If securities are proposed to be registered by the Company
pursuant to Section 2.3(a) hereof, the Holder or Holders (acting together as a
group) that have elected to have its or their Registrable Securities included
therein, if any, shall have the right to select a managing Underwriter to be
used in connection with the offering; provided that such managing Underwriter
must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company (it being acknowledged and agreed
by the Company that each of Dillon, Read & Co. Inc. and Merrill Lynch & Co. are
acceptable for such purposes).

                  2.4. Reduction of Offering. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein, if the managing Underwriter of an offering described in Section 2.3
delivers a written opinion to the Company that the size of the offering that
Holders, the Company and any other Persons intend to make are such that the
success of the offering would be materially and adversely affected, then the
Company shall include in such registration (i) first, in any offering described
in Section 2.3(a)(i), the securities being offered for the account of the
Company, (ii) second, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be
included that, in the opinion of such Underwriter, can be sold, pro rata among
the Holders on the basis of the amount of Registrable Securities then owned by
each Holder; (iii) third, in any offering described in Section 2.3(a)(ii), any
securities being offered for the account of the Company that, in the opinion of
such Underwriter, can be sold, and (iv) fourth, any other securities requested
to be registered by any stockholder of the Company other than any Holder that,
in the opinion of such Underwriter, can be sold.

                                        6


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                             REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

                  3.1. Filings; Information. Whenever a Holder requests that any
Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3 hereof, the
Company will use its reasonable efforts to effect the registration of such
Registrable Securities as promptly as is practicable, and in connection with any
such request:

                  (a) The Company will as expeditiously as possible prepare and
         file with the Commission a registration statement on any form for which
         the Company then qualifies and which counsel for the Company shall deem
         appropriate and available for the sale of the Registrable Securities to
         be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method of
         distribution thereof (including in a Rule 415 offering), and use its
         reasonable efforts to cause such filed registration statement to become
         effective as promptly as practicable, and thereafter prepare and file
         with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such
         registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith
         as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a
         period of not less than (i) 120 days in the case of any registration
         that is not a Shelf Registration, and (ii) in the case of a Shelf
         Registration, until the earlier of (x) such time as all of the
         Registrable Securities registered thereunder shall have been disposed
         of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution set forth in
         such registration statement, and (y) the third anniversary of the
         effective date of such registration statement.

                  (b) The Company will, prior to filing such registration
         statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish to each
         Selling Holder and each applicable managing Underwriter, if any, copies
         thereof, and thereafter furnish to each such Holder and Underwriter, if
         any, such number of copies of such registration statement, amendment
         and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto and
         documents incorporated by reference therein) and the prospectus
         included in such registration statement (including each preliminary
         prospectus) as each such Holder or Underwriter may reasonably request
         in order to facilitate the sale of the Registrable Securities.

                                        7


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  (c) The Company will promptly notify each Selling Holder of
         any stop order issued or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened to be
         issued by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to
         prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered (and in
         the event any stop order is issued, the Selling Holders may withdraw
         their request for registration, in which case such request will not be
         deemed a Demand Registration hereunder).

                  (d) The Company will endeavor to qualify the Registrable
         Securities for offer and sale under such other securities or blue sky
         laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as each Selling Holder
         reasonably requests; provided that the Company will not be required to
         (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would
         not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph (d), (ii)
         subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to
         general service of process in any such jurisdiction.

                  (e) The Company will, as promptly as is practicable, notify
         each Selling Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating to the sale
         of the Registrable Securities is required by law to be delivered in
         connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, of the occurrence of
         any event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to
         such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of
         such securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement
         of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
         stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the
         light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading
         and promptly make available to such Holders and to the Underwriters any
         such supplement or amendment. Each Selling Holder, by exercising its
         registration rights hereunder, agrees that, upon receipt of any notice
         from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described
         in the preceding sentence, such Holder will forthwith discontinue the
         offer and sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration
         statement covering such Registrable Securities until receipt by such
         Holders and the Underwriters of the copies of such supplemented or
         amended prospectus and, if so directed by the Company, each Selling
         Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent
         file copies then in such

                                        8


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

         Holder's possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such
         Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. In the
         event the Company shall give such notice, the Company shall extend the
         period during which such registration statement shall be maintained
         effective as provided in Section 3.1(a) hereof by the number of days
         during the period from and including the date of the giving of such
         notice to the date when the Company shall make available to each
         Selling Holding such supplemented or amended prospectus.

                  (f) In the event that, prior to the time that the Company is
         eligible to use Form S-3 for a secondary offering pursuant to Rule 415
         under the Securities Act, a Holder or Holders request a Shelf
         Registration in accordance with Section 2.1(c) hereof, the Company may
         take all action necessary to convert the registration statement to a
         registration statement on Form S-3 on or after the date that the
         Company is so eligible to use Form S-3 for a secondary offering.

                  (g) The Company will enter into customary agreements
         (including an underwriting agreement in customary form containing
         customary lock-up provisions extending up to 90 days) and take such
         other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or
         facilitate the sale of such Registrable Securities.

                  (h) The Company will furnish to each Selling Holder and to
         each Underwriter a signed counterpart, addressed to such Holder or such
         Underwriter, of (i) an opinion or opinions of external and/or internal
         counsel to the Company and (ii) a comfort letter or comfort letters
         from the Company's independent public accountants, each in customary
         form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by
         opinions or comfort letters, as the case may be, as such Holder or the
         managing Underwriter reasonably requests.

                  (i) The Company will make generally available to its security
         holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement
         covering a period of 12 months, beginning within three months after the
         effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement
         shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and
         the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

                                        9


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  (j) The Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause all
         such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on
         which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

                  (k) Upon request of the managing Underwriter, the Company will
         use its best efforts to cause such members of management as are
         requested by such Underwriter to participate in the preparation and
         presentation of a "road show" with respect to any offering pursuant to
         Section 2.1 or 2.3 hereof.

                  (l) Subject to execution of confidentiality agreements
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Company in the exercise of
         reasonable judgment, the Company will give the Selling Holders and the
         Underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel and accountants (i)
         reasonable and customary access to its books and records and (ii) such
         opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its
         directors, officers, employees, counsel and the independent public
         accountants who have certified its financial statements, as shall be
         appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of counsel for such Selling
         Holders and/or Underwriters, to conduct a reasonable investigation
         within the meaning of the Securities Act.

                  The Company may require each Selling Holder promptly to
furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding such Holder, the
plan of distribution of the Registrable Securities and other information as the
Company may from time to time reasonably request or as may be legally required
in connection with such registration.

                  3.2. Registration Expenses. (a) In connection with any Demand
Registration or any Piggyback Registration, the Company shall pay the following
expenses incurred in connection with such registration: (i) filing fees with the
Commission, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky
laws (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with
blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) expenses in
connection with printing and delivery of prospectuses and all amendments and
supplements thereto during the applicable prospectus delivery period and
securities engraving expenses, (iv) fees and expenses incurred in connection
with the listing of the Registrable Securities and with obtaining any necessary
clearance by The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (v) fees

                                       10


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants for the
Company and of counsel for the Underwriters, if any, (vi) the fees and expenses
of any additional experts retained by the Company in connection with such
registration and (vii) fees and expenses of counsel for the Selling Holders;
provided however that the Company shall only be responsible for the fees of one
separate firm of attorneys for the Selling Holders. In addition, the Company
shall pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and
expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties),
the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any
liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be
registered on each securities exchange on which they are to be listed. Each
Selling Holder, by exercising its registration rights hereunder, agrees to pay
any underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of
Registrable Securities by such Holder.

                  (b) The obligation of the Company to bear the expenses
described in Section 3.2(a) shall apply irrespective of whether and when a
registration, once properly demanded, if applicable, becomes effective, is
withdrawn or suspended, or is converted to another form of registration.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                        INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION

                  4.1. Indemnification by the Company -- Registrable Securities.
The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Selling Holder and each
Person, if any, who controls each Selling Holder within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the
officers, directors, Affiliates, employees and agents of each of the foregoing,
from and against any and all losses, claims, judgments, damages and liabilities
arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in any registration statement relating to the
Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have
furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary or final
prospectus contained therein or arising out of or based upon any omission or
alleged omission to state in any such registration statement or prospectus a
material fact required to be stated therein

                                       11


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims,
judgments, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any such untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in conformity
with information relating to such Holder or the plan of distribution of
Registrable Securities to be sold by such Holder, in each case furnished in
writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that
except in the case of an underwritten offering, the foregoing indemnity
agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the
benefit of a Selling Holder if a copy of the final prospectus was furnished to
such Selling Holder and was not provided to a purchaser and such final
prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage
or liability. The Company also agrees to indemnify any Underwriters of the
Registrable Securities, their officers and directors and each person who
controls such Underwriters on substantially the same basis as that of the
indemnification of the Selling Holders provided in this Section 4.1.

                  4.2. Indemnification by Selling Holders -- Registrable
Securities. Each Selling Holder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of
either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and
the officers, directors, Affiliates, employees and agents of each of the
foregoing, from and against any and all losses, claims, judgments, damages and
liabilities arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement relating to
the Registrable Securities (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have
furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary or final
prospectus contained therein, or arising out of or based upon any omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading, but only insofar as such losses, claims,
judgments, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any such untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in conformity
with information relating to such Holder or the plan of distribution of
Registrable Securities to be sold by such Holder, in each case furnished in
writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein. Each Holder, by
exercising its registration rights hereunder, also agrees to indemnify and

                                       12


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

hold harmless any Underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers and
directors and each person who controls such Underwriters on substantially the
same basis as that of the indemnification of the Company provided in this
Section 4.2.

                  4.3. Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. In case any
proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted
involving any Person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to
Sections 4.1 or 4.2, such Person (the "Indemnified Party") shall promptly notify
the Person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "Indemnifying Party")
in writing of such proceeding; provided, that the failure to notify the
Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to
an Indemnified Party on account of the indemnity agreement contained in Section
4.1 or 4.2 above except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party was actually
prejudiced by such failure, and in no event shall such failure relieve the
Indemnifying Party from any other liability that it may have to such Indemnified
Party. If the Indemnified Party, at its option, elects to defend any such
proceeding with counsel retained by it, the Indemnifying Party shall pay the
fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. Upon the
request of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall retain counsel
reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party to represent such Indemnified
Party and any others the Indemnifying Party may designate in such proceeding and
shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.
If, pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Indemnified Party shall
have requested the Indemnifying Party to retain counsel to represent such
Indemnified Party with respect to any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party
shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of
such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the
Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the
retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding
(including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified Party and the
Indemnifying Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would
be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It
is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any
proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to
any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all
such fees and expenses

                                       13


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any Indemnifying Party against whom
indemnity may be sought under this Section 4.3 shall not be liable to indemnify
any Indemnified Party if such Indemnified Party settles such claim or action
without the consent of the Indemnifying Party. The Indemnifying Party may not
agree to any settlement of any such claim or action, other than solely for
monetary damages for which the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible
hereunder, resulting in any remedy or relief applied to or against the
Indemnified Party, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party.

                  4.4. Contribution -- Offerings. If the indemnification
provided for in Sections 4.1 or 4.2 is unavailable to an Indemnified Party in
respect of any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities referred to
herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such
Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, judgments, damages or
liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company, the Selling Holders and the Underwriters from
the offering of the securities, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i)
above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the
relative fault of the Company, the Selling Holders and the Underwriters in
connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses,
claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, the
Selling Holders and the Underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same
respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering (net of
underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received
by each of the Company and the Selling Holders and the total underwriting
discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set
forth in the table on the cover of the prospectus, bear to the aggregate public
offering price of the securities. The relative fault of the Company, the Selling
Holders and the Underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by such party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

                                       14


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

         The Company and the Selling Holders agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro
rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The
amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding
paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth
above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party
in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public
were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such
Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no Selling Holder
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
net proceeds of the offering (before deducting expenses) received by such
Selling Holder exceeds the amount of any damages which such Selling Holder has
otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

                                    ARTICLE V

                    ADDITIONAL REGISTRATION RIGHTS PROVISIONS

                  5.1. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Person
may participate in any underwritten registered offering contemplated hereunder
unless such Person (a) agrees to sell its securities on the basis provided in
any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to
approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires,
powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents
reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements and these
Registration Rights.

                                       15


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  5.2. Rule 144. The Company covenants that it will file any
reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
and that it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request
to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell
Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the
limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation
hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of a Holder, the Company
will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied
with such reporting requirements.

                  5.3. Holdback Agreements. Each Holder, by exercising its
registration rights hereunder, agrees not to offer, sell, contract to sell or
otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities, or any securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities, during the 14 days
prior to, and during the 90-day period (or such lesser period as the lead or
managing underwriters may permit) beginning on, the effective date of such
registration statement (or the commencement of the offering to the public of
such Registrable Securities in the case of Rule 415 offerings) other than (i)
the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement,
(ii) in a transaction not involving a public offering, provided that the
purchaser (or purchasers) of such shares agrees to be bound by such lock-up
restrictions for the remainder of the lock-up period or (iii) to a member of the
Shareholder Group.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  6.1.  Notices.  All notices, requests and other
communications to either party hereunder shall be in writing
(including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

                  if to the Company, to:

                           General Cable Corporation
                           4 Tesseneer Drive
                           Highland Heights, KY 41076
                           Attention: General Counsel
                           Telecopier: (606) 572-8444

                                       16


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  if to Shareholder, to:

                           Wassall Netherlands Cable BV
                           c/o Wassall USA, Inc.
                           The Moorings
                           301 Riverside Avenue
                           Westport, CT  06880
                           Attention:  General Counsel
                           Telecopier: (203) 221-6443

or such other address or telecopier number as such party may hereafter specify
for the purpose by notice to the other party hereto. Notices, requests and other
communications to other Holders shall also be in writing (including telecopy or
similar writing) and shall be given at the address or telecopier number
specified pursuant to Section 6.1. Each such notice, request or other
communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this
Section 6.1.

                  6.2.  Amendments; No Waivers.

                  (a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived
if, and only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case
of an amendment, by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities and the
Company, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to
be effective.

                  (b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right,
power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any
single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and
remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or
remedies provided by law.

                  6.3. Successors and Assigns. The parties hereto may assign all
or any portion of their rights, but not their obligations, to any other Person
without the consent of the other party hereto. The provisions of this Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any
provision hereof is intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties
hereto, this respective successors and permitted assigns or an Indemnified
Party, any rights or remedies hereunder.

                                       17


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  6.4. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  6.5. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written
and oral, between the parties with respect thereto. No representation,
inducement, promise, understanding, condition or warranty not set forth herein
or therein has been made or relied upon by any of the parties hereto.

                  6.6. Governing Law. The Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without
giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

                  6.7. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application hereof in any circumstance, is
held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

                  6.8. Confidentiality. Each Holder acknowledges that the
information received by it pursuant hereto may be confidential and for its use
only, and it will not use such confidential information in violation of the
Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such information to any other
person (other than the Underwriter, if any, its attorneys, or its employees or
agents having a need to know the contents of such information), except in
connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company
has made such information available to the public generally or such Holder is
required by applicable law or stock exchange rules to disclose such information;
it being understood that nothing contained herein shall restrict or otherwise
affect the ability of any Holder to disclose or use any information provided
hereunder that is also provided to such Holder pursuant to any other agreement
(to the extent permitted under such other agreement) or that is otherwise
provided to any Holder in a capacity other than as a Holder hereunder.

                                       18


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the
day and year first above written.

                                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                            By ______________________________
                                               Name:

                                               Title:

                                            WASSALL NETHERLANDS CABLE BV

                                            By ______________________________
                                               Name:

                                               Title:

                                       19


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                             INTERCOMPANY AGREEMENT

                  INTERCOMPANY AGREEMENT, dated as of May __, 1997, by and
between Wassall PLC, a corporation organized under the laws of England
("Wassall"), Wassall Netherlands Cable BV, a corporation organized under the
laws of the Netherlands and a wholly owned subsidiary of Wassall ("Cable"), and
General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, on the date hereof the Company is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Cable; and

                  WHEREAS, Cable intends to dispose of all or a substantial
portion of the shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), of the Company owned by it by means of a United States and
Canadian public offering and an international public offering of such shares
(herein referred to as the "Offerings");

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:

                  SECTION 1. Definitions. As used herein, the following terms
shall have the meanings as set forth below:

                  "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, a Person
that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person (it being understood
that, for purposes of this Agreement, members of the Wassall Group, on the one
hand, and members of the GCC Group, on the other hand, shall not be deemed to be
Affiliates of each other).

                  "Closing Date" shall mean the date of the consummation of the
Offerings.

                  "Confidentiality Agreements" shall mean those agreements
listed on Annex A hereto.





<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                  "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "GCC Group" shall mean the Company and all Subsidiaries of the
Company (including, from and after the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by the Stock Purchase Agreement, Carol Cable Europe Ltd. and Carol
Cable Ltd.).

                  "Information" shall mean any books, records, contracts,
instruments, data, facts and other information in the possession or under the
control of the members of the Wassall Group or the members of the GCC Group, as
the case may be, necessary or desirable for use in legal, administrative, or
other proceedings or for auditing, accounting or tax purposes.

                  "Person" shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization or other entity.

                  "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "Stock Incentive Plan" shall mean the Company's 1997 Stock
Incentive Plan.

                  "Stock Purchase Agreement" shall mean that certain Stock
Purchase Agreement entered into by and among Wassall, General Cable Industries,
Inc. ("GCI") and the Company providing for, among other things, the purchase by
GCI from Wassall, and the sale by Wassall to GCI, of all of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of Carol Cable Europe Ltd. and Carol Cable Ltd.

                  "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other
Person of which securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting
power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing
similar functions (or, if there are no such voting interests, more than 50% of
the equity interests of which) are owned, directly or indirectly, by such
Person; it being understood that, for purposes of this Agreement, neither the
Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of
Wassall.


                                        2




<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                  "Wassall Group" shall mean Wassall and all Subsidiaries of
Wassall, it being understood that in no event shall the Company or any other
member of the GCC Group be deemed to be a member of the Wassall Group for
purposes of this Agreement.

                  "Wassall Letters of Credit" shall mean all letters of credit
issued under any credit facility of Wassall on behalf of any member of the GCC
Group.

                  SECTION 2. Director Approval and Designation Rights.

                  SECTION 2.1 Approval of Initial Board. The Company hereby
agrees that all directors to be appointed to the Company's Board of Directors
prior to the first annual meeting of the Company's stockholders following
consummation of the Offerings shall be subject to the prior written approval of
Cable, and further agrees to take all action necessary to cause its Board of
Directors to comply with the provisions of this Section 2.1.

                  SECTION 2.2 Designation of Directors.

                           (a) For so long as Cable and its Affiliates continue
         to own in the aggregate Common Stock representing at least 10% of the
         Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock, excluding any Common
         Stock issued pursuant to the Company's Stock Incentive Plan or pursuant
         to any other employee benefit plan or arrangement now existing or
         hereinafter adopted (the "Minimum Shares"), the Company will take all
         action necessary to, and further agrees to take all action necessary to
         cause its Board of Directors to, nominate and support the nomination of
         one individual designated by Cable (who shall be a director or senior
         executive of Wassall or any subsidiary of Wassall) for election as a
         director of the Company and to solicit proxies in favor of (and
         otherwise recommend to its stockholders) the election of such nominee
         as a director. If and for so long as the number of directors
         constituting the entire Board of Directors is greater than eight (8),
         the number of directors that Cable has the right to designate pursuant
         to this Section 2.2(a) shall immediately be increased to two (2) and
         the Company will take all action necessary to, and further agrees to
         take all action necessary to cause its Board of

                                        3




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         Directors to, appoint and subsequently nominate for election an
         additional individual designated by Cable.

                           (b) If Cable ceases to continue to beneficially own
         the Minimum Shares, the Company will have no obligation to nominate or
         support the nomination of any individual or individuals designated by
         Cable for election as a director of the Company or to solicit proxies
         in favor of (or otherwise recommend to its stockholders) the election
         of such nominee or nominees as director.

                           (c) In the event of the death, resignation or removal
         of any director designated for nomination by Cable, the Company shall
         take all action necessary to cause another person designated by Cable
         (who shall be a director or senior executive of Wassall or any
         subsidiary of Wassall) to be elected as a director to fill the
         resulting vacancy on the Board of Directors of the Company (which may
         include the election of such replacement director by the remaining
         directors then in office).

                           (d) The Company may change the number of directors;
         provided that in no event shall any decrease in the number of directors
         by the Company or the Company's Board of Directors shorten the term of
         any director of the Company that was designated by Cable for nomination
         pursuant to this Section 2.2.

                           (e) If at any time there is a change in the number of
         outstanding shares of Common Stock or the class of Common Stock, by
         reason of any reclassification, recapitalization, split-up,
         combination, exchange of shares, readjustment, or if a stock dividend
         thereon is declared, then the number of shares of Common Stock
         comprising the Minimum Shares shall be appropriately and equitably
         adjusted.

                  SECTION 3.  Indemnification.

                  SECTION 3.1 Indemnification by the Company. The Company hereby
agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the members of the Wassall Group
(including, without limitation, Cable) and each Person, if any, who controls any
of the foregoing within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act
or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the respective directors, officers,
shareholders, partners,

                                        4




<PAGE>

<PAGE>

attorneys, accountants, agents and employees and their heirs, successors and
assigns of each of the foregoing (the "Wassall Indemnified Parties") from,
against and in respect of any damages, claims, losses, charges, actions, suits,
judgments, proceedings, deficiencies, taxes (excluding taxes referred to in
Section 3.2(d)), interest, penalties and costs and expenses (including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) (collectively, "Losses") imposed on,
sustained, incurred or suffered by or asserted against any Wassall Indemnified
Party, directly or indirectly, relating to or arising out of:

                           (a)  the breach of any representation, warranty or
         covenant made by the Company in this  Agreement;

                           (b)  the breach of any covenant of the Company set
         forth in this Agreement;

                           (c) (i) claims made by any member of the GCC Group
         under any insurance policy maintained by the Wassall Group under which
         any member of the GCC Group is an insured party including, without
         limitation, all premiums (including (A) pre-paid premiums and (B)
         premiums relating to periods prior to the consummation of the Offerings
         resulting from any retroactive adjustment of such prior period premiums
         under the terms of any such policies), deductibles, retention amounts
         and other expenses, and (ii) all expenses attributable to any member of
         the GCC Group under the Agreement Letters for Paid Loss Program between
         Wassall USA, Inc. and The Travelers Insurance Company, dated November
         20, 1996, November 20, 1995 and July 6, 1995, respectively;

                           (d) the ownership by any member of the Wassall Group
         of the Common Stock or the conduct, ownership and/or operation by any
         member of the GCC Group or any predecessor thereof of any of its
         respective current, former or future businesses or assets, whether, in
         each case, prior to, on or after the date hereof;

                           (e) any Wassall Letter of Credit including, without
         limitation, drawings under, and any fees paid or payable in connection
         with the issuance of, or with maintaining outstanding, any such Wassall
         Letter of Credit;

                                        5




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



                           (f) the offering or sale of securities of the Company
         (including, without limitation, liabilities under the federal
         securities laws in connection with the Offerings), except insofar as
         such Losses are Losses with respect to which any GCC Indemnified Party
         is entitled to be indemnified by Wassall pursuant to Section 3.2(c)
         hereof;

                           (g) any Exchange Act report by the Company, except
         insofar as such Losses arise out of or are based upon any untrue
         statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in
         conformity with information relating to a Wassall Indemnified Party
         furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such Wassall
         Indemnified Party expressly for use therein; or

                           (h) any member of the Wassall Group being deemed a
         member of a controlled group, or under common control and treated as a
         single employer, with the Company under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o)
         of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income
         Security Act of 1974, as amended.

                  SECTION 3.2 Indemnification by Wassall. Wassall hereby agrees
to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the member of the GCC Group and their
respective directors, officers, shareholders, partners, attorneys, accountants,
agents and employees and their heirs, successors and assigns (the "GCC
Indemnified Parties") from, against and in respect of any Losses imposed on,
sustained, incurred or suffered by or asserted against any GCC Indemnified
Party, directly or indirectly, relating to or arising out of:

                           (a)  the breach of any representation, warranty or
         covenant made by Wassall in this Agreement;

                           (b) (i) claims made by any member of the Wassall
         Group under any insurance policy maintained by the GCC Group under
         which any member of the Wassall Group is an insured party including,
         without limitation, all premiums (including (A) pre-paid premiums and
         (B) premiums relating to periods prior to the consummation of the
         Offerings resulting from any retroactive adjustment of such prior
         period premiums under the terms of any such policies), deductibles,
         retention amounts and other expenses, and (ii) all


                                        6




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         expenses attributable to any member of the Wassall Group under the
         Agreement Letters for Paid Loss Program between Wassall USA, Inc. and
         The Travelers Insurance Company, dated November 20, 1996, November 20,
         1995 and July 6, 1995, respectively;

                           (c) the Offerings, insofar (and only insofar) as such
         Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
         untrue statement of a material fact contained in the "Selling
         Stockholder" section of any preliminary or final prospectus for the
         Offerings, or arise out of or are based upon an omission or alleged
         omission to state in such section a material fact required to be stated
         therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
         circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;


                           (d) any United States federal, state or local
         withholding tax, penalties or interest (after utilization of all
         available reserves in excess of requirements) imposed on the Company
         with respect to any dividends declared and paid by the Company to a
         member of the Wassall Group on or before the Closing Date; or


                           (e) any member of the GCC Group being deemed a member
         of a controlled group, or under common control and treated as a single
         employer, with the Wassall Group under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o)
         of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income
         Security Act of 1974, as amended.

                  SECTION 3.3 Indemnification Procedures.

                  (a) If Wassall and the Company shall receive notice pursuant
to Section 10 of either of the Underwriting Agreements that an action or
proceeding has been brought or asserted against any Underwriter indemnified
party (as such term is defined in the Underwriting Agreements) with respect to
which indemnity may be sought against Wassall and the Company pursuant to such
Section 10, Wassall shall have the right to assume the defense thereof in
accordance with Section 10(b) of the applicable Underwriting Agreement (and
shall, if it so elects, be the "Defending Party" for purposes of such Section
10). If Wassall exercises such right, the fees and expenses of its counsel shall
be paid by the Company and Wassall shall have the right to effect


                                        7




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



a settlement of any such action or proceeding in its sole discretion.

                  (b) In case any proceeding (including any governmental
investigation) shall be instituted involving any Person in respect of which
indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2, such Person (the
"Indemnified Party") shall promptly notify the person against whom such
indemnify may be sought (the "Indemnifying Party") in writing. If the
Indemnified Party, at its option, elects to defend any such proceeding with
counsel retained by it, the Indemnifying Party shall pay the fees and
expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding. Upon the request of
the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof
with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party and shall pay the
fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such
proceeding in which the Indemnifying Party so assumes the defense thereof, any
Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees
and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party
unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually
agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such
proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified Party
and the Indemnifying Party and representation of both parties by the same
counsel would be inappropriate in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified
Party due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is
understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any
proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to
any local counsel) at any time for all such Indemnified Parties, and that all
such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of
any such separate firm for the Indemnified Parties, such firm shall be
designated in writing by the Indemnified Parties. Except as provided in
Section 3.3(a), the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement
of any proceeding effected without its written consent, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. Any settlement shall include a full release of all
Indemnified Parties.


                  Section 3.4. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for
in Sections 3.1(f), 3.1(g) or 3.2(c) is unavailable to an Indemnified Party in
respect of any Losses referred to therein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in
lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall 


                                        8



<PAGE>

<PAGE>





contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result
of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in connection with the
statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. Relative fault shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by a particular party and the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
such statement or omission.

         The Company and Wassall agree that it would not be just and equitable
if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata
allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.
The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Losses
referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating
or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 3.4, no Indemnified Party shall be required to contribute any amount in
excess of the amount by which the net proceeds of the offering (before deducting
expenses) received by such Indemnified Party exceeds the amount of any damages
which such Indemnified Party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of
such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                  Section 3.5. Survival of Indemnification; Prior Knowledge. The
indemnification provisions of this Section 3 shall survive the Offerings and any
investigation made at any time by any of the parties hereto, without limitation
as to time or amount. Actual prior knowledge by any Indemnified Party with
respect to any matter as to which indemnification may be sought shall not
constitute a defense to any Indemnified Party's rights to indemnification
pursuant to the provisions hereof.


                                        9




<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                  SECTION 4.  Non-Solicitation.

                  (a) Wassall and the Company each hereby agrees that for a
period of two (2) years following the Closing Date it shall not, and it shall
not permit any member of the Wassall Group or the GCC Group, respectively, to,
without the prior written consent of the other party hereto, directly or
indirectly, solicit any employee of the Wassall Group or the GCC Group, as the
case may be, for employment by such party; provided, however, that nothing
herein shall preclude any member of the Wassall Group or the GCC Group from
soliciting for employment any employee of the Wassall Group or the GCC Group,
respectively, whose employment with such party has been involuntarily terminated
(other than termination for cause); and provided, further, that nothing herein
shall preclude the Wassall Group or the GCC Group from engaging in ordinary
course general solicitations of employees, or the use of any independent
employment agency or search firm, not specifically directed at employees of the
Wassall Group or the GCC Group, as the case may be.

                  (b) Wassall and the Company each acknowledges and agrees that
a remedy at law for any breach, or threatened breach, of any of the provisions
of this Section 3 will be inadequate and, accordingly, each covenants and agrees
that the other shall, in addition to any other rights and remedies which the
other may have, be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief,
and to the remedy of specific performance with respect to any breach or
threatened breach of such covenant, as may be available from any court of
competent jurisdiction. Such right to obtain equitable relief may be exercised,
at the option of such other party, concurrently with, prior to, after, or in
lieu of, the exercise of any other rights or remedies which such party may have
as a result of any such breach or threatened breach. Wassall and the Company
each hereby waive any requirement of the posting of a surety bond in connection
with the granting of any equitable relief or specific performance.

                  SECTION 5. Accounting Matters. The Company covenants and
agrees that for so long as Wassall continues to account for its stock interest
in the Company on an equity basis:

                  (a) the Company will not change its fiscal year end without
the prior written consent of Wassall;


                                       10




<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                  (b) the Company shall provide to Wassall the following:


                           (i) monthly consolidated management accounts for the
         GCC Group, in the form given to executive management of the Company
         within 7 days of receipt thereof by executive management (which, with
         respect to the monthly consolidated management accounts for the month
         of May 1997, notwithstanding the foregoing, shall be delivered to
         Wassall no later than June 6, 1997 and shall be prepared in a format
         consistent with the format used for the April 1997 management
         accounts);


                  (ii) each annual budget of the GCC Group within one month
         following the end of each fiscal year of the Company;

                  (iii) promptly following preparation or delivery thereof,
         any written forecasts prepared by or delivered to executive management
         of the Company relating to the Company on a consolidated basis;

                  (iv) promptly following availability thereof, the results of
         each audit committee meeting (including, without limitation, minutes
         of, and any letters written by or to, the Company's auditors); and

                  (v) any other information reasonably requested by Wassall and
         necessary to assist Wassall with its equity accounting with respect to
         its stock interest in the Company and its public reporting obligations
         and practices in the U.K.


                  (c) the Company shall give Wassall at least seven (7) days
prior notice of any public announcement by the Company or any member of the GCC
Group; provided, however, that if, in the reasonable judgment of the Company,
the requirements of applicable law or any stock exchange rule or requirement
would not permit the Company to give Wassall seven days prior notice of any
announcement, the Company may, to the extent required by such law or rules, make
such public announcement without complying with such seven-day notice
requirement, but in such event the Company shall provide Wassall with as much
prior notice of such announcement as is reasonably practicable.


                  (d) the Company will publicly report its annual and second
quarter earnings, and will file each Annual


                                       11




<PAGE>

<PAGE>




Report on Form 10-K and each Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Company's
second fiscal quarter, at least three business days prior to the respective
dates of Wassall's public announcement of its annual and semi-annual earnings
(the "Wassall Announcement Dates").

Wassall shall provide the Company with adequate (and, in any event, not less
than ten days or such greater time as reasonably practicable) prior notice of
each Wassall Announcement Date, and the Company and Wassall agree to cooperate
and coordinate with each other with respect to the matters described in clause
(d) above.

                  SECTION 6.  Information.

                  (a) Wassall shall, and shall cause the other members of the
Wassall Group to, provide to any member of the GCC Group and Company shall, and
shall cause the other members of the GCC Group to, provide to any member of the
Wassall Group, upon the other's written request and (except as hereinafter
provided) at the cost and expense of the requesting party, at reasonable times,
full and complete access to, and duplication rights with respect to, any and all
such Information as the other may reasonably request in connection with any
legal, administrative or other proceedings or for auditing, accounting and tax
purposes, and Wassall shall use its best efforts to make available to the
Company, and the Company shall use its best efforts to make available to
Wassall, upon the other's written request, the officers, directors, employees
and agents of the members of the Wassall Group and of the GCC Group,
respectively, as witnesses to the extent that such persons may reasonably be
required in connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings in
which members of the GCC Group or members of the Wassall Group, as the case may
be, may from time to time be a party. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the GCC Group shall make available to the Wassall Group and its
auditors from time to time such information (including work papers) as may be
necessary or useful in connection with the Wassall earnings releases
contemplated by Section 5(b) hereof including, without limitation, (i) such
information as may be necessary or useful to Wassall to reconcile financial
information of the Company prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles ("GAAP") to U.K. GAAP, (ii) documentation showing, in
reasonable detail, the Company's calculations with respect to (A) copper
inventories and (B)


                                       12




<PAGE>

<PAGE>




any tax provisions, and (iii) information, in reasonable detail, regarding any
contingent liabilities of the Company; provided, however, that (x) the Company
shall not be required to perform such reconciliation or to maintain separate
financial books or accounting for U.K. GAAP purposes, and (y) in no event will
Wassall report earnings or financial results of the GCC Group in advance of such
disclosure by the GCC Group unless the Company shall have failed to comply with
the requirements of Section 5(d) hereof in a timely manner.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), neither
Wassall nor the Company need provide any Information or make available witnesses
to the other (i) to the extent that doing so would (A) result in a waiver of any
attorney-client or work product privilege of such party or its legal counsel,
(B) require either Wassall or the Company to provide any Information which
relates to the subject matter of any legal, administrative or other proceeding
in which any member of the Wassall Group and any member of the GCC Group are
adverse parties, (C) result in any breach of any agreement with a third party,
or (D) result in a violation of any law, regulation or rule to which either
Wassall or the Company is subject; and (ii) with respect to any legal,
administrative or other proceeding which has been finally determined by any
court or other body having jurisdiction and which shall not be subject to
judicial review (by appeal or otherwise). Each party shall use reasonable
efforts, if requested by the other, to obtain waivers of any provision of any
agreement which restricts the provision of any Information.

                  (c) The Company shall provide Information and make available
witnesses pursuant to Section 6(a) at its own cost and expense (except that
Wassall shall reimburse the Company for the reasonable expenses incurred by the
Company of making witnesses available outside of the United States) in
connection with (i) any legal, administrative or other proceeding in respect of,
or any audit or investigation by any applicable taxing authority of, the federal
and state tax returns of Wassall which shall include within its scope any audit
or investigation with respect to any member of the GCC Group; and (ii) any
legal, administrative or other proceeding relating to or arising out of
Information provided by any member of the GCC Group to Wassall and included in
or relied on in preparing Wassall's consolidated financial statements, whether
before, at or after the date hereof (audited or unaudited).

                                       13




<PAGE>

<PAGE>




                  SECTION 7.  Additional Covenants.

                  (a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that (i) all
federal, state, local and foreign tax returns ("Tax Returns") of the Company
and, if applicable, other members of the GCC Group, shall be filed in a manner
consistent with past practice and past tax reporting since June 9, 1994, (ii)
the Company shall not amend any Tax Returns for periods prior to or including
the Closing Date without the consent of Wassall, and (iii) the Company shall not
withdraw any filing with a tax authority which affects a Tax Return made prior
to the date hereof.

                  (b) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall, and
shall cause the other members of the GCC Group to, comply with the terms and
conditions of the Confidentiality Agreements applicable to and binding upon
Wassall and/or the other members of the Wassall Group as if such terms and
conditions were directly binding upon the Company and the other members of the
GCC Group.

                  (c) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, promptly
following the consummation of the Offerings, it shall use its best efforts to
obtain letters of credit to replace all outstanding Wassall Letters of Credit.


                  (d) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that from and
after the consummation of the Offerings, it shall not, and shall cause the other
members of the GCC Group not to, submit any claim based upon or arising out of
events occurring or circumstances existing after the consummation of the
Offerings under any insurance policy under which any member of the Wassall Group
is jointly and severally liable, and further acknowledges and agrees that from
and after the consummation of the Offerings, the Wassall Group shall have no
obligation to maintain or provide any insurance coverage for any Loss that may
be incurred by any member of the GCC Group that is based upon or arises out of
events occurring or circumstances existing after the consummation of the
Offerings. The Company hereby further covenants and agrees that, with respect to
any claims by any member of the GCC Group based upon or arising out of events
occurring or circumstances existing prior to the consummation of the Offerings,
the aggregate amount of all such claims with respect to which the GCC Group
shall be entitled to coverage under any class of insurance policy (e.g., primary
liability and related excess liability, primary property and related excess
property) maintained by the Wassall Group shall not exceed an amount equal to
that percentage of the aggregate limit under such policy class equal to the


                                       14



<PAGE>

<PAGE>



percentage of premiums paid by the GCC Group under such policy class (as a
percentage of the total premiums paid with respect to such policy class by all
covered Persons).


                  (e) Wassall hereby covenants and agrees that it shall pay to
the Company its allocable portion (based upon the amount of premiums pre-paid by
all covered parties) of any pre-paid premiums with respect to any period after
the consummation of the Offerings actually refunded to Wassall, if any, under
any insurance policy maintained by Wassall.

                  (f) Wassall and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that
upon consummation of the Offerings the Management Agreement between Wassall USA,
Inc. and GCC Corporation shall automatically and without further action
terminate; provided, however, that such termination shall not eliminate or
affect any obligation of GCC Corporation to pay any accrued and unpaid amounts
owed to Wassall USA, Inc. thereunder.

                  (g) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that it shall use
the proceeds of its initial borrowing under the New Credit Facility (as such
term is defined in the definitive prospectus for the Offerings (the
"Prospectus") as described under the caption "Prospectus Summary - The
Refinancing" in the Prospectus.

                  SECTION 8. Representations and Warranties. As an inducement to
enter into this Agreement, each of Wassall and Cable represents and warrants to
the Company, and the Company hereby represents and warrants to each of Wassall
and Cable, that:

                  (a) it is a corporation duly organized and validly existing
under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

                  (b) it has duly and validly taken all corporate action
necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby;

                  (c) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it
and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights and
remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to

                                       15




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



general principles of equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness,
good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
proceeding at law or in equity); and

                  (d) none of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or the compliance with any
of the provisions of this Agreement will (i) conflict with or result in a breach
of any provision of its corporate charter or bylaws or other similar
organizational documents or instruments, (ii) breach, violate or result in a
default under any of the terms of any agreement or other instrument or
obligation to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or
assets may be bound, or (iii) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree,
statute, rule or regulation applicable to it or affecting any of its properties
or assets, other than, in each case, any conflict, breach, violation or default
that would not be reasonable likely to materially impair the ability of such
party to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

                  SECTION 9. Confidentiality. Except as otherwise required by
applicable law or stock exchange rule or requirement and subject to the right of
each party to enforce its rights hereunder in any legal action, each party shall
keep strictly confidential and shall cause its employees and agents to keep
strictly confidential, any Information which it or any of its agents or
employees may acquire pursuant to any provision of this Agreement; provided,
however, that such obligation to maintain confidentiality shall not apply to
Information which (a) at the time of disclosure was in the public domain other
than as a result a disclosure by the receiving party or its employees, agents or
Affiliates, or (b) is or becomes available to the receiving party on a
non-confidential basis and without restriction on use or disclosure from a
source which, to the best of the receiving party's knowledge, is not prohibited
from using or disclosing such Information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary
obligation.

                  SECTION 10. Effective Date of Agreement. Following execution
of this Agreement by the parties hereto, this Agreement shall become effective
on (and shall not be effective until) the Closing Date.

                  SECTION 11. Benefits of this Agreement; Assignment. Nothing in
this Agreement shall be construed to

                                       16




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



give to any person or entity, other than the parties hereto and (to the extent
provided herein) their respective Affiliates, any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under this Agreement. This Agreement is for the sole and
exclusive benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the parties hereto and (to the
extent provided herein) their respective Affiliates and their respective heirs,
personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. No assignment of any
obligations hereunder may be made by any party to this Agreement (by operation
of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties
hereto, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void.

                  SECTION 12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT
REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF.

                  SECTION 13. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement
is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be automatically
severed from this Agreement and there shall be added to this Agreement a
provision as similar as possible to such severed provision as may be valid and
enforceable, and the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this
Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

                  SECTION 14. Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement
(including the annex hereto) and the Stock Purchase Agreement represent the
entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous
agreements, understandings and arrangements, whether oral or written, of the
parties with respect thereto. Except as otherwise provided herein, this
Agreement may be amended, supplemented or changed, and any provision hereof may
be waived, only by written instrument making specific reference to this
Agreement signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment,
supplement, modification or waiver is sought.

                  SECTION 15. Notices. All notices and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when
delivered personally, on the fifth business day after mailed by certified mail,
return receipt requested, the next business day after delivery to a recognized
overnight courier or when sent by facsimile to

                                       17




<PAGE>

<PAGE>




the parties (and shall also be transmitted by facsimile to the Persons receiving
copies thereof) at the following addresses (or to such other address as a party
may have specified by notice given to the other party pursuant to this
provision):

                  If to the Company:

                  General Cable Corporation
                  4 Tesseneer Drive
                  Highland Heights, Kentucky  41076
                  Attention: General Counsel
                  Facsimile: 606-572-8444

                  If to Wassall or Cable:

                  Wassall PLC
                  39 Victoria Street
                  London SW1H OEE
                  Attention:  Group Solicitor
                  Facsimile:  171-333-0304

                  with a copy to:

                  Wassall USA, Inc.
                  The Moorings
                  301 Riverside Avenue
                  Westport, Connecticut  06880
                  Attention: General Counsel
                  Facsimile: 203-221-6443

                  SECTION 16. Headings. The section headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or modify the
terms and provisions hereof.

                  SECTION 17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall
constitute one and the same Agreement.

                                       18




<PAGE>

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first written above.


                                           WASSALL PLC


                                           By:
                                               -------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title:
 
                                           WASSALL NETHERLANDS CABLE BV

                                           By:
                                               -------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                           GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                           By:
                                               -------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title:


                                       19



<PAGE>





<PAGE>


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                  STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT made this 13th day of May, 1997
between Wassall PLC, a corporation organized under the laws of England
("Wassall"), General Cable Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("GCI"), and
General Cable Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("GCC").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, Wassall is the beneficial and record owner of 52,000
ordinary shares (the "Carol Cable Shares") of Carol Cable Ltd., a corporation
organized under the laws of England and Wales ("Carol Cable"), and 775,000
ordinary shares (the "Carol Europe Shares") of Carol Cable Europe Ltd., a
corporation organized under the laws of England and Wales ("Carol Europe" and,
together with Carol Cable, the "Carol Companies"), which represent all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of the Carol Companies (collectively, the
"Carol Shares"); and

                  WHEREAS, Wassall desires to sell to GCI, and GCI desires to
purchase from Wassall, the Carol Shares upon the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein;

                  NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  SECTION 1. Purchase and Sale of Carol Cable Shares. Upon the
terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, GCI hereby agrees to
purchase from Wassall, and Wassall hereby agrees to sell, assign, transfer,
convey and deliver to GCI, the Carol Shares, for an aggregate purchase price
(the "Purchase Price") of U.S. $2 million (which amount shall be allocated
between the Carol Cable Shares and the Carol Europe Shares as set forth on
Exhibit A hereto).

                  SECTION 2. Payment of Purchase Price. On the Closing Date (as
hereinafter defined), GCI shall pay the Purchase Price to Wassall by delivery to
Wassall of a certified or bank cashier's check in New York Clearing House Funds,
payable to the order of Wassall, or at Wassall's option, by wire transfer of
immediately available funds into an account designated by Wassall.

                  SECTION 3. Closing. The closing of the purchase and sale of
the Carol Cable Shares (the "Closing") will take place at 10:00 a.m. at the
offices of Weil, Gotshal & Manges



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

LLP located at 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York (or at such other place as
the parties may mutually agree) on the business day following the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 hereof (or the waiver
thereof by the party entitled to waive that condition), or on such other date as
Wassall and GCI may mutually agree. The date on which the Closing shall be held
is referred to in this Agreement as the "Closing Date".

                  SECTION 4.  Representations and Warranties of
Wassall.  Wassall represents and warrants to GCI and GCC as
follows:

                  (a)  Wassall is a corporation duly organized and
validly existing under the laws of England.

                  (b) Wassall has all requisite corporate power and authority to
execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and
performance by Wassall of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on the part of Wassall.

                  (c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
Wassall. This Agreement constitutes a legal and valid obligation of Wassall,
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and
similar laws affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally, and subject, as
to enforceability, to general principles of equity, including principles of
commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether
enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  (d) None of the execution and delivery by Wassall of this
Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
or compliance by Wassall with any of the provisions hereof or thereof will (i)
conflict with, or result in the breach of, any provision of the memorandum or
articles of association of Wassall; or (ii) violate any statute, rule,
regulation or Order (as hereinafter defined) of any governmental body or
authority by which Wassall is bound; except, in the case of clause (ii), for
such violations, breaches or defaults as would not, individually or in the
aggregate, materially and adversely impair or delay the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  (e) No consent, waiver, approval, Order, permit or
authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notification to, any
governmental authority is required

                                        2


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


on the part of Wassall in connection with the execution and delivery of this
Agreement or the compliance by Wassall with any of the provisions hereof or
thereof.

                  (f) The Carol Cable Shares constitute all of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Carol Cable Companies. Wassall is the
beneficial owner of the Carol Cable Shares, free and clear of any liens, claims,
security interests, pledges, restrictions, or other encumbrances whatsoever
(collectively, "Liens").

                  SECTION 5. Representations and Warranties of GCI and GCC. GCI
and GCC jointly and severally represent and warrant to Wassall as follows:

                  (a) Each of GCI and GCC is a corporation duly organized and
validly existing under the laws of State of Delaware.

                  (b) Each of GCI and GCC has all requisite corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The execution,
delivery and performance of this Agreement by each of GCI and GCC have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of GCI and GCC,
respectively.

                  (c) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by
each of GCI and GCC. This Agreement constitutes a legal and valid obligation of
each of GCI and GCC, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors' rights and
remedies generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of
equity, including principles of commercial reasonableness, good faith and fair
dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or
in equity).

                  (d) None of the execution and delivery by GCI or GCC of this
Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,
or compliance by GCI or GCC with any of the provisions hereof or thereof will
(i) conflict with, or result in the breach of, any provision of the certificate
of incorporation or by-laws of GCI or GCC; or (ii) violate any statute, rule,
regulation or Order of any governmental body or authority by which GCI or GCC is
bound; except, in the case of clause (ii), for such violations, breaches or
defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, materially and
adversely impair or delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement.

                                        3


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  (e) No consent, waiver, approval, Order, permit or
authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or notification to, any
governmental authority is required on the part of GCI or GCC in connection with
the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the compliance by GCI or GCC
with any of the provisions hereof or thereof.

                  (f) GCI is purchasing the Carol Cable Shares for investment
purposes only and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof in
violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  SECTION 6. No Warranty. Except as set forth in Section 4
hereof, Wassall does not make and expressly, completely and absolutely disclaims
any representations, warranties or agreements of any kind whatsoever with
respect to Wassall, the Carol Companies or the business and assets of Wassall or
the Carol Companies. It is therefore expressly understood and agreed that Buyer
accepts the condition of the properties of the Carol Companies "AS IS, WHERE IS"
without any representation, warranty or guarantee, express or implied, as to
merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or otherwise as to the
condition, size, extent, quantity, type or value of such property.

                  SECTION 7.  Covenants.

                  SECTION 7.1 Repayment of Debt; Assumption of Obligations.

                  (a) On the Closing Date, GCI shall provide the Carol Companies
with the funds necessary to, and shall cause the Carol Companies to, (i) repay
in full to Wassall all outstanding loans and other advances (including any
accrued and unpaid interest through the Closing Date thereon) owed to Wassall or
any affiliate of Wassall by either of the Carol Cable Companies (collectively,
"Intercompany Loans"), (ii) discharge Wassall or any subsidiary of Wassall from
all liability in respect of any letters of credit outstanding on the Closing
Date on behalf of either of the Carol Cable Companies, and (iii) pay the
principal amount of, and all accrued and unpaid interest through the Closing
Date on, all outstanding borrowings of Carol Cable and Carol Europe under any
credit facility of Wassall or any subsidiary of Wassall.

                  (b) GCI hereby expressly assumes and agrees to punctually pay,
perform, satisfy, become primarily liable for and discharge as and when due all
obligations, claims, liabilities, debts or other expenses of any kind or nature,
whether known or unknown, fixed, contingent, absolute, determined,
undeterminable, liquidated or unliquidated or

                                        4


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


otherwise, of Wassall (or any affiliate of Wassall) directly or indirectly
relating to or arising under (i) Wassall's 'L'37,155 floating rate Unsecured
Loan Note 2001, consisting of (A) an Unsecured Loan Note in the amount of
'L'19,655 (Certificate No. 1) held by D J Scanes Esq., (B) an Unsecured Loan
Note in the amount of 'L'13,710 (Certificate No. 2) held by R B Scanes Esq.,
and (C) an Unsecured Loan Note in the amount of 'L'3,790 (Certificate No. 3)
held by S P Chapman Esq. (collectively, the "Notes") (including, without
limitation, any accrued and unpaid amounts thereunder), (ii) any automobile
leases made in Wassall's name for or on behalf of any employee of either of the
Carol Companies (collectively, the "Leases"), and (iii) any severance agreement
or arrangement entered into by Wassall or any affiliate of Wassall and any
employee of the Carol Companies (the "Severence Agreements"). GCI further
undertakes to use its commercially reasonable efforts, promptly following the
Closing Date, to enter into an amendment to each such Note, Lease and Severence
Agreement or to enter into new notes, leases or severence agreements in
substitution for and replacement of the Notes, Leases and Severence Agreements,
in either case providing for the full and unconditional release of Wassall from
all obligations and liabilities under each of the Notes, the Leases and the
Severence Agreements.

                  SECTION 7.2 Other Actions. Each of Wassall GCC and GCI shall
use its reasonable efforts to (i) take (or cause to be taken) all actions
necessary or appropriate to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, and (ii) cause the fulfillment at the earliest practicable date of
all of the conditions to their respective obligations to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  SECTION 8. Conditions to Closing.

                  SECTION 8.1 Conditions to the Obligations of GCI and GCC. The
obligation of each of GCI and GCC to consummate the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, on or prior to the Closing Date,
of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by GCC in
whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law):

                  (a) all representations and warranties of Wassall contained
herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing
Date;

                  (b) Wassall shall have performed and complied in all material
respects with all obligations and covenants

                                        5


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

required by this Agreement to be performed or complied withby it on or prior to
the Closing Date;

                  (c) certificates representing 100% of the Carol Company Shares
(or, in lieu thereof, a certificate attesting to the loss of any such
certificate, in form reasonably satisfactory to GCC (a "Lost Stock
Certificate")) shall have been, or shall at the Closing be, validly delivered
and transferred to GCC, free and clear of any and all Liens; and

                  (d) there shall not be in effect any order, injunction,
judgment, decree, ruling, writ or assessment (collectively, "Order") by a
governmental authority of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or
otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;
and

                  (e) the initial public offerings of all or a portion of the
shares of common stock of GCC owned by a subsidiary of Wassall (the "Offerings")
shall have been consummated.

                  SECTION 8.2 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of the
Wassall. The obligations of Wassall to consummate the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, prior to or on the Closing
Date, of each of the following conditions (any or all of which may be waived by
Wassall in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law):

                  (a) all representations and warranties of GCI and GCC
contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the
Closing Date;

                  (b) Each of GCI and GCC shall have performed and complied in
all material respects with all obligations and covenants required by this
Agreement to be performed or complied with by such party on or prior to the
Closing Date;

                  (c) there shall not be in effect any Order by a governmental
authority of competent jurisdiction restraining, enjoining or otherwise
prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

                  (d)  the Offerings shall have been consummated.

                                                   6


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


                  SECTION 9.  Documents to be Delivered at Closing.

                  SECTION 9.1 Documents to be Delivered by GCI. At the Closing,
GCI shall deliver to Wassall the following:

                  (a) evidence of the wire transfer referred to in Section 2
hereof; and

                  (b) evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
Wassall, of the repayments and discharges referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii)
of Section 7.1(a).

                  SECTION 9.2 Documents to be Delivered by Wassall. At the
Closing, Wassall shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to GCI:

                  (a) the stock certificates representing the Carol Cable
Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock transfer powers and with
all requisite stock transfer tax stamps attached (or, in lieu of any thereof, a
Lost Stock Certificate), in each case accompanied by stock powers or stock
transfer forms duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by duly executed
instruments of transfer; and

                  (b) resignations of Messrs. Miller and Roper from the board of
directors of each Carol Company, effective upon the Closing.

                  SECTION 10.  Indemnification.

                  SECTION 10.1 Indemnification for Breaches of Representations.
Wassall agrees to indemnify and hold harmless GCI and GCC, and GCI and GCC
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless Wassall, from and
against any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, claims, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) (collectively, "Losses") of any kind which may be imposed upon, incurred
by or asserted against such other party arising out of or resulting from the
failure of any representations or warranty made by such party hereunder to be
true and correct.

                  SECTION 10.2 Additional Indemnification. GCI and GCC further
jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless Wassall and its
affiliates against Losses of any kind which may be imposed upon, incurred by or
asserted against Wassall or any such affiliates arising out of or resulting from
ownership by Wassall or any such affiliate of the Carol Cable Shares or the
conduct, ownership or operation by the Carol Companies, GCC or any affiliate

                                        7



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


thereof of any of the current, former or future businesses or assets of Carol
Cable or Carol Europe or any predecessor thereof regardless of when such Losses
arose or arise and regardless of by whom or when such Losses are asserted.

                  SECTION 11. Further Assurances. The parties each agree that
if, at any time after the date hereof, any party shall consider or be advised
that any further assignments, conveyances, certificates, filings, instruments or
documents or any other things are necessary or desirable to vest, perfect or
confirm in GCI title to the Carol Cable Shares, or to consummate any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the appropriate other party shall,
upon request, promptly execute and deliver all such proper deeds, assignments,
certificates, filings, instruments and documents and do all things reasonably
necessary and proper to vest, perfect or confirm title to the Carol Cable Shares
in GCI, or otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 12. Benefits of this Agreement; Assignment. Nothing in
this Agreement shall be construed to give to any person or entity, other than
the parties hereto, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this
Agreement. This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of, and shall be
binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors and permitted assigns. No assignment of this
Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder may be made by any party to
this Agreement (by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written
consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment without such
consent shall be void.

                  SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT
REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF.

                  SECTION 14. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement
is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be automatically
severed from this Agreement and there shall be added to this Agreement a
provision as similar as possible to such severed provision as may be valid and
enforceable, and the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this
Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

                  SECTION 15. Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement
(including the exhibits hereto) and the Intercompany Agreement between Wassall,
Wassall Netherlands

                                        8


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>


Cable BV and GCC dated as of the date hereof, represent the entire understanding
and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings
and arrangements, whether oral or written, of the parties with respect thereto.
Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement can be amended, supplemented
or changed, and any provision hereof can be waived, only by written instrument
making specific reference to this Agreement signed by the party against whom
enforcement of any such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver is sought.

                  SECTION 16. Notices. All notices and other communications
under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given when
delivered personally, on the fifth business day after mailed by certified mail,
return receipt requested, the next business day after delivery to a recognized
overnight courier or when sent by facsimile to the parties (and shall also be
transmitted by facsimile to the Persons receiving copies thereof) at the
following addresses (or to such other address as a party may have specified by
notice given to the other party pursuant to this provision):

                  If to GCI or GCC:

                  General Cable Corporation
                  4 Tesseneer Drive
                  Highland Heights, Kentucky 41076
                  Attention:  General Counsel
                  Facsimile: 606-572-8444

                  If to Wassall:

                  Wassall PLC
                  39 Victoria Street
                  London SW1H OEE
                  Attention:  Group Solicitor
                  Facsimile:  171-333-0304

                  with a copy to:

                  Wassall USA, Inc.
                  The Moorings
                  301 Riverside Avenue
                  Westport, CT 06880
                  Attention:  General Counsel
                  Facsimile:  203-221-6443

                                        9

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>



                  SECTION 17. Headings. The section headings used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or modify the
terms and provisions hereof.

                  SECTION 18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall
constitute one and the same Agreement.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first written above.

                                            WASSALL PLC

                                            By:_________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                            GENERAL CABLE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                            By:_________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                            GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION

                                            By:_________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                                       10


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                          ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PRICE

                                                       Amount Allocated
                                                       -----------------

Carol Cable Shares                                        $1,250,000

Carol Europe Shares                                         $750,000

                                       11


<PAGE>





<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE
 
GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION
 
     We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No.
333-22961  of General Cable Corporation on Form S-1 of our report dated February
7, 1997 (except  for Note 19  as to  which the date  is April 18,  1997) on  the
combined financial statements of General Cable Corporation and related companies
appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and
to the reference to us under the heading 'Experts' in such Prospectus.
 
     We  also  consent  to the  use  in  this Amendment  No.  3  to Registration
Statement No. 333-22961 of General Cable  Corporation on Form S-1 of our  report
dated February 3, 1997 on the consolidated financial statements of General Cable
Corporation  and subsidiaries (Predecessor), appearing  in the Prospectus, which
is a part of this Registration Statement.
 
     Our audits of  the financial statements  referred to in  our reports  dated
February 7, 1997 (except for Note 19 as to which the date is April 18, 1997) and
February 3, 1997 also included the financial statement schedule of General Cable
Corporation,  listed  in  Item  16. This  financial  statement  schedule  is the
responsibility of the Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion  based  on our  audits.  In  our opinion,  such  financial  statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as
a  whole, presents  fairly in  all material  respects the  information set forth
therein.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
Cincinnati, Ohio
May 14, 1997


<PAGE>





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission